As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 2025
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| Delaware | 8071 | 41-2605845 | ||
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
4200 Six Forks Road
Suite 1000
Raleigh, North Carolina 27609
(919) 763-1100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Caitlin Zulla
Chief Executive Officer
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc.
4200 Six Forks Road
Suite 1000
Raleigh, North Carolina 27609
(919) 763-1100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
| Samir A. Gandhi, Esq. Alexander E. Csordas, Esq. Sidley Austin LLP 787 Seventh Avenue New York, New York 10019 (212) 839-5300 |
Craig E. Marcus, Esq. Tristan VanDeventer, Esq. Ropes & Gray LLP Prudential Tower 800 Boylston Street Boston, Massachusetts 02199 (617) 951-7000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |||
| Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☐ | |||
| Emerging growth company | ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, was incorporated under the laws of Delaware on November 14, 2025 as a wholly owned subsidiary of US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC which, effective July 8, 2025, changed its name to Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC. The consolidated historical financial statements and summary historical consolidated financial data included in this registration statement are those of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (“Holdings LLC”) and its consolidated subsidiaries, the entity through which the business is presently operated. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the registrant will assume control of the business and affairs of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of Holdings LLC.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, dated , 2025
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Shares
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc.
Common Stock
This is our initial public offering. We are selling shares of our common stock, $0.001 par value per share (our “common stock”). We anticipate that the initial public offering price for our common stock will be between $ and $ per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “LMRI.”
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
Based on the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of , 2025, after this offering, our executive officers and directors, together with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (“WCAS”) and its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately % of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock and no purchases of shares of our common stock in this offering by that group, directly or indirectly). As a result, these stockholders will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval. The interests of these stockholders may not be the same as or may even conflict with your interests.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.
Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 22 of this prospectus.
| PRICE TO PUBLIC |
UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS (1) |
PROCEEDS TO US, BEFORE EXPENSES |
||||||||||
| Per Share |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Total |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| (1) | See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting discounts and commissions. |
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to investors on or about , 2025.
| Barclays* | J.P. Morgan* |
Jefferies |
| Deutsche Bank Securities | Wells Fargo Securities | Leerink Partners | William Blair |
| Capital One Securities | Fifth Third Securities | Raymond James | PNC Capital Markets LLC |
| Academy Securities | Loop Capital Markets | R. Seelaus & Co., LLC |
| * Joint lead bookrunners in alphabetical order | ||||||
The date of this prospectus is , 2025
| PAGE | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 22 | ||||
| 48 | ||||
| 50 | ||||
| 51 | ||||
| 52 | ||||
| 54 | ||||
| 55 | ||||
| MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
58 | |||
| 80 | ||||
| 101 | ||||
| 109 | ||||
| 121 | ||||
| 123 | ||||
| 126 | ||||
| 131 | ||||
| MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK |
133 | |||
| 137 | ||||
| 146 | ||||
| 147 | ||||
| 148 | ||||
| F-1 | ||||
Through and including , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Organizational Structure
In connection with this offering, we will undertake certain transactions to reorganize our organizational structure. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the organizational transactions described in the section titled “Organizational Structure” and this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom, which we refer to collectively as the “Transactions.”
See the section titled “Organizational Structure” for a diagram depicting our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, including this offering.
Presentation of Financial Information
Except as otherwise disclosed in this prospectus, the consolidated historical financial statements and summary historical consolidated financial data and other historical financial information included in this registration statement are those of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. will be the audited financial reporting entity and successor entity following this offering.
The historical financial information of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. has not been included in this prospectus as it is a newly incorporated entity, has no business transactions or activities to date and has no assets, liabilities or contingent liabilities during the periods presented in this prospectus. Instead, because Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. has no interest in any operations other than those of Holdings LLC (and Holdings LLC has no interest in any operations other than those of its subsidiaries and any of its equity method investees), the historical consolidated financial information included in this prospectus is that of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.
We refer to numbers and metrics relating to or deriving from our managed physician practices (the source of our professional services revenue) and all of our outpatient imaging centers, including our wholly owned centers and our centers owned by and practices managed through our franchise centers (the “Franchise Centers”) and variable interest entities (the Franchise Centers and our variable interest entities, together, our “VIEs”), which we consolidate for financial reporting purposes, plus those centers owned by our joint ventures with health systems (our “unconsolidated affiliates”), which are not included in our consolidated GAAP total revenue but which we report using the equity method of accounting, collectively, as “system-wide.” Certain financial information for our unconsolidated affiliates is presented in this prospectus on an aggregated basis as part of our system-wide key operating metrics. Not all of the financial information for our unconsolidated affiliates is prepared by the Company’s management or audited. Management believes including our unconsolidated affiliates in the Company’s system-wide financial information is useful for investors to understand the size and performance of our joint venture relationships. However, the system-wide financial information presented in this prospectus does not adjust for the Company’s economic ownership percentage in its joint ventures.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Throughout this prospectus, we provide a number of non-GAAP financial measures used by management, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin. These non-GAAP financial measures are discussed in more detail in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
We use these non-GAAP financial measures to supplement financial information presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). We believe that excluding certain items from our GAAP results allows management to better understand our financial performance from period to period and
better project our future financial performance as forecasts are developed at a level of detail different from that used to prepare GAAP-based financial measures. Moreover, we believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide our stakeholders with useful information to help them evaluate our operating results by facilitating an enhanced understanding of our operating performance and enabling them to make more meaningful period-to-period comparisons. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin should not be considered as alternatives to net loss determined in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to the use of the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this prospectus. For example, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of those measures for comparative purposes. For a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
TRADEMARKS
This prospectus includes our current and proposed trademarks and trade names which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are our property. This prospectus also contains trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, ™ or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry, competitive position and the geographic areas in which we operate is based on information from independent industry and research organizations, other third-party sources and management estimates. Such information is as of its original publication dates (and not as of the date of this prospectus). Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and other third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data, and our experience in, and knowledge of, such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. While we are responsible for all of the disclosure in this prospectus and believe the third-party information and our internal company research, data and estimates contained in this prospectus to be reliable, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified any third-party information nor has any independent source verified our internal company research, data and estimates. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and our future performance are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
This summary highlights selected information presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the “Company,” “our company,” “Lumexa Imaging,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Holdings LLC and its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates for all periods prior to the Transactions discussed in the section entitled “Organizational Structure” and to Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates for all periods following the Transactions.
Overview
We are one of the largest national providers of diagnostic imaging services.1 Our platform is integrated, scalable and has a proven track record of creating value for our stakeholders. As of September 30, 2025, we and our affiliates operated the second largest1 outpatient imaging center footprint in the United States. It spans 184 centers2 across 13 states and includes eight joint venture partnerships with health systems. Our centers are in attractive metropolitan statistical areas (“MSAs”). According to the U.S. Census Bureau, these MSAs saw average annual population growth of approximately 1.4% on a center-weighted basis between 2020 and 2024: over two times the national average. Our centers have convenient retail settings and operate with extended hours to facilitate easy access to care. We have built a diversified network of approximately 100,000 referring physicians, representing more than 29,000 physician practices in 2024. We believe our high quality of care, as evidenced by our high referring physician and patient satisfaction scores,3 drives enhanced growth and repeat visits from patients needing multiple imaging exams.
We remain at the forefront of imaging care by purchasing best-in-class equipment and technology from innovative manufacturers and software companies. Our premium equipment, skilled technologists and subspecialized radiologists make us the clear choice for advanced imaging referrals, which are growing at an accelerated rate relative to the overall market due to the aging population of the United States and increasing disease prevalence. Magnetic resonance imaging (“MRI”) and computed tomography (“CT”) referrals, for
| 1 | By freestanding location count as of September 30, 2025. Source: Management estimates using Definitive Healthcare’s imaging database and industry and competitor websites. |
| 2 | Our consolidated financial results include those of our wholly owned subsidiaries and our VIEs. Together, our wholly owned subsidiaries and our VIEs owned 99 of the 184 centers that we operated as of September 30, 2025. Of these 99 centers, 51 were owned by our wholly owned subsidiaries and 48 were owned by our VIEs. Our consolidated GAAP total revenue does not, however, include the results of 85 centers owned as of September 30, 2025 by our unconsolidated affiliates, which we instead report using the equity method of accounting: eight health system joint ventures in which we have the ability to exert significant influence but own less than a controlling interest. |
| 3 | We contract with a third party to administer surveys to monitor referring physician and patient satisfaction with our quality of care. Our resulting patient net promoter score (“NPS”) was 91 and overall patient satisfaction rate was 97%, each as of September 30, 2025 and based on approximately 1.2 million survey responses. The patient satisfaction survey is sent by the contracted third party to patients who have visited one of our 160+ participating centers. In addition, 88% of participating referring physicians provided a rating of satisfied or higher for our services as of December 31, 2024, as calculated using the more than 1,100 responses the contracted third party collected from our annual survey of physicians who have referred patients to our centers. |
1
example, have been a key driver of our revenue growth and accounted for 52% of our consolidated revenue4 and 63% of our system-wide revenue5 during the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
Lumexa Imaging was established in 2018 under the name US Radiology Specialists by Charlotte Radiology and WCAS, an investment firm with over 45 years of experience building successful companies in the healthcare and technology sectors. We expanded rapidly from 20 centers in 2018 to 184 centers as of September 30, 2025 by making 20 acquisitions and opening 41 de novo centers. Effective July 8, 2025, US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC changed its name to Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC.
| * | Unless otherwise indicated, data as of and for September 30, 2025. |
| 4 | We refer to numbers and metrics relating to or deriving from only those outpatient imaging centers and managed physician practices (the source of our professional services revenue) that we consolidate for financial reporting purposes: our wholly owned centers and our centers owned by and practices managed through VIEs, as “consolidated.” Consolidated revenue includes revenue from our wholly owned subsidiaries and our VIEs. Consolidated revenue does not include the revenues of our unconsolidated affiliates. See Notes 2, 17 and 18 to our consolidated financial statements for further information about the accounting treatment of our VIEs and unconsolidated affiliates. |
| 5 | We refer to numbers and metrics relating to or deriving from our managed physician practices (the source of our professional services revenue) and all of our outpatient imaging centers, including our wholly owned centers and our centers owned by and practices managed through our VIEs, which we consolidate for financial reporting purposes, plus those centers owned by our unconsolidated affiliates, which we report using the equity method of accounting, collectively, as “system-wide.” We utilize system-wide revenue as a key operating metric. System-wide revenue is equal to consolidated revenue plus revenue from our unconsolidated affiliates, which is not included in our consolidated GAAP total revenue. In our consolidated financial statements, only the net income or net loss from our unconsolidated affiliates is reported in the line item equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates. Because of this, management supplementally focuses on system-wide revenue as an operating metric, which measures revenues from all of our centers and managed physician practices, including revenues from our unconsolidated affiliates (without adjustment based on our percentage of ownership therein), after eliminating transactions between the consolidated Lumexa Imaging entities and our unconsolidated affiliates. Portions of the financial results of our unconsolidated affiliates that are included in our system-wide metrics are unaudited and/or not prepared by our management. See “Presentation of Financial Information” for more information. |
2
We deliver high-quality, convenient and low-cost care through our expansive network of outpatient imaging centers, meeting the needs of our key stakeholders—patients, referring physicians, health system joint venture partners and payors.
To further this goal, we have partnered with third-party technology providers to build a scalable clinical technology system with radiology information systems (“RIS”); picture archiving and communication systems (“PACS”); revenue cycle management (“RCM”) systems; and programs designed to increase both efficiency and accuracy in reporting reads. Utilizing third-party software allows us to operate more efficiently and to quickly scale, adapt and implement new technology across our platform, including in connection with the integration of newly acquired or de novo centers.
We have also begun implementing third-party clinical, operational and back-office artificial intelligence (“AI”) solutions across our operations. While early, we are seeing faster scan times, improved clinical efficiency and faster patient scheduling and communication of results. There is significant ongoing third-party investment and innovation across the imaging AI ecosystem, and we believe that our use of externally sourced (as opposed to internally developed) AI can facilitate the accelerated adoption of AI, reduce future capital investment therein and preserve the flexibility to select and maintain the most valuable AI solutions.
According to a 2025 analysis of the diagnostic imaging services market by Fortune Business Insights, it is estimated that the total U.S. market for diagnostic imaging services was approximately $140 billion as of December 31, 2024, across inpatient, hospital outpatient (“HOPD”), free standing imaging centers and other settings. That report estimates that this market grew at a 4.2% CAGR from 2019 to 2024, led by freestanding imaging center growth of 6.9% over the same period.
Published reports from third-party research firms6 forecast future revenues in the diagnostic imaging services market. These reports aggregate the revenues they estimate to be captured by the overall market, and by IDTFs in particular, and apply growth rates to those estimates for future years based on factors which vary from report
| 6 | Referenced reports include Fortune Business Insights’ Diagnostic Imaging Services U.S. Market Analysis for 2025-2032; Vision Research Reports’ U.S. Imaging Services Market Estimates and Forecast for 2021-2034; Grand View Research’s U.S. Independent Diagnostic Testing Facility Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report by Service for 2023-2030; and Verified Market Research’s U.S. Diagnostic Imaging Market Size by End-User Setting for 2023-2032. |
3
to report. Using these reports and our industry knowledge, management estimates that the diagnostic imaging services market will continue to grow at a mid-single digit rate between 2024 and 2030, driven by increasing utilization of advanced imaging, an aging population and increasing disease prevalence, with IDTFs growing faster than the broader market. This estimate is based on management’s experience in the diagnostic imaging services market and actual market growth rates may vary.
We believe the outperformance of independent diagnostic testing facilities (“IDTFs”) has been primarily driven by patient and payor preference for receiving the same level of care in a more convenient and less expensive setting than HOPDs. Comparable imaging services provided in imaging centers or physician’s offices are approximately 60% less expensive than those provided in HOPDs, based on an analysis of 2019 claims performed by UnitedHealth Group.7
The outpatient portion of the diagnostic imaging services market is highly fragmented. According to management estimates, there were approximately 6,000 IDTFs in the United States as of September 30, 2025, and more than 75% of them were owned by single facility operators or small chains. Furthermore, according to management estimates, there were approximately 8,900 HOPD centers in the United States as of September 30, 2025. We expect IDTFs to continue capturing share from HOPD and inpatient settings, driven by the ability to provide the same quality of care in a lower cost, more convenient setting. HOPDs also represent a significant opportunity for conversion to IDTFs through joint ventures with health systems. Collectively, we believe these factors create significant, long-term tailwinds that will support elevated IDTF growth rates for years to come.
| * | As of September 30, 2025. Source: Management estimates using Definitive Healthcare’s imaging database and industry and competitor websites. |
We believe our business is primarily driven by the following key strengths:
| ∎ | National Outpatient Imaging Platform Focused on Advanced Modalities and Attractive MSAs |
| ∎ | Commercial, Operational & Clinical Excellence Driving Growth and Margins, Positioning Lumexa Imaging as the Partner of Choice to Health Systems |
| ∎ | Integrated Technology System Built on Best-of-Breed Third-Party Solutions |
| ∎ | Attractive Financial Profile Characterized by Robust Revenue Growth and Margin Expansion |
| ∎ | Public Company Management Team with Deep Industry Experience |
We intend to continue growing our national platform by:
| ∎ | Ongoing Execution of Same-Center Organic Growth Playbook |
| ∎ | De Novo Expansion Strategy Across Existing and New MSAs |
| 7 | Survey included MRIs, CT scans of the abdomen, chest, head, and other body parts; CT angiographies of the neck; diagnostic cardiac catheterizations; contrast aortograms; and low dose CT scans for lung cancer screening. |
4
| ∎ | New Joint Venture Partnerships in Existing and New MSAs |
| ∎ | Acceleration of Growth Through Acquisitions |
| ∎ | Further Investment and Implementation of Technology and AI Strategy |
Our Industry
Diagnostic imaging is a medical technique used to create visual representations of the interior of the body for clinical analysis. It is a critical step in diagnosing diseases, monitoring treatment effectiveness and determining the need for surgical intervention. When used early in disease progression, imaging can facilitate early diagnosis and may reduce unnecessary invasive procedures, minimizing the cost and amount of care for patients. Scans are provided at a variety of settings ranging from inpatient, HOPD, IDTF and other sites of care, such as physicians’ offices and urgent care centers.
Hospitals offer diagnostic imaging services for both inpatient and outpatient care through on-campus and off-campus HOPD imaging locations. IDTFs are imaging centers that offer scans independent of a hospital or physician’s office. IDTF volumes have been growing at a faster rate than HOPD volumes, driven by convenience, lower cost, shorter wait times and more scheduling options than typical HOPD centers. We believe this volume shift to IDTFs will persist due to payor preference for these lower cost sites of care and the increasing role of consumerism in outpatient imaging, driven by increasing price transparency and prevalence of high-deductible health plans.
Demand for diagnostic imaging is increasing with the rising incidence of disease and aging population demographics in the United States, as well as technological advances (such as the advent of blood testing for certain diseases that is often confirmed via subsequent imaging procedures) and growing medical applications. Advanced imaging procedures, such as MRI and CT, are growing faster than the overall market and receive higher payments per procedure. According to a 2025 analysis of the diagnostic imaging services market by Fortune Business Insights, demand for advanced imaging grew at a 5.7% CAGR between 2019 and 2024 according to industry estimates, outpacing routine imaging procedure growth of 2.6% during that same period. This is due to increasing recognition from payors and physicians of advanced imaging’s ability to detect and diagnose conditions such as cancer, Alzheimer’s Disease and cardiovascular and musculoskeletal disease. Furthermore, as of September 30, 2025, management estimates that advanced imaging payments per procedure at our consolidated and unconsolidated centers were on average approximately 330% of routine imaging payments per procedure.
Diagnostic imaging has also seen significant advances in AI-supported tools, which are being used across the industry in many different settings; for example, improving the accuracy of diagnostic reads by leveraging databases of prior scans, improving workflow management, streamlining administrative tasks, enhancing image quality and automatically generating reports. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) had authorized over 840 radiology AI and machine learning-enabled medical devices as of December 31, 2024, an approximately four-fold increase since June 30, 2020, and we expect this number to continue growing. According to an article in the Journal of the American College of Radiology, $13 billion was invested in radiology AI in 2022 alone.
Our Centers
Our freestanding imaging centers focus on providing the highest quality care in a convenient environment. Our centers are generally located in easily accessible retail locations with convenient parking, extended hours and weekend availability. We focus on delivering positive patient experiences and providing consistent support to our patients through simplified scheduling, appointment reminders via text message, digital check-ins and other streamlined communications.
Our operations are designed to efficiently receive orders from referring physicians and schedule exams for patients at the most appropriate center within our network. Our centralized call center (the Patient Access
5
Center of Excellence, or “PACE”), handles the majority of inbound phone calls and order entry. The PACE team schedules exams at the location and time most convenient for the patient, and obtains prior authorization for the exam from commercial payors as necessary to ensure we can complete the exam as scheduled and receive reimbursement in a timely manner.
We believe there are meaningful benefits from operating at scale in a particular region, including the ability to (1) provide subspecialized radiologist reads, (2) centralize administrative functions, (3) generate procurement savings and (4) improve accessibility and convenience for referring physicians and patients.
Radiologic Technologists
Radiologic technologists are healthcare professionals who receive specialized training to perform diagnostic imaging procedures and are credentialed to perform specific studies, such as MRI, CT and x-ray scans. We have expertise in recruiting, hiring and retaining this critical labor for our centers to ensure we have consistent staffing, especially of advanced imaging MRI and CT technologists. We have also developed a Technologist Advancement Academy (“TAA”) to assist x-ray and ultrasound technologists with becoming credentialed in advanced imaging modalities, which uniquely positions us to capture increased advanced imaging volumes.
Radiologists
Imaging exams are interpreted by radiologists, medical doctors who specialize in interpreting radiographic images to diagnose and treat disease. Our managed physician practices, which are physician practices that we own (or that are structured to comply with the applicable state’s prohibition on the corporate practice of medicine, if applicable), currently employ approximately 350 radiologists and we contract with more than 890 radiologists in independent practices located near our centers. The overwhelming majority of our radiologists that we employ are subspecialized and fellowship-trained in areas of advanced imaging, such as neuroradiology, musculoskeletal imaging or breast imaging, giving our referring physicians access to informed consultations and expertise in diagnosing complex conditions.
In 2023, we began building our own teleradiology capability: Connexia. This platform allows us to transmit radiographic images to radiologists anywhere in the United States. Connexia uses advanced PACS and workflow software to coordinate efficient reading and ensure exams are routed to the appropriate subspecialized radiologists. The remote nature of teleradiology provides the flexible hours and work-from-home setting many radiologists desire, along with the ability to practice within their subspecialties and maximize their reading capacity. This allows Connexia to recruit radiologists anywhere in the United States in the subspecialties we need to meet our read requirements as they evolve. Connexia has reduced our reliance on third-party radiology practices and now covers dozens of centers and practices across our network. Going forward, we will continually compare the cost, quality and efficiency of Connexia against the independent physician practices with whom we contract, and make changes as appropriate to optimize the cost and quality of radiology coverage for our centers.
Our Services
Our proportionate revenue and volumes are highly diversified across a range of “advanced” (MRI, CT and positron emission tomography (“PET”)) and “routine” (x-ray, ultrasound and mammography) diagnostic and screening imaging services. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, advanced imaging accounted for 52% of our consolidated revenue and 63% of our system-wide revenue. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, advanced imaging accounted for 30% of our consolidated imaging volumes and 36% of our system-wide imaging volumes.
6
Consolidated Revenue and Volume:
| * | For the nine months ended September 30, 2025. |
System-Wide Revenue and Volume:
| * | For the nine months ended September 30, 2025. |
Our Value Proposition
We believe our ability to provide high-quality imaging services in accessible, lower cost sites of care makes us the provider of choice for patients, referring physicians, health systems and payors.
Patients
We aim to deliver exceptional value to patients by providing access to high-quality diagnostic imaging in convenient and lower cost outpatient settings. Our accessible locations, flexible scheduling options and extended hours make it easier for patients to receive the imaging services they need. Timely access to imaging services can provide early detection of diseases and facilitate quicker scheduling of follow-up procedures, and thus significantly improve patient outcomes and reduce overall healthcare costs.
Additionally, we provide timely and insightful communication with our patients using digital technology throughout the patient journey. We communicate via text message to confirm appointments to reduce missed exams, and we allow patients to digitally complete their paperwork prior to their appointment to reduce wait times in the office. After the exam, we provide patients with their results in a consumer-friendly format
7
intended to reduce anxiety for patients and allow them to have a more meaningful follow-up discussion with their physicians. We also provide easy-to-use payment options through a patient portal with e-statements, and offer extended payment plans when needed. This overall focus on high-quality care and exceptional patient experience has led to a patient NPS of 91 and overall patient satisfaction rate of 97%, each as of September 30, 2025.
Referring Physicians
Referring physicians choose our centers for their patients’ imaging needs because of our high-quality care, subspecialized radiologists, skilled technologists and modern equipment and technology. We prioritize seamless communication and collaboration with referring physicians, making it easy for their offices to refer patients to our centers through electronic medical record integration or a digital physician portal. We also ensure that they receive radiologist reports with prompt turnaround times after the exams, which can be digitally accessed through the same portal along with patients’ images. Our interpreting radiologists are available for consultation with referring providers to ensure patients receive coordinated care to facilitate the most accurate diagnosis and an optimized follow-up treatment plan.
Our dedication to clinical excellence and patient satisfaction has earned us the trust and confidence of referring physicians, with 88% of participating physicians providing a rating of satisfied or higher for our services as of December 31, 2024.
Health System Partners
Our health system joint venture partners benefit from providing patients access to our high-quality, lower cost, conveniently located centers to reduce hospital backlogs and the time required to diagnose and begin treatment. They value access to the subspecialized radiologists interpreting our scans and our highly trained technologists, as well as our operational expertise and commitment to providing an exceptional in-center patient experience.
Our joint ventures provide health systems a means to diversify their revenue and participate in the continued shift away from hospital-based imaging. Furthermore, our mergers and acquisitions (“M&A”) and de novo center development expertise can help health systems expand to meet patient demand in a capital efficient manner.
Our radiologist network provides further value to our health system joint ventures by addressing capacity limitations and offering flexible coverage. We believe that Connexia solidifies our position as the partner of choice by offering a flexible solution to address radiologist capacity constraints and to ensure coverage.
Payors
Our centers benefit payors by reducing the overall cost of delivering diagnostic imaging to their members. By directing patients to our more cost-effective care settings, we help payors manage per member costs while maintaining excellent levels of care. Our clinical value initiatives and technology investments are designed to create improved patient outcomes and enhance the overall efficiency and effectiveness of the healthcare system. This alignment with respect to delivering high-quality imaging at a lower cost to patients is exemplified by our delivery of more than 99% of our services in-network with commercial payors in the geographies we served as of September 30, 2025.
Our Strengths
National Outpatient Imaging Platform Focused on Advanced Modalities and Attractive MSAs
We are the second largest provider of outpatient imaging services in the country by number of centers, with a national footprint predominantly located in attractive MSAs. We target MSAs with favorable demographics, opportunities for health system joint venture partners, strong commercial insurance coverage and opportunities for long-term growth. Our MSAs saw annual population growth of approximately 1.4% on a center-weighted average basis between 2020 and 2024: over two times the national average according to the U.S. Census Bureau.
8
Consolidated Geographic Revenue and Payor Revenue:
System-Wide Geographic Revenue and Payor Revenue:
We operate in geographies with attractive demographics that support sustainable commercial reimbursement. 58% of our consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 came from commercial payors, with government payors making up an incremental 28% and the remaining portion of our consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 coming from self-pay, liens and other payors. 63% of our system-wide revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 came from commercial payors, with government payors making up 22% and the remaining portion of our system-wide revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 coming from self-pay, liens and other payors. We are broadly diversified across over 600 payor contracts and have a dedicated managed care team, focused on securing competitive reimbursement rates and contract terms for our centers using a data-driven approach.
We believe our centers feature the equipment, staffing and commercial strategy to capture increased patient volumes from these industry tailwinds. Advanced imaging accounted for 30% of our consolidated imaging volumes and 36% of our system-wide imaging volumes, and 52% of our consolidated revenue and 63% of our system-wide revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and we believe this will continue to increase over time.
9
Commercial, Operational & Clinical Excellence Driving Growth and Margins, Positioning Lumexa Imaging as the Partner of Choice to Health Systems
We have established ourselves as a partner of choice to health systems through our differentiated approach to commercial, operational and clinical excellence, which has resulted in above market same-center growth and robust margins.
We have a sales team of over 120 members that uses a proprietary model to direct calls towards referring physicians with the highest potential for advanced imaging referrals and, through frequent interactions, builds long term relationships with referring offices. Furthermore, the broad array of referral sources across each of our centers reduces concentration risk associated with any one referral source. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we received referrals from over 29,000 physician practices for imaging services at our centers.
Our operations team seeks to drive further volume and cost efficiencies through standardized protocols and workflows, which drive reduced exam duration, increased throughput and better patient experiences. We regularly monitor center capacity to understand constraints and adjust staffing levels. We also continue to implement faster scanning MRI technology across our centers, reducing the time a patient needs to be on the table and increasing throughput.
These efficiencies are further supported by our PACE team, which seeks to optimize the call center and patient scheduling experience, further increasing patient throughput and driving down scheduling costs per patient.
This commitment to clinical excellence, operational efficiency and patient-centered care make us a preferred partner for health systems. These qualities have helped us develop long-standing relationships with an average tenure of over 10 years with eight growth-oriented health systems and a pipeline of potential new partnerships within both existing and new geographies.
Integrated Technology System Built on Best-of-Breed Third-Party Solutions
We partner with third-party technology providers to drive operational efficiency, improve clinical quality, support remote reading of scans and create an integrated data environment. We have built a scalable technology system comprised of RIS workflow management, PACS visualization tools, radiologist-reporting and RCM systems, as well as programs designed to increase both efficiency and accuracy in reporting reads. This approach allows us to quickly adopt new technology across our platform and seamlessly integrate newly acquired centers or de novo centers. Continued integration of our technology system will create a harmonized data environment that offers us operational insights while providing clinicians with user-friendly, state-of-the-art clinical tools.
We use externally sourced AI to improve care delivery, translate radiologist reports into patient-friendly language, and facilitate back-office tasks, including digitizing patient intake forms and automating our call center and appointment scheduling processes. We also use AI to streamline RCM operations in an effort to reduce our labor costs. We have also begun implementing AI support for radiologists reading our scans that assist in the generation of patient reports and enhancement and analysis of medical imaging. We are optimistic about the positive impact AI has on our operations and the numerous ways it could improve efficiency and quality across our business going forward including with respect to a potential reduction in our consolidated expenses related to third-party radiologist salaries, which totaled approximately $30 million in 2024. For further discussion on the risks associated with our use of AI, see “Risk Factors—There are risks associated with our current and potential future use of AI” in this prospectus.
Attractive Financial Profile Characterized by Robust Revenue Growth and Margin Expansion
We have achieved significant growth in recent years while generating robust margins and establishing an operating model that emphasizes cash flow generation. Total consolidated revenue increased by 7.8%, to $755.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $700.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Our net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was $18.4 million,
10
while our Adjusted EBITDA was $166.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and represented an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 22.0%.
Public Company Management Team with Deep Industry Experience
Our management team is led by Caitlin Zulla, our Chief Executive Officer, and J. Anthony (“Tony”) Martin, our Chief Financial Officer, each of whom brings significant public company expertise. Ms. Zulla has over 20 years of health care services operating experience and was previously Chief Executive Officer of Optum Health East and SCA Health. Mr. Martin has over 25 years of experience in healthcare services and financial management, having previously served as Chief Financial Officer of US Acute Care Solutions and Chief Accounting Officer of United Surgical Partners International. We believe this deep industry knowledge and breadth of experience will enable us to effectively execute our strategic vision, drive growth and maintain operational excellence.
Growth Strategies
Ongoing Execution of Same-Center Organic Growth Playbook
We aim to drive above market same-center growth by positioning ourselves in attractive MSAs, partnering with health systems, targeting high-value referral sources and optimizing our center and staff capacity. Additionally, we target high-value advanced imaging scans to support our growth objectives. Our consolidated outpatient same-center CT and MRI volume growth was 5.2% and 7.1%, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Our system-wide outpatient same-center CT and MRI volume growth was 3.6% and 8.2%, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
Within existing centers, we create additional capacity and drive incremental volumes by reducing scan times, expanding hours of operation and installing additional equipment to alleviate backlogs.
De Novo Expansion Strategy Across Existing and New MSAs
De novo expansion is a central component of our organic growth engine. We build de novo centers to expand our presence in geographies where we have unmet patient demand and underserved needs of our health system joint venture partners. We believe there is significant opportunity for new outpatient imaging centers in our existing geographies.
We build de novo centers with an average initial capital investment of $4 million, targeting annual Adjusted EBITDA contribution of approximately $1 million to $3 million. Center-level ramp to profitability and ramp to maturity can be as short as 12 and 24 months, respectively; though certain of our de novo centers have reached profitability in as short as 6 months. We believe the ability to leverage our existing infrastructure, referral source relationships and reputation enables us to launch new locations in a capital-efficient manner.
We build many of our de novo centers with our health system partners via joint ventures. These partnerships enable us to clinically connect with our health system partners’ affiliated provider networks and leverage their managed care expertise. We directly manage the opening and staffing of these de novo centers, including with respect to leasing space, contracting radiologists, employing radiologic technologists and sourcing imaging equipment.
We have opened ten de novo centers since December 31, 2023, including six in 2025 through September 30, 2025. We have additional opportunities that are in various stages of our vetting process in addition to many attractive new geographies that we continue to actively assess for de novo center opportunities.
New Joint Venture Partnerships in Existing and New MSAs
We have a track record of operating successful joint ventures with health systems and plan to continue expanding our current joint ventures and developing new ones in both new and existing geographies. In geographies where we have historically focused on wholly owned centers, there is a significant opportunity to develop joint ventures with local health systems. Outside of our existing geographies, as of August 1, 2024, management estimates that there were approximately 100 potential health system partners across our top
11
20 target MSAs and more than 80% of them did not have an existing imaging joint venture partner with an established IDTF platform, which presents a large opportunity to facilitate future expansion.8
Acceleration of Growth Through Acquisitions
As one of the largest outpatient imaging providers in the country, we believe our scale and track record of 20 successfully executed and integrated acquisitions provides us with a competitive advantage and positions us as a partner of choice to drive inorganic growth across and outside of our MSAs. We have a disciplined approach to valuation, averaging an Adjusted EBITDA multiple of 8 to 9 times at acquisition for medium to large imaging center companies, defined as companies with five or more locations. For smaller imaging center companies with less than five locations, we have paid approximately 5 times Adjusted EBITDA on average. We have demonstrated an ability to reduce these multiples by approximately 2 to 3 times over three years post acquisition through growth and cost savings initiatives. We continuously seek new opportunities in attractive MSAs and have a robust and growing pipeline for future acquisition opportunities.
Further Investment and Implementation of Technology and AI Strategy
Our integrated technology system supports our current day-to-day operations and is the foundation for our continued deployment of third-party AI tools. Using third-party AI allows us to benefit from the most advanced solutions in the market, given there are over 400 radiology AI products in existence today and we anticipate that many more are in development. We believe using these existing programs is a faster, capital-light option that allows us to focus on what we do best—providing high-quality patient care while benefiting indirectly from third-party investment in the development of innovative new clinical and business AI solutions. Additionally, using third-party technology provides flexibility to use the best vendors depending on clinical or business needs, which is increasingly important as AI technology continues to rapidly evolve.
We believe using AI will benefit us across the organization, particularly in our center operations, radiologist reads and back-office workflows. Implementation of AI can enable faster scan times, improved clinical efficiency and faster patient scheduling and communication of results. Radiologist reads can benefit from AI through improved read quality, faster read times and capacity expansion, while decreasing radiologist burnout. Furthermore, back-office tasks can use AI to self-learn and self-manage processes, increase collections and reduce labor expenses.
Summary of Risk Factors
Participating in this offering involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy is also subject to certain risks. The risks described under the section titled “Risk Factors” may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the most significant challenges and risks we face include the following:
| ∎ | Our ability to generate revenue depends in large part on referrals from physicians and other healthcare providers; |
| ∎ | Because many of our costs are fixed, lower scan volumes or other decreases to revenues could adversely affect the profitability of our business; |
| ∎ | Our ability to maintain and attract new business depends upon the quality of our services, our reputation and the professional reputations of our radiologists, joint venture partners and the third-party providers with whom we contract; |
| ∎ | If our contracted radiology practices terminate their agreements with us, our business could be negatively impacted; |
| ∎ | We are dependent on our and our contracted radiology practices’ ability to hire and retain qualified radiologists and radiologic technologists, as well as our ability to hire and retain key personnel; |
| 8 | We estimated this number of potential health system partners using Definitive Healthcare’s hospital database, restricting for our top 20 target MSAs and aggregating bed counts by health system. We further focused our search of health systems using various criteria, including, but not limited to, (i) those representing a minimum of 2 percent of the hospital beds in the respective MSA and (ii) overall brand reputation. We confirmed whether a health system had an existing imaging joint venture partner with an established IDTF platform by using publicly available sources, such as industry and competitor websites. |
12
| ∎ | Our labor costs have been, and we expect they will continue to be, adversely affected by competition for staffing, the nationwide shortage of radiologists and experienced and skilled healthcare professionals and regulatory activity, including changes in minimum wage laws; |
| ∎ | Our joint ventures depend on existing relationships with key health system partners. If we are unable to maintain synergistic relationships with these health systems, or enter into new relationships with health systems, we may be unable to implement our business strategies successfully; |
| ∎ | Adverse changes in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price; |
| ∎ | We experience competition from other diagnostic imaging companies, hospitals and physician practices, and this competition could adversely affect our revenue and business; |
| ∎ | If reimbursement rates paid by third-party governmental or commercial payors are reduced or if we fail to successfully manage the reimbursement and collections processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price could be harmed; |
| ∎ | There are risks associated with our current and potential future use of AI; |
| ∎ | Cybersecurity threats and other disruption or malfunctions in our information technology systems could adversely affect our business; |
| ∎ | The regulatory framework in which we operate is uncertain and continually evolving and complying with federal and state regulations is an expensive and time-consuming process; and |
| ∎ | If the trading price of our common stock exceeds certain levels at the time of a distribution from or liquidation of Holdings LLC, substantial dilution may result from the issuance of additional shares of our common stock in respect of certain common units of Holdings LLC that will remain outstanding following this offering, which may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. |
Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors.”
Ownership Structure
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on November 14, 2025 and is the issuer of our common stock offered by this prospectus. Prior to this offering, all of our business operations have been conducted through Holdings LLC, its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates.
Our consolidated financial results include those of our wholly owned subsidiaries and our VIEs. Together, our wholly owned subsidiaries and our VIEs owned 99 of the 184 centers that we operated as of September 30, 2025. Of these 99 centers, 51 were owned by our wholly owned subsidiaries and 48 were owned by our VIEs. Our consolidated GAAP total revenue does not, however, include the results of 85 centers owned as of September 30, 2025 by our unconsolidated affiliates, which we instead report using the equity method of accounting: eight health system joint ventures in which we have the ability to exert significant influence but own less than a controlling interest. See “Business—Commercial, Operational & Clinical Excellence Driving Growth and Margins, Positioning Lumexa Imaging as the Partner of Choice to Health Systems” for further detail about our health system joint ventures.
13
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.
This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities within our organizational structure. See the section titled “Organizational Structure” for further information about the Transactions.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in the state of Delaware on November 14, 2025. Our principal executive offices are located at 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000, Raleigh, North Carolina 27609, and our telephone number is (919) 763-1100. Our website address is www.lumexaimaging.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as emerging growth companies. We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the JOBS Act. We may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that we provide more than two years of audited financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, and that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We have elected to use the extended transition period to enable us to comply with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company and (2) affirmatively
14
and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of (1) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the fiscal year during which our annual gross revenues are $1.235 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the end of any fiscal year in which (i) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year and (ii) we have been a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for at least one year (and have filed at least one annual report under the Exchange Act).
See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock, this Offering and Being a Public Company—We are an “emerging growth company” and our election of reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.”
15
THE OFFERING
| Common stock offered by us |
shares. |
| Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares |
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. |
| Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering |
shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and which excludes certain shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance with respect to certain equity awards of Holdings LLC held by certain of our current and former service providers, as discussed further below. |
| Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ (or approximately $ if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. |
| We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to pay down a portion of our outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Loan (as defined below) and for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” |
| Dividend policy |
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and, therefore, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends, if any, will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a variety of factors, including applicable laws, our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, general business or financial market conditions and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. |
| Proposed trading symbol |
“LMRI”. |
| Risk factors |
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. |
16
The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025, and excludes:
| ∎ | shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Equity and Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”), which will become effective in connection with this offering, of which shares of our common stock will be issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards granted in connection with the consummation of this offering under the 2025 Plan, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming that the vesting conditions applicable to performance-based restricted stock unit awards are achieved at the maximum performance level; |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock initially reserved for issuance under the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which will become effective in connection with this offering; |
| ∎ | any additional shares that become available under the 2025 Plan or the ESPP pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under each plan each year; |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock issued for common units in Holdings LLC that are owned by certain of our service providers, including certain of our executive officers and non-employee directors, with the number of shares issued based on the value of those units at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC and after taking into account any distribution threshold applicable to such common units, as further described in the section titled “Organizational Structure,” with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued prior to the closing of this offering as replacement awards under the 2025 Plan for certain outstanding common units in Holdings LLC for which the distribution threshold is equal to or greater than $2.04, with the number of shares subject to such stock options calculated based on the value of those units at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC, as further described in the section titled “Organizational Structure,” with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock subject to restricted stock awards issued as replacement awards under the 2025 Plan for certain outstanding and unvested common units in Holdings LLC, with the number of shares subject to such restricted stock awards based on the value of those units at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC and after taking into account any distribution threshold applicable to such common units, as further described in the section titled “Organizational Structure,” with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock to be issued as replacement awards under the 2025 Plan in settlement of outstanding common units in Holdings LLC that are owned by certain current and former service providers and that will remain outstanding until a distribution from or the liquidation of Holdings LLC, with the number of shares to be issued based on the value of those units at the time of the distribution or liquidation, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC and after taking into account any distribution threshold applicable to such common units, as further described in the section titled “Organizational Structure,” with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. These existing common units of Holdings LLC that will remain outstanding after this offering may become eligible to receive additional newly issued shares of our common stock upon a distribution from Holdings LLC to the holders thereof or a |
17
| liquidation of Holdings LLC, with certain of such existing common unit holders receiving additional newly issued shares of our common stock if the trading price of our common stock exceeds $ per share at the time of such distribution or liquidation and all such existing common unit holders receiving additional newly issued shares of our common stock if the trading price of our common stock exceeds $ per share at the time of such distribution or liquidation. For example, if the trading price of our common stock exceeded $ per share or $ per share at the time of any such distribution or liquidation, an additional shares or shares of our common stock would be issuable to these holders of existing common units of Holdings LLC, respectively. |
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes:
| ∎ | the consummation of the Transactions; |
| ∎ | an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| ∎ | the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will each occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and |
| ∎ | no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. |
18
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth our summary financial and operating data for the periods as of and ended the dates indicated.
The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2025 and the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period.
You should read the following summary financial and operating data in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
| AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, | AS OF DECEMBER 31, | |||||||||||
| (in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 191 | $ | 26,131 | $ | 20,186 | ||||||
| Total current assets |
165,917 | 172,520 | 166,767 | |||||||||
| TOTAL ASSETS |
1,689,860 | 1,670,564 | 1,671,527 | |||||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
21,445 | 16,001 | 13,799 | |||||||||
| Total current liabilities |
179,992 | 173,660 | 161,115 | |||||||||
| Long-term debt, less current maturities |
1,179,596 | 1,185,080 | 1,182,427 | |||||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES |
1,522,753 | 1,508,910 | 1,473,101 | |||||||||
| TOTAL EQUITY |
167,107 | 161,654 | 198,426 | |||||||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
1,689,860 | 1,670,564 | 1,671,527 | |||||||||
19
Summary Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| (in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| REVENUES: |
||||||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 565,738 | $ | 533,860 | $ | 715,560 | $ | 747,738 | ||||||||
| Net patient service revenue, related party |
26,440 | 23,161 | 31,290 | 19,653 | ||||||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
15,253 | 11,372 | 14,951 | 4,526 | ||||||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue, related party |
147,916 | 132,448 | 187,068 | 164,008 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total revenues |
755,347 | 700,841 | 948,869 | 935,925 | ||||||||||||
| OPERATING EXPENSES: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations, excluding depreciation and amortization |
639,898 | 626,150 | 852,606 | 836,958 | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
53,262 | 50,241 | 70,361 | 55,165 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
27,984 | 32,348 | 42,164 | 56,630 | ||||||||||||
| Goodwill impairment charge |
— | — | — | 18,969 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
477 | — | — | 1,285 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total operating expenses |
721,621 | 708,739 | 965,131 | 969,007 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates |
49,835 | 47,890 | 71,505 | 55,527 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| INCOME FROM OPERATIONS |
83,561 | 39,992 | 55,243 | 22,445 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES: |
||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
90,523 | 104,640 | 136,027 | 141,694 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
— | 703 | 703 | — | ||||||||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
— | (2,184 | ) | (2,294 | ) | — | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total other expenses |
90,523 | 103,159 | 134,436 | 141,694 | ||||||||||||
| LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES |
(6,962 | ) | (63,167 | ) | (79,193 | ) | (119,249 | ) | ||||||||
| Income tax provision |
11,452 | 5,874 | 14,906 | 2,978 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| NET LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS |
$ | (18,414 | ) | $ | (69,041 | ) | $ | (94,099 | ) | $ | (122,227 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Key Operating Metrics:(1)(2)
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Consolidated revenue growth |
7.8% | 1.4% | ||||||
| Consolidated outpatient same-center revenue growth |
6.4% | (1.2)% | ||||||
| Consolidated outpatient same-center volume growth |
4.3% | (2.8)% | ||||||
| Consolidated outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth |
2.0% | 1.7% | ||||||
| Consolidated professional same-practice revenue growth |
8.9% | 2.5% | ||||||
| Consolidated professional same-practice volume growth |
5.1% | 1.9% | ||||||
| Consolidated professional same-practice net revenue per read growth |
3.6% | 0.6% | ||||||
| (1) | Our key operating metrics are discussed and defined in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We refer to numbers and metrics relating to or deriving from only those outpatient imaging centers and managed physician practices (the source of our professional services revenue) that we consolidate for financial reporting purposes: our wholly owned centers and our centers owned by and practices managed through VIEs, as “consolidated.” We refer to numbers and metrics relating to or deriving from our managed physician practices (the source of our |
20
| professional services revenue) and all of our outpatient imaging centers, including our wholly owned centers and our centers owned by and practices managed through our VIEs, which we consolidate for financial reporting purposes, plus those centers owned by our unconsolidated affiliates, which are not included in our consolidated GAAP total revenue but which we report using the equity method of accounting, collectively, as “system-wide.” Portions of the financial results of our unconsolidated affiliates that are included in our system-wide metrics are unaudited and/or not prepared by our management. See “Presentation of Financial Information” for more information. |
| (2) | “Outpatient same-center” metrics refer to services performed at sites we operate and which have been in operation for more than one year, excluding new acquisitions or divested outpatient imaging centers, and consist of a scan of the patient and an interpretation of the medical image by a radiologist (a “read”), for which services we issue a global bill. “Professional same-practice” metrics refer to services performed by practices that have been in operation for more than one year, excluding new or terminated practice relationships, and consist of reads by our radiologists, for which we issue a bill solely for the read. “Professional” services are most often performed in the imaging department of a hospital. |
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| System-wide revenue growth |
7.4 | % | 3.2 | % | ||||
| System-wide outpatient same-center revenue growth |
7.0 | % | 4.2 | % | ||||
| System-wide outpatient same-center volume growth |
3.0 | % | (0.3 | )% | ||||
| System-wide outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth |
3.9 | % | 4.5 | % | ||||
Non-GAAP Financial Measures:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| (in thousands, unless otherwise indicated) | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 166,404 | $ | 147,095 | $ | 200,839 | $ | 197,172 | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin |
22.0% | 21.0% | 21.2% | 21.1% | ||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures as defined in Regulation G under the Securities Act. The reconciliations to the most comparable GAAP financial measures and a discussion of the rationale for the presentation of these items are provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
21
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
Our ability to generate revenue depends in large part on referrals from physicians and other healthcare providers.
A significant portion of the services that we perform are derived from patient referrals from unaffiliated physicians and other healthcare providers. Those physicians and other healthcare providers do not have any contractual obligation to refer patients to us. If a sufficiently large number of these physicians and other healthcare providers were to discontinue referring patients to us, our imaging procedure volume would decrease, which would reduce our revenue and operating margins. Further, because the majority of our routine and advanced imaging volume involves providing non-recurring services to patients, our business depends on continuing to receive new referrals from physicians and other healthcare providers.
Further, commercial third-party payors have implemented managed care programs that could limit the ability of physicians to refer patients to us. For example, health maintenance organizations sometimes contract directly with providers and require their enrollees to obtain services exclusively from those contracted providers. Some insurance companies and self-insured employers also limit services to contracted providers. These “closed panel” systems are now common in the managed care environment. Other systems, such as preferred physician organizations, create an economic disincentive for referrals to providers outside the system’s designated panel of providers. We seek to be the designated provider under these systems. If we are unable to compete successfully for these managed care contracts, our revenues and our prospects for growth could be adversely affected.
Because many of our costs are fixed, lower scan volumes or other decreases to revenues could adversely affect the profitability of our business.
The principal components of our operating expenses are compensation paid to radiologists and radiologic technologists, salaries, real estate lease expenses, equipment maintenance costs and depreciation and amortization. Because many of these expenses are fixed and rates under our contracts with reading radiologists are typically provided on a per-scan basis or percentage of revenue with no guaranteed minimum volumes, a relatively small change in our revenue could have a disproportionate effect on our operating and financial results. Thus, decreased revenue as a result of lower scan volumes, modality mix or reductions in reimbursement rates could result in lower margins, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Our ability to maintain and attract new business depends upon the quality of our services, our reputation and the reputations of our radiologists, joint venture partners and the third-party providers with whom we contract.
Our business depends heavily on the quality of our services and our reputation, as well as the reputations of our radiologists, joint venture partners and the third-party providers with whom we contract, to secure new business. Any factor that diminishes our, our radiologists’ or our joint venture partners’ or the third-party providers with whom we contract’s reputations could hinder our ability to attract new patients and customers or retain existing patients and customers. Furthermore, the patient and referring physician satisfaction surveys we use to monitor our reputation and quality of service may not be accurate.
Our reputation is susceptible to damage by negative events such as disputes with patients or customers, information technology security breaches and actions or statements outside of our control by our radiologists, our joint venture
22
partners, the third-party providers with whom we contract, government agencies, current or former patients, customers or competitors. Damage to our, our radiologists’, our joint venture partners’ or the third-party providers with whom we contract’s reputations could be difficult and costly to repair, could cause difficulty in retaining or attracting patients and customers and could impede efforts to recruit and retain radiologists and other healthcare providers.
If our contracted radiology practices terminate their agreements with us, our business could be negatively impacted.
Our business is substantially dependent on the radiology groups that we contract with to provide medical services for our imaging centers. The majority of the radiologists we work with are part of those contracted radiology practices. Under the terms of our professional services agreements, the radiology groups are required to provide medical services at our centers and, in some cases, any new centers that we open or acquire in their areas of operation. Although our professional services agreements have terms that automatically renew, the radiology groups have the right to terminate those agreements if we default on our obligations and fail to cure the default, upon certain regulatory changes and, typically with advanced notice, without cause. Also, the various radiology groups’ ability to continue performing under our professional services agreements may be curtailed or eliminated due to the radiology groups’ own financial difficulties, loss of radiologists or other circumstances outside of our control.
If any of our contracted radiology groups cannot perform their obligations to us, we would need to contract with one or more other radiology groups to provide professional medical services. We may not be able to locate radiology groups willing to provide those services on terms acceptable to us, if at all. The termination of a professional services agreement with a radiology group could result in both short and long-term loss of revenue and adversely affect our performance and reputation in the areas served by the departing radiology group.
We are dependent on our and our contracted radiology practices’ ability to hire and retain qualified radiologists and radiologic technologists, as well as our ability to hire and retain key personnel.
At times, there have been shortages of qualified radiologists and radiologic technologists in some of the regions we serve. Competition in recruiting radiologists and radiologic technologists may make it difficult for us and our contracted radiology practices to maintain adequate staffing. If a significant number of radiologists and radiologic technologists terminate their relationships with us or our contracted radiology practices and we or those radiology practices cannot recruit sufficient qualified radiologists and radiologic technologists to replace them, our ability to maximize the use of our diagnostic imaging centers and our financial results could be adversely affected.
We are experiencing tighter labor conditions in some of the markets we serve. As a result, we and our contracted radiology practices have experienced increased salary and professional services expenses. Increased expenses for the contracted radiology practices impact our financial results because those contracted radiology practices may demand increases in the professional services fees we pay them.
In addition, our business strongly depends upon the services and management experience of our senior management team and local management personnel. The loss of certain key members of our senior management could adversely affect our business until suitable replacements can be found.
Our labor costs have been, and we expect they will continue to be, adversely affected by competition for staffing, the nationwide shortage of radiologists and experienced and skilled healthcare professionals and regulatory activity, including changes in minimum wage laws.
Our operations are dependent on the availability, efforts, abilities and experience of management and medical support personnel, as well as our radiologists. Over the past several years, the healthcare industry has faced considerable workforce challenges, including shortages of skilled personnel and increased wage competition. In addition, we compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining radiologists, of which there is also a shortage and for whom average salaries have been increasing. In some of the regions in which we operate, states or municipalities have increased the applicable minimum wage, which has created more competition and, in some cases, higher labor costs. If prevailing wages continue to be driven higher, we could suffer increased employee turnover and increased costs, adversely affecting our business.
We have a substantial number of employees who are paid on a part-time or per diem basis. As minimum wage rates increase, related laws and regulations change, or inflationary or other pressures increase wage rates, we and our partners may need to increase not only the wage rates of minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to other
23
hourly or salaried employees. If additional states adopt similar minimum wage increases, the effect on our cost of operations would be compounded. We also expect that inflationary pressures will continue to impact our salaries, wages, benefits and other costs.
Because the majority of our services are performed under or based on multi-year contracted rates with commercial insurance companies or through government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, we may be unable to offset any increased labor costs. Any such increase in costs, without an attendant increase in revenues or offsetting increase in operating efficiency, would reduce profitability and cash flows.
Our joint ventures depend on existing relationships with key health system partners. If we are unable to maintain synergistic relationships with these health systems, or enter into new relationships with health systems, we may be unable to implement our business strategies successfully.
Our joint ventures depend in part on the efforts, reputations and success of our health system partners and the strength of our relationships with those systems. Our joint ventures could be adversely affected by any damage to those health systems’ reputations or to our relationships with them. In addition, damage to our business reputation could negatively impact the willingness of health systems to enter into relationships with us. Furthermore, our joint venture agreements typically include termination rights for uncured failures to perform. If we are unable to maintain existing arrangements on favorable terms or enter into relationships with additional health system partners, we may be unable to implement our business strategies for our joint ventures successfully.
Adverse changes in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Our business has in the past been, and may in the future continue to be, affected by a number of macro-economic factors that are beyond our control. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad could adversely affect our business, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth, financial market and interest rate fluctuations, the systemic impact of a potential long-term and wide-spread recession, inflation, energy costs, changes in international trade policies such as trade disputes, geopolitical issues, natural catastrophes, war and terrorist attacks.
Global financial markets have experienced heightened volatility in recent periods, including as a result of economic and political events affecting the world’s major economies. Continued turbulence in domestic and international markets and economies may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. To the extent there is a sustained general economic downturn, our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price may be affected by reductions in overall spending on healthcare, including by patients opting to defer or forgo non-emergency procedures. A decline in global economic conditions could also have a significant impact on the financial condition and operations of our third-party payors, contracting radiology groups, health system joint venture partners and equipment manufacturers. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown, instability or recovery. Further, political tensions resulting from trade policies could reduce trade volume, investment, technological exchange and other economic activities between major international economies, resulting in a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets. In addition, tightening of the equity and debt markets makes it more difficult to raise capital at a reasonable valuation or at all.
We have also faced and could continue to face the risk of potential declines in the population covered under private insurance, patient decisions to postpone or forgo receiving services, potential increases in the uninsured and underinsured populations we serve and further difficulties in the ability for our patients to pay for services, including collecting patient co-payment and deductible receivables. A shift in our payor mix from managed care and other private payors to government payors as well as an increase in the number of uninsured patients may result in a reduction in our rates of reimbursement or an increase in uncollectible receivables or uncompensated care, with a corresponding decrease in our revenue.
A downturn in the economic environment could also lead to increased risk of collection on our accounts receivable, impairment of goodwill and increased risk of failure of financial institutions, including insurance companies. These and other economic events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
24
We experience competition from other diagnostic imaging companies, hospitals and physician’s practices, and this competition could adversely affect our revenue and business.
The market for diagnostic imaging services is highly competitive. We compete for patients principally on the basis of our reputation, our ability to provide multiple scan modalities, centers’ locations and hours of operation, scheduling availability, appointment length and quality of diagnostic imaging services. Furthermore, healthcare consumers are able to access performance data on quality measures and patient satisfaction, as well as pricing information for services, to compare competing providers.
Our competitors include other IDTF operators, as well as hospitals, clinics, radiology groups and physician’s practices that operate their own imaging equipment (some of which are sources of referrals to our business). Some of our competitors may have, now or in the future, access to greater financial resources than we do and may have access to newer, more advanced equipment. If our competitors are better able to attract patients, recruit radiologists, expand services or obtain more referrals from physicians and other healthcare providers than we are, we may experience an overall decline in patient volumes, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
If reimbursement rates paid by third-party governmental or commercial payors are reduced or if we fail to successfully manage the reimbursement and collections processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price could be harmed.
A significant portion of our business is derived from federal and state reimbursement programs such as Medicare or Medicaid. From time to time, those programs implement changes designed to contain healthcare costs, some of which have resulted in decreased reimbursement rates for diagnostic imaging services. On November 1, 2024, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) released the calendar year 2025 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule final rule, which governs Medicare payment for the majority of our services in calendar year 2025. Medicare payment and coverage policies in the final rule or subsequent changes could result in reimbursement reductions or reduced volume of diagnostic imaging services at our imaging centers. For example, Congress established automatic spending reductions under the Budget Control Act of 2011, resulting in a 2% reduction in Medicare payments that began in 2013 and extends through the first six months of the fiscal year 2032 sequestration order. In addition, as a result of The American Rescue Plan Act, an additional Medicare payment reduction of up to 4% was requested to take effect in January 2022. While Congress delayed implementation of this reduction until 2025, waiving such cuts for 2023 and 2024, the passage of the American Relief Act of 2025 has since effectively prevented the Medicare payment reduction from going into effect. Importantly, any adjustment in Medicare reimbursement rates may have a detrimental impact on our reimbursement rates not only for Medicare patients, but also for patients covered by other third-party payors, since other third-party payors often base their reimbursement rates on a percentage of Medicare rates. Additionally, fluctuations in state-determined Medicaid reimbursement rates, which historically reimburse at a lower rate than Medicare, may further negatively impact our business.
Further, our revenue depends on achieving broad coverage and reimbursement for our tests from third-party payors, including both commercial payors. Payment from third-party payors differs depending on whether we have entered into a contract with the payor as a “participating provider” or do not have a contract and are considered a “non-participating provider.” Payors will often reimburse non-participating providers, if at all, at a lower rate than participating providers. In certain instances, when we are non-participating, we can also be subject to the requirements and payment dispute resolution process set forth in the No Surprises Act (“NSA”). If we are not able to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement from commercial payors, we may not be able to effectively increase our patient volume and revenue as expected. Additionally, retrospective reimbursement adjustments can negatively impact our revenue and cause our financial results to fluctuate.
One of the principal objectives of health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and managed care organizations is to control the cost of healthcare services. The expansion of health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and other managed care organizations within the geographic areas covered by our network could have a negative impact on the utilization and pricing of our services, because these organizations will exert greater control over patients’ access to diagnostic imaging services and the selections of the providers of and reimbursement rates for those services. Treatment methodologies and governmental or commercial health insurance controls designed to reduce spending on healthcare procedures may also reduce our revenue and profitability. Controls imposed by Medicare, employer-sponsored healthcare plans and commercial health insurance payors
25
designed to reduce the volume and costs of services provided to patients, in some instances referred to as “utilization review,” could adversely affect our facilities and medical practices. Relatedly, reimbursement rate cuts may be pursued as a cost-saving measure by third-party payors resulting from the implementation of the federal No Surprises Act and similar insurer-provider payment dispute laws, which also may negatively impact our revenue. Further reforms or other changes to these payment systems may be proposed or adopted, either by the U.S. Congress or by CMS, including bundled payments or denial to reimburse for certain procedures.
Relatedly, billing for healthcare services is an important but complex aspect of our business. In particular, the current practice of providing radiology services in advance of payment or, in many cases, irrespective of the patient’s ability to pay for such services, may have significant negative impact on our revenue, bad debt expense and cash flow. We bill numerous and varied payors, such as self-pay patients, managed care payors and Medicare. These different payors typically have different billing requirements that must be satisfied prior to receiving payment for services rendered. For example, depending on the payor, we may be required to obtain certain payor-specific documentation from physicians and other healthcare providers before submitting claims for reimbursement. In addition, certain payors have filing deadlines and will not pay claims submitted after such deadlines.
Reimbursement is typically conditioned on our documenting medical necessity and the appropriateness of service and correctly applying diagnosis codes. Incorrect or incomplete documentation and billing information could result in non-payment for services rendered. We cannot ensure that we will be able to effectively manage the reimbursement process and collect payments promptly.
In addition, certain of our services may require patients to pay out-of-pocket fees. Our ability to collect these out-of-pocket fees is subject to various coverage and reimbursement policies of third-party payors that may change over time and may be open to a variety of interpretations and applications.
Changes in coverage policies or errors in our billing and collections procedures could adversely affect our revenue and business. Any reduction in the rate that we can charge for our imaging services under these programs will reduce our revenues and operating margins per procedure under those reimbursement programs. Unless we can secure additional procedure volumes, increase utilization of our equipment or change the overall modality mix of procedures that we provide, a decline in reimbursement rates will reduce our revenues and results of operations.
There are risks associated with our current and potential future use of AI.
When used responsibly, we believe AI has the potential to enhance our business processes and support efficient delivery of high-quality care. However, AI may not always operate as intended, which could lead to operational inefficiencies, misdiagnoses or inaccurate radiologist report translations, which could give rise to malpractice liability or reputational harm. The rapid development of AI tools could also render obsolete certain technologies or tools we currently use, or otherwise provide competitors with a technological edge. Moreover, AI systems, which require the collection and processing of sensitive patient data, present potential security and privacy risks. If our current or future technologies or applications fail to operate as anticipated or do not perform as specified, we may be subject to liability and reputational harm. We could further be subject to private claims and enforcement actions, even if AI systems we utilize operate as intended, including claims or actions related to false advertising, unfair competition, privacy, anti-discrimination, intellectual property infringement or prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine. New or evolving legislation or regulations might impose restrictions on how AI tools can be used, requiring us to adapt our tools or face various penalties for noncompliance. The federal government and the states have also begun to regulate healthcare AI, and AI more generally, especially when an AI system makes decisions with less human oversight. Multiple states are considering AI regulation that may affect our operations. The final form of many of these regulations has not been determined, but they may capture our AI workstreams. For instance, Colorado has enacted a comprehensive AI regulation that may adversely affect our operations when it takes effect on February 1, 2026. This law regulates “developers” and “deployers” of “high-risk” AI systems, which is defined as any system that, when deployed, makes, or is a “substantial factor in making” “a consequential decision,” which includes decisions relating to health-care services. Regulated parties are charged with developing policies and procedures on reducing the risk of algorithmic discrimination, performing “impact assessments” and providing public disclosures.
If we are unable to successfully maintain, enhance or operate our information systems, including through the implementation of AI technologies or applications in our operations, we may be, among other things, unable to
26
efficiently adapt to evolving laws and requirements and unable to remain competitive with others who successfully implement and advance this technology, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Hospitals may terminate their agreements with us, modify the types or reduce the volume of services requested or reduce fees paid to us.
A portion of our revenue is derived from services provided by our radiologists for hospitals. We do not have direct control over the type or volume of services provided by our radiologists under these arrangements. Our hospital partners may cancel or not renew their contracts with us, may modify the exclusive terms or types of services required under such contracts, may reduce or eliminate any fees paid to us in the future or may refuse to pay us our fees if we fail to honor the terms of our agreement or fail to meet certain performance metrics under those agreements. Adverse economic conditions, including decreased federal and state funding to hospitals, could also influence future actions of our hospital partners or other customers.
We may be unable to effectively maintain our equipment or generate revenue when our equipment is not operational or being upgraded.
Timely, effective service is essential to maintaining our reputation and high use rates on our imaging equipment. If we experience more equipment malfunctions than anticipated or unanticipated delays in upgrading equipment, we are unable to promptly obtain the service necessary to keep our equipment functioning effectively or our business or data is compromised on account of equipment malfunctions or a cybersecurity-related attack, our ability to provide services would be adversely affected and our revenue could decline.
A disruption to the availability of medical equipment could cause a loss of revenue, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
We rely on third-party manufacturers for the medical equipment used in connection with our imaging procedures. A disruption to the availability of this medical equipment could cause a loss of revenue, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. Such a disruption could occur as a result of any number of events, including an extended closure of or any slowdown at our manufacturers’ plants or shipping delays, market shortages due to a surge in demand from other purchasers for critical components, increases in prices, labor stoppages, transportation delays or failures affecting the supply chain and shipment of materials and finished goods, cyberattacks, the unavailability of raw materials, severe weather conditions, adverse effects of climate change, natural disasters, geopolitical developments, tariffs, the war or terrorism and disruptions in utilities and other services.
Technological change in our industry could reduce the demand for our services and require us to incur significant costs to upgrade our equipment.
The development of new technologies or refinements of existing scan modalities may require us to upgrade or enhance our existing equipment before we may otherwise intend to do so. Competition among manufacturers for a greater share of the diagnostic imaging equipment market may result in technological advances in the speed and imaging capacity of new equipment. Further, the development of disruptive diagnostic techniques, such as the development of blood testing for diagnosing breast cancer as an alternative to mammograms, may further reduce the overall need for our services and disrupt our business model. Advances in technology may also enable physicians and others to perform diagnostic imaging procedures without us or our equipment.
Our scale in both the number of our locations and the number and types of imaging equipment we offer is one of our competitive advantages. If the development of new technologies accelerates the obsolescence of our current equipment, we may lose some of our competitive advantage. We may also be required to accelerate the depreciation on existing equipment and incur significant capital expenditures to adopt new technologies. We may not have the financial ability to acquire new or improved equipment and may not be able to maintain a competitive equipment base.
We may become subject to professional malpractice liability and other litigation claims, which could be costly and negatively impact our reputation and business.
The radiologists employed by us and our contracted radiology groups are from time to time subject to malpractice claims. We structure our relationship with our radiologists in a manner that we believe does not constitute our practicing medicine, or subject us to professional malpractice claims for acts or omissions of radiologists employed
27
by us or our contracted radiology practices. Nevertheless, claims relating to services provided by our radiologists have been asserted against us and may be asserted against us in the future. In addition, we may be subject to other professional liability claims, including for improper use or malfunction of our diagnostic imaging equipment, for improper imaging reads or for accidental contamination or injury from exposure to radiation.
We seek to mitigate this risk through the purchase of professional liability insurance. Any claim made against us that is not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend, result in a substantial damage award against us and divert the attention of our management from our operations, all of which could have an adverse effect on our financial performance. In addition, successful claims against us may adversely affect our business or reputation.
In addition, from time to time, we may be subject to litigation claims through the ordinary course of our business operations regarding, but not limited to, securities litigation, employment matters, security of patient and employee personal data, contractual relations with collaborators and licensors and intellectual property rights. We may be exposed to such litigation even if no wrongdoing on our part has occurred. Litigation to defend ourselves against claims by third parties, or to enforce any rights that we may have against third parties, could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
If we are unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, our business may be adversely affected.
It may become more difficult and costly for us to obtain insurance coverage. For example, the following circumstances may adversely affect our ability to obtain insurance at favorable rates:
| ∎ | we experience higher-than-expected professional liability, property and casualty or other types of claims or losses; |
| ∎ | we acquire operations or facilities that present unattractive risks to current or prospective insurers; |
| ∎ | insurers choose to stop operating or offering policies in certain states due to changes in economic conditions or laws; |
| ∎ | insurers tighten underwriting standards applicable to us or our industry; or |
| ∎ | insurers or reinsurers are unable or unwilling to insure us or the industry at historical premiums and coverage levels. |
If any of these potential circumstances were to occur, our insurance carriers may cancel or not renew our policies, or require us to significantly increase our self-insured retention levels or pay substantially higher premiums for the same or reduced coverage for insurance, including workers’ compensation, property and casualty, automobile, employment practices liability, directors’ and officers’ liability, cybersecurity, employee healthcare and general and professional liability coverages.
In some states, the law prohibits or limits insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from professional liability and general liability claims or litigation. Coverage for punitive damages is also limited under some insurance policies. As a result, we may be liable for punitive damage awards in these states that either are not covered or are in excess of our insurance policy limits. Claims against us, regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, could also inhibit our ability to attract patients or expand our business and could require our management to devote time to matters unrelated to the day-to-day operation of our business.
With few exceptions, workers’ compensation and employee health insurance costs have also increased markedly in recent years and are expected to increase in the future. If we are unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, or if the coverage levels we can obtain on commercially reasonable terms decline, our business may be adversely affected.
Business interruptions due to natural disasters, including floods, fires, hurricanes and severe winter storms or other external events beyond our control, can adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Our business operations are subject to interruption by external events beyond our control, such as fires, floods, severe weather, public health issues, power failures, telecommunication losses and other natural and man-made
28
events, some of which may be intensified by the effects of climate change and changing weather patterns. Additionally, long-term adverse weather conditions could cause an outmigration of people from the communities where our facilities are located. If any of the circumstances described above, or other similar events, occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price could be adversely affected. These or other similar events could cause disruption or interruption to our operations and significantly impact our employees.
In the event of a natural disaster, including a hurricane or other catastrophic event such as a fire or power loss, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system and service interruptions, reputational harm, breaches of data security and losses of critical data, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Consolidation in the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Many healthcare industry participants are consolidating to create integrated healthcare delivery systems. As provider networks and managed care organizations consolidate, competition to provide services like ours may become more intense, and the importance of establishing relationships with key industry participants will become greater. Consolidated industry participants may try to use their bargaining leverage to negotiate price reductions for our services and reduce our ability to recover our costs. Further, if physicians or other healthcare providers who currently provide referrals for our services acquire their own imaging equipment, such referrals may decline or cease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
We may not be able to successfully complete acquisitions or enter into new joint ventures on acceptable terms, which may slow our growth rate.
An important part of our business strategy includes growing our operations through strategic opportunities such as joint ventures and acquisitions. We are unable to predict whether or when we will be able to identify suitable additional acquisition candidates or joint venture partners or the likelihood that a potential acquisition will be completed or joint venture will be entered into. If we are unable to complete identified acquisitions or enter into new joint ventures on acceptable terms, it is unlikely that we will sustain the historical growth rates of our business and our profitability may be adversely affected if we cannot continue to scale our platform through such strategic opportunities. Our joint venture and acquisition activities are also subject to antitrust and competition laws, which laws could, given for example our geographic concentration in certain areas of the United States, impact our ability to pursue strategic transactions.
In addition, businesses that we acquire may have unknown or contingent liabilities, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare and other laws and regulations, medical and general professional liabilities, workers’ compensation liabilities and tax liabilities. These liabilities could be significant, and, if we are unable to exclude them from the acquisition transaction or successfully obtain and pursue indemnification from a third party, they could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. In addition, we may be unable to timely and effectively integrate businesses that we acquire with our ongoing operations, or we may experience delays implementing operating procedures, personnel and systems, which could impact the financial performance of the acquired business.
We may face risks with respect to our expansion strategy of opening de novo centers.
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to develop de novo IDTFs in existing and new markets. This de novo center expansion strategy involves significant risks, including, but not limited to, the following:
| ∎ | the time and costs associated with identifying locations in suitable geographic markets, which may divert management attention from existing operations; |
| ∎ | the need for significant advertising and marketing expenditures to attract patients; |
| ∎ | our ability to provide each de novo center with the appropriate equipment, furnishings, materials, supplies and other capital resources; |
| ∎ | our ability to obtain licensure and accreditation, establish relationships with healthcare providers in the community and delays or difficulty in installing our operating and information systems; and |
29
| ∎ | the access to and cost of capital required to evaluate new markets and opportunities, including to hire experienced local radiologists, radiologic technologists, management and skilled staff, and to open de novo centers, and the time lags between these activities and the generation of revenue. |
As a result of these and other risks, there can be no assurance that we will be able to develop de novo centers in the future or that any de novo center we develop will become profitable.
A restriction in our ability to make capital expenditures would restrict our growth and could adversely affect our business.
We operate in a capital intensive, high fixed-cost industry that requires significant amounts of capital to fund operations, particularly the initial startup and development expenses of de novo centers and the acquisition of additional centers and new diagnostic imaging equipment. We incur capital expenditures to, among other things, upgrade and replace equipment for existing centers and expand within our existing markets and enter new markets. If we open de novo centers or acquire additional imaging centers, we may have to incur material capital lease obligations.
We incurred a net loss of $18.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and a net loss of $94.1 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. In addition, our cash and cash equivalents were $0.2 million at September 30, 2025 and $26.1 million at December 31, 2024. To the extent we are unable to generate sufficient cash from our operations, funds are not available under our credit facilities, or we are unable to structure or obtain other financing, we may be unable to meet the capital expenditure requirements necessary to support the maintenance and continued growth of our operations.
We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of our past and any future acquisitions, or those benefits may take longer to realize than expected. We may also encounter significant difficulties in integrating these acquired businesses into our operations.
We anticipate our prior acquisitions and any future acquisitions will result in benefits including, among other things, increased revenues, an enhanced ability to provide quality services and the ability to take advantage of greater scale and synergies to enhance our long-term profitability. The acquired businesses may, however, underperform relative to our expectations. Achieving the anticipated benefits, including any anticipated synergies, of these acquisitions will be subject to a number of uncertainties, including general competitive factors in the marketplace. The acquired businesses may not contribute to our revenues or earnings to the extent anticipated, the synergies we expect from these acquisitions may not be realized and we may assume unanticipated or greater than expected liabilities as a result of these acquisitions.
Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions will depend, to a large extent, on our ability to integrate the acquired businesses into our existing operations. The combination of independent businesses is a complex, costly and time-consuming process that requires significant management attention and resources. The integration process may disrupt the businesses and, if implemented ineffectively, would limit the expected benefits to us of the acquisitions. The failure to meet the challenges involved in integrating multiple businesses and to realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions could cause an interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, the activities of the combined company and could adversely affect the business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price of the combined company.
In addition, the overall integration of the acquired businesses may result in material unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitive responses, loss of market share and other business relationships and diversion of management’s attention. Many of these factors will be outside of our and the acquired businesses’ control and any one of these factors could result in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues and additional diversion of management’s time and energy, which could materially adversely impact the business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price of the combined company. In addition, even if the operations of our business and the acquired businesses are integrated successfully, the full benefits of such acquisitions may not be realized, including the synergies, cost savings, revenue growth or other benefits that are expected. These benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all. Further, we may incur additional unanticipated costs in the integration of our business with the acquired businesses. These unanticipated costs could be substantial. There can be no assurance that the elimination of certain duplicative costs, as well as the
30
realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the multiple businesses, will offset the incremental transaction-related costs over time. As a result, we cannot provide any assurance that our acquisitions will result in the realization of the full benefits anticipated from the transactions.
Furthermore, we may from time to time execute certain of our acquisitions through VIEs. The interests of these VIEs may differ from the interests of the Company as a whole, which could limit our ability to effectively operate these VIEs and maximize the economic benefits from them. For example, it may be in a VIE’s interest to prioritize operations, health systems or referral sources in the local regions it primarily serves, whereas it may be in the Company’s best interest as a whole to focus on developing operations, or relationships with health systems or referral sources, in other regions or to prioritize general corporate initiatives instead, such as technological innovation.
Our debt obligations could expose us to risks that could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.
As of September 30, 2025, we had approximately $1.2 billion total principal amount of debt outstanding under the Existing Term Loan and $5.0 million outstanding under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). Our indebtedness could have significant effects on our business, such as:
| ∎ | requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our borrowings, which would reduce availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, execution of our growth strategy and other general corporate purposes; |
| ∎ | placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared with our competitors that have less debt; |
| ∎ | exposing us to risks inherent in interest rate fluctuations because our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, which could result in higher interest expense in the event of increases in interest rates; |
| ∎ | increasing our vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions; |
| ∎ | increasing the risk we are subjected to a downgrade or put on a negative watch list by rating agencies; |
| ∎ | negatively impacting investors’ perceptions of us; |
| ∎ | limiting our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business or the industry in which we operate; |
| ∎ | impacting our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions or to purchase, redeem or retire capital stock; and |
| ∎ | limiting our ability to borrow additional cash, make investments and incur liens. |
In addition, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow from our operations to repay our indebtedness when it becomes due and to meet our other cash needs. If we are unable to pay our borrowings as they become due, we will be required to pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as selling assets, refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness or selling additional debt or equity securities. We may not be able to refinance our debt or sell additional debt or equity securities or our assets on favorable terms, if at all, and if we must sell our assets, it may negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The New Credit Agreement (as defined below) is expected to contain customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability and that of our restricted subsidiaries to merge and consolidate with other companies, incur indebtedness, grant liens or security interests on assets, make acquisitions, loans, advances or investments, pay dividends, sell or otherwise transfer assets, optionally prepay or modify terms of certain junior indebtedness, enter into transactions with affiliates or change our line of business. Failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of our debt. In addition, upon an event of default, the lenders under our credit facilities would have the right to terminate any commitments to future borrowings and could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Any additional debt incurred in the future may include similar or additional covenants.
We may be required to recognize an impairment of our goodwill, other intangible assets, or other long-lived assets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
When we acquire businesses, we are generally required to allocate the purchase price to various assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets. We are required to perform impairment tests for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that
31
impairment exists. We are also required to perform an impairment test of definite lived intangible or other long-lived assets when indicators of impairment are present. We have been required to recognize impairment charges in the past, and may again.
Our business exhibits seasonal fluctuations that could cause significant fluctuation in our quarterly operating results, which could increase the volatility of our stock price and cause losses to our stockholders.
Our business exhibits seasonal fluctuations. For example, in the past, we have generally seen lower procedure volumes and revenue levels in the first quarter of each year as compared to other quarters. We believe that such seasonal fluctuations are driven in part by factors such as the deductible thresholds in many health plans resetting at the beginning of the calendar year and increased patient appointment cancellations or center closures due to severe winter weather conditions such as snowstorms. As a result of these and other factors, our revenues and results of operations may fluctuate significantly. If our revenues or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or public market analysts, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially.
Data Protection and Cybersecurity Related Risks
Cybersecurity threats and other disruption or malfunctions in our information technology systems could adversely affect our business.
We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information including legally protected personal information, such as diagnostic imaging results and other patient health information, credit card and other financial information, insurance information and personally identifiable information. A significant portion of the communication between our personnel, patients, business partners and suppliers depends on information technology. We rely on our information systems to perform functions critical to our ability to operate, including patient scheduling, billing, collections, image storage and image transmission. We also use information technology systems and networks in our operations and supporting departments such as marketing, accounting, finance and human resources. The future success and growth of our business depends on streamlined processes made available through information systems, global communications, internet activity and other network processes.
Our information technology system is vulnerable to damage or interruption from:
| ∎ | cybersecurity attacks and breaches, ransomware and computer viruses, coordinated attacks by hackers, activist entities, organized criminal threat actors and nation-state sponsored actors, seeking to disrupt operations or misappropriate information; |
| ∎ | technology service provider outages and technology supply chain cyber-security weaknesses; |
| ∎ | power losses, computer systems failures, internet and telecommunications or data network failures, operator negligence or human error, improper operation by or supervision of employees, agents or other third-party service providers, physical and electronic losses of data and similar events; |
| ∎ | fires, floods, earthquakes and other natural disasters; and |
| ∎ | acts of vandalism or theft, misplaced or lost data, programming or human errors and similar events. |
Cybersecurity threats are constantly changing, increasing the difficulty of successfully defending against them or implementing adequate preventive measures. While we maintain multiple layers of security measures and are continuously enhancing our security technologies to address new threats, emerging and advanced cybersecurity threats, including coordinated attacks, require additional layers of security which may disrupt or impact efficiency of operations. We have in the past experienced unauthorized access to our network, including a threat actor obtaining access to certain private patient data in a data breach in 2021 (the “2021 data breach”), and could again face attempts by others to gain unauthorized access to information or to introduce malicious software to disrupt the operation of our information technology systems. While management is not aware of a cybersecurity incident that has had a material effect on our operations, there can be no assurances that a cybersecurity incident that has a material impact on us will not occur in the future.
In particular, ransomware or cyber extortion attacks are becoming increasingly prevalent and can lead to significant interruptions in our operations, loss of sensitive data and income, reputational harm and diversion of funds. A successful ransomware or similar attack could disrupt or limit our ability to operate and generate revenue for an extended period of time, including our ability to retrieve patient records, schedule imaging procedures, store and
32
transmit diagnostic images, bill payors or patients, provide customer assistance services, conduct research and development activities, collect, process and prepare company financial information and manage the administrative aspects of our business, any of which could materially adversely affect our business. Recovery plans, the ability to restore from back up, extortion payments or other mitigation efforts may alleviate some negative impacts of a ransomware attack, but there is nevertheless the risk that such an attack will create severe disruption and losses, including potential data losses from the threat actor retaining stolen information, and we may be unwilling or unable to make extortion payments due to, for example, applicable laws or regulations prohibiting such payments.
Recent cyberattacks in the healthcare sector, such as the February 2024 incident affecting Change Healthcare, have underscored critical cybersecurity risks which extend beyond internal systems to encompass third-party service providers and interconnected supply chains. Attacks targeting these areas can lead to significant disruptions in critical healthcare functions, exposure of sensitive patient data and substantial financial losses. The impact of such breaches can be severe and are similar to those we face with ransomware. Although management is not aware of a cybersecurity incident through third-party service providers that has had a material effect on our operations, there can be no assurances that a cybersecurity incident through third-party service providers that could have a material impact on us will not occur in the future.
Any interruption in access, improper access, disclosure, modification or other loss of information has in the past resulted, and could in the future result, in legal claims or proceedings and liability or penalties under laws and regulations that protect the privacy of personal information, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and regulations implemented thereunder (collectively, “HIPAA”), European data privacy regulations, such as the General Data Protection Regulation, U.S. state privacy regulations or newly emerging U.S. state health information privacy laws. We may be required to comply with state breach notification laws or become subject to mandatory corrective action. For example, we settled certain class action claims and paid certain penalties to the New York Office of Attorney General related to the 2021 data breach.
Responding to such incidents could require us to incur significant costs related to rebuilding internal systems, defending against litigation, responding to regulatory inquiries or actions, paying damages, complying with consumer protection laws or taking other remedial steps with respect to third parties. If our data storage system was compromised, it could also give rise to unwanted media attention, materially damage our payor, physician and health care system relationships and harm our business reputation. While we maintain cyber liability insurance, our insurance may not be sufficient to protect against all losses we may incur if we suffer significant or multiple attacks.
Additionally, if and as our business grows, we will need to continually improve and expand the scope of our technology systems in order to maintain their adequacy for the scale of our operations. Any failure to make such improvements or any significant delay in the planned implementation of new or enhanced systems could render our systems obsolete or inadequate, in which case our service to our customers and our other business activities could suffer, and we could be more vulnerable to electronic breaches from outside sources.
Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable data protection, privacy and security laws, regulations, standards and other requirements could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
The data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we are and may become subject to numerous state and federal laws, requirements and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure, retention and security of health-related and other personal information. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations and standards is high and is likely to increase in the future. Implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot predict the impact of future laws, regulations or standards or the perception of their requirements on our business. This regulatory landscape may create uncertainty in our business, affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer, use and share personal information, necessitate the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts, result in liability or impose additional costs on us. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable data privacy and security laws or regulations, our internal policies and procedures or our contracts governing our processing of personal information could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, claims by third parties and damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
33
For example, the HIPAA privacy and security regulations extensively regulate the use and disclosure of protected health information (“PHI”) and require covered entities, including healthcare providers and health plans, and vendors known as “business associates,” that perform certain services that involve creating, receiving, maintaining or transmitting individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of such covered entities, as well as their covered subcontractors, to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the privacy and security of PHI. Specifically, the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) has adopted privacy regulations, known as the Privacy Rule, to govern the use and disclosure of PHI. HHS has also adopted data security regulations that require covered entities and business associates to implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of PHI that is electronically created, received, maintained or transmitted (such as between us and our affiliated radiology practices) (the “Security Rule”). HIPAA also imposes certain breach notification obligations on covered entities who must report breaches of unsecured PHI without unreasonable delay to affected individuals, HHS and, in the case of larger breaches, the media. Business associates are also required to report breaches of unsecured PHI to relevant covered entities. Failure to comply with the HIPAA privacy and security standards can result in, among other things, civil monetary penalties and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties, including fines or imprisonment. HHS has recently increased its enforcement efforts on compliance with HIPAA, including the Security Rule, bringing actions against entities which have failed to implement security measures sufficient to reduce risks to PHI or to conduct an accurate and thorough risk analysis, among other violations. Additionally, state attorneys general may enforce the HIPAA privacy and security regulations in response to violations that threaten the privacy of state residents.
In addition to HIPAA, there are numerous other laws and legislative and regulatory initiatives at the federal and state levels governing the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity and security of health-related information and other types of personal information. Certain state laws may be more stringent, broader in scope or offer greater individual rights with respect to health-related information than HIPAA, and state laws may differ from each other, which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, certain states’ laws require us to notify affected individuals in the event of certain data breaches involving individually identifiable information (without a requirement that health-related information be involved). Such state data breach notification laws continue to expand the types of personal information that they encompass, such as medical and insurance information, and may contain burdensome breach reporting requirements. These laws are inconsistent from state to state, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly.
States also regularly amend existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements, and several states have passed broad reaching privacy legislation, as well as health specific privacy legislation. For instance, the California Consumer Privacy Act, as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act (“CCPA”) gives California residents rights to access, correct and delete their personal information, to opt out of the sale or sharing of certain personal information, to limit uses of certain sensitive data under certain circumstances, and to receive detailed information about how their personal information is used by requiring covered companies to provide disclosures to California consumers (as that term is broadly defined). The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches. Although there are certain exemptions for PHI, the CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability and impact our operations. Laws similar to the California law, as well as health privacy specific laws, have passed or have been proposed in several other states and also have been proposed at the federal level. To the extent these laws apply to our operations, they may ultimately have conflicting or more burdensome requirements that would further complicate compliance.
In addition, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and many state attorneys general take the position that violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair or deceptive acts or practices in violation of the Federal Trade Commission Act or state consumer protection laws, and the FTC and state attorneys general use their consumer protection authority to initiate enforcement actions in response to data breaches. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. The FTC has also been active with respect to enforcement of its Health Breach Notification Rule and in scrutinizing the use and disclosure of sensitive personal information. The FTC also finalized changes to the Health Breach Notification Rule in April 2024. Moreover, as new technologies bring significant opportunity and change to an industry, including the
34
health care sector, states, such as Colorado, Utah and California, have passed or are considering legislation or regulation governing the development or use of AI technologies, supplementing the existing consumer protection, FDA and other regulatory guidance that may apply to the use of AI technologies in our business, and which may further impact our compliance posture and efforts.
Further, we accept debit and credit cards for payment and are therefore subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (the “PCI DSS”), which includes guidelines with regard to the security policies and practices we should adopt regarding the physical and electronic storage, processing and transmission of cardholder data. Compliance with the PCI DSS and implementing related procedures, technology and information security measures requires significant resources and ongoing attention, and any security incident involving cardholder data could subject us to significant penalties and liability.
Our marketing and patient engagement activities, including sending short message services (“SMS”) text messages to patients, are subject to communications privacy laws such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”), a federal statute that protects consumers from unwanted telephone calls, faxes and text messages. Although we obtain consent from individuals to send text messages, federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants may claim that the notices and disclosure we provide, the form of consent we obtain or our SMS texting practices are not adequate or violate applicable law. While we strive to adhere to strict policies and procedures that comply with the TCPA, the Federal Communications Commission, as the agency that implements and enforces the TCPA, may disagree with our interpretation of the TCPA and subject us to penalties and other consequences for noncompliance. Moreover, we may be subject to consumer class actions as a result of alleged violations of the TCPA. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our SMS texting practices violate the TCPA could subject us to civil penalties and could require us to change some portions of our operations. Moreover, if wireless carriers or their trade associations, which issue guidelines for texting programs, determine that we have violated their guidelines, our ability to engage in texting programs may be curtailed or revoked, which could impact our operations and cause us to incur costs related to implementing a workaround solution.
The potential effects of federal and state privacy and security requirements are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial compliance costs. Moreover, data privacy and security laws are continuing to be proposed at the federal and state level and may result in additional legal requirements that impact our business.
Although we strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards and our contractual and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our employees, representatives, contractors, consultants, collaborators or other third parties to comply with such requirements or adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, could result in additional cost and liability to us, fines and penalties, third-party claims and damage to our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. Even an unsuccessful challenge by patients or regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from and defense by us.
Healthcare and Regulatory Related Risks
The regulatory framework in which we operate is uncertain and continually evolving and complying with federal and state regulations is an expensive and time-consuming process.
We are directly or indirectly, through the radiology practices with which we contract, subject to extensive regulation by both the federal government and the governments of the states in which we provide services, including:
| ∎ | the federal False Claims Act (the “FCA”); |
| ∎ | the federal Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Kickback Statute, and state anti-kickback prohibitions; |
| ∎ | the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law and state equivalents; |
| ∎ | federal and state billing and claims submission laws and regulations; |
| ∎ | HIPAA and comparable state laws; |
| ∎ | the federal physician self-referral prohibition (commonly known as the “Stark Law”) and state equivalents; |
35
| ∎ | the federal and state laws related to healthcare providers’ licensure, certification, accreditation, and Medicare and Medicaid program enrollment; |
| ∎ | state certificate of need (“CON”) laws; |
| ∎ | the NSA; |
| ∎ | state laws relating to facility licensure, certification, and accreditation; |
| ∎ | state laws that prohibit the corporate practice of medicine or prohibit fee-splitting arrangements; |
| ∎ | state laws governing the approval of healthcare transactions and complying with cost targets; |
| ∎ | federal and state laws governing the diagnostic imaging and therapeutic equipment we use in our business concerning patient safety, equipment operating specifications and radiation exposure levels; |
| ∎ | state laws governing reimbursement for diagnostic services related to services compensable under workers’ compensation rules; |
| ∎ | the federal 21st Century Cures Act (governing information blocking, among other areas) and state equivalents; |
| ∎ | federal and state laws regulating the use of AI; and |
| ∎ | federal and state environmental and health and safety laws. |
Although we believe that we are operating in compliance with applicable federal and state laws, neither our current and anticipated business operations nor the operations of our contracted radiology practices have been the subject of judicial or regulatory interpretation. We cannot assure that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations. In addition, healthcare laws and regulations may change significantly in the future in a way that restricts our operations. We continuously monitor these developments and modify our operations from time to time as the regulatory environment changes. We cannot assure, however, that we will be able to adapt our operations to address new regulations or that new regulations will not adversely affect our business. Federal and state legislators routinely introduce and consider proposed legislation that would impact Medicare, Medicaid and other programs that could affect our funding and operations, and state and federal agencies also consider and implement regulations and guidance that impact our business. Similarly, changes in private payor reimbursement policies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. We cannot predict with certainty the impact that any particular federal and state healthcare legislation or regulation will have on us, but such changes could impose new or more stringent regulatory requirements on our activities or result in reduced payment rates, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. Further, if our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws and regulations to which we or the radiology practices with which we contract are subject, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment of our operations.
Additionally, state and federal false claims acts may adversely affect our business. Among other things, the FCA authorizes the imposition of up to three times the government’s damages and significant per claim civil penalties and treble damages on any “person” (including an individual, organization or company) who, among other acts: (i) knowingly presents or causes to be presented to the federal government a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval; (ii) knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim; (iii) knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used a false record or statement material to an obligation to pay the government, or knowingly conceals or knowingly and improperly avoids or decreases an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or (iv) conspires to commit the above acts. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. The FCA also permits a private individual acting as a “whistleblower” to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violations of the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery. The federal government has used the FCA to prosecute a wide variety of alleged false claims and fraud allegedly perpetrated against Medicare and state healthcare programs, including coding errors, billing for services not rendered, the submission of false cost or other reports, billing for services at a higher payment rate than appropriate, billing for items or services provided by entities or individuals that are not appropriately licensed, billing for care that is not considered medically necessary and false reporting of risk-adjusted diagnostic codes to Medicare Advantage plans.
36
Our business may also be affected by state and federal anti-kickback and anti-self-referral laws. Various federal and state laws govern financial arrangements among healthcare providers, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which is a criminal law that prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, the referral of Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare program patients, or in return for, or to induce, the purchase, lease or order of items or services that are covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute also includes a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors that protect certain common activities from prosecution, but which are drawn narrowly and require strict compliance to offer protection. Further, the Stark Law prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for certain “designated health services” if the physician (or an immediate family member) has a prohibited financial relationship with that entity, unless an exception applies. Certain radiology services are considered “designated health services” under the Stark Law. The types of financial arrangements between a physician and an entity providing “designated health services” that trigger the self-referral prohibitions of the Stark Law are broad and include direct and indirect ownership and investment interests and compensation arrangements.
Similarly, many state laws prohibit the solicitation, payment or receipt of remuneration in return for, or to induce the referral of patients in private as well as government programs. Violation of these laws may result in substantial civil or criminal penalties for individuals or entities or exclusion from federal or state healthcare programs. We believe we are operating in compliance with applicable law and believe that our arrangements with providers would not be found to violate anti-kickback and anti-self-referral laws. However, these laws could be interpreted in a manner inconsistent with our operations.
Additionally, certain states have enacted statutes and regulations regarding risk assumption in the healthcare industry, pursuant to which certain risk-based managed care contracting arrangements are required to comply with applicable risk bearing organization or insurance laws. These laws, to the extent they are enacted in the states in which we operate, may require physicians and physician networks to meet minimum capital requirements and other capital adequacy and actuarial soundness requirements. The compliance requirements associated with these laws could result in substantial costs to us and our contracted radiology practices, and could limit our ability to enter into capitation or other risk-sharing managed care arrangements.
If CMS ends its current policy of permitting professionals providing direct supervision of diagnostic imaging to be immediately available through virtual presence using two-way, real-time audio/video technology, instead of requiring their physical presence, we may be subject to additional costs and a shortage of professionals to provide such supervision.
On November 1, 2024, CMS released the calendar year 2025 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule final rule, which extended through December 31, 2025 the Medicare policy permitting supervising professionals providing direct supervision to be immediately available through virtual presence using two-way, real-time audio/video technology, instead of requiring their physical presence. In the 2026 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule proposed rule, CMS has proposed to make this authority permanent for many forms of diagnostic imaging. If CMS fails to adopt this proposed rule or only adopts it only in part, we may be required to add professional staff to our diagnostic imaging centers or decrease the volume of imaging services that require direct supervision of a professional.
If we fail to comply with various licensure, certification and accreditation standards, we may be subject to loss of licensure, certification or accreditation, which would adversely affect our operations.
Ownership, construction, operation, expansion and acquisition of our diagnostic imaging centers are subject to various federal and state laws, regulations and approvals concerning licensing of personnel and other required certificates for certain types of healthcare facilities and certain medical equipment. In addition, freestanding diagnostic imaging centers that provide services independent of a physician’s office must be enrolled by Medicare as an IDTF to bill the Medicare program. Medicare carriers have discretion in applying the IDTF requirements and therefore the application of these requirements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
Furthermore, federal legislation requires all suppliers that provide the technical component of diagnostic MRI, PET/CT, CT and nuclear medicine to be accredited by one of the accreditation organizations designated by CMS (which currently include the American College of Radiology, the Intersocietal Accreditation Commission and the Joint
37
Commission). Our MRI, CT, nuclear medicine, ultrasound and mammography centers are currently accredited by either the American College of Radiology or the Intersocietal Accreditation Commission. We may not be able to receive the required regulatory authorizations or accreditation for any future acquisitions, expansions or replacements and the failure to obtain these authorizations could limit the opportunity to expand our services.
Our payors require that the radiologists providing imaging services are credentialed, before the payor will commence payment. We have experienced a slowdown in the credentialing of radiologists over the last several years which has lengthened our billing and collection cycle, and could negatively impact our ability to collect revenue from patients covered by Medicare.
Our centers are subject to periodic inspection by governmental and other authorities to assure continued compliance with the various standards necessary for licensure and certification. If any facility loses its certification under the Medicare program, then the facility will be ineligible to receive reimbursement from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A change in the applicable certification status of one of our centers could adversely affect our other centers and, in turn, us as a whole.
Our operations and relationships with radiologists must be structured to avoid the corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting and ensure compliance with other federal and state laws. Any violation of these laws would subject us to potential damages, injunction or civil and criminal penalties and could require us to restructure our operations or relationships with radiologists in a way that would affect the control or quality of our services.
The laws of certain states, including those in Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado, Georgia, Montana, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas, prohibit us from exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians. Additionally, certain states, such as New York and North Carolina, more strictly prohibit us from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as splitting professional fees with physicians. These laws are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. We structure our operations and relationships with radiologists in a manner that we believe keeps us from engaging in the practice of medicine, exercising control over medical judgments or decisions or violating prohibitions against fee-splitting. For example, certain of our outpatient imaging centers and managed physician practices are structured using VIEs. State laws and enforcement efforts regarding the corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting, however, are often subject to change. As a result, there can be no assurance that our present arrangements will not be challenged, and, if challenged, that they will not be found to violate the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting prohibitions. Any such violation would subject us to potential damages, injunction or civil and criminal penalties and could require us to restructure our operations or relationships with radiologists in a way that would affect the control or quality of our services.
State efforts to regulate the construction or expansion of healthcare facilities could impair our ability to operate and expand our operations.
Some states regulate the construction, acquisition, renovation or expansion of healthcare facilities, for example, through CON programs. These programs may limit our ability to build, acquire, renovate or expand facilities or expand the breadth of services we offer in certain states. In evaluating a proposal, these states often consider the need for additional or expanded healthcare facilities or services. The failure to obtain any required CON or other approval could impair our ability to operate or expand our operations. In addition, the failure to comply with these requirements or any citation or other adverse action against one facility could negatively impact our ability to expand, acquire or operate other facilities in the same state. Any such failure could, in turn, adversely affect our ability to attract patients and physicians to our facilities and grow our revenues, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Some of our imaging modalities use radioactive materials, which generate regulated waste and could subject us to liabilities for injuries or violations of environmental and health and safety laws.
Some of our imaging procedures use radioactive materials, which generate medical and other regulated wastes. For example, patients are injected with a radioactive substance before undergoing a PET scan. Storage, use and disposal of these materials and waste products present the risk of accidental environmental contamination and physical injury. Although we typically use licensed or otherwise qualified outside vendors to dispose of this waste, applicable laws and regulations could hold us liable for damages and fines if our or others’ business operations or other actions result in contamination to the environment or personal injury due to exposure to hazardous materials. We cannot
38
eliminate the risk of contamination or injury, and any liability imposed on us for any resulting damages or injury could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage.
Government authorities or other parties may assert that our business practices violate antitrust laws.
The healthcare industry is subject to close antitrust scrutiny. Healthcare companies that have private equity investors in particular are under continued and increased scrutiny for their perceived role in rising healthcare costs and alleged increased control over healthcare entities. The FTC, the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and state attorneys general all actively review and, in some cases, take enforcement action against business conduct and acquisitions in the healthcare industry. For example, in February 2024, the FTC, DOJ and HHS jointly launched a cross-government public inquiry into the role of private-equity and other corporations in the healthcare system. As a result of these enforcement priorities, we expect that we will continue to be subject to heightened scrutiny by these agencies. Moreover, some states, such as Oregon, are currently considering implementing restrictions limiting certain corporate ownership of, or corporate involvement in, physician practice platform companies. Additionally, state regulators are increasingly subjecting healthcare transactions to heightened review, with several states presently having transaction review laws in effect, including large markets such as California and Illinois. These healthcare transaction review laws can inhibit business expansion by requiring significant filings and review processes and, in some states, allowing state attorneys general to review, subject to conditions, or prevent transactions viewed as anti-competitive or against the public interest. Possible growth into new state markets may be subject to such state healthcare transaction laws.
Private parties harmed by alleged anticompetitive conduct can also bring antitrust suits. Violations of antitrust laws may be punishable by substantial penalties, including significant monetary fines and treble damages, civil penalties, criminal sanctions and consent decrees and injunctions prohibiting certain activities or requiring divestiture or discontinuance of business operations. Any of these penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
The FTC has also given increased attention to the effect of combinations involving healthcare providers, including physician practices, as well as to the use of restrictive covenants that limit the ability of employees and others to engage in certain competitive activities. The FTC has also entered into numerous consent decrees in the past several years settling allegations of price-fixing among providers.
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock, this Offering and Being a Public Company
There is currently no market for our common stock, and an active trading market may not develop or continue to be liquid.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. While we have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq, an active market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering, which could depress the market price of our common stock and could affect your ability to sell your shares. In the absence of an active public trading market, you may not be able to liquidate your investment in our common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock, our ability to motivate our employees through equity incentive awards and our ability to expand our business by using our common stock as consideration. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. The initial public offering price per share will be determined by negotiations among us and the representatives of the underwriters and therefore that price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering or bear any relationship to other established criteria of the value of our business. In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price.
Our operating results and share price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock may drop below the price you pay in this offering.
Our annual and quarterly operating results have in the past fluctuated and are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. As a result
39
of this volatility, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price or at all. Our operating results and the trading price of our common stock may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:
| ∎ | regulatory, legal, political and economic factors unrelated to our performance; |
| ∎ | market conditions in the broader stock market; |
| ∎ | actual or anticipated fluctuations in our or our competitors’ annual and quarterly financial and operating results; |
| ∎ | strategic actions by us or our competitors; |
| ∎ | tax and accounting developments; |
| ∎ | litigation and governmental investigations; and |
| ∎ | other events or factors, including those from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events. |
These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could be subject to payments of substantial damages and fines or incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.
If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we provide to the public, the price of our common stock may decline.
We may provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will be comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus and in our other public filings and public statements. Our ability to forecast our future results of operations and plan for and model future growth is limited as we are not able to predict the future of our business. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance we provide or the expectations of investment analysts or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline as well.
Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock may depress the price of our common stock. In addition, a significant portion of our common stock is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
If we sell, or any of our stockholders sell, a large number of shares of our common stock, or if we issue a large number of shares of our common stock in connection with future acquisitions, financings or equity incentive plans or in other circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. Moreover, the perception in the public market that we or our stockholders might sell shares of our common stock could depress the market price of our common stock.
We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances or sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Possible sales also may make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price we deem necessary or appropriate. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
After the consummation of the Transactions, including this offering, we will have shares of our common stock outstanding. We, all of our directors and executive officers and the holders of % of the shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering (or % of the shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) have agreed to a 180-day lock-up period provided under agreements executed in connection with this offering. In addition, the representatives of the
40
underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares of our common stock subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above and further summarized in the section titled “Underwriting,” all of such shares will be eligible for resale in a public market, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other restrictions described in the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” We also intend to file a Form S-8 under the Securities Act, to register all shares of our common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. In addition, certain stockholders have certain demand and tag-along registration rights that could require us in the future to file registration statements in connection with sales of our common stock by such stockholder or provide for the registration of shares of our common stock held by them in connection with certain future offerings of our common stock by us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Such sales could be significant. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares of our common stock sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them or are released from the restrictions of the lock-up agreements prior to their expiration, which may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.
New investors in our common stock will experience immediate and substantial book value dilution after this offering.
The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of our common stock than the amount per share paid by our existing stockholders. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2025, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $ per share. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, you will experience additional dilution.
Furthermore, certain existing common units of Holdings LLC that will remain outstanding after this offering may become eligible to receive additional newly issued shares of our common stock upon a distribution from Holdings LLC to the holders thereof or a liquidation of Holdings LLC, with certain of such existing common unit holders receiving additional newly issued shares of our common stock if the trading price of our common stock exceeds $ per share at the time of such distribution or liquidation and all such existing common unit holders receiving additional newly issued shares of our common stock if the trading price of our common stock exceeds $ per share at the time of such distribution or liquidation. For example, if the trading price of our common stock exceeded $ per share or $ per share at the time of any such distribution or liquidation, an additional shares or shares of our common stock would be issuable to these holders of existing common units of Holdings LLC, respectively. This potential dilution may be substantial and could affect the trading price of your shares. Any such issuances of additional common stock for any reason would result in additional dilution, the extent of which is presently unknown and will be dependent upon the trading price of our common stock at the time of any such distribution from or liquidation of Holdings LLC. See the section titled “Dilution.”
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume may decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our common stock may have had relatively little experience with our company, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, and if one or more of these analysts downgrades our common stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause the market price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.
41
We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.
We do not currently anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future and are subject to certain restrictions in our existing indebtedness, should we decide to do so. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.”
We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company.
Prior to this offering, we operated on a private basis. After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the listing requirements of Nasdaq and other applicable securities laws and regulations. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We also expect that being a public company and being subject to new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action, and potentially civil litigation. These factors may, therefore, strain our resources and divert management’s attention.
Our management team will have immediate and broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to pay down a portion of our outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Loan and for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering and our stockholders may not agree with how our management chooses to allocate the net proceeds from this offering. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. The decisions made by our management may not result in positive returns on your investment in our common stock and you will not have an opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information upon which our management bases its decisions.
The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected if the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies are inaccurate.
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosure in conformity with GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, which are summarized in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that we consider “critical” because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, those events or assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In addition, this prospectus presents certain system-wide key operating metrics, which include the performance of our unconsolidated affiliates. Certain financial information for our unconsolidated affiliates included in our system-wide metrics is presented in this prospectus on an aggregated basis, without adjustment for the Company’s economic ownership percentage in its joint ventures. In addition, not all of the financial information for our unconsolidated affiliates is prepared by the Company’s management or audited. Although management believes including our unconsolidated affiliates in the Company’s system-wide financial information is useful for investors to understand the size and performance of our joint venture relationships, such system-wide financial information may not be indicative of what our unconsolidated affiliates’ financial results would have been if our unconsolidated affiliates were wholly owned by the Company.
42
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise continue to fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect our business and share price.
In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, material weaknesses were identified in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses we identified were as follows:
(i) We did not design and maintain an effective control environment commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. Specifically, we lacked a sufficient complement of resources with the appropriate knowledge, training and experience to appropriately analyze, record and disclose accounting matters timely and accurately. Additionally, the lack of a sufficient number of professionals resulted in an inability to consistently establish appropriate authorities and responsibilities in pursuit of our financial reporting objectives, as demonstrated by, amongst other things, insufficient segregation of duties in the finance and accounting functions;
(ii) We did not design and maintain an effective risk assessment process at a precise enough level to identify and respond to risks of material misstatement. Specifically, changes to existing controls or the implementation of new controls have not been sufficient to respond to changes to the risks of material misstatement to financial reporting;
(iii) We did not design and maintain effective controls over the accounting for revenue from contracts with customers. Specifically, we did not formally document controls in place within the revenue cycle, including controls over our estimation process for the allowance for price concessions and controls to assess principal versus agent considerations within our revenue arrangements. This material weakness resulted in the restatement of our previously-issued financial statements and other audit adjustments that were immaterial;
(iv) We did not design and maintain effective controls to ensure adequate segregation of duties within our financial reporting function, including controls related to account reconciliations and journal entries. Specifically, certain personnel have incompatible duties including the ability to (a) create and post manual journal entries without an independent review and (b) prepare and review account reconciliations;
The material weaknesses described above resulted in certain immaterial adjustments, which were recorded prior to the issuance of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2024.
(v) We did not design and maintain effective information technology general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and maintain:
| ∎ | program change management controls to ensure that program and data changes are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately, |
| ∎ | user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and to adequately restrict user and privileged access to appropriate personnel, |
| ∎ | computer operations controls to ensure that processing and transfer of data, and data backups and recovery are monitored, and |
| ∎ | program development controls to ensure that new software development is tested, authorized and implemented appropriately. |
These material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of substantially all of our account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Had we performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional control deficiencies may have been identified by management, and those control deficiencies could have also represented one or more material weaknesses.
In an effort to remediate these material weaknesses, we have retained an accounting consulting firm to provide additional depth and breadth in our technical accounting and financial reporting capabilities. We have also hired and plan to hire additional qualified accounting, finance and IT personnel to provide needed levels of expertise in our internal accounting and IT functions and maintain appropriate segregation of duties. We are also in the process of implementing additional technology platforms and related internal IT policies to support our internal controls. We
43
intend to complete an appropriate risk assessment to identify relevant risks and specify needed objectives. We also intend to formalize and communicate our policies and procedures surrounding our financial close, financial reporting and other accounting processes. Furthermore, we intend to further develop and document necessary policies and procedures regarding our internal control over financial reporting, such that we are able to perform a Section 404 analysis of our internal control over financial reporting when and as required following the completion of this offering.
These material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until management completes the design and implementation of the measures described above, the controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that the controls are effective. The measures we have taken to date, and the controls we continue to design and implement, may not be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or avoid potential additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Accordingly, material weaknesses may still exist when we report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for purposes of our attestation when required after this offering by reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Further, while we remain an emerging growth company, our annual report under the Exchange Act will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.
We expect to incur significant additional costs to remediate these control deficiencies, though there can be no assurance that our efforts will be successful or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If we are unable to successfully remediate our existing or any future material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we identify any additional material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and our stock price may decline as a result. We also could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation and financial condition or divert financial and management resources from its regular business activities.
Our failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could have an adverse impact on us.
We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely impact our public disclosures regarding our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting has identified, and may identify in the future, weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for investors. Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting or disclosure of our public accounting firm’s attestation to or report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.
In addition, discovery and disclosure of a material weakness in the future or our inability to cure the material weakness we previously discovered and disclosed, by definition, could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements. Such an occurrence could negatively affect our business and affect how our stock trades. This could, in turn, negatively affect our ability to access public equity or debt markets for capital.
The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if our addressable market achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates.
Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. In particular, the size and growth of the market for diagnostic imaging services is subject to significant variables, which can be difficult to measure, estimate or quantify. Our business depends on, among other things, our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Estimates and forecasts of these factors are difficult and affected by multiple variables. For these reasons, the estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of our addressable market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if our addressable market meets our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates.
44
We are an “emerging growth company” and our election of reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an “emerging growth company” until the last day of the year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues equals or exceeds an amount specified by regulation (currently $1.235 billion) or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include:
| ∎ | being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure; |
| ∎ | not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; |
| ∎ | reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and |
| ∎ | exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions.
We have also elected to take advantage of the extended transition period pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This permits an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are choosing to take advantage of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, and our stockholders and potential investors may have difficulty in analyzing our operating results by comparing us to such companies.
WCAS and management own a significant percentage of our common stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval and their interests may conflict with your interests as an owner of our common stock.
Based on the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2025, after this offering, our executive officers and directors, together with WCAS and its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately % of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock and no purchases of shares of our common stock in this offering by that group, directly or indirectly). As a result, these stockholders will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and any other significant corporate transaction. The interests of these stockholders may not be the same as or may even conflict with your interests. For example, these stockholders could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock as part of a sale of our company or our assets and might affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. The significant concentration of ownership of our common stock may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.
In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with WCAS (the “Stockholders Agreement”). The Stockholders Agreement will give WCAS the right to nominate a number of our directors commensurate with its beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock after the consummation of
45
this offering and shall specify how WCAS’ nomination rights shall decrease as its beneficial ownership of our common stock also decreases. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”
Certain of our directors may have conflicts of interest because of their ownership of equity interests of, and their employment with, WCAS and its affiliates.
Certain of our directors hold ownership interests in affiliates of WCAS or ownership in and employment positions with its affiliates. Such interests in affiliates of WCAS by our directors could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when our directors are faced with decisions that could have different implications for us and for WCAS or its affiliates. We cannot assure you that any such conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain exclusive forum provisions that may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, stockholders, officers or other employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, provides that unless our board of directors consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, another state court located within the State of Delaware or, if no court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising from a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, stockholders or officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, including a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, stockholders or officers or other employees arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation or remedy under, any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, (iv) any action or proceeding related to or involving us or any of our current or former directors, stockholders or officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware, (v) any action or proceeding asserting an “internal corporate claim,” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL or (vi) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. These exclusive-forum provisions do not apply to claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless our board of directors consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any action or proceeding asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, stockholders, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, stockholders, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this exclusive forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.
WCAS and certain of its affiliates engage in other investments and business activities in addition to its ownership of us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee or managing director of WCAS or any of its affiliates will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to WCAS or any of its affiliates instead of us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee or managing director has directed to WCAS or any of its affiliates (other than us), as applicable. For instance, a director of our Company who also serves as a director, officer or employee of WCAS, or any of its portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates may pursue certain acquisitions, joint ventures or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. This provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will relate only to our directors and officers who are also officers, directors, employees or managing directors of WCAS or its
46
affiliates. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by WCAS to itself or its portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates instead of to us.
Some provisions of Delaware law and our governing documents could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.
Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. As a result, our board of directors could authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock or with other terms that could impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the incumbent directors. Further, as described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions,” we are subject to certain provisions of Delaware law that may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of our company, including through transactions, and, in particular, unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable. As a result, efforts by our stockholders to change the direction or management of our company may be unsuccessful.
47
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “would,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:
| ∎ | Our ability to generate revenue depends in large part on referrals from physicians and other healthcare providers; |
| ∎ | Because many of our costs are fixed, lower scan volumes or other decreases to revenues could adversely affect the profitability of our business; |
| ∎ | Our ability to maintain and attract new business depends upon the quality of our services, our reputation and the professional reputations of our radiologists, joint venture partners and the third-party providers with whom we contract; |
| ∎ | If our contracted radiology practices terminate their agreements with us, our business could be negatively impacted; |
| ∎ | We are dependent on our and our contracted radiology practices’ ability to hire and retain qualified radiologists and radiologic technologists, as well as our ability to hire and retain key personnel; |
| ∎ | Our labor costs have been, and we expect they will continue to be, adversely affected by competition for staffing, the nationwide shortage of radiologists and experienced and skilled healthcare professionals and regulatory activity, including changes in minimum wage laws; |
| ∎ | Our joint ventures depend on existing relationships with key health system partners. If we are unable to maintain synergistic relationships with these health systems, or enter into new relationships with health systems, we may be unable to implement our business strategies successfully; |
| ∎ | Adverse changes in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price; |
| ∎ | We experience competition from other diagnostic imaging companies, hospitals and physician practices, and this competition could adversely affect our revenue and business; |
| ∎ | If reimbursement rates paid by third-party governmental or commercial payors are reduced or if we fail to successfully manage the reimbursement and collections processes, our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price could be harmed; |
| ∎ | There are risks associated with our current and potential future use of AI; |
| ∎ | Cybersecurity threats and other disruption or malfunctions in our information technology systems could adversely affect our business; |
48
| ∎ | The regulatory framework in which we operate is uncertain and continually evolving and complying with federal and state regulations is an expensive and time-consuming process; |
| ∎ | If the trading price of our common stock exceeds certain levels at the time of a distribution from or liquidation of Holdings LLC, substantial dilution may result from the issuance of additional shares of our common stock in respect of certain common units of Holdings LLC that will remain outstanding following this offering, which may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock; and |
| ∎ | The other factors discussed herein in the section titled “Risk Factors.” |
In addition, statements such as “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and, although we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted a thorough inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.
49
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ million (or $ million, if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to pay down a portion of our outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Loan and for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. At September 30, 2025, we had approximately $1.2 billion outstanding under the Existing Term Loan (which will mature in December 2027), which bears interest at a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”), plus 4.75% (where the applicable SOFR rate has a 0.5% floor). As of September 30, 2025, the interest rate on the Existing Term Loan was 9.05%. The Refinancing Term Loan (as defined below) that we expect to incur under the New Credit Agreement following the completion of this offering is expected to be in the range of $800 million to $825 million.
Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering, we may invest the proceeds in interest-bearing, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit and U.S. government securities.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by $ million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based on our present plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the actual amounts that we will spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering.
Affiliates of each of Barclays Capital Inc., Capital One Securities, Inc. and Fifth Third Securities, Inc. are lenders under the Existing Term Loan, under which certain borrowings are expected to be repaid with a portion of the aggregate net proceeds from this offering. See the section titled “Underwriting.”
50
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, and therefore, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends, if any, will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a variety of factors, including applicable laws, our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, including restrictions under our existing indebtedness, capital requirements, business prospects, general business or financial market conditions and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.
Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk Factors— Risks Relating to Our Common Stock, this Offering and Being a Public Company—We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.”
51
Prior to the consummation of the Transactions, all of our business operations were conducted through Holdings LLC and its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates. In connection with the Transactions, Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the issuer of our common stock offered by this prospectus (the “Issuer”), was incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings LLC on November 14, 2025.
Immediately prior to the closing of this offering:
| ∎ | Holdings LLC will contribute 100% of the shares of Lumexa Imaging Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and Lumexa Imaging Outpatient Intermediate Holdings, Inc. to the Issuer, making Lumexa Imaging Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and Lumexa Imaging Outpatient Intermediate Holdings, Inc. wholly owned subsidiaries of the Issuer, in exchange for shares of our common stock, with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| ∎ | common units in Holdings LLC that are owned by certain of our service providers, including certain of our executive officers and non-employee directors, will be converted into shares of our common stock based on the value of those units at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC and after taking into account any distribution threshold applicable to such common units, with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| ∎ | common units with a distribution threshold equal to or greater than $2.04 per unit will be converted into stock option awards issued under the 2025 Plan as replacement awards with respect to shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price. The number of stock option awards issued as replacement awards will be determined in a manner intended to preserve the economic value of the replaced common units, with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and |
| ∎ | common units will be converted into shares of our common stock subject to restricted stock awards issued as replacement awards under the 2025 Plan for certain outstanding and unvested common units in Holdings LLC, with the number of shares subject to such restricted stock awards based on the value of those units at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC and after taking into account any distribution threshold applicable to such common units, with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. |
52
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities within our organizational structure.
Upon completion of the Transactions:
| ∎ | the Issuer will consolidate the financial results of Lumexa Imaging Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and Lumexa Imaging Outpatient Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and their direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries, and all of our business operations will be conducted through the Issuer and its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated affiliates; and |
| ∎ | investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will collectively hold shares of our common stock (or shares of our common stock, assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) (in each case, assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). |
Following completion of the Transactions, Holdings LLC may distribute all or a portion of the shares of our common stock it will own (assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to its remaining equity holders on a pro rata basis, not earlier than the expiration of the lock-up period (as defined in the section titled “Underwriting”). Furthermore, certain existing common units of Holdings LLC that will remain outstanding after this offering may become eligible to receive additional newly issued shares of our common stock upon a distribution from Holdings LLC to the holders thereof or a liquidation of Holdings LLC, with certain of such existing common unit holders receiving additional newly issued shares of our common stock if the trading price of our common stock exceeds $ per share at the time of such distribution or liquidation and all such existing common unit holders receiving additional newly issued shares of our common stock if the trading price of our common stock exceeds $ per share at the time of such distribution or liquidation. For example, if the trading price of our common stock exceeded $ per share or $ per share at the time of any such distribution or liquidation, an additional shares or shares of our common stock would be issuable to these holders of existing common units of Holdings LLC, respectively.
53
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2025, as follows:
| ∎ | of Holdings LLC on a historical basis; |
| ∎ | of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Transactions other than this offering and the issuance of shares of our common stock in connection therewith; and |
| ∎ | on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments above and (i) our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” |
You should read the information in this table together with the sections titled “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
| SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| ACTUAL | PRO FORMA |
PRO FORMA, AS ADJUSTED |
||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | |||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 191 | $ | $ | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Debt: |
||||||||||||
| Existing Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility |
$ | 1,196,191 | ||||||||||
| Refinancing Term-Loan |
— | |||||||||||
| Promissory notes and Accounts receivable pledging arrangements |
17,133 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total debt obligations |
$ | 1,213,324 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Equity: |
||||||||||||
| Common stock of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (1) |
— | |||||||||||
| Additional paid-in capital |
— | |||||||||||
| Common units of Holdings LLC, 625,714,477 equity units authorized and 625,714,477 equity units issued and outstanding, actual; authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted |
769,477 | |||||||||||
| Accumulated deficit |
(602,370 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total equity |
167,107 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total capitalization |
$ | 1,380,431 | $ | $ | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (1) | As further discussed in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to pay down a portion of our outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Loan and for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. Our pro forma as adjusted net loss per share of $ for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 assumes that an additional shares of our common stock were outstanding for that period, which represents the number of shares of our common stock that we expect to be issued to fund the repayment of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Loan. The number of shares of our common stock that we expect to be issued to fund the repayment of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Loan was calculated by dividing $ million, which is the estimated cost to repay outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Loan, by $ per share, the low end of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus less underwriting discounts and commissions. We also adjusted the numerator for this calculation for the pro forma impact of the repayment of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Loan, assuming that the debt was repaid as of September 30, 2025. |
54
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.
Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2025 was $ million, or $ per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025.
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2025 was $ , or $ per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025, after giving effect to the Transactions other than this offering, as if they occurred on September 30, 2025.
After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2025 would have been $ , or $ per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
| Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | |||||||
| Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2025 |
$ | |||||||
| Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above |
$ | |||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2025 |
$ | |||||||
| Increase per share attributable to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering |
$ | |||||||
| Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering |
$ | |||||||
| Dilution per share to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering |
$ |
The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $ per share, in each case assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $ per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $ per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $ per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $ per share.
The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2025, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid or to be
55
paid to us by existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.
| SHARES PURCHASED |
TOTAL CONSIDERATION | AVERAGE PRICE PER SHARE |
||||||||||||||||||
| NUMBER | PERCENT | AMOUNT | PERCENT |
|
||||||||||||||||
| Existing stockholders before this offering |
% | $ | % | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Investors participating in this offering |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
100 | % | $ | 100 | % | $ | ||||||||||||||
The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to shares, or % of the total number of shares outstanding following the completion of this offering.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $ , assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
To the extent that warrants are issued and exercised or awards under the 2025 Plan are granted and vest or, if applicable, are exercised, shares are purchased under the ESPP or we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.
The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and excludes the following:
| ∎ | shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, of which shares of our common stock will be issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards granted in connection with the consummation of this offering under the 2025 Plan, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming that the vesting conditions applicable to performance-based restricted stock unit awards are achieved at the maximum performance level; |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering; |
| ∎ | any additional shares that become available under the 2025 Plan or the ESPP pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under each plan each year; |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock issued for common units in Holdings LLC that are owned by certain of our service providers, including certain of our executive officers and non-employee directors, with the number of shares issued based on the value of those units at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC and after taking into account any distribution threshold applicable to such common units, as further described in the section titled “Organizational Structure,” with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
56
| ∎ | shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued prior to the closing of this offering as replacement awards under the 2025 Plan for certain outstanding common units in Holdings LLC for which the distribution threshold is equal to or greater than $2.04, with the number of shares subject to such stock options calculated based on the value of those units at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC, as further described in the section titled “Organizational Structure,” with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock subject to restricted stock awards issued as replacement awards under the 2025 Plan for certain outstanding and unvested common units in Holdings LLC, with the number of shares subject to such restricted stock awards based on the value of those units at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC and after taking into account any distribution threshold applicable to such common units, as further described in the section titled “Organizational Structure,” with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and |
| ∎ | shares of our common stock to be issued as replacement awards under the 2025 Plan in settlement of outstanding common units in Holdings LLC that are owned by certain current and former service providers and that will remain outstanding until a distribution from or the liquidation of Holdings LLC, with the number of shares to be issued based on the value of those units at the time of the distribution or liquidation, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC and after taking into account any distribution threshold applicable to such common units, as further described in the section titled “Organizational Structure,” with the number of shares calculated assuming an initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. These existing common units of Holdings LLC that will remain outstanding after this offering may become eligible to receive additional newly issued shares of our common stock upon a distribution from Holdings LLC to the holders thereof or a liquidation of Holdings LLC, with certain of such existing common unit holders receiving additional newly issued shares of our common stock if the trading price of our common stock exceeds $ per share at the time of such distribution or liquidation and all such existing common unit holders receiving additional newly issued shares of our common stock if the trading price of our common stock exceeds $ per share at the time of such distribution or liquidation. For example, if the trading price of our common stock exceeded $ per share or $ per share at the time of any such distribution or liquidation, an additional shares or shares of our common stock would be issuable to these holders of existing common units of Holdings LLC, respectively. |
57
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
Overview
We are one of the largest national providers of diagnostic imaging services. Our platform is integrated, scalable and has a proven track record of creating value for our stakeholders. As of September 30, 2025, we operated the second largest outpatient imaging center footprint in the United States. It spans 184 centers in 13 states and includes eight joint venture partnerships with health systems.
Our primary source of income is fees paid by patients, insurance companies or other payors in exchange for our centers providing imaging studies and radiologists’ interpretations of those studies. We also earn revenue from payors when our radiologists interpret an imaging study performed in another facility, often the imaging department of a hospital. In addition, we earn a monthly fee from centers that we operate, but do not consolidate for accounting purposes, in exchange for managing their operations. We also earn fees from third-party hospitals for providing radiology and administrative support. How these income streams affect our consolidated financial statements depends on whether we consolidate the center generating the fee for accounting purposes. Because our ownership levels and rights vary from center to center, at September 30, 2025, we consolidated 99 of the 184 centers that we operated and accounted for our investments in the remaining 85 centers under the equity method of accounting. At December 31, 2024, we consolidated 98 of the 181 centers that we operated and accounted for our investments in the remaining 83 centers under the equity method of accounting.
The following table shows our outpatient imaging centers in operation and consolidated net patient service revenue for the specified periods:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| (dollars in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Consolidated net patient service revenue |
$ | 592,178 | $ | 557,021 | $ | 746,850 | $ | 767,391 | ||||||||
| Centers in operation |
184 | 177 | 181 | 183 | ||||||||||||
| Outpatient imaging centers with a health system joint venture partner (equity method) |
85 | 82 | 83 | 82 | ||||||||||||
| Consolidated outpatient imaging centers |
99 | 95 | 98 | 101 | ||||||||||||
Our operations are comprised of two segments for financial reporting purposes, “Outpatient Imaging Centers” and “Professional Services.” For further financial information about our segments, see Notes 20 and 13 (Segment Reporting) in the notes accompanying our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, respectively.
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
We believe there are several important factors that have impacted our operating performance and results of operations, including:
| ∎ | Physician referrals. A significant portion of the services that we perform and the revenue we generate is derived from patient referrals from unaffiliated physicians and other healthcare providers. Because the |
58
| majority of our routine and advanced imaging volume involves providing non-recurring services to patients, our business depends on continuing to receive new referrals from those physicians and other healthcare providers. Our performance depends on our ability to maintain those referrals and to become and/or remain designated providers under “closed panel” preferred physician organizations or other managed care contracting systems which manage those referrals exclusively to contracted providers. We seek to be the designated provider under those programs and the failure to compete to remain such under those programs and our inability to maintain and increase the number of physician referrals could impact our revenues and operations. |
| ∎ | Demand for advanced imaging in our geographies. Our operations and profitability depend in part on our ability to increase the amount of patient volume from advanced imaging scans. Demand for advanced imaging continues to grow according to industry estimates and outpaces routine imaging growth. As of September 30, 2025, management estimates that advanced imaging payments per procedure at our consolidated and unconsolidated centers were on average approximately 330% of routine imaging payments per procedure. Advanced imaging accounted for 30% of our consolidated imaging volumes and 36% of our system-wide imaging volumes, and 52% of our consolidated revenue and 63% of our system-wide revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Advanced imaging accounted for over 29% of our consolidated imaging volumes and over 35% of our system-wide imaging volumes, and over 51% of our consolidated revenue and 63% of our system-wide revenue in 2024. We believe that our centers, equipment, personnel and strategy will enable advanced imaging to continue to increase over time. |
| ∎ | Favorable and Sustainable Reimbursement. Our revenues depend on achieving broad coverage and reimbursement for our imaging exams from third-party payors, including both commercial and government payors. Payment from third-party payors differs depending on whether we have entered into a contract with the payor as a “participating provider” or do not have a contract and are considered a “non-participating provider.” Payors will often reimburse non-participating providers, if at all, at a lower rate than participating providers. We operate in geographies with attractive payor dynamics that support sustainable commercial reimbursement. 58% of our consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 came from commercial payors, with government payors making up an incremental 28% and the remaining portion of our consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 coming from self-pay, liens and other payors. 63% of our system-wide revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 came from commercial payors, with government payors making up an incremental 22% and the remaining portion of our system-wide revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 coming from self-pay, liens and other payors. 57% of our 2024 consolidated revenue came from commercial payors, with government payors making up an incremental 28% and the remaining portion of our 2024 consolidated revenue coming from self-pay, liens and other payors. 63% of our 2024 system-wide revenue came from commercial payors, with government payors making up over 23% and the remaining portion of our 2024 system-wide revenue coming from self-pay, liens and other payors. We are broadly diversified across over 600 payor contracts and have a dedicated managed care team, focused on securing competitive reimbursement rates and contract terms for our centers using a data-driven approach. If we are not able to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement from commercial payors, we may not be able to effectively increase our patient volume and revenue as expected. Additionally, retrospective reimbursement adjustments can negatively impact our revenue and cause our financial results to fluctuate, though we have not experienced any material adjustments of that nature. |
| ∎ | Investment and implementation of technology. Our integrated technology system supports our current day-to-day operations and is the foundation of our continued deployment of third-party AI tools. We intend to continue investing in these technologies and believe that using third-party AI allows us to benefit from the most advanced solutions in the market, given there are over 400 radiology AI products in existence today and we anticipate that many more are in development. Implementation of AI can enable faster scan times, improved clinical efficiency and faster patient scheduling and communication of results. Furthermore, back-office tasks can use AI to self-learn and self-manage processes, increase collections and reduce labor expenses, driving greater profitability. |
| ∎ | Continuing growth through de novo expansion, joint ventures and acquisitions. We believe that our expansion strategy to establish new de novo centers, continue to partner with health systems in joint |
59
| ventures and complete new acquisitions will continue to drive greater revenues. Our failure to continue to expand could have an adverse effect on our revenue growth. |
| ∎ | Seasonality. Our business exhibits seasonal fluctuations. The first quarter of each year generally sees the lowest procedure volumes and revenue levels. We believe this trend is driven by two factors. First, many patients participate in high-deductible health plans. As these deductibles reset in January, patients tend to reduce their use of medical services during the first quarter to avoid substantial out-of-pocket expenditures. Second, our outpatient imaging centers are sometimes affected by severe winter weather conditions, with snowstorms and other adverse weather leading to patient appointment cancellations and occasional center closures. |
While each of these factors present significant opportunities for us, they are not the only factors that may adversely affect our revenues and they also pose significant risks and challenges that we must address. See the section titled “Risk Factors” for more information.
Our Business and Performance Measures
We deliver high-quality, convenient and low-cost care through our expansive network of outpatient imaging centers, meeting the needs of our key stakeholders—patients, referring physicians, health system joint venture partners and payors. Our accessible locations, flexible scheduling options and extended hours make it easier for patients to receive the imaging services they need. Referring physicians choose our centers for their patients’ imaging needs because of our high-quality care, subspecialized radiologists, skilled technologists and modern equipment and technology. Our health system joint venture partners benefit from providing patients access to our high-quality, lower cost, conveniently located centers to reduce hospital backlogs and the time required to diagnose and begin treatment. Our centers also benefit payors by reducing the overall cost of delivering diagnostic imaging to their members.
We operate outpatient imaging centers, some of which we wholly own and others that we own in partnership with health system joint ventures. At September 30, 2025, we managed 82 of our 85 jointly owned outpatient imaging centers on a day-to-day basis through a management services contract. At December 31, 2024, we managed 80 of our 83 jointly owned outpatient imaging centers on a day-to-day basis through a management services contract. Our role as an owner and day-to-day manager provides us with significant influence over those centers’ operations. This influence does not represent control of the center, so we account for our investment in each such center under the equity method of accounting as an unconsolidated affiliate. We controlled the other 99 and 98 centers at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and accounted for these investments as consolidated subsidiaries. For consolidated subsidiaries, our consolidated statements of operations reflect, within each revenue and expense line item, 100% of the revenues and expenses of each such subsidiary, after the elimination of intercompany amounts. Our consolidated statements of operations reflect our earnings from our unconsolidated affiliates in only two line items:
| ∎ | equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates: our share of the net income or loss of each unconsolidated affiliate, which is based on that center’s net income or loss and the percentage of that affiliate’s outstanding equity interests owned by us; and |
| ∎ | management fee and other revenues, related party: income we primarily earn in exchange for managing the day-to-day operations of an unconsolidated affiliate, usually quantified as a percentage of that affiliate’s net revenue. |
We also provide management and administrative services to five physician practices through management service organization subsidiaries. These subsidiaries provide practice management services including, but not limited to, claim processing, utilization review, operations management, information technology, human resources, risk management, legal, compliance, finance and accounting and marketing services, which are provided under administrative services agreements. We receive management fees from these physician practices for the services performed. In addition, pursuant to franchise agreements, American Health Imaging, Inc., one of our consolidated subsidiaries (“AHI”), provides management and administrative services to the Franchise Centers including, but not limited to, contract negotiation, claims processing, utilization review, operations management, information technology, human resources, risk management, legal, compliance, budgeting and finance, accounting, and marketing services. We receive royalty, billing and management fees from the Franchise Centers for the use of the
60
AHI name and the services performed. We have exclusive responsibility for the provision of all non-medical services required for the day-to-day operation and management of both the physician practices and the Franchise Centers.
In summary, our operating income is driven by the performance of the outpatient imaging centers and physician practices we operate and by our ownership interest in our outpatient imaging centers, but our individual revenue and expense line items only relate to the consolidated businesses. This results in trends in our operating income that do not always correspond with changes in our individual revenue and expense line items. Accordingly, we supplementally review several types of information in order to monitor and analyze our results of operations, including:
| ∎ | the results of operations of our unconsolidated affiliates; |
| ∎ | our average ownership share in the outpatient imaging centers we operate; and |
| ∎ | facility operating indicators irrespective of consolidation treatment, such as system-wide revenue growth and same-center revenue growth. |
Results of Operations
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | Variance | ||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 565,738 | $ | 533,860 | $ | 31,878 | ||||||
| Net patient service revenue, related party |
26,440 | 23,161 | 3,279 | |||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
15,253 | 11,372 | 3,881 | |||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue, related party |
147,916 | 132,448 | 15,468 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total revenues |
755,347 | 700,841 | 54,506 | |||||||||
| Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
| Cost of operations, excluding depreciation and amortization |
639,898 | 626,150 | 13,748 | |||||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
53,262 | 50,241 | 3,021 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
27,984 | 32,348 | (4,364 | ) | ||||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
477 | — | 477 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total operating expenses |
721,621 | 708,739 | 12,882 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries |
49,835 | 47,890 | 1,945 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Income from operations |
83,561 | 39,992 | 43,569 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Other income and expenses: |
||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
90,523 | 104,640 | (14,117 | ) | ||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
— | 703 | (703 | ) | ||||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
— | (2,184 | ) | 2,184 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total other expenses |
90,523 | 103,159 | (12,636 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Loss before income taxes |
(6,962 | ) | (63,167 | ) | 56,205 | |||||||
| Income tax provision |
11,452 | 5,874 | 5,578 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net loss and comprehensive loss |
$ | (18,414 | ) | $ | (69,041 | ) | $ | 50,627 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
61
| YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | VARIANCE | ||||||||||
| Revenue: |
||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 715,560 | $ | 747,738 | $ | (32,178 | ) | |||||
| Net patient service revenue, related party |
31,290 | 19,653 | 11,637 | |||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
14,951 | 4,526 | 10,425 | |||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue, related party |
187,068 | 164,008 | 23,060 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total revenues |
948,869 | 935,925 | 12,944 | |||||||||
| Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
| Cost of operations, excluding depreciation and amortization |
852,606 | 836,958 | 15,648 | |||||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
70,361 | 55,165 | 15,196 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
42,164 | 56,630 | (14,466 | ) | ||||||||
| Goodwill impairment charge |
— | 18,969 | (18,969 | ) | ||||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
— | 1,285 | (1,285 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total operating expenses |
965,131 | 969,007 | (3,876 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries |
71,505 | 55,527 | 15,978 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Income from operations |
55,243 | 22,445 | 32,798 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Other income and expenses: |
||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
136,027 | 141,694 | (5,667 | ) | ||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
703 | — | 703 | |||||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
(2,294 | ) | — | (2,294 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total other expenses |
134,436 | 141,694 | (7,258 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Loss before income taxes |
(79,193 | ) | (119,249 | ) | 40,056 | |||||||
| Income tax provision |
14,906 | 2,978 | 11,928 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net loss and comprehensive loss |
$ | (94,099 | ) | $ | (122,227 | ) | $ | 28,128 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The following table summarizes our GAAP consolidated statement of operations items expressed as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||
| Total revenues |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
| Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cost of operations, excluding depreciation and amortization |
84.7 | 89.3 | 89.9 | 89.4 | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
7.1 | 7.2 | 7.4 | 5.9 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
3.7 | 4.6 | 4.4 | 6.1 | ||||||||||||
| Goodwill impairment charge |
— | — | — | 2.0 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
— | — | — | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total operating expenses |
95.5 | 101.1 | 101.7 | 103.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates |
6.6 | 6.8 | 7.5 | 5.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Income from operations |
11.1 | 5.7 | 5.8 | 2.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Other income and expenses |
||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
12.0 | 15.0 | 14.3 | 15.1 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
— | 0.1 | 0.1 | — | ||||||||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
— | (0.3 | ) | (0.2 | ) | — | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total other expenses |
12.0 | 14.8 | 14.2 | 15.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Loss before income taxes |
(0.9 | ) | (9.1 | ) | (8.4 | ) | (12.7 | ) | ||||||||
| Income tax provision |
1.5 | 0.8 | 1.5 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net loss and comprehensive loss |
(2.4 | )% | (9.9 | )% | (9.9 | )% | (13.1 | )% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
62
Our business model of partnering with health system joint venture partners results in our accounting for 85 (at September 30, 2025) and 83 (at December 31, 2024) of our outpatient imaging centers under the equity method of accounting rather than consolidating their results.
Our share of the net income of unconsolidated affiliates is shown in our consolidated statements of operations on a net basis as “equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates.”
The following tables provide other information regarding our unconsolidated affiliates:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
||||||||
| Lumexa Imaging’s Unconsolidated Affiliates | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| Lumexa Imaging’s equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates (in thousands) |
$ | 49,835 | $ | 47,890 | ||||
| Lumexa Imaging’s imputed weighted average ownership percentages based on unconsolidated affiliates’ pretax income (1) |
46.4 | % | 46.2 | % | ||||
| Unconsolidated outpatient imaging centers operated at period end |
85 | 82 | ||||||
| YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
||||||||
| Lumexa Imaging’s Unconsolidated Affiliates | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Lumexa Imaging’s equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates (in thousands) |
$ | 71,505 | $ | 55,527 | ||||
| Lumexa Imaging’s imputed weighted average ownership percentages based on unconsolidated affiliates’ pretax income (1) |
46.5 | % | 46.3 | % | ||||
| Unconsolidated outpatient imaging centers operated at period end |
83 | 82 | ||||||
| (1) | Our weighted average percentage ownership in our unconsolidated affiliates is calculated as our equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates divided by the total net income of unconsolidated affiliates for each respective period. |
One of our unconsolidated affiliates, BTDI JV, LLP (“BTDI”) is considered significant to our consolidated financial statements under Regulation S-X. As a result, the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes of BTDI have been included in this prospectus.
Revenue
As described above, our earnings from an outpatient imaging center, whether consolidated or accounted for using the equity method of accounting, are driven by the same factors: the center’s underlying profits and revenue and our ownership percentage in that center. Accordingly, to assess our overall operating results, we often utilize system-wide and same-center measures, which include both consolidated centers and unconsolidated affiliates. Our consolidated revenue growth and system-wide revenue growth were 7.8% and 7.4%, respectively between the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Our consolidated revenue growth and system-wide revenue growth were 1.4% and 3.2%, respectively, between the year ended December 31, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2024. Our system-wide revenue includes all centers and physician practices that we operate; our GAAP revenue (or consolidated revenue) only includes consolidated centers, which represent 54% of our centers at both September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and all physician practices that we operate.
Net patient service revenue increased by $31.9 million, or 6.0%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was largely due to an increase in consolidated same-center revenues of 6.4%, which was driven by volume growth of 4.3% and an increase in net revenue per scan of 2.0%. The consolidated same-center revenue growth included a $15.5 million increase in revenues at our centers in New Jersey, primarily as a result of going back in network with a payor that was out of network for much of 2024. Net patient service revenue also increased $4.5 million related to six new consolidated centers we opened during 2024 and 2025. Net patient service revenue decreased by $32.2 million, or 4.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily due
63
to the wind down of a physician practice during the year ended December 31, 2023, which reduced revenue by $31.1 million, the sale of six outpatient centers in the year ended December 31, 2024, which reduced revenue by $9.6 million, and the negative impact from being out of network with a previously in-network payor during the majority of the year ended December 31, 2024, which reduced revenue by an estimated $18.4 million. These decreases were partially offset by increases in same-center revenue and volume growth of 2.3% and 2.1%, respectively, in each case before the impact of being out of network with the previously in-network payor mentioned above.
Net patient service revenue, related party increased by $3.3 million, or 14.2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was due to $1.3 million of growth in reads our teleradiology group Connexia does for unconsolidated BTDI centers, and $1.4 million of growth at our North Carolina practice which performs reads for scans done by its local hospital partner. Net patient service revenue, related party increased by $11.6 million, or 59.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, largely due to the initiation of Connexia performing reads for BTDI’s outpatient imaging centers.
Management fee and other revenue increased by $3.9 million, or 34.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in pass through costs. Management fee and other revenue increased by $10.4 million, or 230.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was largely due to entering into a new agreement to provide radiology services to our health system partner in New Jersey, with whom we co-own outpatient centers in the region through a joint venture.
Management fee and other revenue, related party increased by $15.5 million, or 11.7%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was due to an increase related to our unconsolidated affiliate, BTDI, as a result of increased pass through costs related to information technology and leased employees and improved financial performance. Management fee and other revenue, related party increased by $23.1 million, or 14.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The change was primarily driven by additional management fees earned from our unconsolidated affiliate, BTDI, due to its improved financial performance from 2023 to 2024.
Operating Expenses
Cost of operations, excluding depreciation and amortization, is comprised of costs incurred to operate outpatient imaging centers and physician practices, primarily salaries, wages and benefits for clinicians and direct patient support personnel, occupancy costs, such as rent and utilities, medical supplies and other operating expenses. Cost of operations increased by $13.7 million, or 2.2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase is primarily due to a $13.3 million increase in radiologist costs for interpreting scans. Cost of operations increased by $15.6 million, or 1.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase is primarily due to a $16.7 million increase in radiologist costs for interpreting scans.
General and administrative expenses include salaries, wages and benefits of executive leadership, finance and accounting, human resources, legal, information technology, professional fees, transaction costs, severance and other overhead and corporate expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $3.0 million, or 6.0%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase is due to an increase in information technology costs and in legal and professional fees as we prepare to operate as a public company. General and administrative expenses increased by $15.2 million, or 27.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase is due to an increase in salaries, wages and benefits and an increase in information technology costs as we deploy our standard platforms. We also expect general and administrative expenses to increase in the near term as a result of operating as a public company. That increase in expenses will be associated with compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and an increase in legal, audit, insurance, investor relations, professional services and other administrative expenses.
Depreciation and amortization expense consists of depreciation of property and equipment assets (medical office equipment, computer and software, and furniture and fixtures) and amortization of acquired intangible assets, such
64
as facility contracts and trade names. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $4.4 million, or 13.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease is driven by the disposition of assets during 2024 due to the contribution of a formerly consolidated imaging center to a health system joint venture and the wind down of a physician practice during 2024. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $14.5 million, or 25.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease is driven by a $8.2 million decrease in amortization as a result of the wind down of a physician practice; and a $7.0 million decrease as a result of trade name and management services agreements becoming fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease was partially offset by depreciation related to new property and equipment added during the year.
The goodwill impairment recognized in the year ended December 31, 2023 of $19.0 million was related to the wind down of a physician practice.
The loss on disposal of property and equipment of $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2023 relates to the disposal of property and equipment for proceeds that were less than the carrying amount thereof on our consolidated balance sheet.
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates is our share of the net income or loss of each unconsolidated outpatient imaging center, which is based on that center’s net income or loss and the percentage of that center’s outstanding equity interests owned by us. Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries increased by $1.9 million, or 4.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024 due to the enhanced profitability of our investments in unconsolidated affiliates. Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries increased by $16.0 million, or 28.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase is due to enhanced profitability of our investments in unconsolidated affiliates as well as our contribution during the year ended December 31, 2024 of a formerly consolidated outpatient imaging center in New Jersey to a health system joint venture.
Other (income) expenses
Interest expense decreased by $14.1 million, or 13.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024 due to a decrease in interest rates during that period, as well as a $1.3 million decrease in the impact of the interest rate cap (as defined below) during that period. Interest expense decreased by $5.7 million, or 4.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 due to a decrease in interest rates during that period, as well as a $3.7 million decrease in the impact of the interest rate cap during that period.
Loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to fees related to an amendment to extend the maturity date to December 2027 and to change the lending syndicate of our Existing Term Loan.
Gain on imaging centers sold of $2.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2024 was related to our contribution during the year ended December 31, 2024 of a formerly consolidated outpatient imaging center in New Jersey to a health system joint venture. We formerly consolidated this outpatient imaging center, but now account for it under the equity method of accounting.
Income Tax Provision
We recorded an income tax provision of $11.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to an income tax provision of $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. We recorded an income tax provision of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to an income tax provision of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increases in the tax provisions were primarily due to a decrease in pre-tax net loss. Despite having recurring net losses, we have recorded an income tax provision primarily due to having non-deductible unit-based compensation and a valuation allowance recorded against some of our deferred tax assets, which more than offsets the federal benefit that we would receive.
65
Results of Operations—Segment Results
We organize our business into two reportable segments: (1) outpatient imaging centers and (2) professional services. This segment structure reflects the financial information and reports used by our management to make decisions regarding our business, including resource allocation and performance assessments.
Outpatient Imaging Center Segment
Our outpatient imaging center segment generates revenue by performing imaging studies and providing radiologists’ interpretations of those studies. The following tables show our outpatient imaging center segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA.
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ CHANGE | % CHANGE | |||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 413,481 | $ | 390,137 | $ | 23,344 | 6.0 | % | ||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
147,887 | 132,016 | 15,871 | 12.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
138,236 | 119,333 | 18,903 | 15.8 | % | |||||||||||
| YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | $ CHANGE | % CHANGE | |||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 521,286 | $ | 535,012 | $ | (13,726 | ) | (2.6 | )% | |||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
186,169 | 162,070 | 24,099 | 14.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
172,542 | 157,618 | 14,924 | 9.5 | % | |||||||||||
The following table shows the outpatient imaging center segment’s system-wide same-center growth rates for the following metrics for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024, and for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Net revenue |
7.0 | % | 4.2 | % | ||||
| Volume |
3.0 | % | (0.3 | )% | ||||
| Net revenue per scan |
3.9 | % | 4.5 | % | ||||
Our outpatient imaging center segment’s operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 reflect a 7.0% system-wide same-center revenue growth. The segment’s consolidated GAAP revenue growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was 7.5%. Our outpatient imaging center segment’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2024 reflect a 4.2% system-wide same-center revenue growth. The segment’s consolidated GAAP revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2024 was 1.5%.
Net patient service revenue for the outpatient imaging center segment increased by $23.3 million, or 6.0%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024, primarily driven by an increase in consolidated same-center revenues of 6.4%, which was comprised of volume growth of 4.3% and an increase in net revenue per scan of 2.0%. The consolidated same-center growth included an $11.3 million increase in revenues at our centers in New Jersey, primarily as a result of going back in network with a payor that was out of network for much of 2024. Net patient service revenue for the outpatient imaging center segment also increased $4.5 million related to six new consolidated centers we opened in 2024 and 2025. Net patient service revenue for the outpatient imaging center segment decreased by $13.7 million, or 2.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily driven by an estimated $18.4 million decrease in revenues due to being out of network with a previously in-network payor
66
for the majority of 2024, and a $9.6 million decrease due to the sale of six imaging centers in Houston. These decreases were partially offset by volume increases among other of our consolidated outpatient imaging centers.
Management fee and other revenue for the outpatient imaging center segment increased by $15.9 million, or 12.0%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was due to an increase related to our unconsolidated affiliate, BTDI, as a result of increased pass through costs related to information technology and leased employees and improved financial performance. Management fee and other revenue for the outpatient imaging center segment increased by $24.1 million, or 14.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was due to additional management fees earned from our unconsolidated affiliate, BTDI, due to its improved financial performance from 2023 to 2024. Our management fees are usually quantified as a percentage of the unconsolidated affiliate’s net revenue.
As further discussed below, Adjusted EBITDA removes non-cash and non-recurring charges that occur in the affected period and provides a basis for management to measure our core financial performance against other periods. Adjusted EBITDA for the outpatient imaging center segment increased by $18.9 million, or 15.8%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was driven by the increases in net patient service revenue and management fee and other revenue described above. Adjusted EBITDA for the outpatient imaging center segment increased by $14.9 million, or 9.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was driven by increased volumes and earnings from our other centers more than offsetting the decline in earnings from being out of network with a previously in-network payor in New Jersey during most of 2024.
Professional Services Segment
Our professional services segment earns revenue solely from the interpretation of imaging studies. The related imaging studies are performed by other parties, primarily the imaging department of a hospital with whom we have a broader strategy that includes our outpatient business, such as through a joint venture for outpatient centers that we operate. The following tables show our professional services segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA.
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ CHANGE | % CHANGE | |||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 185,042 | $ | 172,150 | $ | 12,892 | 7.5 | % | ||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
15,282 | 11,804 | 3,478 | 29.5 | % | |||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
28,168 | 27,762 | 406 | 1.5 | % | |||||||||||
| YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | $ CHANGE | % CHANGE | |||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 232,551 | $ | 237,816 | $ | (5,265 | ) | (2.2 | )% | |||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
15,850 | 6,464 | 9,386 | 145.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
28,297 | 39,554 | (11,257 | ) | (28.5 | )% | ||||||||||
The following table shows the professional services segment’s consolidated same-practice growth rates for the following metrics for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024, and the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Net revenue |
8.9 | % | 2.5 | % | ||||
| Volume |
5.1 | % | 1.9 | % | ||||
| Net revenue per read |
3.6 | % | 0.6 | % | ||||
67
Our professional services segment’s operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, reflect a 8.9% consolidated professional same-practice revenue growth. The segment’s consolidated GAAP revenue growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was 8.9%. Our professional services segment’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2024, reflect a 2.5% consolidated professional same-practice revenue growth. The segment’s consolidated GAAP revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2024 was 1.7%.
Net patient service revenue for the professional services segment increased by $12.9 million, or 7.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase in revenues was driven by several factors, including a $3.6 million increase at our physician practice in North Carolina due to the addition of a new hospital to the hospital partner’s network, a $2.7 million increase at our teleradiology practice due to higher volumes, a $3.4 million increase at our practice in New Jersey as a result of higher volumes and a $1.8 million increase due to the continued growth of Connexia. Net patient service revenue for the professional services segment decreased by $5.3 million, or 2.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decline was due to a $31.3 million decrease because of the wind down of a physician practice. This decrease was partially offset by $10.4 million related to the growth of Connexia, which was formed in May 2023, a $7.6 million increase related to a new agreement to provide radiology services to our health system partner in New Jersey and a $5.7 million increase at our radiology practice in North Carolina, primarily driven by an increase in read volumes.
Management fee and other revenue for the professional services segment increased by $3.5 million, or 29.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was due to an increase in pass through costs. Management fee and other revenue for the professional services segment increased by $9.4 million, or 145.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was due to entering into a new agreement to provide radiology services to our health system partner in New Jersey, with whom we co-own outpatient centers in the region through a joint venture.
As further discussed below, Adjusted EBITDA removes non-cash and non-recurring charges that occur in the affected period and provides a basis for management to measure our core financial performance against other periods. Adjusted EBITDA for the professional services segment increased by $0.4 million, or 1.5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Adjusted EBITDA for the professional services segment decreased by $11.3 million, or 28.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily due to expenses being higher in anticipation of volume and revenue increasing in 2025.
Key Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We regularly review key operating metrics and certain non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends in our business, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions. Given the number of unconsolidated affiliates we have, to analyze our results of operations, we also measure and track certain supplemental operating metrics that include both consolidated and unconsolidated affiliates. Although revenue of our unconsolidated affiliates is not recorded as revenue in our consolidated financial statements, we believe it is important in understanding our financial performance because that revenue is the basis for calculating our management services revenue and, together with the expenses of our unconsolidated affiliates, is the basis for our equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates. In addition, we measure volume, revenue and growth rates (both consolidated and unconsolidated) for the centers that were operational in both the current and prior year periods, a group we refer to as “same-center.”
The financial information for our unconsolidated affiliates is presented in this prospectus on an aggregated basis as part of our system-wide key operating metrics. Not all of the financial information for our unconsolidated affiliates is prepared by the Company’s management or audited. Management believes including our unconsolidated affiliates in the Company’s system-wide financial information is useful for investors to understand the size and performance of our joint venture relationships. However, the system-wide financial information presented in this prospectus does not adjust for the Company’s economic ownership percentage in its joint ventures.
68
The following tables summarize our key operating metrics:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Consolidated revenue growth (1) |
7.8 | % | 1.4 | % | ||||
| Consolidated outpatient same-center revenue growth (2) |
6.4 | % | (1.2 | )% | ||||
| Consolidated outpatient same-center volume growth (3) |
4.3 | % | (2.8 | )% | ||||
| Consolidated outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth (4) |
2.0 | % | 1.7 | % | ||||
| Consolidated professional same-practice revenue growth (5) |
8.9 | % | 2.5 | % | ||||
| Consolidated professional same-practice volume growth (6) |
5.1 | % | 1.9 | % | ||||
| Consolidated professional same-practice net revenue per read growth (7) |
3.6 | % | 0.6 | % | ||||
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| System-wide revenue growth (8) |
7.4 | % | 3.2 | % | ||||
| System-wide outpatient same-center revenue growth (9) |
7.0 | % | 4.2 | % | ||||
| System-wide outpatient same-center volume growth (10) |
3.0 | % | (0.3 | )% | ||||
| System-wide outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth (11) |
3.9 | % | 4.5 | % | ||||
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Unconsolidated affiliates net revenues: |
||||||||
| BTDI revenues |
$ | 303,015 | $ | 382,321 | ||||
| All other unconsolidated affiliates revenues |
117,788 | 151,268 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Aggregate unconsolidated affiliates revenues |
$ | 420,803 | $ | 533,589 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Unconsolidated affiliates operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization: |
||||||||
| BTDI operating expenses |
$ | 194,781 | $ | 235,991 | ||||
| All other unconsolidated affiliates operating expenses |
88,200 | 107,428 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Aggregate unconsolidated affiliates operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization |
$ | 282,981 | $ | 343,419 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Unconsolidated affiliates net income: |
||||||||
| BTDI net income |
$ | 85,858 | $ | 119,964 | ||||
| All other unconsolidated affiliates net income |
21,536 | 33,677 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Aggregate unconsolidated affiliates net income |
$ | 107,394 | $ | 153,641 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Notes (1)-(11): “Outpatient same-center” metrics refer to services performed at sites we operate and which have been in operation for more than one year, excluding new acquisitions or divested outpatient imaging centers, and consist of a scan of the patient and a read, for which services we issue a global bill. “Professional same-practice” metrics refer to services performed by practices that have been in operation for more than one year, excluding new or terminated practice relationships, and consist of reads by our radiologists, for which we issue a bill solely for the read. “Professional” services are most often performed in the imaging department of a hospital. See the definitions
69
below for an explanation of calculations of Consolidated revenue growth, Consolidated outpatient same-center revenue growth, Consolidated outpatient same-center volume growth, Consolidated outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth, Consolidated professional same-practice revenue growth, Consolidated professional same-practice volume growth, Consolidated professional same-practice net revenue per read growth, System-wide revenue growth, System-wide outpatient same-center revenue growth, System-wide outpatient same-center volume growth and System-wide outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth.
The following table summarizes our non-GAAP financial metrics:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| (in thousands, unless otherwise indicated) | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 166,404 | $ | 147,095 | $ | 200,839 | $ | 197,172 | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin |
22.0 | % | 21.0 | % | 21.2 | % | 21.1 | % | ||||||||
Refer to “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for details on how Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are defined and reconciled to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, which is net loss.
Consolidated Key Operating Metrics:
We refer to numbers and metrics relating to or deriving from only those outpatient imaging centers and managed physician practices (the source of our professional services revenue) that we consolidate for financial reporting purposes: our wholly owned centers and our centers owned by and practices managed through VIEs, as “consolidated.”
Consolidated revenue growth
We define consolidated revenue growth as the percentage change in total GAAP revenue, as compared to the prior year period.
Consolidated outpatient same-center revenue growth
We define consolidated outpatient same-center revenue growth as the percentage change in consolidated outpatient same-center revenue, as compared to the prior year period. We define consolidated outpatient same-center revenue as the total revenue generated by the outpatient imaging centers which we consolidate for financial reporting purposes under GAAP and which have been in operation for more than one year, excluding new acquisitions or divested outpatient imaging centers. This metric does not reflect professional services revenue.
Consolidated outpatient same-center volume growth
We define consolidated outpatient same-center volume growth as the percentage change in consolidated outpatient same-center volume, as compared to the prior year period. We define consolidated outpatient same-center volume as the total number of scans or comparable services for each of our imaging modalities which were performed in the given period at centers which we consolidate for financial reporting purposes under GAAP. This metric does not reflect professional services volume.
Consolidated outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth
We define consolidated outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth as the percentage change in consolidated outpatient same-center net revenue per scan, as compared to the prior year period. We define same-center net revenue per scan as consolidated outpatient same-center revenue divided by consolidated same-center volume for the respective period. This metric does not reflect professional services revenue or volume.
Consolidated professional same-practice revenue growth
We define consolidated professional same-practice revenue growth as the percentage change in consolidated professional same-practice total revenue, as compared to the prior year period. We consolidate all of these entities. This metric does not reflect revenue from our outpatient imaging centers.
70
Consolidated professional same-practice volume growth
We define consolidated professional same-practice volume growth as the percentage change in consolidated professional same-practice volume, as compared to the prior year period. We consolidate all of these entities. This metric does not reflect volume from our outpatient imaging centers.
Consolidated professional same-practice net revenue per read growth
We define consolidated professional same-practice net revenue per read growth as the percentage change in consolidated professional same-practice net revenue per read, as compared to the prior year period. We define consolidated professional same-practice net revenue per read as consolidated professional same-practice revenue divided by consolidated professional same-practice volume for the respective period. This metric does not reflect revenue or volume from our outpatient imaging centers.
System-wide Key Operating Metrics:
We refer to numbers and metrics relating to or deriving from our managed physician practices (the source of our professional services revenue) and all of our outpatient imaging centers, including our wholly owned centers and our centers owned by and practices managed through our VIEs, which we consolidate for financial reporting purposes, plus those centers owned by our unconsolidated affiliates, which are not included in our consolidated GAAP total revenue but which we report using the equity method of accounting, collectively, as “system-wide.” Portions of the financial results of our unconsolidated affiliates that are included in our system-wide metrics are unaudited and/or not prepared by our management. See “Presentation of Financial Information” for more information.
System-wide revenue growth
System-wide revenue is equal to consolidated revenue plus the revenue from our unconsolidated affiliates, which is not included in our consolidated GAAP total revenue but for which we report results using the equity method of accounting. In our consolidated financial statements, only the net income or net loss from our unconsolidated affiliates is reported in the line item equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates. Because of this, management supplementally focuses on system-wide revenues as an operating metric, which measures revenues from all of our centers and managed physician practices, including revenues from our unconsolidated affiliates (without adjustment based on our percentage of ownership therein), after eliminating transactions between the consolidated Lumexa Imaging entities and our unconsolidated affiliates. We define system-wide revenue growth as the percentage change in system-wide revenue, as compared to the prior year period.
System-wide outpatient same-center revenue growth
We define system-wide outpatient same-center revenue growth as the percentage change in system-wide outpatient same-center revenue, as compared to the prior year period. We define system-wide outpatient same-center revenue as the total revenue generated by all of our outpatient imaging centers, including outpatient imaging centers which we consolidate for financial reporting purposes under GAAP and those which we report using the equity method of accounting. This metric does not reflect professional services revenue.
System-wide outpatient same-center volume growth
We define system-wide outpatient same-center volume growth as the percentage change in system-wide outpatient same-center volume, as compared to the prior year period. We define system-wide outpatient same-center volume as the total number of scans or comparable services for each of our imaging modalities which were performed in the given period, including outpatient imaging centers which we consolidate for financial reporting purposes under GAAP and those which we report using the equity method of accounting. This metric does not reflect professional services volume.
System-wide outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth
We define system-wide outpatient same-center net revenue per scan growth as the percentage change in system-wide outpatient same-center net revenue per scan, as compared to the prior year period. We define system-wide outpatient same-center net revenue per scan as system-wide outpatient same-center revenue divided by system-wide outpatient same-center volume for the respective period. This metric does not reflect professional services revenue or volume.
71
Sources of Revenue
Our revenue is primarily generated by providing diagnostic imaging services and radiology services to patients. Most of the revenue generated from patient services is derived from a diverse mix of payors, including commercial insurance companies, government payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private payors. We believe our payor diversity mitigates our exposure to possible unfavorable reimbursement trends within any one payor class.
Additionally, we earn management fee revenue from managing the centers we do not consolidate for financial reporting purposes under GAAP and providing administrative and radiology support for third-party hospitals. The management fee for an unconsolidated affiliate is calculated using a contractually defined formula based on the revenue of such center. We are also reimbursed for certain costs of providing management services. The amount recognized for the recovery of pass-through costs (as defined below) is based on the actual costs of contracted providers providing the related services. Our consolidated revenue and expenses do not include the management fees we earn from physician practices because those fees are eliminated in consolidation.
The following table summarizes our consolidated revenue by type and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods presented:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
74.9 | % | 76.2 | % | 75.4 | % | 79.9 | % | ||||||||
| Net patient service revenue, related party |
3.5 | 3.3 | 3.3 | 2.1 | ||||||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
2.0 | 1.6 | 1.6 | 0.5 | ||||||||||||
| Management fee and other revenue, related party |
19.6 | 18.9 | 19.7 | 17.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total revenues |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Our consolidated net patient service revenue by payor is summarized in the following table (in thousands):
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue by Payor | 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial insurance |
$ | 325,344 | $ | 302,088 | $ | 408,356 | $ | 435,447 | ||||||||
| Government—Medicare |
132,418 | 129,194 | 172,633 | 173,167 | ||||||||||||
| Government—Medicaid |
27,293 | 23,960 | 32,046 | 32,722 | ||||||||||||
| Attorney liens |
22,051 | 21,076 | 27,111 | 27,835 | ||||||||||||
| Self-pay |
19,513 | 20,761 | 27,342 | 30,276 | ||||||||||||
| Other third-party payors |
39,119 | 36,781 | 48,072 | 48,291 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total net patient service revenue, unrelated party |
565,738 | 533,860 | 715,560 | 747,738 | ||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue, related party |
26,440 | 23,161 | 31,290 | 19,653 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total net patient service revenue |
$ | 592,178 | $ | 557,021 | $ | 746,850 | $ | 767,391 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We use non-GAAP financial measures, in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, as an integral part of managing our business and to, among other things: (i) monitor and evaluate the performance of our business operations and financial performance; (ii) facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations; (iii) review and assess the operating performance of our management team; (iv) analyze and evaluate financial and strategic planning decisions regarding future operations and annual operating budgets.
72
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA removes non-cash and non-recurring charges that occur in the affected period and provides a basis for measuring our core financial performance against other periods. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted to exclude loss or gain on the disposal of property and equipment, other income or losses, loss on debt extinguishment, gain on sale of outpatient imaging centers and non-cash equity compensation. Adjusted EBITDA includes equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates (and adds back our proportional share of depreciation and amortization, interest expense and losses on the disposal of assets at unconsolidated affiliates) and is adjusted for non-cash or non-recurring events that take place during the period that, in our judgement, significantly impact the period-over-period assessment of performance and operating results.
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure used as an analytical indicator to assess business performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as a measure of financial performance, liquidity, or cash flows provided by or (used) in operating, investing, and financing activities, as there may be significant factors or trends that it fails to address. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net loss, or other financial statement data presented in our consolidated financial statements as an indicator of financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and is therefore susceptible to varying methods of calculation and this metric, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. We caution investors that non-GAAP financial information departs from traditional accounting conventions. Therefore, its use can make it difficult to compare our results with the results of other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA Margin
We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total consolidated revenue.
We believe that the use of non-GAAP measures such as Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin assist investors in understanding our ongoing operating performance by presenting comparable financial results between periods. We believe that, by removing the impact of depreciation and amortization, amounts spent on interest and taxes and certain other non-recurring income and charges that are highly variable from period to period, Adjusted EBITDA provides investors with a performance measure that reflects the impact on operations from changes in revenue and operating expenses, providing a perspective not immediately apparent from net loss. The adjustments we make to derive Adjusted EBITDA exclude items which may cause short-term fluctuations in net loss that we do not consider to be fundamental attributes or primary drivers of our business.
73
The following table illustrates the reconciliations from net loss under GAAP to Adjusted EBITDA:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 |
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| GAAP net loss |
$ | (18,414 | ) | $ | (69,041 | ) | $ | (94,099 | ) | $ | (122,227 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense |
27,984 | 32,348 | 42,164 | 56,630 | ||||||||||||
| Goodwill impairment charge |
— | — | — | 18,969 | ||||||||||||
| Income tax provision |
11,452 | 5,874 | 14,906 | 2,978 | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of basis difference |
1,500 | 1,500 | 2,000 | 2,000 | ||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
90,523 | 104,640 | 136,027 | 141,694 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
— | 703 | 703 | — | ||||||||||||
| Non-cash unit-based compensation |
23,032 | 42,616 | 56,654 | 55,296 | ||||||||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
— | (2,184 | ) | (2,294 | ) | — | ||||||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
477 | — | — | 1,285 | ||||||||||||
| Severance and executive recruiting (1) |
2,538 | 404 | 3,436 | 2,931 | ||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives and implementation (2) |
3,084 | 3,416 | 5,362 | 14,187 | ||||||||||||
| Transaction costs (3) |
10,363 | 13,982 | 18,167 | 4,013 | ||||||||||||
| Litigation and settlements (4) |
(142 | ) | 187 | 588 | 3,835 | |||||||||||
| Other (5) |
886 | 1,435 | 1,904 | 1,582 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization–unconsolidated affiliates (6) |
11,361 | 10,144 | 13,772 | 12,789 | ||||||||||||
| Interest expense–unconsolidated affiliates (6) |
1,451 | 1,066 | 1,460 | 917 | ||||||||||||
| Losses on asset disposal or sale—unconsolidated affiliates (6) |
467 | 108 | 190 | 432 | ||||||||||||
| Other adjustments—unconsolidated affiliates(6) |
(158 | ) | (103 | ) | (101 | ) | (139 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 166,404 | $ | 147,095 | $ | 200,839 | $ | 197,172 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (1) | Includes severance and recruiting expenses for executive leadership departures as part of strategic organizational changes. |
| (2) | Includes third-party consulting, implementation, and integration expenses incurred as part of our strategic transformation and optimization initiatives, specifically related to the deployment of a new technology system and labor model, as well as the development, customization, and integration of a new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. |
| (3) | Includes costs for buy side and sell side due diligence activities to evaluate and execute potential mergers and acquisitions, integrate acquired businesses, one-time employee retention bonuses related to potential mergers and acquisitions, and third-party non-recurring IPO costs. |
| (4) | Consists of litigation and settlement costs for matters not related to core operations. |
| (5) | Consists of other costs related to debt financing, certain de novo start-up costs related to outpatient imaging centers and certain exit costs related to closed outpatient imaging centers. |
| (6) | To adjust for Lumexa Imaging’s proportional share of these expenses, which are included in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates. |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We finance our operations through cash provided by operating activities along with long term debt, including senior secured credit facilities and equipment promissory notes. Our principal uses of cash and cash equivalents in recent periods have been to fund our operations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we incurred a net loss of $18.4 million and net cash used in operations was $0.03 million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2024, we incurred a net loss of $69.0 million and net cash provided by operations was $15.4 million. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we incurred a net loss of $94.1 million and net cash provided by operations was $40.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we incurred a net loss of $122.2 million and net cash provided by operations was $37.5 million. We expect our existing capital resources, anticipated cash from operations and our borrowing capacity under the expected Refinancing Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to sustain our operations for the next twelve months and the foreseeable future.
Our principal capital requirements are for the development of de novo centers, the acquisition of new imaging equipment, the implementation of new technology and the acquisition of additional outpatient imaging centers. On a
74
continuing basis, we evaluate various transactions to increase stockholder value and enhance our business results, including acquisitions, divestitures and joint ventures. We expect to fund any future acquisitions primarily with cash flow from operations and debt financing, including borrowings available under the expected Refinancing Revolving Credit Facility, or through new equity or debt issuances. The incurrence of debt financing would result in additional debt service obligations, and any future instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that could restrict our operations.
We and our subsidiaries or affiliates may from time to time, in our sole discretion, purchase, repay, redeem or retire any of our outstanding debt or equity securities in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.
Sources and Uses of Cash
The following table summarizes our cash flows (in thousands):
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
$ | (29 | ) | $ | 15,417 | $ | 40,727 | $ | 37,514 | |||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
$ | (18,557 | ) | $ | (16,701 | ) | $ | (22,283 | ) | $ | (29,657 | ) | ||||
| Net cash used in financing activities |
$ | (7,354 | ) | $ | (7,573 | ) | $ | (12,499 | ) | $ | (8,769 | ) | ||||
Operating Activities
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, our operating activities used $0.03 million of net cash as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $15.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The net use of cash in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was primarily driven by the payment of retention bonuses as well as increased costs as we prepare to operate as a public company. During the year ended December 31, 2024, our operating activities provided $40.7 million of net cash as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $37.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net cash provided in operating activities was primarily driven by a $3.7 million increase in distributions from unconsolidated affiliates as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, reflecting the increased profits and cash flows of our unconsolidated outpatient centers.
Investing Activities
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, our investing activities used $18.6 million and $16.7 million of net cash, respectively. The cash used in investing activities was predominantly attributable to purchases of property and equipment in both periods. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, our investing activities used $22.3 million and $29.7 million of net cash, respectively. The cash used in investing activities was predominantly attributable to purchases of property and equipment in both years. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we received cash proceeds totaling $5.1 million related to the sale of six outpatient imaging centers in Houston, Texas and related property and equipment and our contribution during the year ended December 31, 2024 of a formerly consolidated outpatient imaging center in New Jersey to a health system joint venture. We also paid $3.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 for the acquisition of an outpatient imaging center.
Financing Activities
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, our financing activities used $7.4 million and $7.6 million of net cash, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, our financing activities used $12.5 million and $8.8 million of net cash, respectively. The increase in net cash used in financing activities of $3.7 million was driven by increased payments made towards long-term debt and finance lease liabilities.
Long Term Debt
On December 15, 2020, Lumexa Imaging, Inc. and Lumexa Imaging Outpatient, Inc. entered into a senior secured credit agreement (as amended from time to time prior to the date of the Credit Agreement, the “Existing Credit Agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent, an issuing bank and swing line
75
lender, and the other lenders party thereto, providing for a secured term loan facility (the “Existing Term Loan”) and a secured revolving line of credit (the “Existing Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Existing Term Loan, the “Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility”).
The Existing Term Loan had an aggregate principal remaining balance of $1.2 billion as of both September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, we had $5.0 million outstanding on our Existing Revolving Credit Facility. Additionally, we have financed the acquisition of certain medical equipment and leasehold improvements under promissory notes which are collateralized by property and equipment, which mature at various times through November 2029 (“equipment promissory notes”).
Following the completion of this offering, Lumexa Imaging, Inc. and Lumexa Imaging Outpatient, Inc. expect to refinance and replace the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility by entering into a new senior secured credit agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other lenders party thereto. The New Credit Agreement is expected to provide for (i) a secured term loan facility in the range of $800 million to $825 million (the “Refinancing Term Loan”) and (ii) a secured revolving line of credit of approximately $250 million (the “Refinancing Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Refinancing Term Loan, the “Refinancing Senior Secured Credit Facility”). The Refinancing Senior Secured Credit Facility is expected to bear interest at a rate per annum equal to SOFR plus a range of % to % (where the applicable SOFR rate has a floor in the range of % to %). The Refinancing Term Loan is expected to mature in December 2032. The Refinancing Revolving Credit Facility is expected to mature in December 2030.
The terms of the New Credit Agreement have not been finalized. As a result, no assurance can be given that such Refinancing Senior Secured Credit Facility will be consummated on the terms described above or at all and, if consummated, the terms may differ from those set forth above and such differences could be material. While we intend to consummate a debt refinancing following the completion of this offering, if we are unable to enter into the New Credit Agreement on the terms described above or at all, the indebtedness under the Existing Senior Secured Credit Facility that remains outstanding after application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” will remain outstanding in accordance with the agreement governing such indebtedness.
For more information on our long-term debt, see Notes 10 and 4 (Long-Term Debt) in the notes accompanying our audited and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus, respectively.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As a result of our strategy of partnering with health systems, we do not own controlling interests in a number of our outpatient imaging centers. At September 30, 2025, we accounted for 85 of our 184 outpatient imaging centers under the equity method of accounting. At December 31, 2024, we accounted for 83 of our 181 outpatient imaging centers under the equity method of accounting. Similar to our consolidated outpatient imaging centers, our unconsolidated imaging centers have debts, including finance lease obligations, that are generally non-recourse to us. The debts of our unconsolidated outpatient imaging centers are not included in our consolidated financial statements. At September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the total debt on the balance sheets of our unconsolidated affiliates was approximately $71.6 million and $61.8 million, respectively.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The SEC defines critical accounting estimates as those that are both most important to the portrayal of a company’s financial condition and results of operations and require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgment, often because of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2— Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements, including those that do not require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates. Certain of these critical areas involving management’s judgments and estimates are described below.
Variable Interest Entities—GAAP requires an entity to consolidate a VIE if the entity is determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Under the VIE model, the primary beneficiary is the party that meets both the following criteria: it has (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb the losses, or the right to receive benefits, from the VIE that could potentially be
76
significant to the VIE. We determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE through a qualitative analysis. As the primary beneficiary, the VIE’s assets, liabilities and results of operations are included in our consolidated financial statements. The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to our general credit, however, we may need to provide financial support to cover any operating expenses in excess of operating revenues in the VIEs.
As a result of the administrative service fees owed by each of the VIEs to Lumexa Imaging, the cash flows to be generated by each of the VIEs are expected to flow through solely to Lumexa Imaging, because the cash flows of each of the VIEs have historically been insufficient to pay the entire amount of the administrative service fees due from each of the VIEs to Lumexa Imaging. In addition, in the event of a termination of any of the agreements governing payment of the administrative service fees due from a VIE to Lumexa Imaging, the deferred portion of such administrative service fees would become due.
Management considered whether there would be a non-controlling interest related to the consolidation of any of its VIEs and concluded there was not because: (1) the total equity investment of non-controlling interest holders in each of the VIEs is insufficient to permit that VIE to finance its activities without additional financial support from Lumexa Imaging; (2) Lumexa Imaging has determined that it has the obligation to absorb the losses of each of the VIEs via deferral of its administrative service fees and has, since the formation of each of the VIEs, absorbed such losses; and (3) none of the VIEs have generated any residual profits after paying the administrative service fees due to Lumexa Imaging since their formation.
Significant judgment is exercised to determine whether an entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE and whether any non-controlling interest should be allocated with respect to a VIE. We continually monitor our interests in legal entities for changes in the design or activities of an entity and changes in our interests, including our status as the primary beneficiary and the status of other equity holders as not being allocated a non-controlling interest to determine if the changes require us to revise our previous conclusions. Changes in the design or nature of the activities of a VIE, or our involvement with a VIE, may require us to reconsider our conclusions on the entity’s status as a VIE, our status as the primary beneficiary and/or the status of other equity holders as not being allocated a non-controlling interest. Such reconsideration may require significant judgment and understanding of the organization. This could result in the deconsolidation or consolidation of the affected VIE, or the allocation of a non-controlling interest to a VIE’s equity holders, which could have a significant impact on our financial statements.
Net Patient Service Revenue—Our revenues are generated by providing diagnostic imaging services (i.e., scans) and radiologist interpretation services (i.e., reads) to patients within outpatient imaging centers. We also earn professional services revenue where revenue is earned by providing radiologist interpretation services to patients at hospitals or other sites of care. Revenue is recognized as of the read date. The contractual relationships with patients (i.e., the customers), in most cases, also involve a third-party payor. Third-party payors include entities such as Medicare, Medicaid, managed care health plans and commercial insurance companies. The fees for the services provided are dependent upon the terms provided by Medicare and Medicaid, or negotiated with managed care health plans and commercial insurance companies.
The payment arrangements with third-party payors for the services we provide to the related patients typically specify payments at amounts less than our standard charges and generally provide for payments based upon predetermined rates per diagnostic imaging service and radiologist interpretation service. There are significant estimates associated with the amount of net patient service revenue that we recognize in a given reporting period. Payment rates are often subject to uncertainties related to wide variations in the coverage terms of the third-party payors from which we receive payments. Our management continually reviews the contractual estimation process to consider and incorporate updates to laws and regulations and the frequent changes in managed care contractual terms resulting from contract renegotiations and renewals. As such, revenue is recognized based on our estimate of the implicit price concessions (i.e., expected cash collections from patients and third-party payors) for each service offering rendered. We determine our estimate of implicit price concessions based on historical collection experience with classes of patients, changes in contractual rates, past adjustments, current contract and reimbursement terms, changes in payor mix, an aging of accounts receivable, and other relevant information, using a portfolio approach as a practical expedient. Changes to the assumptions used in the development of these estimates could have resulted in materially different reported net patient service revenue.
77
Accounts Receivable—Our accounts receivable represent charges to patients, third-party insurance payors, government-sponsored payors, and other payors for which payment has not been received. One of our payor classes, attorney liens, represents patient accounts receivable related to ongoing litigation between third parties, in which we have been contracted to provide imaging services. We are not directly involved in the ongoing litigation. Payment is not made until litigation is completed, which can exceed 36 months. Other third-party payors include government plans (excluding Medicare and Medicaid), workers’ compensation, and contract plans.
We continuously monitor collections from our payors based upon specific payor collection issues that we have identified and our historical experience. Our collection policies and procedures are based on the type of payor, size of claim and estimated collection percentage for each modality. The accounts receivable at each of our operating companies are analyzed to ensure the proper collection and aged category.
Medical Malpractice Accrual Liability—In the ordinary course of business, professional liability claims have been asserted against us by various claimants. These claims are in various stages of processing or, in certain instances, are in litigation. In addition, there are known incidents, and there also may be unknown incidents, which may result in the assertion of additional claims. We have accrued our best estimate of both asserted and unasserted claims based on actuarially determined amounts. These estimates are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and frequency, and ultimate settlement of professional liability claims may vary significantly from estimated amounts.
Medical Malpractice Insurance Recoverable—We maintain professional liability insurance policies with third-party insurers on a claims-made basis. We maintain coverage for medical providers, as well as entity-level coverage equal to the individual limits. Our internal policies and culture of open reporting by medical providers is an integral component of our risk management protocol, which aids us in minimizing claims and potential losses. Our management regularly reviews our claims and loss history and secures coverage commensurate with that history and anticipated future economic and legal factors. We estimate recoverable amounts based on claims data and insurance policy terms and have recorded amounts receivable from our insurers.
Goodwill—Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually on October 1, or when specific circumstances may be present, between annual tests. In performing these assessments, we may first assess goodwill for impairment qualitatively as determined appropriate at the reporting unit level. If goodwill is more likely than not impaired, we are required to perform a quantitative assessment. When performing quantitative goodwill impairment assessments, we estimate fair value using either appraisals developed with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm, which consider both discounted cash flow estimates for the reporting units and observed market multiples for similar businesses, or recent good-faith offer prices received for the reporting units that would be acceptable to us. Our estimate of fair value relies on significant assumptions, including but not limited to discount rates, earnings market multiples, and forecasted cash flows of the reporting unit. An impairment charge is recognized when and to the extent a reporting unit’s carrying amount is determined to exceed its fair value. While management believes the assumptions, estimates, appraisal methods represent the best evidence of fair value in the circumstances, modification or use of other assumptions or methods could have yielded different results.
As described above, when there are no indicators to suggest that goodwill is more likely than not impaired, we perform a qualitative goodwill impairment assessment. Based on our latest quantitative goodwill impairment assessment, each of the reporting units had estimated fair values that exceeded their respective carrying values by over 25%. Management does not believe any reporting unit is at risk of failing step one of the impairment test pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350 as of its most recent goodwill impairment assessment.
Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates—Investments in unconsolidated affiliates in which we have the ability to exert significant influence but less than a controlling interest are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are initially recorded at cost, unless there is a deconsolidation where the investments are a result of us no longer having control of a previously controlled entity but still retaining a non-controlling interest. Under the equity method of accounting, our proportionate share of an investee’s net assets is reflected on our consolidated balance sheets and proportionate share of earnings and losses are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations. Our analysis of the appropriate accounting for our ownership interests in unconsolidated affiliates may require judgment regarding the level of control, significant influence or lack thereof we have over each affiliate. If, based
78
on changes in facts and circumstances, we were to update our conclusion that the we have significant influence or a controlling interest, this could result in a change from the application of the equity method of accounting, the impact of such change could significantly impact our consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recent Accounting Pronouncements in the notes accompanying our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for further information.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk—We generate all of our revenue and incur all of our expenses in United States dollars. As a result, our financial results are not affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
Interest Rate Sensitivity—We pay interest on various types of debt instruments. The related debt agreements entail either fixed or variable interest rates. Instruments which have fixed rates are mainly leases, equipment promissory notes and leasehold improvements. Variable rate interest obligations relate primarily to amounts borrowed under our senior secured credit facilities. Accordingly, our interest expense and consequently, our earnings, are affected by changes in short-term interest rates.
We entered into two forward interest rate cap agreements with a notional amount of $1.2 billion (together, the “interest rate cap”) to mitigate interest rate risk on SOFR variable interest rate changes on the Existing Term Loan. These agreements matured on March 31, 2025, and the SOFR variable interest rate was capped at 5.125% thereunder. The fair value of the interest rate cap agreements was estimated by utilizing the income approach and commonly accepted valuation techniques. These valuation techniques used inputs from closing prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets as well as other relevant observable market inputs at quoted intervals such as current interest rates, forward yield curves, implied volatility and credit default swap pricing.
A hypothetical 1% increase in the adjusted SOFR rates under the Existing Term Loan would result in an increase of approximately $12.0 million in annual interest expense and a corresponding decrease in income before taxes, while a hypothetical 1% increase in the adjusted SOFR rates under the expected Refinancing Term Loan would result in an increase of approximately $ million in annual interest expense and a corresponding decrease in income before taxes.
79
Overview
We are one of the largest national providers of diagnostic imaging services. Our platform is integrated, scalable and has a proven track record of creating value for our stakeholders. As of September 30, 2025, we and our affiliates operated the second largest outpatient imaging center footprint in the United States. It spans 184 centers across 13 states and includes eight joint venture partnerships with health systems. Our centers are in attractive MSAs. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, these MSAs saw average annual population growth of approximately 1.4% on a center-weighted basis between 2020 and 2024: over two times the national average. Our centers have convenient retail settings and operate with extended hours to facilitate easy access to care. We have built a diversified network of approximately 100,000 referring physicians, representing more than 29,000 physician practices in 2024. We believe our high quality of care, as evidenced by our high referring physician and patient satisfaction scores, drives enhanced growth and repeat visits from patients needing multiple imaging exams.
We remain at the forefront of imaging care by purchasing best-in-class equipment and technology from innovative manufacturers and software companies. Our premium equipment, skilled technologists and subspecialized radiologists make us the clear choice for advanced imaging referrals, which are growing at an accelerated rate relative to the overall market due to the aging population of the United States and increasing disease prevalence. MRI and CT referrals, for example, have been a key driver of our revenue growth and accounted for 52% of our consolidated revenue and 63% of our system-wide revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
Lumexa Imaging was established in 2018 under the name US Radiology Specialists by Charlotte Radiology and WCAS, an investment firm with over 45 years of experience building successful companies in the healthcare and technology sectors. We expanded rapidly from 20 centers in 2018 to 184 centers as of September 30, 2025 by making 20 acquisitions and opening 41 de novo centers. Effective July 8, 2025, US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC changed its name to Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC.
| * | Unless otherwise indicated, data as of and for September 30, 2025. |
80
We deliver high-quality, convenient and low-cost care through our expansive network of outpatient imaging centers, meeting the needs of our key stakeholders—patients, referring physicians, health system joint venture partners and payors.
To further this goal, we have partnered with third-party technology providers to build a scalable clinical technology system with RIS; PACS; RCM systems; and programs designed to increase both efficiency and accuracy in reporting reads. Utilizing third-party software allows us to operate more efficiently and to quickly scale, adapt and implement new technology across our platform, including in connection with the integration of newly acquired or de novo centers.
We have also begun implementing third-party clinical, operational and back-office AI solutions across our operations. While early, we are seeing faster scan times, improved clinical efficiency and faster patient scheduling and communication of results. There is significant ongoing third-party investment and innovation across the imaging AI ecosystem, and we believe that our use of externally sourced (as opposed to internally developed) AI can facilitate the accelerated adoption of AI, reduce future capital investment therein and preserve the flexibility to select and maintain the most valuable AI solutions.
According to a 2025 analysis of the diagnostic imaging services market by Fortune Business Insights, it is estimated that the total U.S. market for diagnostic imaging services was approximately $140 billion as of December 31, 2024, across inpatient, HOPD, free standing imaging centers and other settings. That report estimates that this market grew at a 4.2% CAGR from 2019 to 2024, led by freestanding imaging center growth of 6.9% over the same period.
Published reports from third-party research firms forecast future revenues in the diagnostic imaging services market. These reports aggregate the revenues they estimate to be captured by the overall market, and by IDTFs in particular, and apply growth rates to those estimates for future years based on factors which vary from report to report. Using these reports and our industry knowledge, management estimates that the diagnostic imaging services market will continue to grow at a mid-single digit rate between 2024 and 2030, driven by increasing utilization of advanced imaging, an aging population and increasing disease prevalence, with IDTFs growing faster than the broader market. This estimate is based on management’s experience in the diagnostic imaging services market and actual market growth rates may vary.
We believe the outperformance of IDTFs has been primarily driven by patient and payor preference for receiving the same level of care in a more convenient and less expensive setting than HOPDs. Comparable imaging services
81
provided in imaging centers or physician’s offices are approximately 60% less expensive than those provided in HOPDs, based on an analysis of 2019 claims performed by UnitedHealth Group.
The outpatient portion of the diagnostic imaging services market is highly fragmented. According to management estimates, there were approximately 6,000 IDTFs in the United States as of September 30, 2025, and more than 75% of them were owned by single facility operators or small chains. Furthermore, according to management estimates, there were approximately 8,900 HOPD centers in the United States as of September 30, 2025. We expect IDTFs to continue capturing share from HOPD and inpatient settings, driven by the ability to provide the same quality of care in a lower cost, more convenient setting. HOPDs also represent a significant opportunity for conversion to IDTFs through joint ventures with health systems. Collectively, we believe these factors create significant, long-term tailwinds that will support elevated IDTF growth rates for years to come.
| * | As of September 30, 2025. Source: Management estimates using Definitive Healthcare’s imaging database and industry and competitor websites. |
We believe our business is primarily driven by the following key strengths:
| ∎ | National Outpatient Imaging Platform Focused on Advanced Modalities and Attractive MSAs |
| ∎ | Commercial, Operational & Clinical Excellence Driving Growth and Margins, Positioning Lumexa Imaging as the Partner of Choice to Health Systems |
| ∎ | Integrated Technology System Built on Best-of-Breed Third-Party Solutions |
| ∎ | Attractive Financial Profile Characterized by Robust Revenue Growth and Margin Expansion |
| ∎ | Public Company Management Team with Deep Industry Experience |
We intend to continue growing our national platform by:
| ∎ | Ongoing Execution of Same-Center Organic Growth Playbook |
| ∎ | De Novo Expansion Strategy Across Existing and New MSAs |
| ∎ | New Joint Venture Partnerships in Existing and New MSAs |
| ∎ | Acceleration of Growth Through Acquisitions |
| ∎ | Further Investment and Implementation of Technology and AI Strategy |
Our Industry
Diagnostic imaging is a medical technique used to create visual representations of the interior of the body for clinical analysis. It is a critical step in diagnosing diseases, monitoring treatment effectiveness and determining the need for surgical intervention. When used early in disease progression, imaging can facilitate early diagnosis and may reduce unnecessary invasive procedures, minimizing the cost and amount of care for patients. Scans are provided at a variety of settings ranging from inpatient, HOPD, IDTF and other sites of care, such as physicians’ offices and urgent care centers.
82
Hospitals offer diagnostic imaging services for both inpatient and outpatient care through on-campus and off-campus HOPD imaging locations. IDTFs are imaging centers that offer scans independent of a hospital or physician’s office. IDTF volumes have been growing at a faster rate than HOPD volumes, driven by convenience, lower cost, shorter wait times and more scheduling options than typical HOPD centers. We believe this volume shift to IDTFs will persist due to payor preference for these lower cost sites of care and the increasing role of consumerism in outpatient imaging, driven by increasing price transparency and prevalence of high-deductible health plans.
Demand for diagnostic imaging is increasing with the rising incidence of disease and aging population demographics in the United States, as well as technological advances (such as the advent of blood testing for certain diseases that is often confirmed via subsequent imaging procedures) and growing medical applications. Advanced imaging procedures, such as MRI and CT, are growing faster than the overall market and receive higher payments per procedure. According to a 2025 analysis of the diagnostic imaging services market by Fortune Business Insights, demand for advanced imaging grew at a 5.7% CAGR between 2019 and 2024 according to industry estimates, outpacing routine imaging procedure growth of 2.6% during that same period. This is due to increasing recognition from payors and physicians of advanced imaging’s ability to detect and diagnose conditions such as cancer, Alzheimer’s Disease and cardiovascular and musculoskeletal disease. Increasing use of specialty drugs to treat these conditions has also driven demand for diagnostic imaging in clinical research, initiation of therapy and monitoring safety and effectiveness of these treatments. Furthermore, as of September 30, 2025, management estimates that advanced imaging payments per procedure at our consolidated and unconsolidated centers were on average approximately 330% of routine imaging payments per procedure.
Diagnostic imaging has also seen significant advances in AI-supported tools, which are being used across the industry in many different settings; for example, improving the accuracy of diagnostic reads by leveraging databases of prior scans, improving workflow management, streamlining administrative tasks, enhancing image quality and automatically generating reports. The FDA had authorized over 840 radiology AI and machine learning-enabled medical devices as of December 31, 2024, an approximately four-fold increase since June 30, 2020, and we expect this number to continue growing. According to an article in the Journal of the American College of Radiology, $13 billion was invested in radiology AI in 2022 alone.
Source: FDA, AI-Enabled Medical Device List.
Our Centers
Our freestanding imaging centers focus on providing the highest quality care in a convenient environment. Our centers are generally located in easily accessible retail locations with convenient parking, extended hours and weekend availability. We focus on delivering positive patient experiences and providing consistent support to our patients through simplified scheduling, appointment reminders via text message, digital check-ins and other streamlined communications.
Our centers use branding specific to local geographies, including Touchstone Medical Imaging, American Health Imaging, Gateway Diagnostic Imaging, Charlotte Radiology and South Jersey Radiology Associates. Many of these brands have established their reputation as leaders in healthcare quality over decades of service in their local communities.
Our operations are designed to efficiently receive orders from referring physicians and schedule exams for patients at the most appropriate center within our network. Our centralized call center, PACE, handles the majority of inbound
83
phone calls and order entry. The PACE team schedules exams at the location and time most convenient for the patient, and obtains prior authorization for the exam from commercial payors as necessary to ensure we can complete the exam as scheduled and receive reimbursement in a timely manner.
We believe there are meaningful benefits from operating at scale in a particular region, including the ability to (1) provide subspecialized radiologist reads, (2) centralize administrative functions, (3) generate procurement savings and (4) improve accessibility and convenience for referring physicians and patients.
Radiologic Technologists
Radiologic technologists are healthcare professionals who receive specialized training to perform diagnostic imaging procedures and are credentialed to perform specific studies, such as MRI, CT and x-ray scans. We have expertise in recruiting, hiring and retaining this critical labor for our centers to ensure we have consistent staffing, especially of advanced imaging MRI and CT technologists. We have also developed a TAA to assist x-ray and ultrasound technologists with becoming credentialed in advanced imaging modalities, which uniquely positions us to capture increased advanced imaging volumes.
Radiologists
Imaging exams are interpreted by radiologists, medical doctors who specialize in interpreting radiographic images to diagnose and treat disease. Our managed physician practices, which are physician practices that we own (or that are structured to comply with the applicable state’s prohibition on the corporate practice of medicine, if applicable), currently employ approximately 350 radiologists and we contract with more than 890 radiologists in independent practices located near our centers. The overwhelming majority of our radiologists that we employ are subspecialized and fellowship-trained in areas of advanced imaging, such as neuroradiology, musculoskeletal imaging or breast imaging, giving our referring physicians access to informed consultations and expertise in diagnosing complex conditions.
In 2023, we began building our own teleradiology capability: Connexia. This platform allows us to transmit radiographic images to radiologists anywhere in the United States. Connexia uses advanced PACS and workflow software to coordinate efficient reading and ensure exams are routed to the appropriate subspecialized radiologists. The remote nature of teleradiology provides the flexible hours and work-from-home setting many radiologists desire, along with the ability to practice within their subspecialties and maximize their reading capacity. This allows Connexia to recruit radiologists anywhere in the United States in the subspecialties we need to meet our read requirements as they evolve. Connexia has reduced our reliance on third-party radiology practices and now covers dozens of centers and practices across our network. Going forward, we will continually compare the cost, quality and efficiency of Connexia against the independent physician practices with whom we contract, and make changes as appropriate to optimize the cost and quality of radiology coverage for our centers.
Commercial
Our commercial team consists of sales and marketing professionals responsible for generating awareness of our services with referring physicians and patients and driving same-center exam growth. Most often, an imaging exam will occur at the location a referring office recommends, making physicians and their referral coordinators are key points of contact. In some cases, patients are given the choice of which center to visit, or they proactively search for a convenient, low-cost option, so it is also critical to create broader awareness.
Our sales team consists of approximately 120 sales representatives and managers assigned to physicians’ offices by geography. This team’s goal is to increase the volume of clinically appropriate exams in our centers by educating referring physicians about our services during regular in-person sales calls. Messaging to physicians’ offices is focused on our clinical quality, subspecialized radiologists, convenient sites of care and lower cost to patients. We use third-party provider data to enable our sales teams to target higher-volume referral sources who are more likely to see patients with conditions that could require advanced imaging or specialized diagnostic care, with particular focus on specialties like neurology and orthopedics, from which we derived the majority of our MRI and CT referrals in 2024. We use a rigorous data-driven approach to measure the consistency and effectiveness of our outreach and messaging efforts.
Our Services
We offer a comprehensive range of advanced and routine diagnostic and screening imaging services.
84
Advanced Imaging Services
| ∎ | MRI: a medical imaging technique using radio waves and a strong magnetic field to create detailed pictures of the inside of the body with a focus on examining soft tissues. This technology can discern normal and abnormal tissue without exposing patients to potentially harmful radiation. |
| ∎ | CT: a medical imaging technique using X-rays and a computer to create detailed pictures of the inside of the body. Detectors opposite the X-ray source record the X-rays passing through the patient, creating a cross-sectional image of the body which is then interpreted by a computer to generate a scan. These scans can be used to examine any part of the body, including tumors, bone fractures and pulmonary embolisms. |
| ∎ | PET scans: a medical imaging test using a radioactive substance known as a tracer to create detailed images of organs and tissues in the body. These tests can be used to detect, diagnose and assess the spread of cancer, evaluate heart function and monitor treatment effectiveness among other purposes. |
Routine Diagnostic and Screening Imaging Services
| ∎ | X-ray: a form of high-energy electromagnetic radiation with a short wavelength which is able to pass through most objects. This can be used to generate images of tissues and structures in the body and is typically used for bone imaging. |
| ∎ | Ultrasound: a procedure using high-energy sound waves to view tissues and organs inside the body. The sound waves create echoes that form pictures of the tissues and organs called a sonogram. These scans are used to diagnose diseases, during pregnancy to check the fetus and to guide certain medical procedures, such as biopsies. |
| ∎ | Mammography: a screening procedure using low-dose x-rays to diagnose and locate tumors of the breasts. This procedure is typically recurring as the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommends women receive annual or bi-annual mammograms starting at age 40. |
Our proportionate revenue and volumes are highly diversified across modalities and, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, advanced imaging accounted for 52% of our consolidated revenue and 63% of our system-wide revenue. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, advanced imaging accounted for 30% of our consolidated imaging volumes and 36% of our system-wide imaging volumes.
Consolidated Revenue and Volume:
| * | For the nine months ended September 30, 2025. |
85
System-Wide Revenue and Volume:
| * | For the nine months ended September 30, 2025. |
Our Value Proposition
We believe our ability to provide high-quality imaging services in accessible, lower cost sites of care makes us the provider of choice for patients, referring physicians, health systems and payors.
Patients
We aim to deliver exceptional value to patients by providing access to high-quality diagnostic imaging in convenient and lower cost outpatient settings. Our accessible locations, flexible scheduling options and extended hours make it easier for patients to receive the imaging services they need. Timely access to imaging services can provide early detection of diseases and facilitate quicker scheduling of follow-up procedures, and thus significantly improve patient outcomes and reduce overall healthcare costs.
Additionally, we provide timely and insightful communication with our patients using digital technology throughout the patient journey. We communicate via text message to confirm appointments to reduce missed exams, and we allow patients to digitally complete their paperwork prior to their appointment to reduce wait times in the office. After the exam, we provide patients with their results in a consumer-friendly format intended to reduce anxiety for patients and allow them to have a more meaningful follow-up discussion with their physicians. We also provide easy-to-use payment options through a patient portal with e-statements, and offer extended payment plans when needed. This overall focus on high-quality care and exceptional patient experience has led to a patient NPS of 91 and overall patient satisfaction rate of 97%, each as of September 30, 2025.
Referring Physicians
Referring physicians choose our centers for their patients’ imaging needs because of our high-quality care, subspecialized radiologists, skilled technologists and modern equipment and technology. We prioritize seamless communication and collaboration with referring physicians, making it easy for their offices to refer patients to our centers through electronic medical record integration or a digital physician portal. We also ensure that they receive radiologist reports with prompt turnaround times after the exams, which can be digitally accessed through the same portal along with patients’ images. Our interpreting radiologists are available for consultation with referring providers to ensure patients receive coordinated care to facilitate the most accurate diagnosis and an optimized follow-up treatment plan. Specialized physicians, including neurologists, orthopedic surgeons and ENTs, among others, particularly appreciate our ability to tailor specific imaging protocols for their needs and to route studies to subspecialized radiologists who are trained to detect disease in specific areas of the body.
Our dedication to clinical excellence and patient satisfaction has earned us the trust and confidence of referring physicians, with 88% of participating physicians providing a rating of satisfied or higher for our services as of December 31, 2024.
86
Health System Partners
Our health system joint venture partners benefit from providing patients access to our high-quality, lower cost, conveniently located centers to reduce hospital backlogs and the time required to diagnose and begin treatment. They value access to the subspecialized radiologists interpreting our scans and our highly trained technologists, as well as our operational expertise and commitment to providing an exceptional in-center patient experience.
Our joint ventures provide health systems a means to diversify their revenue and participate in the continued shift away from hospital-based imaging. Furthermore, our M&A and de novo center development expertise can help health systems expand to meet patient demand in a capital efficient manner.
Our radiologist network provides further value to our health system joint ventures by addressing capacity limitations and offering flexible coverage. We believe that Connexia solidifies our position as the partner of choice by offering a flexible solution to address radiologist capacity constraints and to ensure coverage.
Payors
Our centers benefit payors by reducing the overall cost of delivering diagnostic imaging to their members. By directing patients to our more cost-effective care settings, we help payors manage per member costs while maintaining excellent levels of care. Our clinical value initiatives and technology investments are designed to create improved patient outcomes and enhance the overall efficiency and effectiveness of the healthcare system. This alignment with respect to delivering high-quality imaging at a lower cost to patients is exemplified by our delivery of more than 99% of our services in-network with commercial payors in the geographies we served as of September 30, 2025.
Our Strengths
National Outpatient Imaging Platform Focused on Advanced Modalities and Attractive MSAs
We are the second largest provider of outpatient imaging services in the country by number of centers, with a national footprint predominantly located in attractive MSAs. We target MSAs with favorable demographics, opportunities for health system joint venture partners, strong commercial insurance coverage and opportunities for long-term growth. Our top MSAs include cities such as Atlanta, Austin, Charlotte, Dallas, Denver and San Antonio. Our MSAs saw annual population growth of approximately 1.4% on a center-weighted average basis between 2020 and 2024: over two times the national average according to the U.S. Census Bureau.
Consolidated Geographic Revenue and Payor Revenue:
87
System-Wide Geographic Revenue and Payor Revenue:
We operate in geographies with attractive demographics that support sustainable commercial reimbursement. 58% of our consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 came from commercial payors, with government payors making up an incremental 28% and the remaining portion of our consolidated revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 coming from self-pay, liens and other payors. 63% of our system-wide revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 came from commercial payors, with government payors making up 22% and the remaining portion of our system-wide revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 coming from self-pay, liens and other payors. We are broadly diversified across over 600 payor contracts and have a dedicated managed care team, focused on securing competitive reimbursement rates and contract terms for our centers using a data-driven approach.
We believe our centers feature the equipment, staffing and commercial strategy to capture increased patient volumes from these industry tailwinds. Advanced imaging accounted for 30% of our consolidated imaging volumes and 36% of our system-wide imaging volumes, and 52% of our consolidated revenue and 63% of our system-wide revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and we believe this will continue to increase over time.
Our commercial strategy focuses on specialties that refer more advanced imaging per physician, led by orthopedic, neurology and ENT specialties. The subspecialized radiologists and highly-trained technologists serving our centers also provide a competitive advantage, allowing us to attract and service these higher-margin advanced imaging scans. Our TAA provides a pathway for our technologists performing routine imaging to become credentialed to perform advanced imaging scans, growing the available labor pool and increasing access to care for patients.
Commercial, Operational & Clinical Excellence Driving Growth and Margins, Positioning Lumexa Imaging as the Partner of Choice to Health Systems
We have established ourselves as a partner of choice to health systems through our differentiated approach to commercial, operational and clinical excellence, which has resulted in above market same-center growth and robust margins.
We have a sales team of over 120 members that uses a proprietary model to direct calls towards referring physicians with the highest potential for advanced imaging referrals and, through frequent interactions, builds long term relationships with referring offices. Furthermore, the broad array of referral sources across each of our centers reduces concentration risk associated with any one referral source. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we received referrals from over 29,000 physician practices for imaging services at our centers.
Our operations team seeks to drive further volume and cost efficiencies through standardized protocols and workflows, which drive reduced exam duration, increased throughput and better patient experiences. We regularly monitor center capacity to understand constraints and adjust staffing levels. We also continue to implement faster scanning MRI technology across our centers, reducing the time a patient needs to be on the table and increasing throughput.
88
These efficiencies are further supported by our PACE team, which seeks to optimize the call center and patient scheduling experience, further increasing patient throughput and driving down scheduling costs per patient.
This commitment to clinical excellence, operational efficiency and patient-centered care make us a preferred partner for health systems. These qualities have helped us develop long-standing relationships with an average tenure of over 10 years with eight growth-oriented health systems and a pipeline of potential new partnerships within both existing and new geographies.
| LUMEXA IMAGING’S HEALTH SYSTEM JOINT VENTURES(1) | ||||||||||
| HEALTH SYSTEM |
JOINT VENTURE (“JV”) |
NUMBER OF CENTERS |
STATES WITH CENTERS |
PERCENTAGE LUMEXA IMAGING OWNERSHIP IN JV(2) |
LUMEXA IMAGING | |||||
| Baylor Scott & White Health |
BTDI(4) | 56 | TX | 49.0% | No | |||||
| Intermountain Health |
SCLTDI JV, LLC | 10 | CO, MT | 49.0% | No | |||||
| Integris Health |
IH-USRS Imaging, LLC | 8 | OK | 30.0% | No | |||||
| Atrium Health |
Carolinas Imaging Services, LLC | 7 | NC, SC | 40.0% | Yes, Charlotte Radiology, P.A. | |||||
| Virtua Health |
Virtua Adult Imaging Services at Vorhees, LLC | 2 | NJ | 50.0% | Yes, South Jersey Radiology Associates, P.A. | |||||
| Tenet Health |
RLC, LLC | 1 | AZ | 50.0% | No | |||||
| Tucson Medical Center |
Tucson Medical Imaging Partners, LLC | 1 | AZ | 50.0% | No | |||||
| UPMC Community Provider Services |
UPMCTDI JV, LLC | — | — | 49.0% | No | |||||
| (1) | Data as of 9/30/25. |
| (2) | Pursuant to the terms of the joint venture agreements that govern each JV, a JV’s profits, losses and cash distributions are distributed between us and our partners pro rata based upon our and their respective ownership interest in such JV. In addition, we also receive management fees in connection with our provision of management and administrative services to the JVs and/or professional services fees in connection with scan reads performed by our managed physician practices or employed radiologists for the JVs. |
| (3) | Our investments in all of our health system joint ventures, including those for which we own our equity interest through our VIEs, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. See Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements for further detail. |
| (4) | Includes (i) 12 centers in Texas owned by Gateway Diagnostic Imaging, LLC, which is 100% owned by BTDI; (ii) two centers in Texas owned by Blue Stone JV LLP, which is 70% owned by BTDI; (iii) one center in Texas owned by Gateway Diagnostic Imaging Sherman, LLC, which is 100% owned by Blue Stone JV LLP; and (iv) one center in Texas owned by Blue Stone Frisco JV, LLP, which is 51% owned by BTDI. |
Our operational expertise benefits our health system joint ventures by providing a streamlined patient experience, high-quality, subspecialized radiologist interpretations and efficient imaging center staffing models and labor management. Additionally, our health system joint ventures benefit from our expertise in building new capacity through equipment upgrades and de novo center openings. Combined with our experience and scaled supply chain cost savings, we offer our partners a capital efficient pathway to growth and expansion.
Our health system partners want to expand their patients’ access to care, and our joint ventured centers provide convenient, low-cost options for their patients. These centers in health system joint ventures care for patients referred from the affiliated provider networks of our partners, as well as patients referred from physicians’ offices outside these
89
networks contacted through our sales and marketing efforts. On average, approximately 70% of the 2024 exam volume from our five largest joint ventures was derived from patients outside of the affiliated provider networks of our partners. This collaboration allows our health system joint ventures to benefit from significant revenue diversification and significantly expanded volumes. Our partners’ managed care expertise helps our joint ventures receive competitive rates, often with negotiated rate increases to keep up with the cost of providing high-quality care. Furthermore, our joint ventures provide us with a capital partner for expansion through investments in acquisitions and de novo center openings.
Integrated Technology System Built on Best-of-Breed Third-Party Solutions
We partner with third-party technology providers to drive operational efficiency, improve clinical quality, support remote reading of scans and create an integrated data environment. We have built a scalable technology system comprised of RIS workflow management, PACS visualization tools, radiologist-reporting and RCM systems, as well as programs designed to increase both efficiency and accuracy in reporting reads. This approach allows us to quickly adopt new technology across our platform and seamlessly integrate newly acquired centers or de novo centers. Continued integration of our technology system will create a harmonized data environment that offers us operational insights while providing clinicians with user-friendly, state-of-the-art clinical tools.
We use externally sourced AI to improve care delivery, translate radiologist reports into patient-friendly language, and facilitate back-office tasks, including digitizing patient intake forms and automating our call center and appointment scheduling processes. For example, we have deployed over 100 production bots to streamline our billing processes, and approximately 10% of our medical services and procedures (CPT) coding is automated. We also use AI to streamline RCM operations in an effort to reduce our labor costs. We have also begun implementing AI support for radiologists reading our scans that assist in the generation of patient reports and enhancement and analysis of medical imaging. For example, we have implemented Scanslated, which creates patient-friendly imaging reports. From November 2020 to September 2025, Lumexa Imaging’s patients viewed more than 2.1 million Scanslated reports, and 96% of over 500,000 patients who responded to a survey administered by Scanslated during that period found those reports to be helpful. In addition, we have integrated Fastscan technology into approximately 45% of our MRI units, resulting in scan times that are approximately 40% faster. Furthermore, approximately 700,000 of our scans conducted between June 2024 and June 2025 used at least one of Rad AI, Aidoc or iCad in generating read reports. We are optimistic about the positive impact AI has on our operations and the numerous ways it could improve efficiency and quality across our business going forward including with respect to a potential reduction in our consolidated expenses related to third-party radiologist salaries, which totaled approximately $30 million in 2024. For further discussion on the risks associated with our use of AI, see “Risk Factors—There are risks associated with our current and potential future use of AI” in this prospectus.
Connexia, our teleradiology platform, is a key enabler of volume expansion, allowing us to address capacity demands for our centers and practices by providing radiologists with the imaging technology to read scans remotely. Our teleradiology services effectively manage radiologist capacity while providing flexible coverage, thus eliminating a potential barrier to growth and de-risking our reliance on the radiologist labor market and third-party radiology groups. The flexibility to read scans remotely is increasingly desired by radiologists, offering them more control over their schedules and reducing burnout. Since inception, Connexia has hired over 30 radiologists that are covering 52 centers, including 14 joint venture centers. Our retention rate for Connexia radiologists is greater than 95% and our application pipeline has far outweighed open positions. We expect the number of radiologists and centers covered by Connexia to grow in the coming years.
Attractive Financial Profile Characterized by Robust Revenue Growth and Margin Expansion
We have achieved significant growth in recent years while generating robust margins and establishing an operating model that emphasizes cash flow generation. Total consolidated revenue increased by 7.8%, to $755.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 from $700.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Our net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was $18.4 million, while our Adjusted EBITDA was $166.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and represented an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 22.0%.
Public Company Management Team with Deep Industry Experience
Our management team is led by Caitlin Zulla, our Chief Executive Officer, and Tony Martin, our Chief Financial Officer, each of whom brings significant public company expertise. Ms. Zulla has over 20 years of health care services operating experience and was previously Chief Executive Officer of Optum Health East and SCA Health. Mr. Martin has over 25 years of experience in healthcare services and financial management, having previously
90
served as Chief Financial Officer of US Acute Care Solutions and Chief Accounting Officer of United Surgical Partners International. We believe this deep industry knowledge and breadth of experience will enable us to effectively execute our strategic vision, drive growth and maintain operational excellence.
Growth Strategies
Ongoing Execution of Same-Center Organic Growth Playbook
We aim to drive above market same-center growth by positioning ourselves in attractive MSAs, partnering with health systems, targeting high-value referral sources and optimizing our center and staff capacity. Additionally, we target high-value advanced imaging scans to support our growth objectives. Our consolidated outpatient same-center CT and MRI volume growth was 5.2% and 7.1%, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Our system-wide outpatient same-center CT and MRI volume growth was 3.6% and 8.2%, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
Within existing centers, we create additional capacity and drive incremental volumes by reducing scan times, expanding hours of operation and installing additional equipment to alleviate backlogs.
De Novo Expansion Strategy Across Existing and New MSAs
De novo expansion is a central component of our organic growth engine. We build de novo centers to expand our presence in geographies where we have unmet patient demand and underserved needs of our health system joint venture partners. We believe there is significant opportunity for new outpatient imaging centers in our existing geographies.
On average in 2024, our existing centers had 6,500 square feet and completed on average 21 MRIs, 12 CTs and 33 routine imaging scans per day and a total of 83 exams per day10. We build de novo centers with an average initial capital investment of $4 million, targeting annual Adjusted EBITDA contribution of approximately $1 million to $3 million. Center-level ramp to profitability and ramp to maturity can be as short as 12 and 24 months, respectively; though certain of our de novo centers have reached profitability in as short as 6 months. We believe the ability to leverage our existing infrastructure, referral source relationships and reputation enables us to launch new locations in a capital-efficient manner.
We build many of our de novo centers with our health system partners via joint ventures. These partnerships enable us to clinically connect with our health system partners’ affiliated provider networks and leverage their managed care expertise. We directly manage the opening and staffing of these de novo centers, including with respect to leasing space, contracting radiologists, employing radiologic technologists and sourcing imaging equipment.
We have opened ten de novo centers since December 31, 2023, including six in 2025 through September 30, 2025. We have additional opportunities that are in various stages of our vetting process in addition to many attractive new geographies that we continue to actively assess for de novo center opportunities.
New Joint Venture Partnerships in Existing and New MSAs
We have a track record of operating successful joint ventures with health systems and plan to continue expanding our current joint ventures and developing new ones in both new and existing geographies. In geographies where we
| 10 | Illustrative average select daily exam volume per center calculated by dividing a sample of 2.1 million of the 3.8 million scans performed by a sample of Lumexa Imaging’s outpatient imaging centers in 2024 by 130 outpatient imaging centers included in the sample. |
91
have historically focused on wholly owned centers, there is a significant opportunity to develop joint ventures with local health systems. Outside of our existing geographies, as of August 1, 2024, management estimates that there were approximately 100 potential health system partners across our top 20 target MSAs and more than 80% of them did not have an existing imaging joint venture partner with an established IDTF platform, which presents a large opportunity to facilitate future expansion.
Acceleration of Growth Through Acquisitions
As one of the largest outpatient imaging providers in the country, we believe our scale and track record of 20 successfully executed and integrated acquisitions provides us with a competitive advantage and positions us as a partner of choice to drive inorganic growth across and outside of our MSAs. We have a disciplined approach to valuation, averaging an Adjusted EBITDA multiple of 8 to 9 times at acquisition for medium to large imaging center companies, defined as companies with five or more locations. For smaller imaging center companies with less than five locations, we have paid approximately 5 times Adjusted EBITDA on average. We have demonstrated an ability to reduce these multiples by approximately 2 to 3 times over three years post acquisition through growth and cost savings initiatives. We continuously seek new opportunities in attractive MSAs and have a robust and growing pipeline for future acquisition opportunities.
Further Investment and Implementation of Technology and AI Strategy
Our integrated technology system supports our current day-to-day operations and is the foundation for our continued deployment of third-party AI tools. Using third-party AI allows us to benefit from the most advanced solutions in the market, given there are over 400 radiology AI products in existence today and we anticipate that many more are in development. We believe using these existing programs is a faster, capital-light option that allows us to focus on what we do best—providing high-quality patient care while benefiting indirectly from third-party investment in the development of innovative new clinical and business AI solutions. Additionally, using third-party technology provides flexibility to use the best vendors depending on clinical or business needs, which is increasingly important as AI technology continues to rapidly evolve.
We believe using AI will benefit us across the organization, particularly in our center operations, radiologist reads and back-office workflows. Implementation of AI can enable faster scan times, improved clinical efficiency and faster patient scheduling and communication of results. Radiologist reads can benefit from AI through improved read quality, faster read times and capacity expansion, while decreasing radiologist burnout. Furthermore, back-office tasks can use AI to self-learn and self-manage processes, increase collections and reduce labor expenses.
Regulation and Compliance
The healthcare industry is highly regulated, and changes in the regulatory environment could significantly affect our operations in the future. Our ability to operate profitably will depend in part upon us, and our contracted radiology practices and their affiliated radiologists, receiving referrals, obtaining and maintaining all necessary licenses and other approvals including for radiology technicians and operating in compliance with applicable healthcare regulations such as required supervision regulations. We believe that healthcare regulations will continue to change. Therefore, we will monitor developments in healthcare laws and regulations and modify our operations from time to time as the business and regulatory environment changes.
Licensing, Accreditation and Certification
Each state imposes licensing requirements on individual physicians and clinical professionals, and on facilities operated or utilized by healthcare companies like us. Many states require regulatory approval, including CONs, before establishing certain types of healthcare facilities, offering certain services or expending amounts in excess of statutory thresholds for healthcare equipment, facilities or programs. In addition, federal legislation requires all suppliers that provide the technical component of diagnostic MRI, PET/CT, CT and nuclear medicine to be accredited by one of the accreditation organizations designated by CMS (which currently include the American College of Radiology, the Intersocietal Accreditation Commission and the Joint Commission). Our facilities and affiliated practice groups and radiologists are also required to meet applicable Medicare and Medicaid provider requirements under federal and state laws, rules and regulations.
The radiologists and other healthcare professionals providing professional medical services at our centers are also subject to licensing and related requirements by the states in which they provide services. As a result, we require our
92
employed radiologists and other healthcare professionals, and require the radiology groups with which we contract to require their radiologists and other healthcare professionals, to have and maintain appropriate licensure.
Fee Splitting; Corporate Practice of Medicine
In some of the states in which we operate, a lay person or any entity other than a professional corporation or other similar professional organization is not allowed to practice medicine, including by employing professional persons or by having any ownership interest or profit participation in or control over any medical professional practice. The laws of such states also prohibit a lay person or a non-professional entity from exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians and from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as splitting professional fees with physicians. We structure our operations in a manner that we believe keeps us from engaging in the practice of medicine, exercising control over medical judgments or decisions, or violating prohibitions against fee-splitting.
Government Healthcare Programs
In order to participate in the Medicare program and in the various state Medicaid programs, we and our affiliated radiology practices must comply with stringent and often complex federal and state regulatory requirements. Moreover, states impose varying standards for their respective Medicaid programs. In addition, other government-funded healthcare programs (“GHC Programs”) are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, interpretations and determinations, manual guidance, requirements for utilization review and new governmental funding restrictions, all of which may materially increase or decrease program payments, as well as affect the cost of providing services and the timing of payments to providers.
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from direct billings to governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private health insurance companies and/or health plans, including but not limited to those participating in the Medicare Advantage program. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, 23% of our consolidated revenue was derived from Medicare and 5% was derived from Medicaid.
As a result, any negative changes in governmental capitation or fee-for-service rates or methods of reimbursement (including required metrics imposed by GHC Programs) for the services we provide could have a significant adverse impact on our revenue and financial results. Because GHC Programs generally reimburse on a fee schedule basis rather than on a charge-related basis, we generally cannot increase our revenues from these programs by increasing our fees for the specified services. Moreover, if our costs increase, we may not be able to recover our increased costs from these programs. Our business could also be adversely affected by reductions in or limitations of funding of GHC Programs or restrictions on or elimination of coverage for certain individuals or treatments under these programs. More specifically, certain changes designed to contain healthcare costs have resulted in decreased reimbursement rates for diagnostic imaging services that impact our business.
Medicare and Medicaid Fraud and Abuse—Federal Anti-Kickback Statute
The federal law known as the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or in an effort to induce, directly or indirectly, (i) the referral of a person, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services or (iii) the purchase, lease or order (or arranging or recommending the purchasing, leasing or ordering) of any item or service, which is reimbursable, in whole or in part, under the Medicare, Medicaid or other U.S. governmental programs. Noncompliance with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs and civil and criminal penalties. Anti-Kickback Statute violations can also form the predicate of a FCA action.
The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad, and it prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Further, court decisions have held that the statute may be violated even if only one purpose of remuneration is to induce referrals. To create better clarity, the Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) has issued regulations as “safe harbor” guidelines which if met in form and substance, will assure healthcare providers that they will not be prosecuted for violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute. The OIG issued a final rule on November 20, 2020, as part of the Regulatory Sprint to Coordinated Care initiative by the HHS that, among other things, established new “safe harbors” under the Anti-Kickback Statute for certain value-based compensation arrangements. Although full compliance with these provisions can mitigate risk against prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit squarely within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or
93
arrangement is illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be pursued; rather, the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis in light of the parties’ intent and the arrangement’s potential for abuse.
Even though we continuously strive to comply with the requirements of the Anti-Kickback Statute and/or its safe harbors and are careful to structure our arrangements to comport with reasonable interpretations of the Anti-Kickback Statute, liability under the Anti-Kickback Statute may still arise because of the intentions or actions of the parties with whom we do business. While we are not aware of any such intentions or actions, we have only limited knowledge regarding the intentions or actions underlying those arrangements. Conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy one of these safe harbor provisions may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG.
Medicare and Medicaid Fraud and Abuse—Stark Law
The Stark Law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing designated health services in which the physician (or their immediate family member) has an ownership or investment interest or with which the physician (or their immediate family member) has entered into a financial arrangement. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity from billing for any such prohibited referral. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include a prohibition on payment by these governmental programs, refunds of amounts collected in violation of the prohibition, civil monetary penalties of as much as $15,000 for each violation referral and $100,000 for participation in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law prohibitions, as well as potential exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other GHC Programs. Stark Law violations can also form the predicate of a FCA action.
Under the Stark Law, radiology and certain other imaging services and radiation therapy services and supplies are services included in the designated health services subject to the self-referral prohibition. Such services include the professional and technical components of any diagnostic test or procedure using X-rays, ultrasound or other imaging services, CT, MRI, radiation therapy and diagnostic mammography services (but not most screening mammography services). PET and nuclear medicine procedures are also included as designated health services under the Stark Law. The Stark Law, however, excludes from designated health services: (i) X-ray, fluoroscopy or ultrasound procedures that require the insertion of a needle, catheter, tube or probe through the skin or into a body orifice; (ii) radiology procedures that are integral to the performance of, and performed immediately prior, during, or immediately after (for the purposes of confirming placement of an item placed during the procedure) non-radiological medical procedures; and (iii) certain ancillary services for which payment is made to an ambulatory surgical center.
The Stark Law provides that a request by a radiologist for diagnostic radiology services or a request by a radiation oncologist for radiation therapy, if such services are furnished by or under the supervision of such radiologist or radiation oncologist pursuant to a consultation requested by another physician, does not constitute a referral by a referring physician. If such requirements are met, the Stark Law self-referral prohibition would not apply to such services. The effect of the Stark Law on the radiology practices, therefore, will depend on the precise scope of services furnished by each such practice’s radiologists and whether such services derive from consultations or are self-generated.
We believe that, other than self-referred patients, all of the services covered by the Stark Law provided by our radiologists and those employed by the radiology practices with which we contract derive from requests for consultation by non-affiliated physicians. Therefore, we believe that the Stark Law is not implicated by the financial relationships between our operations and such radiologists. In addition, we believe that we have structured our acquisitions of the assets of existing practices, and we intend to structure any future acquisitions, so as not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law or the regulations related to these laws. Specifically, we believe the consideration paid by us to physicians to acquire the tangible and intangible assets associated with their practices is consistent with fair market value in arms’ length transactions and is not intended to induce the referral of patients or other business generated by such physicians. Should any such practice be deemed to constitute an arrangement designed to induce the referral of Medicare or Medicaid patients, then our acquisitions could be viewed as possibly violating anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and regulations. A determination of liability under any such laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
94
Medicare and Medicaid Fraud and Abuse—Civil Monetary Penalties Law
The Civil Monetary Penalties Law authorizes the imposition of civil monetary penalties, assessments and exclusion against an individual or entity based on a variety of prohibited conduct, including but not limited to, presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers that the individual or entity knows or should know are for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent, or offering remuneration to a GHC Program beneficiary that the individual or entity knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary to order or receive health care items or services from a particular provider. Substantial civil monetary penalties may be imposed under the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law and may vary depending on the underlying violation. In addition, an assessment of not more than three times the total amount claimed for each item or service may also apply and a violator may be subject to exclusion from federal and state health care programs. In addition, exclusion from GHC Programs may be imposed for violations. We could be exposed to a wide range of allegations to which the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Law would apply, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Medicare and Medicaid Fraud and Abuse—General
The federal government has embarked on an initiative to audit all Medicare Administrative Contractors, which are the companies that adjudicate and pay Medicare claims. These audits are expected to intensify governmental scrutiny of individual providers and facilities. An unsatisfactory audit of any of our diagnostic imaging centers or contracted radiology practices could result in any or all of the following: significant repayment obligations, exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, and civil and criminal penalties.
Federal and state regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities have increased enforcement activities with respect to Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse regulations and other reimbursement laws and rules, including laws and regulations that govern our activities and those of our contracted radiology practices. The federal government also has increased funding to fight healthcare fraud and is coordinating its enforcement efforts among various agencies, such as the DOJ, the OIG, CMS, state Medicaid fraud control units and various contractors. The government may investigate our or our contracted radiology practices’ activities, claims may be made against us or the radiology practices, and these increased enforcement activities may directly or indirectly have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price. These audits or investigations can affect any aspect of our business from claims submission to information sharing, such as Information Blocking rules.
Federal False Claims Act
The FCA provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person who it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. The FCA further provides that a lawsuit thereunder may be initiated by a private individual, acting as a “whistleblower,” to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violation of the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery.
Further, states are being encouraged to adopt, to the extent they have not already done so, false claims acts similar to the FCA, which establish liability for submission of fraudulent claims to the State Medicaid program and contain whistleblower provisions. Even in instances when a whistleblower action is dismissed with no judgment or settlement, we may incur substantial legal fees and other costs relating to an investigation, should we be subject to such an action.
Moreover, agencies have recently received the authority to pursue “Administrative False Claims Act” actions pursuant to the National Defense Authorization Act. Future actions under the FCA and analogs may result in significant fines and legal fees, which would adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to operate our business. We believe that we are in compliance with the rules and regulations that apply to the FCA as well as its state counterparts.
State Anti-kickback, Physician Self-referral, Civil Monetary Penalty and False Claims Acts
Many states have adopted laws similar to the fraud and abuse laws, physician self-referral prohibitions and false claims acts described above. Some of these state prohibitions apply to services and the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any payor, not only Medicare, Medicaid or other GHC Programs. Although we believe that we comply with both federal and state anti-kickback, self-referral and false claims laws, any finding of a
95
violation of these laws could subject us to criminal and civil penalties or possible exclusion from federal or state healthcare programs. Such penalties would adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to operate our business.
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Inflation Reduction Act and Other Healthcare Reform Legislation
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) specifically required the HHS, in computing physician practice expense relative value units, to increase the equipment utilization factor for advanced diagnostic imaging services (such as MRI and CT) from a presumed utilization rate of 50% to 75% over a three year period. The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (H.R. 4872), or Reconciliation Act, fully implemented the higher utilization rate in the beginning of 2011, eliminating the phase-in approach provided in the PPACA. This utilization rate was further increased to 90% by the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, effective as of January 1, 2014.
The aim of increased utilization of diagnostic imaging services is to spread the cost of the equipment and services over a greater number of scans, resulting in a lower cost per scan. These changes precipitated reductions in federal reimbursement for medical imaging, resulting in decreased revenues per scan for the scans we perform for Medicare beneficiaries. Other changes in reimbursement for services rendered by Medicare Advantage plans may also reduce the revenue we receive for services rendered to Medicare Advantage enrollees.
The PPACA also required individuals to pay additional taxes if he or she was uninsured during the year (the “Individual Mandate”). On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted which, among numerous changes to the tax code, repealed the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the PPACA on certain individuals who failed to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.”
On August 16, 2022, President Biden signed the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 into law, which among other things, extends enhanced subsidies for individuals purchasing health insurance coverage in PPACA marketplaces through plan year 2025. It is possible that the PPACA will be subject to judicial or congressional challenges in the future. It is unclear how any such challenges and the healthcare reform measures of the Trump administration will impact the PPACA and our business. On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act was signed into law. The law makes significant changes to GHC Programs, such as (1) increasing physician reimbursement rates under the Medicare physician fee schedule, (2) reducing Medicaid hospital reimbursement through limiting or removing provider taxes and (3) implementing additional requirements for Medicaid enrollment and participation such as adding cost-sharing requirements and community engagement rules, among other reforms. Some commentators have projected a higher uninsured population and reduced reimbursement rates as a result of this law, which would stress healthcare institution finances and could have other impacts on the delivery of care under the U.S. healthcare system.
Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the PPACA was enacted to reduce healthcare expenditures. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year. These reductions went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2032 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Due to the Statutory Pay-As-You-Go Act of 2010, estimated budget deficit increases resulting from the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 and subsequent legislation, Medicare payments to providers were scheduled to be reduced in 2025; however, the passage of the American Relief Act of 2025 has since effectively prevented these payment reductions from going into effect. Additionally, for instance, on January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. We cannot predict what healthcare reform initiatives may be adopted in the future. Further federal and state legislative and regulatory developments are likely, and we expect ongoing initiatives to reduce healthcare costs. Such reforms could affect reimbursement, coverage and utilization of diagnostic imaging services in ways that are currently unpredictable.
96
HIPAA
Congress enacted the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, in part, to combat healthcare fraud and to protect the privacy and security of patients’ individually identifiable health information. HIPAA, among other things, amended existing criminal statutes for Medicare fraud and enacted new federal criminal statutes, which encompassed actions affecting non-government healthcare benefit programs. Under HIPAA, a healthcare benefit program includes any private plan or contract affecting interstate commerce under which any medical benefit, item or service is provided. A person or entity that knowingly and willfully executes, or attempts to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of whether the payor is public or private, and knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals or covers up by any trick or device a material fact or makes any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters is subject to a fine or imprisonment, or potentially both. In addition, HIPAA authorizes the imposition of civil monetary penalties against entities that employ or enter into contracts with excluded Medicare or Medicaid program participants if such entities provide services to federal health program beneficiaries. A finding of liability under HIPAA could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
Further, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (“HITECH”), and its implementing regulations, requires healthcare providers and their business associates to maintain the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information. HIPAA, among other requirements, mandated the adoption of uniform standards for the electronic exchange of information in common healthcare transactions, as well as standards relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information, which in turn required the implementation of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. HITECH, signed into law on February 17, 2009, dramatically expanded, among other things, (1) the scope of HIPAA to now apply directly to “business associates,” or independent contractors who receive or obtain PHI in connection with providing a service to a covered entity, (2) substantive security and privacy obligations, including new federal security breach notification requirements to affected individuals, HHS and prominent media outlets, of certain breaches of unsecured PHI, (3) restrictions on marketing communications and a prohibition on covered entities or business associates from receiving remuneration in exchange for PHI and (4) the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed for HIPAA violations, increasing the annual cap in penalties from $25,000 to $1.5 million per year.
In addition, many states have enacted comparable privacy and security statutes or regulations that, in some cases, are more stringent or otherwise different than HIPAA requirements and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.
We believe that we are in compliance with the current HIPAA requirements and comparable state laws, but we anticipate that we may encounter certain costs associated with future compliance. Moreover, we cannot guarantee that enforcement agencies or courts will not make interpretations of HIPAA standards that are inconsistent with ours, or the interpretations of our employed radiologists or our contracted radiology practices or their affiliated radiologists. A finding of liability under the HIPAA standards may result in significant criminal and civil penalties. Noncompliance also may result in exclusion from participation in government programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. These actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and stock price.
U.S. Food and Drug Administration or FDA
The FDA has issued the requisite pre-market authorization for the MRI, PET, ultrasound, X-ray and diagnostic radiology and CT systems we use. Our mammography systems are regulated by the FDA pursuant to the Mammography Quality Standards Act of 1992, as amended by the Mammography Quality Standards Reauthorization Acts of 1998 and 2004 (collectively, the “MQSA”), codified in Section 263b of Title 42 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and implementing regulations promulgated by the FDA. All mammography centers in the United States (except facilities of the Department of Veteran Affairs) are required to meet the applicable MQSA requirements under such laws and regulations, including quality standards, being accredited by an approved accreditation body or state agency and certified by the FDA or an FDA-approved state certifying agency. Pursuant to the accreditation process, each facility providing mammography services must comply
97
with certain standards related to, among other things, the facility’s equipment, personnel (interpreting radiologists, technologists and medical physicists), quality assurance programs and record retention. Mammography facilities are also subject to periodic review by accreditation bodies.
Compliance with these MQSA requirements and standards is required to obtain Medicare payment for services provided to beneficiaries and to avoid various sanctions, including monetary penalties, a suspension or revocation of certification, a suspension or revocation of accreditation or an injunction. Although the American College of Radiology is an approved accreditation body and currently accredits all of our centers which provide mammography services, and although we anticipate continuing to meet the requirements for accreditation, if we lose such accreditation, the FDA could suspend or revoke our certification and require us to send patient and provider notifications. Congress has extended Medicare benefits to include coverage of screening mammography but coverage is subject to the facility performing the mammography meeting prescribed quality standards described above. The Medicare requirements to meet the standards apply to diagnostic mammography and image quality examination as well as screening mammography.
User facilities, which the FDA defines to include hospitals, outpatient diagnostic facilities and outpatient treatment facilities, also have medical device reporting obligations. User facilities must establish and maintain adverse event records and report to the device manufacturer and the FDA within 10 working days of becoming aware of a device-related death when information reasonably suggest the device may have caused or contributed to the death. User facilities must also report to the manufacturer within 10 working days of becoming aware of a device-related serious injury when information reasonably suggest the device may have caused or contributed to the serious injury. User facilities are required to summit annual reports to the FDA.
Surprise Billing; No Surprises Act
Over the last several years, the practice of balance billing and “surprise billing” have gained significant attention from the media and lawmakers. Balance billing is the practice whereby physicians and other healthcare providers, who do not participate in certain managed-care plans, bill patients who have accessed their services at amounts above the amount the managed-care plan elects to pay for such services. Surprise billing refers to instances where patients present for medical care at in-network, participating hospitals but unknowingly receive care from out-of-network, non-participating hospital-based physicians, such as radiologists. Surprise billing can result in the patient experiencing claims-processing discrepancies and higher out-of-pocket costs, including their receipt of balance bills. In response, over 40 states have passed statutes, or are currently engaged in legislative or regulatory efforts, to prohibit or restrict the practice of balance billing and/or surprise billing.
At the federal level, the “No Surprises Act” was signed into law in December 2020. The No Surprises Act, which went into effect on January 1, 2022, addresses surprise medical billing and prohibits providers from charging patients out-of-network rates for emergency care and ancillary services, such as radiology or anesthesiology, delivered during scheduled procedures at in-network facilities. This law has been subject to multiple judicial challenges.
Artificial Intelligence
The federal government and multiple states have considered or enacted statutes, regulations or guidance related to AI. As AI continues to be increasingly deployed in healthcare, especially in the field of radiology, this is an area in which we expect to see further legislative and regulatory action. These developments could adversely affect our current services or future services depending on how authorities regulate and enforce these types of laws, and could impose significant associated compliance obligations.
Antitrust
The healthcare industry is subject to close antitrust scrutiny. In particular, healthcare companies that have private equity investors are under continued and increased scrutiny for their perceived role in rising healthcare costs and alleged increased control over healthcare entities. The FTC, the DOJ and state attorneys general all actively review and, in some cases, take enforcement action against business conduct and acquisitions in the healthcare industry. For example, the FTC, the DOJ and the HHS jointly launched a cross-government public inquiry into the role of private-equity and other corporations in the healthcare system. Private parties harmed by alleged anticompetitive conduct can also bring antitrust suits. Violations of antitrust laws may be punishable by substantial penalties, including significant monetary fines, civil penalties, criminal sanctions, consent decrees and injunctions prohibiting certain activities or requiring divestiture or discontinuance of business operations. States have also enacted specific
98
healthcare transaction notification and approval laws. These healthcare transaction review laws can inhibit business expansion by requiring significant filings and review processes and, in some states, allowing state attorneys general to review or prevent transactions viewed as anti-competitive or against the public interest.
Insurance Laws and Regulation
States in which we operate have adopted certain laws and regulations affecting risk assumption in the healthcare industry, including those that subject certain risk-based managed care contracting arrangements to comply with applicable risk bearing organization insurance laws and regulations. These laws and regulations may require physicians and physician networks to meet minimum capital requirements and other safety, capital adequacy and actuarial soundness requirements. Implementing additional regulations or compliance requirements could result in substantial costs to our contracted radiology practices, limiting their ability to enter into capitated or other risk-sharing managed care arrangements and indirectly affecting our revenue from affected contracted practices.
Environmental Matters
The facilities we operate or manage generate hazardous and medical waste subject to federal and state requirements regarding handling and disposal. We believe that the facilities that we operate and manage are currently in compliance in all material respects with applicable federal, state and local statutes and ordinances regulating the handling and disposal of such materials. We do not believe that we will be required to expend any material additional amounts in order to remain in compliance with these laws and regulations or that compliance will materially affect our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position.
Compliance Program
We maintain a compliance program as part of our commitment to fully comply with federal and state laws and regulations applicable to healthcare entities. Our compliance program includes, among other things, (i) a Chief Compliance Officer who is charged with implementing, administering and supervising our compliance program, as well as an audit committee responsible for the continuous development and improvement of our compliance program; (ii) standards of conduct for our employees and affiliates, including written compliance policies and procedures; (iii) compliance training designed to familiarize our employees with the regulatory requirements and specific elements of our compliance program; (iv) a process that specifies how employees, affiliates and others may report regulatory or ethical concerns to our anonymous hotline investigating misconduct by employees, and implementing disciplinary and remediation measures, as needed; and (vi) conducting periodic audits of various aspects of our operations and those of our contracted radiology practices to identify and mitigate risks and potential instances of noncompliance in a timely manner. We believe that our compliance program meets the relevant standards provided by the OIG.
Competition
We compete with both national and regional enterprises, some of which may now or in the future have greater financial and other resources available to them, greater access to radiologists, or greater access to potential patients. We also compete against local physician groups, as well as hospitals and hospital groups, that operate their own imaging equipment and/or directly employ radiologists. Many of these competitors provide healthcare services that are similar in scope to the services we provide. In certain regions, some of our competitors have already established a significant network of referring physicians and it may be more difficult for us to compete in such regions.
Competition in our business is generally based upon a number of factors, including reputation, experience and level of care, center location, cost of service, modalities offered and relationships with healthcare providers and referring physicians. Finally, customers can turn to geographically distant providers and teleradiology to meet their needs.
Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
We have registered the trademarks for certain of our businesses and the trademarks for certain logos used in the marketing of our businesses. Generally, registered trademarks have perpetual life, provided that they are renewed on a timely basis and continue to be used properly as trademarks. Other than the intellectual property described above, we do not believe our business is dependent to a material degree on patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. Other than licenses to commercially available software, we do not believe that any of our licenses to third-party intellectual property are material to our business taken as a whole.
99
Employees
As of September 30, 2025, we employed 4,064 full-time, 271 part-time and 684 as needed (“PRN”) employees. These numbers include 325 full-time and 18 part-time radiologists and 1,159 full-time, 153 part-time and 395 PRN technologists. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we have had no labor-related work stoppages. We believe that we have good relationships with our employees.
Facilities
Our principal executive offices are located in Raleigh, North Carolina. We operate across the United States and currently have imaging centers in 13 states.
Legal Proceedings
We are subject to litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business, including litigation principally relating to professional liability. There can be no assurance that our insurance coverage and self-insured liabilities will be adequate to cover all liabilities occurring out of such claims. From time to time, we receive requests for information from government agencies in connection with their regulatory or investigational authority. Such requests can include subpoenas or demand letters for documents to assist the government in audits or investigations. We review such requests and notices and take appropriate action. We have been subject to certain requests for information and investigations and could be subject to such requests for information and investigations in the future. In the opinion of management, we are not engaged in any legal proceedings that we expect will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of our operations.
100
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.
| NAME |
AGE | POSITION(S) | ||
| Executive Officers | ||||
| Caitlin Zulla | 48 | Chief Executive Officer | ||
| Tony Martin | 54 | Chief Financial Officer | ||
| Dr. Russell Stewart | 48 | Chief Medical Officer | ||
| Julie Szeker | 55 | Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary | ||
| Board of Directors | ||||
| Lee Cooper | 63 | Chair of the Board | ||
| Molly Joseph | 51 | Lead Independent Director | ||
| Brett Brodnax* | 61 | Director | ||
| Glenn Eisenberg | 64 | Director | ||
| Bridget Karlin* | 69 | Director | ||
| Dr. Matthew Lungren* | 47 | Director | ||
| Dr. Robert Mittl* | 66 | Director | ||
| Brian Regan | 47 | Director | ||
| Caitlin Zulla | 48 | Director |
| * | Indicates a director nominee to be appointed to the Board upon the closing of this offering. |
The following are brief biographies describing the backgrounds of our executive officers, directors and director nominees:
Caitlin Zulla
Caitlin Zulla is our Chief Executive Officer, a position she has held since January 2025, and a member of our board of directors. Prior to this role, Ms. Zulla served as the Chief Executive Officer of Optum Health East, a healthcare service provider, from 2023 to January 2025. Prior to that, from 2019 to 2023, she served as the Chief Executive Officer of SCA Health, an operator of outpatient surgery facilities, where she also previously held the roles of Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer from 2018 to 2019 and Chief Administrative Officer in 2017. Ms. Zulla currently serves on the boards of directors of National Vision Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: EYE), a provider of eye care, for which she also serves on the compensation committee, and One World Surgery, a non-profit aimed at delivering primary and surgical care in developing countries. Ms. Zulla earned a Bachelor of Arts from Princeton University, a Master of Public Health and Health Management from Columbia University and a Master of Healthcare Delivery Science from Dartmouth College.
Tony Martin
Tony Martin is our Chief Financial Officer, a position he has held since January 2025. Prior to this role, Mr. Martin served as the Chief Financial Officer of US Acute Care Solutions, a physician-owned provider of integrated acute care medicine, from 2020 to 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Martin served as the Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of United Surgical Partners International, Inc., a company specializing in the operation of short-stay healthcare facilities in partnership with physicians and not-for-profit health systems, from 1998 to 2019. Mr. Martin earned a Bachelor of Business Administration, Accounting and a Master of Professional Accounting from the University of Texas at Austin and has been a licensed Certified Public Accountant since 1997.
Dr. Russell Stewart
Dr. Russell Stewart is our Chief Medical Officer, a position he has held since August 2025. Prior to this role, Dr. Stewart served as Chief Clinical Officer of Covera Health, Inc., a data analytics and AI-enabled company focused
101
on radiology performance measurement and impact, in 2025. Prior to that role, Dr. Stewart served as Covera Health’s Senior Vice President, Clinical Product from 2021 to 2025. Before that, Dr. Stewart served as Vice President of Clinical Affairs at Nines, Inc., a radiology AI company, from 2018 to 2021. Since 2015, Dr. Stewart has also served as a Clinical Assistant Professor in the Department of Radiology at Stanford Health Care. Dr. Stewart serves as a member of the Board of Governors of the Stanford Medicine Alumni Association. Dr. Stewart earned his Doctor of Medicine from the University of Chicago Pritzker School of Medicine, a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and a Master of Science and a Bachelor of Science in Biological Sciences from Stanford University.
Julie Szeker
Julie Szeker is our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary, a position she has held since 2018. Prior to that role, Ms. Szeker served as the Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel of Charlotte Radiology, now one of our business units, from 2013 to 2017. Prior to 2013, Ms. Szeker was in private practice with a focus on mergers and acquisitions and other corporate transactions and also in-house serving in various management roles with Atrium Health, now part of AdvocateHealth, a non-profit health system. She earned a Bachelor of Arts from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a Juris Doctor from the University of Michigan.
Lee Cooper
Lee Cooper is a member of our Board and has served as the Executive Chair of Holdings LLC’s board of managers since December 2023. Mr. Cooper has served as the Chief Executive Officer of AssistRx, LLC, a provider of specialty pharmaceutical solutions and patient-support services, since March 2025 and also served as the chairman of its board of directors from 2024 to March 2025. Prior to joining AssistRx, Mr. Cooper served as our Chief Executive Officer in 2024 and as an Operating Partner at WCAS in 2023. Earlier in his career, Mr. Cooper held other executive roles, including Executive Vice President – Pharmacy of Walgreens, a pharmacy store chain, from 2022 to 2023 and Chief Executive Officer of Shields Health Solutions, a specialty pharmacy integrator and care provider, from 2020 to 2022. Prior to that, Mr. Cooper held multiple leadership positions at General Electric, a multinational conglomerate, including serving as the President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Healthcare – U.S. and Canada from 2016 to 2019. Previously, Mr. Cooper served on the board of directors of Healthcare Trust of America, Inc. (formerly, NYSE: HTA), a real estate investment trust that acquires, owns and operates medical office buildings, from 2020 to 2022. Mr. Cooper earned a Bachelor of Arts from Ohio Wesleyan University. Mr. Cooper brings extensive operational, management and industry experience to our Board.
Molly Joseph
Molly Joseph is a member of our Board and has served on Holdings LLC’s board of managers since May 2022. She founded and has served as a Managing Partner of Cypress Pass Ventures, LLC, a healthcare-focused investment firm, since 2021. Prior to founding Cypress Pass Ventures, Ms. Joseph served in various roles at UnitedHealth Group Incorporated (NYSE: UNH), a healthcare company, from 2005 to 2021, including as President and then Chief Executive Officer of UnitedHealthcare Global from 2010 to 2020; and as Senior Vice President and then Executive Vice President of UnitedHealth Group from 2009 to 2021. Ms. Joseph currently serves on the boards of directors of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (NYSE: WST), a manufacturer of containment and delivery systems for injectable drugs and healthcare products and AMSURG Corp., a manager of ambulatory surgery centers, and as Vice Chair of the Board of Trustees of Santa Clara University. She previously served on the board of directors and as the lead independent director of First Solar, Inc. (Nasdaq: FSLR), a solar technology and manufacturing company, from 2017 to May 2025 and Bend Health, Inc., a provider of pediatric digital mental healthcare services, where she also served as chair of the board of directors. Ms. Joseph earned a Bachelor of Science from Santa Clara University and a Juris Doctor from Georgetown University Law Center. Ms. Joseph brings to our Board a wealth of experience in operating, managing and growing healthcare companies.
Brett Brodnax
Brett Brodnax is a member of our Board and has served on Holdings LLC’s board of managers since September 2023. Since 2024, Mr. Brodnax has served as Executive Chairman of United Surgical Partners International, Inc., an ambulatory surgery platform, which he joined in 1999. Prior to his service as Executive Chairman, Mr. Brodnax held several senior leadership roles at United Surgical Partners, including as its Senior Vice President, as its Executive Vice President and as its Chief Development Officer between 2001 and 2018, and as its President and CEO from 2011 to 2024 and Chief Executive Officer from 2018 to 2024. Mr. Brodnax currently serves on the boards of directors of Emerus Holdings, Inc., a developer and operator of neighborhood hospitals, Vatica Health, Inc., a risk adjustment and
102
quality of care solution, and OrthAlign Corporation, a provider of ASC technology for orthopedic surgery. Mr. Brodnax earned both a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Science of Industrial Engineering from Texas A&M University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Texas at Dallas. Mr. Brodnax brings to our Board his expertise in outpatient healthcare strategy, development and operations.
Glenn A. Eisenberg
Glenn A. Eisenberg is a member of our Board and has served on Holdings LLC’s board of managers since March 2025. Since May 2025, Mr. Eisenberg has served as a Senior Advisor to Labcorp Holdings Inc. (NYSE: LH), a laboratory testing company. In 2024, Mr. Eisenberg served as an Executive Vice President of Labcorp, following his service as its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 2014 to 2024. Before joining Labcorp, Mr. Eisenberg served as the Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, and Chief Financial Officer of The Timken Company (NYSE: TKR), a global manufacturer of highly engineered bearings and alloy steels and related products and services, from 2002 to 2014. Mr. Eisenberg currently serves on the boards of directors of Solventum Corporation (NYSE: SOLV), AMSURG Corp., a manager of ambulatory surgery centers, and SYNLAB International GmbH, a laboratory diagnostics company. Previously, Mr. Eisenberg served on the boards of directors of U.S. Ecology, Inc. (formerly, Nasdaq: ECOL), an environmental services company, from 2019 to 2022, Perspecta Inc. (formerly, NYSE: PRSP), a provider of data solutions, from 2019 to 2021, Family Dollar Stores Inc. (formerly, NYSE: FDO), a nationwide retailer, from 2002 to 2015 and Alpha Natural Resources Inc. (formerly, NYSE: ANR), a producer of metallurgical coal, from 2005 to 2015. Mr. Eisenberg earned a Bachelor of Arts from Tulane University and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Georgia State University. Mr. Eisenberg brings to our Board public financial and operational experience and extensive experience in public company board membership.
Bridget E. Karlin
Bridget E. Karlin is a member of our Board and has served on Holdings LLC’s board of managers since March 2025. Ms. Karlin founded BEK Strategies, Inc., a business and technology consulting firm, and has served as its Managing Director since 2022. Ms. Karlin was the Senior Vice President of Information Technology at Kaiser Permanente, an integrated managed healthcare consortium, from 2021 to 2024, and from 2017 to 2024, she served as Global Chief Technology Officer for the Global Technology Services division of International Business Machines Corporation (NYSE: IBM), a technology innovator in computing, artificial intelligence and enterprise services. Prior to that, from 2011 to 2017, she held executive leadership roles at Intel Corporation (Nasdaq: INTC), a global semiconductor manufacturer, including as General Manager of its Internet of Things division, General Manager of its Hybrid Cloud business and Vice President of its Data Center Software division. Ms. Karlin currently serves on the boards of directors of Dana Incorporated (NYSE: DAN), a global automotive manufacturer of conventional, hybrid and electric vehicles, and LyondellBasell Industries N.V. (NYSE: LYB), a multinational petrochemical company. She is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations where she advises on AI, cyber security and other advanced technologies. Ms. Karlin is a graduate of the University of California, Santa Barbara and the Harvard Business School Executive Leadership Program. Ms. Karlin brings to our Board experience in leveraging advanced technology and with innovating capabilities for healthcare delivery.
Dr. Matthew Lungren
Dr. Matthew Lungren is a member of our Board and has served as a GM AI Technical Advisor in the Office of the CTO for Microsoft Corporation (Nasdaq: MSFT), a technology company, since September 2025. He previously served as Chief Scientific Officer, Microsoft Health & Life Sciences and as a Visiting Scientist, Microsoft Research from 2021 to 2025. Prior to joining Microsoft, from 2014 to 2021, Dr. Lungren was a clinical interventional radiologist and research faculty member at Stanford University School of Medicine, where he co-founded and led the Stanford Center for Artificial Intelligence in Medicine & Imaging (AIMI), and has continued as Adjunct Professor at Stanford in the department of Biomedical Data Science since 2021. Dr. Lungren earned a Bachelor of Arts from Arizona State University, a Master of Public Health from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a Doctor of Medicine from the University of Michigan. He completed his Radiology residency and Interventional Radiology fellowship at Duke University. Dr. Lungren brings to our Board expertise in clinical radiology and machine learning in healthcare.
Dr. Bob Mittl
Dr. Robert Mittl is a member of our Board and has served on Holdings LLC’s board of managers since 2018. He is also the Chair of Lumexa Imaging’s National Physician Leadership Board, a role he assumed in 2021, and has served as the Chief Quality Officer of Lumexa Imaging since 2024. Dr. Mittl joined Charlotte Radiology, P.A., an
103
imaging services provider that later became part of Lumexa Imaging, in 1993, where he chaired the Physician Operations Committee for 13 years and served as Chairman and President of the group for 10 years. Dr. Mittl is also a practicing neuroradiologist. Dr. Mittl earned both his Bachelor of Science and Master of Science from Yale University and received his Doctor of Medicine from Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis. Dr. Mittl brings to our Board expertise in clinical radiology.
Brian Regan
Brian Regan is a member of our Board and has served on Holdings LLC’s board of managers since January 2018. He has previously served as the Head of the Healthcare Group and currently serves as a General Partner at WCAS since 2016, where he is part of a team focused on building and expanding leading healthcare companies. Mr. Regan joined WCAS in 2002 and is a member of the firm’s Management Committee. He currently serves on the boards of directors of Liberty Dental, a nationwide dental plan, Abzena Ltd., a provider of biotherapeutic and antibody drug conjugates development services, Kiniciti Bio, Inc., a WCAS platform focused on CGT therapies, and The Health Management Academy, a membership-based community of healthcare professionals. He previously served on the boards of Aptuit LLC, a pharmaceutical services provider, Laurus Labs Ltd (NYSE: LAURUSLABS), a pharmaceutical and biotechnology company, U.S. Anesthesia Partners, a provider of anesthesiology services, Springstone Health Opco, LLC, a national behavioral health provider, and US Acute Care Solutions, LLC, a provider of acute care services. Mr. Regan earned a Bachelor of Arts from Yale University. Mr. Regan brings to our Board a wealth of experience in investing in and growing healthcare companies. Mr. Regan was appointed to serve as a director upon the completion of this offering pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.
Corporate Governance
Classified Board of Directors
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of nine members and be divided into three classes of directors that will serve staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose term is then expiring. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
| ∎ | the Class I directors will be Brian Regan, Lee Cooper and Caitlin Zulla and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; |
| ∎ | the Class II directors will be Dr. Robert Mittl, Bridget Karlin and Dr. Matthew Lungren and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and |
| ∎ | the Class III directors will be Brett Brodnax, Molly Joseph and Glenn Eisenberg and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering. |
Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into the Stockholders Agreement with WCAS. The Stockholders Agreement will give WCAS the right to nominate a number of our directors commensurate with its beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock after the consummation of this offering and shall specify how WCAS’ nomination rights shall decrease as its beneficial ownership of our common stock also decreases. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”
104
Director Independence
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that, with the exception of Caitlin Zulla, Lee Cooper and Dr. Robert Mittl, each member of our board of directors is an “independent director” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and by us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our common stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Board Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, a technology committee and a patient safety and quality of care committee prior to the completion of this offering, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter adopted by our board of directors and which will be effective prior to the consummation of this offering. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time. Following the completion of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on our website. Reference to our website does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or accessible through our website into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of Glenn Eisenberg, Bridget Karlin and Molly Joseph, with Glenn Eisenberg serving as the chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee is independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has also determined that Glenn Eisenberg and Bridget Karlin are each an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the applicable SEC rules and has the requisite accounting or related financial management expertise and financial sophistication under the applicable rules and regulations of Nasdaq.
Specific responsibilities of our audit committee will include:
| ∎ | overseeing our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes and our internal controls over financial reporting; |
| ∎ | evaluating our independent public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance; |
| ∎ | engaging and providing for the compensation of our independent public accounting firm; |
| ∎ | pre-approving audit and permitted non-audit and tax services to be provided to us by our independent public accounting firm; |
| ∎ | reviewing our financial statements; |
| ∎ | reviewing our critical accounting policies and internal controls over financial reporting; |
| ∎ | establishing procedures for complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, including for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns by our employees, and periodically reviewing such procedures, as well as all complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, with management; |
| ∎ | discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the reviews of our quarterly financial statements; |
| ∎ | reviewing and approving any transaction between us and any related person (as defined by the Securities Act) in accordance with our related party transaction approval policy; and |
| ∎ | such other matters that are specifically designated to the audit committee by our board of directors from time to time. |
105
Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Brett Brodnax, Glenn Eisenberg and Brian Regan, with Brett Brodnax serving as the chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that Brett Brodnax, Glenn Eisenberg and Brian Regan are independent under Nasdaq listing standards, and that Brett Brodnax and Glenn Eisenberg are “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee will include:
| ∎ | reviewing and recommending policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees, including reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers; |
| ∎ | evaluating the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers in light of those goals and objectives; |
| ∎ | setting compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers based on such evaluations; |
| ∎ | approving the issuance of options and other awards under our equity-based incentive plans; |
| ∎ | reviewing and approving, for the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers, employment agreements, severance agreements, consulting agreements and change in control or termination agreements; and |
| ∎ | such other matters that are specifically designated to the compensation committee by our board of directors from time to time. |
Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Brett Brodnax, Molly Joseph and Brian Regan, with Molly Joseph serving as the chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that Brett Brodnax, Molly Joseph and Brian Regan are independent under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee will include:
| ∎ | identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nominees recommended by stockholders and management, to serve on our board of directors; |
| ∎ | considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding changes to the size and composition of our board of directors; |
| ∎ | considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairing of the committees of our board of directors; |
| ∎ | instituting plans or programs for the continuing education of our board of directors and orientation of new directors; |
| ∎ | establishing procedures to exercise oversight of, and oversee the performance evaluation process of, our board of directors and management; |
| ∎ | developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and |
| ∎ | overseeing annual evaluations of our board of directors’ performance, including committees of our board of directors. |
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
Technology Committee
Our technology committee consists of Bridget Karlin, Dr. Matthew Lungren and Dr. Robert Mittl, with Bridget Karlin serving as the chairperson.
Specific responsibilities of our technology committee will include:
| ∎ | reviewing our policies, procedures and strategy with respect to technology, security and related matters; |
106
| ∎ | reviewing our industry, peers and competition from a technology standpoint and evaluating new and emerging technological issues, trends, opportunities and threats; |
| ∎ | reviewing laws, regulations, industry standards and best practices relating to technology, security, data retention, privacy and data breaches; |
| ∎ | making recommendations with respect to technology management, acquisition, investment, administration, spending and contracts; and |
| ∎ | evaluating technological security, threats and risks affecting the Company and reviewing our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management as they relate to technology, security and related matters. |
Our technology committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Patient Safety and Quality of Care Committee
Our patient safety and quality of care committee consists of Brett Brodnax, Dr. Matthew Lungren and Dr. Robert Mittl, with Dr. Matthew Lungren serving as the chairperson.
Specific responsibilities of our patient safety and quality of care committee will include:
| ∎ | assessing our quality, safety, clinical risk and clinical services improvement strategies and operations; |
| ∎ | evaluating the policies and procedures developed by us to promote quality patient care and patient safety; |
| ∎ | considering and assessing our relationships with health system partners; and |
| ∎ | retaining or approving the recommendation for the retention of consultants or other advisors concerning quality of patient care and patient safety matters. |
Our patient safety and quality of care committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
We have adopted a code of conduct applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our code of conduct will be available on our principal corporate website at www.lumexaimaging.com. Information contained on our website or connected thereto does not constitute a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of us or any of our subsidiaries. In addition, none of our executive officers serves or has served as a member of our board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our compensation committee.
Limitations on Director and Officer Liability and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective in connection with this offering will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Subject to certain limitations and limited exceptions, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.
We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons such as directors, officers and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
107
bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.
Role of the Board in Risk Oversight
One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through its standing committees that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure. Our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our external audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive or inappropriate risk-taking. Our technology committee evaluates risks related to the technology we deploy in our operations. Our patient safety and quality of care committee evaluates the safety and clinical risks of our strategies and operations.
108
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers and Holdings LLC’s managers. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.
Overview
Our current executive compensation program is intended to align executive compensation with our business objectives and to enable us to attract, retain and reward executive officers who contribute to our long-term success. The compensation paid or awarded to our executive officers is generally based on the assessment of each individual’s performance compared against the business objectives established for the fiscal year as well as our historical compensation practices. In the case of new hire executive officers, their compensation is primarily determined based on the negotiations of the parties as well as our historical compensation practices. For 2024, the material elements of our executive compensation program were base salary, annual cash bonuses and equity-based compensation in the form of common units in Holdings LLC having a distribution threshold and subject to vesting conditions described below (“Incentive Units”). In connection with this offering, our compensation committee engaged F.W. Cook as an independent compensation consultant to assist in the evaluation of our post-offering executive compensation program. We expect that our executive compensation program will evolve to reflect our status as a public company and market practices.
This section provides a discussion of the compensation paid or awarded to two of our former Chief Executive Officers and our two other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2024. We refer to these individuals as our “named executive officers.” For 2024, our named executive officers were:
| ∎ | Lee Cooper, Executive Chairman and former Chief Executive Officer (through December 31, 2024) |
| ∎ | Gerry Lewis, former Chief Information Officer (through July 15, 2025) |
| ∎ | Julie Szeker, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary |
| ∎ | John Perkins, former Chief Executive Officer (through April 1, 2024) |
During 2024 and the beginning of 2025, we experienced a number of changes at the senior leadership level. Mr. Lee Cooper transitioned from the role of Chief Executive Officer to Executive Chairman of Holdings LLC’s board of managers, effective January 1, 2025, and Ms. Caitlin Zulla was appointed to the role of Chief Executive Officer as of such date. In addition, on January 1, 2025, Mr. Tony Martin was appointed to the role of Chief Financial Officer. Because neither Ms. Zulla nor Mr. Martin were employed by the Company during 2024, they are generally excluded from the disclosure below.
2024 Compensation of Named Executive Officers
Base Salary
Base salaries are intended to provide a level of compensation sufficient to attract and retain an effective management team, when considered in combination with the other components of our executive compensation program. The relative levels of base salary for our named executive officers are designed to reflect their scope of responsibility and accountability to us. Please see the “Salary” column in the “2024 Summary Compensation Table” for the base salary amounts received by each named executive officer in 2024.
Annual Cash Bonuses
We have provided our senior leadership team with short-term incentive compensation in the form of annual cash bonuses, which for 2024 were delivered pursuant to the 2024 Holdings LLC Performance Bonus Plan (the “2024 Annual Bonus Plan”). Annual bonus compensation holds executives accountable, rewards the executives based on actual business results and helps create a “pay for performance” culture.
109
Each of our named executive officers has an established bonus target equal to a percentage of base salary as follows: 100% for Mr. Cooper; 50% for Mr. Lewis and Ms. Szeker; and 150% for Mr. Perkins. Under the 2024 Annual Bonus Plan, annual bonuses were paid in March 2025 based on the achievement of performance metrics established by Holdings LLC’s compensation committee in early 2024, with 75% of the bonus pool to be funded based on Adjusted EBITDA and 25% to be funded based on strategic goals in six key areas, with individual allocations from the bonus pool determined by Holdings LLC’s compensation committee based on individual performance. If Adjusted EBITDA was less than 93% of the target goal, Holdings LLC’s compensation committee retained discretion to fund the bonus pool, with payouts to be determined based on the achievement of the pre-established strategic goals. For 2024, while Adjusted EBITDA was less than 93% of the target goal, Holdings LLC’s compensation committee elected to fund the 2024 bonus pool at 60% of target based on our overall performance, with the bonus allocations made by Holdings LLC’s compensation committee based on its assessment of the achievement of the pre-established strategic goals. Please see the “Non-Equity Incentive Compensation” column in the 2024 Summary Compensation Table for the amount of annual bonuses paid to each named executive officer in 2024.
Equity Awards
Holdings LLC granted Incentive Units to each of our named executive officers under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan of Holdings LLC (the “Incentive Plan”). Each Incentive Unit represents an equity interest in Holdings LLC and has what is called a “distribution threshold” set based on the value of Holdings LLC at the time the Incentive Unit was issued. The Incentive Units only share in equity appreciation above the applicable distribution threshold, with the Incentive Units sharing equally with the common units in Holdings LLC in distributions, if any, above the distribution threshold.
In accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, we have granted both time-based Incentive Units and performance-based Incentive Units to our named executive officers. In general, the Incentive Units become vested as follows:
| ∎ | Time-based Incentive Units: Time-based Incentive Units vest in annual 20% increments on each of the first five anniversaries of the applicable grant date, subject to the recipient’s continued service through such date. Unvested time-based Incentive Units will become fully vested in connection with certain liquidity events as described in the Incentive Plan. |
| ∎ | Performance-based Incentive Units: Performance-based Incentive Units vest based on the price per unit realized in connection with certain liquidity events as described in the Incentive Plan, subject to the recipient’s continued service through the occurrence of the liquidity event. This offering will not constitute a liquidity event for purposes of the time-based Incentive Units and performance-based Incentive Units granted under the Incentive Plan. |
Upon termination of a participant’s employment, all vested Incentive Units held as of the date of termination are subject to repurchase by Holdings LLC.
In 2024, we granted 12,000,000 Incentive Units to Mr. Cooper in connection with his appointment as Chief Executive Officer, all of which were time-vesting Incentive Units. These Incentive Units were forfeited on January 1, 2025 in connection with Mr. Cooper’s transition to serving as Executive Chairman of Holdings LLC’s board of managers. None of our other named executive officers received grants of Incentive Units in 2024.
In connection with this offering, Incentive Units held by our named executive officers with a distribution threshold less than $2.04 per unit will be converted into shares of our common stock based on the intrinsic value of the awards at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC, with any shares of common stock issued in replacement of unvested Incentive Units to be delivered as restricted stock awards, which remain subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, as applicable. The time-based vesting schedule applicable to the replacement restricted stock awards will replicate the original time-based vesting schedule applicable to the time-based Incentive Units prior to the closing of this offering, while the performance-based vesting conditions will be tied to stock price triggers intended to replicate the performance-based vesting conditions applicable to the performance-based Incentive Units prior to the closing of this offering. Incentive Units held by our continuing named executive officers for which the distribution threshold is equal to or greater than $2.04 per unit will be replaced with replacement stock options under the 2025 Plan in a manner that is intended to preserve the intrinsic value of the Incentive Units, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC, with the replacement stock option awards subject to time-based and performance-based vesting as applicable. The time-based vesting
110
schedule applicable to the replacement stock option awards will replicate the original time-based vesting schedule applicable to the time-based Incentive Units prior to the closing of this offering, while the performance-based vesting conditions will be tied to stock price triggers intended to replicate the performance-based vesting conditions applicable to the performance-based Incentive Units prior to the closing of this offering. In the event that the initial offering price is greater than $2.04 per share, additional shares of our common stock or, with respect to unvested Incentive Units, restricted shares of our common stock will be issued in respect of such Incentive Units in a number based on the difference between the initial offering price and the distribution threshold applicable to such Incentive Units. Upon completion of this offering, Holdings LLC will have no further right to issue Incentive Units to our officers and employees. Pursuant to a letter agreement between Holdings LLC and Mr. Perkins dated November , 2025, in connection with and subject to the completion of this offering, 291,600 unvested Incentive Units held by Mr. Perkins will be forfeited for no consideration, and his remaining 1,868,400 unvested Incentive Units will vest and, together with other vested Incentive Units held by Mr. Perkins, will be converted into shares of our common stock based on the intrinsic value of the awards at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC.
In connection with this offering, certain of our service providers, including Ms. Zulla, are expected to receive awards of restricted stock units under the 2025 Plan with respect to an aggregate of shares of our common stock, calculated based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Fifty percent of the restricted stock unit awards for our executive leadership team will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date and the remaining 50% of the restricted stock units for our executive leadership team will vest based on achievement of specified stock price performance targets over a three-year performance period, in each case, subject to the recipient’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. For recipients that are not members of our executive leadership team, 100% of the restricted stock unit awards will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, in each case, subject to the recipient’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. The number of shares of our common stock subject to Ms. Zulla’s restricted stock unit awards, calculated based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and assuming the performance-based vesting conditions are achieved at the maximum achievement level, is shares. In addition, certain of our employees, including Ms. Szeker, will receive restricted stock unit awards in settlement of transaction bonuses awarded to the executive in 2024, which is further described below. These restricted stock unit awards will vest on the 12-month anniversary of this offering, subject to the recipient’s continued service through such date. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), transaction bonus restricted stock unit awards will be issued with respect to an aggregate of shares of our common stock.
Please see the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2024 Fiscal Year-End” table for information regarding Incentive Units held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2024.
111
2024 Summary Compensation Table
The following table shows information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for services performed in the year ended December 31, 2024.
| NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION |
YEAR | SALARY ($) (1) |
BONUS ($) |
STOCK AWARDS ($) (2) |
NON-EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN COMPENSATION ($) (3) |
ALL OTHER COMPENSATION ($) (4) |
TOTAL ($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Lee Cooper, Executive Chairman and former Chief Executive Officer |
2024 | 800,000 | — | 6,816,000 | 400,000 | 52 | 8,016,052 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Gerry Lewis, Chief Information Officer |
2024 | 500,000 | — | — | 125,000 | 15,405 | 640,405 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Julie Szeker, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary |
2024 | 450,000 | — | — | 157,000 | 15,405 | 622,405 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| John Perkins, former Chief Executive Officer |
2024 | 203,030 | — | — | — | 2,181,033 | 2,384,063 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Amounts reported in this column reflect the base salaries earned during the year. |
| (2) | Amount reported for Mr. Cooper includes the grant date fair value of Incentive Units granted to Mr. Cooper during 2024, calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). In addition, the amount reported for Mr. Cooper includes $1,056,000, representing the incremental fair value associated with the 2024 modification of Mr. Cooper’s outstanding Incentive Units in connection with his transition to the Executive Chairman role, effective January 1, 2025, and as further described below. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts. |
| (3) | Amounts reported in this column for each named executive officer represent annual bonuses paid under the 2024 Annual Bonus Plan with respect to 2024 performance. |
| (4) | Amounts reported in this column for each named executive officer represent (i) employer contributions under Holdings LLC’s 401(k) Retirement Plan ($15,353 for Mr. Lewis and Ms. Szeker and $10,350 for Mr. Perkins), (ii) group term life insurance premiums ($52 for Mr. Cooper, Mr. Lewis and Ms. Szeker and $15 for Mr. Perkins), and (iii) for Mr. Perkins, severance ($2,000,000), consulting fees ($120,000), paid time off accrual ($33,341), and COBRA premiums ($17,327). |
112
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2024 Fiscal Year-End
The following table presents information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2024.
| Stock Awards (1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| NAME |
GRANT DATE |
VESTING COMMENCEMENT DATE |
NUMBER OF UNITS THAT HAVE NOT VESTED (#) |
MARKET VALUE OF UNITS THAT HAVE NOT VESTED ($) (2) |
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS: NUMBER OF UNEARNED UNITS THAT HAVE NOT VESTED (#) |
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS: MARKET OR PAYOUT VALUE OF UNEARNED UNITS THAT HAVE NOT VESTED ($) (2) |
||||||||||||||||||
| Lee Cooper |
11/27/2023 | 11/27/2023 | 5,600,000 | (3)(4) | — | |||||||||||||||||||
| 4/8/2024 | 4/1/2024 | 12,000,000 | (3)(4) | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Gerry Lewis |
5/16/2022 | 5/16/2022 | 750,000 | (3) | 1,250,000 | (5) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Julie Szeker |
2/1/2018 | 2/1/2018 | — | 375,000 | (5) | |||||||||||||||||||
| 11/1/2019 | 11/1/2019 | — | 125,000 | (5) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2/25/2021 | 2/25/2021 | — | 125,000 | (5) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 1/1/2022 | 1/1/2022 | — | 250,000 | (5) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2/28/2023 | 2/8/2023 | 160,000 | (3) | 200,000 | (5) | |||||||||||||||||||
| John Perkins |
2/20/2018 | 1/1/2018 | — | 3,000,000 | (5) | |||||||||||||||||||
| 12/15/2018 | 12/15/2018 | — | 3,624,234 | (5) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 6/1/2019 | 6/1/2019 | — | 322,093 | (5) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 9/13/2019 | 9/13/2019 | — | 1,053,562 | (5) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | In connection with this offering, Incentive Units with a value in excess of the distribution threshold applicable to such units will be converted into shares of our common stock based on the intrinsic value of the awards at the time of this offering, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC. Incentive Units held by our continuing named executive officers for which the participation threshold has not been achieved will be replaced with replacement stock options under the 2025 Plan in a manner that is intended to preserve the intrinsic value of the Incentive Units, as determined by the board of managers of Holdings LLC. Replacement stock options will contain the same remaining vesting terms (if any) as may be in effect with respect to the Incentive Units held by such named executive officer upon the completion of this offering. |
| (2) | The Incentive Units are not publicly traded and, therefore, there was no ascertainable public market value for the Incentive Units as of December 31, 2024. The value reported in this table is based on an estimate of fair market value, using the mid-point of the initial offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. |
| (3) | Represents Incentive Units subject to time-based vesting over five years, with 20% vesting on each of the first five anniversaries of the vesting commencement date. |
| (4) | On January 1, 2025, in connection with Mr. Cooper’s transition to serving as Executive Chairman of Holdings LLC’s board of managers, Mr. Cooper forfeited 3,200,000 of the unvested Incentive Units granted to him on November 27, 2023 and all 12,000,000 of the unvested Incentive Units granted to him on April 8, 2024. |
| (5) | Represents Incentive Units subject to performance-based vesting, which vest ratably based on the return on investment multiple realized by WCAS in connection with certain liquidity events as described in the Incentive Plan. This offering will not constitute a liquidity event for purposes of the time-based Incentive Units and performance-based Incentive Units granted under the Incentive Plan. |
Additional Narrative Disclosure
Executive employment arrangements
On January 1, 2025, Mr. Cooper ceased serving as our Chief Executive Officer and transitioned to serving as Executive Chairman of Holdings LLC’s board of managers. In connection with his transition, on December 14, 2024, we entered into an Executive Chairman Agreement with Mr. Cooper, pursuant to which Mr. Cooper received the following in connection with his service as Executive Chairman: (i) base compensation at the rate of $150,000 per fiscal year; (ii) target annual bonus equal to 100% of Mr. Cooper’s base compensation, with the actual payout
113
determined based upon achievement of annual performance targets as established by Holdings LLC’s board of managers; (iii) modification of certain outstanding Incentive Units to provide for continued vesting through November 27, 2028, subject to continued service as a member of Holdings LLC’s board of managers; and (iv) transaction bonuses of up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate payable upon the closing of one or more Sales (as defined in Mr. Cooper’s Executive Chairman Agreement) of Holdings LLC on or prior to June 30, 2027 and/or an initial public offering of Holdings LLC, which includes this offering, in each case, subject to continued service as Chairman of the board of managers of Holdings LLC. Mr. Cooper’s Executive Chairman Agreement includes 12-month restrictive covenants regarding non-competition and non-solicitation following its termination as well as confidentiality obligations.
On April 1, 2024, Mr. Perkins ceased serving as our Chief Executive Officer. In connection with his termination from the Company, on December 22, 2023, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Perkins pursuant to which Mr. Perkins became entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (i) a lump sum severance payment of $2,000,000; (ii) acceleration of all Incentive Units subject to time-based vesting and a portion of Incentive Units subject to performance-based vesting based on a hypothetical liquidity event as of the separation date; (iii) payment of Mr. Perkins’ 2023 bonus based on actual performance, provided, that, if the bonus amount is less than the target amount of $1,200,000, the Company will pay a transaction bonus equal to the difference between such bonus amount and target upon the closing of a Change of Control (as defined in the letter agreement); and (iv) continued participation in our group health plans for Mr. Perkins and his eligible dependents at our expense for up to 18 months following termination. This offering will not constitute a Change of Control under the terms of Mr. Perkins’ letter agreement. In addition, on April 1, 2024, we entered into a consulting services agreement with Mr. Perkins, under which Mr. Perkins continued to perform transitional consulting services until July 1, 2024. During this period, Mr. Perkins received a monthly consulting fee and his outstanding equity awards continued to vest in accordance with their terms based on his continued service.
We are party to an employment agreement with Ms. Szeker that provides for certain severance benefits upon a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason (each as defined in Ms. Szeker’s employment agreement), subject to Ms. Szeker’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of us. In either case, Ms. Szeker would receive (i) base salary continuation for 12 months following termination and (ii) continued participation in our group health plans for Ms. Szeker and her eligible dependents at our expense (less the amount of the regular employee contribution) for 12 months following termination.
In April 2024, Ms. Szeker entered into a transaction and retention bonus agreement with us pursuant to which Ms. Szeker is eligible to receive bonus payments in an aggregate amount of $3,000,000. Pursuant to this agreement, $1,500,000 was paid to Ms. Szeker in July 2025. The remaining bonus is payable upon a sale of Holdings LLC or our initial public offering by June 30, 2027. In 2025, the agreement was amended to provide that if no sale occurs by June 30, 2027, Ms. Szeker will receive the remaining $1,500,000, subject to her continued employment. In the event of an initial public offering, the remaining $1,500,000 of the transaction bonus will be delivered as restricted stock units which will vest on the one year anniversary of the consummation of the initial public offering, subject to Ms. Szeker’s continued employment through such date. In the event of a sale, the transaction bonus would be paid within 30 days of the sale event. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), Ms. Szeker will receive transaction bonus restricted stock units with respect to shares of our common stock.
On July 15, 2025, Mr. Lewis ceased serving as our Chief Information Officer. During his employment with us, Mr. Lewis was not party to an employment agreement with the Company and was eligible to participate in the US Radiology Specialists, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which provides for certain severance benefits upon a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason (each as defined in the Severance Plan), subject to execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of us. In connection with his termination, on May 1, 2025, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Lewis pursuant to which Mr. Lewis became entitled to receive the following severance benefits under the Severance Plan: (i) base salary continuation for 12 months following termination and (ii) payment of the full costs of COBRA coverage for Mr. Lewis and his eligible dependents for 12 months following termination. In April 2024, Mr. Lewis entered into a transaction and retention bonus agreement with us pursuant to which Mr. Lewis became entitled to receive bonus payments in
114
an aggregate amount of $3,000,000. Pursuant to the bonus agreement, $1,500,000 was paid in July 2025. The remaining bonus is payable upon a sale of Holdings LLC or our initial public offering by June 30, 2027 and was forfeited upon Mr. Lewis’s termination of employment on July 15, 2025.
In connection with the commencement of her employment in 2025, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Zulla that provides for certain severance benefits upon a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason (each as defined in Ms. Zulla’s employment agreement), subject to Ms. Zulla’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of us. In either case, Ms. Zulla would receive (i) base salary continuation for 12 months following termination (or, if such termination occurs following an initial public offering of Holdings LLC or any successor to Holdings LLC or any subsidiary thereof, 24 months), (ii) continued participation in our group health plans for Ms. Zulla and her eligible dependents at our expense (less the amount of the regular employee contribution) for 12 months following termination and (iii) if such termination occurs within 24 months following a Change in Control (as defined in Ms. Zulla’s employment agreement), a pro-rata portion of her annual bonus for the year in which the termination occurs based on actual performance for the year. In addition, upon a termination for any reason, Ms. Zulla would receive any earned but unpaid annual bonus for the year preceding the year in which the termination occurs.
In connection with the commencement of his employment in 2025, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Martin that provides for certain severance benefits upon a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason (each as defined in Mr. Martin’s employment agreement), subject to Mr. Martin’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of us. In either case, Mr. Martin would receive (i) base salary continuation for 12 months following termination and (ii) continued participation in our group health plans for Mr. Martin and his eligible dependents at our expense (less the amount of the regular employee contribution) for 12 months following termination.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a qualified 401(k) savings plan which allows participants to defer from 0% to 100% of cash compensation up to the maximum amount allowed under Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines. We make safe harbor matching contributions of up to 3% of each participant’s eligible compensation and may elect to make profit sharing contributions at our discretion. Participants are always vested in their contributions and safe harbor matching contributions. Profit sharing contributions vest over five years, with 20% becoming vested following each full year of service, provided that profit sharing contributions will be 100% vested upon a participant’s death or disability or upon reaching age 62 while employed.
2025 Equity and Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and our current stockholders expect to approve, the 2025 Plan prior to the effective date of this offering.
The purposes of the 2025 Plan are to (i) align the interests of our stockholders and those eligible for awards under the 2025 Plan by increasing the proprietary interest of such recipients in our growth and success, (ii) advance the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining officers, other employees, non-employee directors and other service providers and (iii) motivate such persons to act in our long-term best interests and those of our stockholders.
The 2025 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (within the meaning of the Code), nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, other stock awards, and performance awards. Officers, non-employee directors, employees and other service providers, and those expected to become officers, non-employee directors, employees and other service providers, are eligible to receive such awards, as our board of directors, or a sub-committee thereof, may determine from time to time. Participants will also include recipients of replacement awards that will be granted in substitution for legacy Incentive Units previously granted by Holdings LLC. The material terms of the 2025 Plan are as follows:
Shares Subject to the Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2025 Plan is , plus an annual increase added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2035. The annual increase will be equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the number of shares issued on December 31 of the immediately preceding fiscal year and
115
(ii) an amount determined by our board of directors. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2025 Plan will not be reduced by shares issued either upon closing of this offering or in connection with the dissolution or liquidation of Holdings LLC as replacement awards under the 2025 Plan that will be granted in substitution for legacy Incentive Units previously granted by Holdings LLC and which will continue to remain outstanding following this offering until the dissolution or liquidation of Holdings LLC.
To the extent an equity award granted under the 2025 Plan (other than any substitute award, including any replacement awards granted in substitution for legacy Incentive Units previously granted by Holdings LLC) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised or paid in full, or is settled in cash, the shares subject to such award will become available for future grant under the 2025 Plan. In addition, to the extent shares subject to an award are withheld to satisfy a participant’s tax withholding obligation upon the exercise or settlement of such award (other than any substitute award, including any replacement awards granted in substitution for legacy Incentive Units previously granted by Holdings LLC) or to pay the exercise price of a stock option or stock appreciation right, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2025 Plan.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. Beginning in fiscal year 2026, the aggregate value of cash compensation and the grant date fair value of shares of our common stock that may be awarded or granted during any fiscal year of the Company to any non-employee director, for his or her services as a non-employee director, may not exceed $750,000; provided, however, that this limit will not apply to distributions of previously deferred compensation under a deferred compensation plan maintained by the Company or compensation received by the director in his or her capacity as an executive officer or employee of the Company.
Plan Administration. The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2025 Plan. Our board of directors has the authority to amend and modify the plan, subject to any stockholder approval required by law or stock exchange rules. Subject to the terms of the 2025 Plan, the compensation committee will have the authority to determine the eligibility for awards and the terms, conditions, and restrictions, including vesting terms, the number of shares subject to an award, and any performance goals applicable to grants made under the 2025 Plan. The compensation committee also will have the authority, subject to the terms of the 2025 Plan, to construe and interpret the 2025 Plan and awards, and amend outstanding awards at any time.
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. The compensation committee may grant incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and stock appreciation rights under the 2025 Plan. The number of shares subject to an option or stock appreciation right and the purchase price per share purchasable upon exercise of the option and the base price per share of stock appreciation rights will be determined by the compensation committee, but must equal at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant unless the participant is not subject to Section 409A of the Code or the option is otherwise designed to be compliant with Section 409A of the Code. The term of an option or stock appreciation right may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by an employee who owns more than 10% of all of our classes of capital stock, or of certain of our affiliates, may not have a term in excess of five years, and the exercise price will not be less than the price required by the Code in order to constitute an incentive stock option (currently, 110% of fair market value). Subject to the provisions of the 2025 Plan, the compensation committee will determine the remaining terms of the options and stock appreciation rights (e.g., vesting). Upon a participant’s termination of service, the participant may exercise his or her options or stock appreciation rights, to the extent vested (unless the compensation committee permits otherwise), as specified in the award agreement.
The 2025 Plan does not permit the compensation committee to, without the approval of stockholders, (i) reduce the exercise price of any previously granted stock option or stock appreciation right, (ii) cancel any previously granted stock option or stock appreciation right in exchange for another stock option or stock appreciation right with a lower exercise price or (iii) cancel any previously granted stock option or stock appreciation right in exchange for cash or another award if the exercise price of such stock option or stock appreciation right exceeds the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of such cancellation, in each case, other than in connection with a “change in control” (as defined in the 2025 Plan) or certain adjustments as described below.
116
Stock Awards. The compensation committee will decide at the time of grant whether an award will be in the form of a restricted stock award, restricted stock units or other stock award, as well as the form of the agreement evidencing the award. The compensation committee will determine the number of shares subject to the award, vesting and the nature of any performance measures. Unless otherwise specified in the award agreement, the recipient of restricted stock will have voting rights and be entitled to receive dividends with respect to his or her restricted stock. The recipient of restricted stock units will not have voting rights, but his or her award agreement may provide for the receipt of dividend equivalents. Any dividends or dividend equivalents paid with respect to restricted stock, other than a regular cash dividend, and regular cash dividends with respect to shares of our common stock that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions, in each case, will be subject to the same vesting conditions as the underlying awards. Any dividend equivalents with respect to restricted stock units and other stock awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions will be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying awards. The compensation committee may grant other stock awards that are based on or related to shares of our common stock, such as awards of shares granted as a bonus and not subject to any vesting conditions, deferred stock units, stock purchase rights and shares of our common stock issued in lieu of our obligations to pay cash under any compensatory plan or arrangement.
Performance Awards. The compensation committee will determine the value of any performance award, the vesting and nature of the performance measures, and whether the award is denominated or settled in cash or in shares of our common stock. The performance goals applicable to a particular award, and any associated rules or conditions, will be determined by the compensation committee at the time of grant.
Transferability of Awards. The 2025 Plan does not allow awards to be transferred other than by will or the laws of inheritance following the participant’s death, and stock options may be exercised during the contractual term only by the participant during the lifetime of the participant. However, an award agreement may permit a participant to assign an award to a family member by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order, or to a trust, family limited partnership or similar entity established for one of the participant’s family members. A participant may also designate a beneficiary who will receive outstanding awards upon the participant’s death. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any award, such award and all rights thereunder will immediately become null and void.
Certain Adjustments. If any change is made in shares of our common stock subject to the 2025 Plan, or subject to any award agreement under the 2025 Plan, without the receipt of consideration by us, such as through a stock split, stock dividend, extraordinary distribution, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other similar transaction, appropriate adjustments will be made in the number, class and price of shares subject to each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan.
Change in Control. Subject to the terms of the applicable award agreement, upon a “change in control” (as defined in the 2025 Plan), our board of directors (as constituted prior to such change in control) may, in its discretion, determine whether some or all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will become exercisable in full or in part, whether the restriction period and performance period applicable to some or all outstanding restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards will lapse in full or in part and whether the performance measures applicable to some or all outstanding awards will be deemed to be satisfied. Our board of directors may further require that shares of stock of the corporation resulting from such a change in control, or a parent corporation thereof, be substituted for some or all of our common stock subject to an outstanding award and that any outstanding awards, in whole or in part, be surrendered to us by the holder and be immediately cancelled by us in exchange for a cash payment or other property, shares of capital stock of the corporation resulting from or succeeding us or a combination of cash or other property and such shares of stock.
Clawback. Awards granted under the 2025 Plan and any cash payment or shares delivered pursuant to an award are subject to forfeiture, recovery, or other action pursuant to the applicable award agreement or any clawback or recoupment policy that we may adopt, including any policy that we may be required to adopt under the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules and regulations thereunder, or as otherwise required by law or applicable listing standards.
Plan Termination and Amendment. The 2025 Plan will be effective as of the date the Plan is approved by our stockholders. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2025 Plan, subject to any
117
requirement of stockholder approval required by law or stock exchange rules. The 2025 Plan will terminate as of the first annual meeting of our stockholders to occur on or after the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.
2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and our current stockholders expect to approve, the ESPP prior to the effective date of this offering.
The purpose of the ESPP is to provide eligible employees of us and designated subsidiaries with the opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions, thereby enhancing employees’ sense of participation in our affairs.
The ESPP includes two components: (i) a component intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code, and (ii) a component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The material terms of the ESPP are as follows:
Eligibility. Generally, all of our employees (including employees of our subsidiaries, other than those subsidiaries excluded from participation by our board of directors or its compensation committee) are eligible to participate in the ESPP.
Shares subject to the ESPP. shares of our common stock, subject to capitalization adjustments, have been reserved for issuance under the ESPP. Subject to the capitalization adjustment provisions contained in the ESPP, the maximum number of shares of our common stock available under the ESPP will automatically increase on the first trading day in January of each calendar year, commencing in 2026 and continuing until (and including) 2035, by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, (ii) shares of our common stock and (iii) an amount determined by our board of directors.
ESPP Administration. The ESPP will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or a designee of the compensation committee. Subject to the terms of the ESPP, the compensation committee or its designee will have the discretionary authority to do everything necessary and appropriate to administer the ESPP, including interpreting the provisions of the ESPP, determining the time and frequency of granting options, the duration of offering periods and purchase periods, the terms and conditions of the options and the number of shares subject to each option.
Offering Periods. The ESPP permits employees to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions made during offering periods designed by the compensation committee, which may not exceed 27 months.
Payroll Deductions and Other Limits. Participants may authorize payroll deductions of a specific percentage of compensation up to a limit approved by the compensation committee with respect to an offering period. Participants may withdraw from the ESPP at any time prior to the purchase date, in which case payroll deductions credited to their accounts will be returned and no further deductions will be made during subsequent offering periods unless a new election form is properly filed.
No employee may participate in an offering period if the employee owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock or the stock of any of our subsidiaries. No participant may purchase more than 5,000 shares of our common stock during any offering period. Except as otherwise determined by the compensation committee prior to the commencement of an offering period, no participant will be granted an option under the ESPP that permits the participant’s rights to purchase shares under all employee stock purchase plans of us or our subsidiaries to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 in fair market value for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code.
Purchase Price. Under the terms of the ESPP, the purchase price per share with respect to an offering period will equal the lesser of (i) 85% of the closing price of a share of our common stock on the first business day of such offering period and (ii) 85% of the closing price of a share of our common stock on the last business day of such offering period, although the compensation committee has discretion to change the purchase price with respect to future offering periods, subject to the terms of the ESPP.
118
Corporate Transactions. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or our merger with or into another corporation, each outstanding option under the ESPP will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, unless our board of directors determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion, in lieu of such assumption or substitution, to either terminate all outstanding options and return to each participant the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s purchase account or to provide for the offering period in progress to end on a date prior to the consummation of such sale or merger. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the offering period then in progress would terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by our board of directors, and our board of directors may either provide for the purchase of shares as of the date on which such offering period terminates or return to each participant the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s purchase account.
ESPP Termination and Amendment. The ESPP will continue in effect until the earlier of (i) its termination by our board of directors or the compensation committee pursuant to the terms of the ESPP and (ii) the ten-year anniversary of the effective date of the ESPP, with no new offering periods commencing on or after such ten-year anniversary. Our board of directors has the authority to amend and modify the ESPP, subject to any stockholder approval required by law or stock exchange rules.
Manager Compensation
During 2024, each of Holdings LLC’s independent and non-affiliated non-employee managers (other than Ms. Joseph) received the following annual cash compensation:
| AMOUNT | ||||
| Annual Cash Compensation Elements |
||||
| Board Retainer |
$ | 65,000 | ||
| Audit and Compliance Committee Retainer (chair) |
$ | 15,000 | ||
| Compensation Committee Retainer (chair) |
$ | 15,000 | ||
| Technology Committee (chair) |
$ | 15,000 | ||
In 2024, Ms. Joseph received an annual cash retainer of $150,000 for her service as Chair of Holdings LLC’s board of managers. Ms. Joseph was also entitled to a transaction bonus of $500,000 payable upon the occurrence of certain liquidity events as described in the Incentive Plan during her tenure as Chair. Ms. Joseph ceased to be eligible to receive this transaction bonus upon the conclusion of her term as Chair on January 1, 2025.
Holdings LLC granted Incentive Units to each of its non-employee managers under the Incentive Plan at the time they joined Holdings LLC’s board of managers. In 2024, Holdings LLC granted 200,000 Incentive Units to Ms. Joseph in connection with her appointment as Chair of its board of managers, which vest in annual 20% increments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to her continued service as a member of Holdings LLC’s board of managers through such date, provided that any then-unvested Incentive Units will become fully vested in connection with certain liquidity events as described in the Incentive Plan. This offering will not constitute a liquidity event for purposes of the acceleration of the time-based vesting with respect to Ms. Joseph’s Incentive Units. None of Holdings LLC’s other non-employee managers received grants of Incentive Units in 2024.
Non-employee managers are reimbursed for travel and other expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.
A non-employee manager who is affiliated with one of Holdings LLC’s current equity holders receives no additional compensation (other than expense reimbursement) for his or her service as a manager.
119
2024 Manager Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2024 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to Holdings LLC’s non-employee and non-affiliated managers who served during such year:
| NAME |
FEES EARNED OR PAID IN CASH |
STOCK AWARDS ($) (1) |
TOTAL ($) | |||||||||
| Sean Bryant, MD (2) |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| Jon Fromke, MD (3) |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| Robert Mittl, MD (3) |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| Rasu Shrestha (4) |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| Ann Pumpian |
80,000 | — | 80,000 | |||||||||
| Brian Regan (2) |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| Christian Rice (5) |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| David Jeck, MD (3) |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| Garry Choy, MD |
80,000 | — | 80,000 | |||||||||
| Molly Joseph |
150,000 | 88,000 | 238,000 | |||||||||
| Brett Brodnax |
80,000 | — | 80,000 | |||||||||
| (1) | Amount reported represents the grant date fair value of Incentive Units granted to Ms. Joseph during 2024, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating this amount. |
| (2) | As appointees of WCAS, Messrs. Bryant and Regan received no additional compensation for their service as managers during 2024. |
| (3) | As appointees of physician partners who are current equity holders of Holdings LLC, Messrs. Fromke, Mittl, and Jeck received no additional compensation for their service as managers during 2024. |
| (4) | As an appointee of Atrium Health, Mr. Shrestha received no additional compensation for his service as a manager during 2024. |
| (5) | As an appointee of Touchstone, Mr. Rice received no additional compensation for his service as a manager during 2024. |
Post-Offering Director Compensation
In connection with this offering, we engaged F.W. Cook as an independent compensation consultant to assist in the evaluation of our post-offering non-employee director compensation program. Based on such analysis, we expect to adopt the following director compensation program, to be effective upon the consummation of the offering:
| POST-OFFERING ANNUAL CASH COMPENSATION ELEMENTS |
AMOUNT | |||
| Board Retainer |
$ | 85,000 | ||
| Audit Committee Chair Retainer |
$ | 25,000 | ||
| Compensation Committee Chair Retainer |
$ | 20,000 | ||
| Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair Retainer |
$ | 15,000 | ||
| Patient Safety and Quality of Care Committee Chair Retainer |
$ | 20,000 | ||
| Technology Committee Chair Retainer |
$ | 20,000 | ||
| Additional Retainer for Lead Independent Director |
$ | 30,000 | ||
| Additional Retainer for Chair |
$ | 40,000 | ||
All retainers are paid quarterly in arrears and, if applicable, are prorated based upon board or chair service during the calendar year.
In order to further align our director compensation program with stockholder interests, directors will also receive as part of the annual compensation program an equity grant on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders. The grant date fair value of the annual equity awards will be equal to approximately $175,000, with the equity award scheduled to vest on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the next annual meeting of our stockholders following the grant date.
In addition, in connection with this offering, two of our non-employee directors, Mr. Brodnax and Ms. Joseph, are expected to receive restricted stock unit awards under the 2025 Plan, each with a grant date fair value of $500,000, with the number of shares calculated based on the initial public offering price. The restricted stock unit award for Mr. Brodnax will vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date. The restricted stock unit award for Ms. Joseph will be 50% vested upon grant, with the remaining 50% vesting in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
120
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a description of certain relationships and transactions that exist or have existed or that we have entered into with our directors, executive officers or stockholders who are known to us to beneficially own more than five percent of our voting securities and their affiliates and immediate family members.
The Transactions
In connection with the Transactions, we will engage in certain transactions with certain of our directors, executive officers and other persons and entities which are or will become holders of 5% or more of our voting securities upon the consummation of the Transactions. These transactions are described in the section titled “Organizational Structure.”
Registration Rights Agreement
The Registration Rights Agreement provides WCAS with certain demand registration rights, including shelf registration rights, in respect of any shares of our common stock held by them, and each holder of Registrable Stock (as defined therein and which will initially include each of our directors and executive officers who beneficially own shares of our common stock) with the right to participate in any such registrations by WCAS, in each case subject to certain conditions. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of our common stock for sale to the public following the completion of this offering, we will be required to give notice to WCAS and each holder of Registrable Stock of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, include shares of our common stock held by them in such registration. All expenses of registration under the Registration Rights Agreement, including the legal fees of counsel chosen by stockholders participating in a registration, will be paid by us. The registration rights granted in the Registration Rights Agreement are subject to customary restrictions, including blackout periods, and, if a registration is underwritten, any limitations on the number of shares to be included in the underwritten offering as advised by the managing underwriter or underwriters. The Registration Rights Agreement also contains customary indemnification and contribution provisions. The Registration Rights Agreement is governed by New York law.
Stockholders Agreement
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into the Stockholders Agreement. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, WCAS will have the right to nominate (1) three-ninths of our directors, for so long as its beneficial ownership of our common stock remains above 30% of the shares outstanding; (2) two-ninths of our directors, for so long as its beneficial ownership of our common stock remains above 20% of the shares outstanding; and (3) one-ninth of our directors, for so long as its beneficial ownership of our common stock remains above 10% of the shares outstanding. WCAS will have no director nomination rights pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement after its ownership of our common stock falls below 5% of the shares outstanding.
The Stockholders Agreement also provides that, for so long as (a) no designee of WCAS is then serving as a director, and (b) certain affiliates of WCAS beneficially own at least 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock, we must, upon reasonable request, provide access to certain of our books, records and management to WCAS.
The Stockholders Agreement will terminate at such time as certain affiliates of WCAS cease to beneficially own at least 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock, unless terminated earlier by certain affiliates of WCAS.
IT Consulting Services
During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we paid a total of $0.4 million to WCAS Management LP, an entity affiliated with WCAS, for information technology consulting services.
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities, costs and expenses to the fullest extent not prohibited by DGCL. We have also purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Subject to limited exceptions, our amended and restated bylaws will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Management—Limitations on Director and Officer Liability and Indemnification.”
121
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Our audit committee has the primary responsibility for the review and approval of any “related party transaction,” which is any transaction, arrangement or relationship (or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we are, were or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which the related person has, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We intend to adopt a written related party transaction policy to be effective upon the completion of this offering. Under our related party transaction policy, our management will be required to submit any related person transaction not previously approved or ratified by our audit committee to our audit committee. In approving or rejecting the proposed transactions, our audit committee will take into account all of the relevant facts and circumstances available.
122
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of , 2025 and as adjusted to reflect the Distribution (as defined below) and/or the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering for:
| ∎ | each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock; |
| ∎ | each of our directors and director nominees; |
| ∎ | each of our executive officers and named executive officers; and |
| ∎ | all of our executive officers, named executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group. |
The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder as described in this prospectus is determined under rules issued by the SEC, and is based on an assumed initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of our common stock subject to options, or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable or vested within 60 days of , 2025, are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. More than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.
The percentage ownership of each individual or entity before this offering on a fully diluted basis, assuming Holdings LLC has dissolved and has distributed all of the shares of our common stock it owns to its existing equity holders on a pro rata basis (the “Distribution”), is computed on the basis of shares of our common stock outstanding. The percentage ownership of each individual or entity after the Distribution and after this offering is computed on the basis of shares of our common stock outstanding (or shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). The percentage ownership of each individual or entity after the Distribution and after this offering assumes that the Distribution occurs upon the completion of this offering. The effect of the Distribution is shown for illustrative purposes only and there can be no assurances that the Distribution will occur, and, if it does, at what time it may occur. Percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering does not give effect to any potential purchases in this offering by our principal stockholders, directors, director nominees, executive officers or named executive officers.
Because the number of shares of our common stock to be issued in connection with the Distribution will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering, a change in the assumed initial public offering price would have a corresponding impact on the amount of shares owned by each individual and entity listed in the following table. All numbers in the table below are based on an assumed initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is c/o Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000 Raleigh North Carolina 27609.
123
| AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE DISTRIBUTION AND BEFORE THIS OFFERING |
AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE DISTRIBUTION AND THIS OFFERING (NO EXERCISE OF OPTION) |
AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE DISTRIBUTION AND THIS OFFERING (WITH FULL EXERCISE OF OPTION) |
||||||||||||||||
| Name of Beneficial Owner | NUMBER | % | NUMBER | % | NUMBER | % | ||||||||||||
| Executive Officers, Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees: |
% | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Caitlin Zulla (1) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Tony Martin (2) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Dr. Russell Stewart (3) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Julie Szeker (4) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Lee Cooper (5) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Gerry Lewis | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| John Perkins (6) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Molly Joseph (7) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Brett Brodnax (8) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Brian Regan | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Glenn Eisenberg (9) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Bridget Karlin (10) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Dr. Matthew Lungren (11) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Dr. Robert Mittl (12) | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| All executive officers, named executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group (14 persons) |
% | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| 5% Stockholders: |
% | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| WCAS (13) |
% | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| Charlotte Radiology Investors, LLC (14)
|
% | % | % | |||||||||||||||
| * | Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. |
| (1) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of our common stock to be received immediately prior to the closing of this offering in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC, (ii) shares of restricted stock, and (iii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes (i) shares of our common stock underlying restricted stock unit awards expected to be granted to Ms. Zulla in connection with this offering that will not vest within 60 days of , 2025 and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (2) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of restricted stock and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes (i) shares of our common stock underlying restricted stock unit awards expected to be granted to Mr. Martin in connection with this offering that do not vest within 60 days of , 2025 and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (3) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of restricted stock and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes (i) shares of our common stock underlying restricted stock unit awards expected to be granted to Dr. Stewart in connection with this offering that do not vest within 60 days of , 2025 and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (4) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock to be received immediately prior to the closing of this offering in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC, (ii) shares of restricted stock and (iii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes (i) shares of our common stock underlying restricted stock unit awards expected to be granted to Ms. Szeker in connection with this offering that do not vest within 60 days of , 2025 and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (5) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of our common stock to be received immediately prior to the closing of this offering in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC, (ii) shares of restricted stock and (iii) shares of our common stock |
124
| underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (6) | The reported amount consists of shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock to be received immediately prior to the closing of this offering in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC. |
| (7) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of our common stock to be received immediately prior to the closing of this offering in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC, (ii) shares of restricted stock, (iii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025, and (iv) after giving effect to this offering, shares underlying restricted stock unit awards expected to be granted to Ms. Joseph in connection with this offering that immediately vest. The reported amount excludes (i) shares of our common stock underlying restricted stock unit awards expected to be granted to Ms. Joseph in connection with this offering that do not vest within 60 days of , 2025 and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (8) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of our common stock to be received immediately prior to the closing of this offering in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC, (ii) shares of restricted stock and (iii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes (i) shares of our common stock underlying restricted stock unit awards expected to be granted to Mr. Brodnax in connection with this offering that do not vest within 60 days of , 2025 and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (9) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of restricted stock and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (10) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of restricted stock and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (11) | The reported amount includes (i) shares of restricted stock and (ii) shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. The reported amount excludes shares of our common stock underlying stock options that are not currently exercisable and will not become exercisable within 60 days of , 2025. |
| (12) | The reported amount includes shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock to be received immediately prior to the closing of this offering in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC. |
| (13) | The reported amount includes shares of our common stock that represent WCAS’ indirect pro-rata interest in the shares of our common stock held by Holdings LLC which will be received by certain affiliates of WCAS in connection with the Distribution in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC. This amount includes: (i) shares of our common stock that represent Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Cayman, L.P.’s pro-rata interest; (ii) shares of our common stock that represent Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware II, L.P’s pro-rata interest; (iii) shares of our common stock that represent Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware, L.P.’s pro-rata interest; (iv) shares of our common stock that represent Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII L.P.’s pro-rata interest; (v) shares of our common stock that represent WCAS XII Co-Investors LLC’s pro-rata interest; (vi) shares of our common stock that represent WCAS-Co-Invest Holdco, L.P.’s pro-rata interest; and (vii) shares of our common stock that represent WCAS Management Corporation’s pro-rata interest. The general partner of (i) Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Cayman, L.P. is WCAS XII Associates Cayman, L.P.; (ii) Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware II, L.P is WCAS XII Associates LLC; (iii) Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII Delaware, L.P. is WCAS XII Associates Cayman, L.P.; (iv) Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII L.P. is WCAS XII Associates LLC; and (v) WCAS-Co-Invest Holdco, L.P. is WCAS Co-Invest Associates LLC. The managing members of WCAS XII Co-Investors LLC are Thomas A. Scully, Sean Traynor, Anthony deNicola, D. Scott Mackesy, Brian Regan, Michael Donovan, Eric Lee, Christopher Hooper, Christopher Solomon, Edward Sobol, Gregory Lau, Frances Higgins, Nicholas O’Leary and Ryan Harper. D. Scott Mackesy, Brian Regan, and Michael Donovan comprise the board of directors of WCAS Management Corporation (the “WCAS Board”). Each member of the WCAS Board disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock reported as beneficially owned by WCAS Management Corporation. The controlling stockholder of WCAS Management Corporation is Jonathan Rather. The business address of each of the foregoing is c/o Welsh, Carson, Anderson and Stowe, 599 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1800, New York, New York 10022. |
| (14) | The reported includes shares of our common stock that represent Charlotte Radiology Investors, LLC’s indirect pro-rata interest in the shares of our common stock held by Holdings LLC which will be received by Charlotte Radiology Investors, LLC in connection with the Distribution in exchange for common units of Holdings LLC. The board of managers of Charlotte Radiology Investors, LLC is comprised of the following 8 members: Dr. Mark Fromke, Dr. Charles McLaughlin, Dr. Daniel Seeberg, Dr. Gary DeFilipp, Dr. Laura Danile, Dr. Michael Meuse, Dr. Jon Fromke and Dr. Shannon Hill (the “Charlotte Board”). Each of the foregoing members of the Charlotte Board disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock reported as beneficially owned by Charlotte Radiology Investors, LLC. The business address of each of the foregoing is 700 East Morehead Street, Suite 300, Charlotte, NC 28202. |
125
This section contains a description of our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering and is qualified by reference to the forms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws filed as exhibits to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.
General
Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of our common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under the 2025 Plan and shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under the ESPP. There are currently no outstanding shares of our preferred stock.
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for more information.
Voting Rights
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of nine directors.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Preferred Stock
Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other
126
things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.
Registration Rights
WCAS and each holder of Registrable Stock (as defined therein and which will initially include each of our directors and executive officers who beneficially own shares of our common stock) will have specified rights to require us to register certain shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”
Anti-Takeover Provisions
The provisions of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect following this offering could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Section 203 of the DGCL
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the date that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
| ∎ | before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
| ∎ | upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and employee stock plans in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or |
| ∎ | at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
| ∎ | any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and an interested stockholder; |
| ∎ | any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving an interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation; |
| ∎ | subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to an interested stockholder; |
| ∎ | subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by an interested stockholder; and |
| ∎ | the receipt by an interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. |
Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as (i) the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation that was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within the preceding 3-year period, and the affiliates and associates of such person.
127
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team or changes in our board of directors or our governance or policy, including the following:
Board Vacancies
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize generally only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships resulting from any cause or created by the expansion of our board of directors. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors must remain between 5 and 15 and, within that range, may be set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.
Classified Board
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board of directors could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. See the section titled “Management—Corporate Governance—Classified Board of Directors” for additional information.
Directors Removed Only for Cause
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Supermajority Requirements for Amendments of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class will be required to amend certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the classified board, the size of the board of directors, removal of directors, amendments of our amended and restated bylaws, special meetings, actions by written consent and exclusive forum. The affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, although our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.
Special Meetings of Stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chair of the board of directors or a majority of the directors then in office. The business transacted at any special meeting will be limited to the proposal or proposals included in the notice of the meeting.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent
Subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of our preferred stock then outstanding, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders (other than WCAS and its affiliates for so long as they have nomination rights) seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice generally must be delivered to us not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. With respect to nominations of persons for election to our board of directors, the notice shall provide information about the nominee, including, among other things, name, age, address, principal occupation, ownership of our capital stock and whether they meet applicable independence requirements. With respect to the proposal of other business to be considered by our stockholders at an annual meeting, the notice
128
shall provide a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business by such stockholder and any beneficial owners and associated persons on whose behalf the notice is made (the “proposing persons”). In addition, a stockholder’s notice must set forth certain information related to the proposing persons, including, among other things:
| ∎ | the name and address of the proposing persons; |
| ∎ | information as to the ownership by the proposing persons of our capital stock and any derivative interest or short interest in any of our securities held by the proposing persons; |
| ∎ | information as to any material relationships and interest between the proposing persons and us, any of our affiliates and any of our principal competitors; |
| ∎ | a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination or business; and |
| ∎ | a representation as to whether the proposing persons intend, or are part of a group which intends to (A) solicit proxies in support of the election of any proposed nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act or (B) engage in a solicitation (within the meaning of Exchange Act Rule 14a-1(l)) with respect to the nomination of any proposed nominee or proposed business to be considered at the meeting, as applicable, and if so, the name of each participant (as defined in Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act) in such solicitation. |
These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
No Cumulative Voting
The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.
Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock
After the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.
Exclusive Forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless a majority of our board of directors consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum (which consent may be given at any time, including during the pendency of litigation), the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, another state court located within the State of Delaware or, if no court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising from a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, stockholders or officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, including a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, stockholders or officers or other employees arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation or remedy under, any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, (iv) any action or proceeding related to or involving us or any of our current or former directors, stockholders or officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware, (v) any action or proceeding asserting an “internal corporate claim,” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL or (vi) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. These exclusive forum provisions do not apply to claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless a majority of our board of
129
directors consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum (which consent may be given at any time, including during the pendency of litigation), the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any action or proceeding asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision, including the personal jurisdiction of the courts specified in this provision in connection with any action or proceeding brought in any such court to enforce such provisions here. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors, stockholders or officers or other employees.
Corporate Opportunity
Under Delaware law, officers and directors generally have an obligation to present to the corporation they serve business opportunities which the corporation is financially able to undertake and which fall within the corporation’s business line and are of practical advantage to the corporation, or in which the corporation has an actual or expectant interest. A corollary of this general rule is that when a business opportunity comes to an officer or director that is not one in which the corporation has an actual or expectant interest, the officer is generally not obligated to present it to the corporation. Certain of our officers and directors may serve as officers, directors or fiduciaries of other entities and, therefore, may have legal obligations relating to presenting available business opportunities to us and to other entities. Potential conflicts of interest may arise when our officers and directors learn of business opportunities (e.g., the opportunity to acquire an asset or portfolio of assets, to make a specific investment, to effect a sale transaction, etc.) that would be of material advantage to us and to one or more other entities of which they serve as officers, directors or other fiduciaries.
Section 122(17) of the DGCL permits a corporation to renounce, in advance, in its certificate of incorporation or by action of its board of directors, any interest or expectancy of a corporation in certain classes or categories of business opportunities. Where business opportunities are so renounced, certain of our officers and directors will not be obligated to present any such business opportunities to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee or managing director of WCAS or its affiliates will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to WCAS or its affiliates instead of us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that such individual has directed to WCAS or its affiliates. As of the date of this prospectus, this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relates only to our directors and officers who are also officers, directors, employees or managing directors of WCAS or its affiliates.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is 800-736-3001.
Exchange Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “LMRI.”
130
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of our common stock or the availability of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Following the completion of this offering, based on the number shares of our common stock outstanding as of , 2025 and the issuance of shares in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no exercise of outstanding options after such date, we will have a total of shares of our common stock outstanding (or shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).
Of those outstanding shares, shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradeable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.
The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be, and shares subject to outstanding options will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of % of the shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering (or % of the shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) are subject to lock-up agreements under which they have agreed or will agree, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our equity securities for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
| ∎ | beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and |
| ∎ | beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to the terms of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described below), additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below. |
Lock-Up Agreements
We, our directors and executive officers and the holders of % of the shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering (or % of the shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) have agreed or will agree prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC, on behalf of the underwriters.
Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above. For a further description of these lock-up agreements, please see the section titled “Underwriting.”
131
Rule 144
Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities
In general, Rule 144 provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities
In general, Rule 144 provides that our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:
| ∎ | 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal shares immediately after the completion of this offering (or shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares); or |
| ∎ | the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. |
Sales of our common stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.
Registration Rights
See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”
Registration Statement
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the effectiveness of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements.
132
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
| ∎ | an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; |
| ∎ | a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States; |
| ∎ | an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| ∎ | a trust, if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more “United States persons” (as defined in the Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or if the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. |
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. In addition, the IRS could challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.
We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state or local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code or U.S. federal taxes other than income (e.g., estate). This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:
| ∎ | banks; |
| ∎ | insurance companies; |
| ∎ | tax-exempt or governmental organizations; |
| ∎ | regulated investment companies; |
| ∎ | real estate investment trusts; |
| ∎ | financial institutions; |
| ∎ | brokers or dealers in securities; |
| ∎ | pension plans; |
| ∎ | tax-qualified retirement plans; |
| ∎ | controlled foreign corporations; |
| ∎ | passive foreign investment companies; |
| ∎ | corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; |
| ∎ | owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; |
| ∎ | persons who own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below); |
| ∎ | certain U.S. expatriates; |
| ∎ | persons who have elected to mark securities to market; |
| ∎ | persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; |
133
| ∎ | persons that elect to apply Section 1400Z-2 of the Code to gains recognized with respect to shares of our common stock; |
| ∎ | persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any option or acquire our common stock as compensation for services; or |
| ∎ | persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” as defined in Section 451(b) of the Code. |
In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold our common stock through partnerships or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partner and the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. A person treated as a partner in a partnership that holds our common stock or who holds our common stock through another transparent entity should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other transparent entity, as applicable.
Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state or local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.
Distributions on our Common Stock
We do not currently expect to pay any dividends. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.” However, in the event that we do pay distributions of cash or property on our common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.”
Subject to the discussion of effectively connected income below and the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act”, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. If we or the applicable withholding agent are unable to determine, at a time reasonably close to the date of payment of a distribution on our common stock, what portion, if any, of the distribution will constitute a dividend, then we or the applicable withholding agent may withhold U.S. federal income tax on the basis of assuming that the full amount of the distribution will be a dividend. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding or if a non-U.S. holder does not timely provide us with the required certification, the non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.
A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence with respect to U.S. withholding taxes generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.
Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so requires, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To
134
obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must generally provide us or the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed original and unexpired IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. However, such U.S. effectively connected income is generally taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.
Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances. The certification requirements described above also may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.
Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:
| ∎ | the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will generally be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, may also apply; |
| ∎ | the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which the non-U.S. holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition (without taking into account any capital loss carryovers); or |
| ∎ | we are or were a “United States real property holding corporation” during the five-year period preceding such sale of other taxable disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter), unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. In such case, such non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests,” as defined in the Code and applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we have not been and are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. |
Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
We (or the applicable paying agent) must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder
135
is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI (or other applicable or successor form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld.
Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a foreign broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.
Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and associated guidance (“FATCA”) generally impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined below) to a “foreign financial institution” (as defined in the Code), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with substantial U.S. owners) or another applicable exception applies or such institution is compliant with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction. FATCA will also generally impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined below) to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution, unless such entity provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity (which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity), if any, or another applicable exception applies or such entity is compliant with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, “withholdable payments” currently include payments of dividends on our common stock. Currently proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on them pending finalization) provide that FATCA withholding does not apply to gross proceeds from the disposition of property of a type that can produce U.S. source dividends or interest; however, prior versions of the rules would have made such gross proceeds subject to FATCA withholding. Taxpayers (including withholding agents) can currently rely on the proposed Treasury Regulations. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.
The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.
136
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement among us and Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC, as the representatives of the underwriters named below and the joint book-running managers of this offering, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of our common stock shown opposite its name below:
| UNDERWRITER |
NUMBER OF SHARES | |||
| Barclays Capital Inc. |
||||
| J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||||
| Jefferies LLC |
||||
| Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. |
||||
| Wells Fargo Securities, LLC |
||||
| Leerink Partners LLC |
||||
| William Blair & Company, L.L.C. |
||||
| Capital One Securities, Inc. |
||||
| Fifth Third Securities, Inc. |
||||
| Raymond James & Associates, Inc. |
||||
| PNC Capital Markets LLC |
||||
| Academy Securities, Inc. |
||||
| Loop Capital Markets LLC |
||||
| R. Seelaus & Co., LLC |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
||||
|
|
|
|||
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares of our common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of our common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority except sales to accounts over which they have discretionary authority to exceed % of our common stock being offered.
Commission and Expenses
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of our common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of our common stock. After this offering, the public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
137
The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
| PER SHARE | TOTAL | |||||||||||||||
| WITHOUT OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES |
WITH OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES |
WITHOUT OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES |
WITH OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES |
|||||||||||||
| Public offering price |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds to us, before expenses |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $ . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering in the amount not exceeding $ . The underwriters have agreed to reimburse certain of our expenses incurred in connection with this offering.
Determination of Offering Price
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.
Listing
We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “LMRI”.
Stamp Taxes
If you purchase shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of shares from us at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We have agreed that we will not, subject to certain exceptions, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement
138
under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or (ii) enter into any swap, hedging or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock or any such other securities, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.
The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of restricted stock units (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our current or former employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or affiliated physician groups pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus; (iii) the issuance of up to 7.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into, exercisable for or which are otherwise exchangeable for, our common stock, immediately following the closing date of this offering, in acquisitions or other similar strategic transactions, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; (iv) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction; (v) the issuance of shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, pursuant to the Transactions, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; or (vi) facilitating the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a stockholder, officer or director of Lumexa Imaging pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of shares of our common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing must include a statement to the effect that no transfer of shares of our common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period.
Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our securityholders (such persons, the “lock-up parties”) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including without limitation, our common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively with the common stock, the “lock-up securities”), (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of the lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the lock-up securities, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (whether by the lock-up
139
party or any other person) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers or dispositions of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy, (iii) (A) to any immediate family member of the lock-up party or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party or (B) if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust, (iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity of which the lock-up party and/or its immediate family members are, directly or indirectly, the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution or other transfer to partners, members, stockholders or other holders of equity interests in the lock-up party, (vii) by operation of law, (viii) to us upon death, disability or termination of employment or service of the lock-up party, or (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, restricted stock, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of certain exercise price and tax and remittance payments, (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our Board and made to all stockholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph; (b) the exercise of outstanding options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans or other compensation arrangements described in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, provided that any common stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; or (d) the establishment by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that (1) such trading plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period and (2) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing must include a statement to the effect that no transfer of lock-up securities may be made under such plan during the restricted period.
Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.
Stabilization
The underwriters have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in our common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for our common stock, that you will be able to sell any of our common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.
The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, and certain persons participating in this offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of
140
stabilizing or maintaining the market price of our common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.
“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.
“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.
A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of our common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of our common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with this offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with this offering if shares of our common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over the counter market or otherwise.
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of our common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.
Other Relationships
The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates and employees may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments issued by us and our affiliates.
141
Affiliates of each of Barclays Capital Inc., Capital One Securities, Inc. and Fifth Third Securities, Inc. are lenders under the Existing Term Loan, under which certain borrowings are expected to be repaid with a portion of the aggregate net proceeds from this offering. No underwriter or its affiliate is expected to receive 5% or more of the net proceeds from this offering. An affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. is expected to be a lender under the Refinancing Term Loan. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and publish or express independent research views in respect of our securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and short positions in our securities and instruments.
Selling Restrictions
Canada
(A) Resale Restrictions
The distribution of the shares in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.
(B) Representations of Canadian Purchasers
By purchasing the shares in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
| ∎ | the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions, |
| ∎ | the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103—Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations, |
| ∎ | where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and |
| ∎ | the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions. |
(C) Conflicts of Interest
Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that certain of the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105 – Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.
(D) Statutory Rights of Action
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the prospectus (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
(E) Enforcement of Legal Rights
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
142
(F) Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
Canadian purchasers of the shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
(G) Language of Documents
The purchaser confirms its express wish and that it has requested that this document, all documents evidencing or relating to the sale of the securities described herein and all other related documents be drawn up exclusively in the English language. L’acquéreur confirme sa volonté expresse et qu’il a demandé que le présent document, tous les documents attestant de la vente des titres décrits dans le présent document ou s’y rapportant ainsi que tous les autres documents s’y rattachant soient rédigés exclusivement en langue anglaise.
Australia
This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:
A. You confirm and warrant that you are either:
a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;
a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the Company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;
a person associated with the Company under Section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or
a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.
To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.
B. You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the securities issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which have been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:
| (a) | to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation; |
| (b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representatives for any such offer; or |
| (c) | in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of the shares shall require us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
143
Hong Kong
No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (“SFO”) and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (“CO”) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.
This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.
Israel
This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.
Japan
The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the underwriters will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
| (a) | a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
144
| (b) | a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, |
securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
| (i) | to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
| (ii) | where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
| (iii) | where the transfer is by operation of law; |
| (iv) | as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or |
| (v) | as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore. |
Switzerland
The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.
United Kingdom
No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:
| (a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation (as defined below); |
| (b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
| (c) | in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA, |
provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Company or any manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
145
The financial statements of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years then ended included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
The financial statements of BTDI JV, LLP as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the years then ended included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
147
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.lumexaimaging.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
148
Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC
December 31, 2024 and 2023
| PAGE | ||||
| F-2 | ||||
| Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
| F-3 | ||||
| F-4 | ||||
| F-5 | ||||
| F-6 | ||||
| F-7 | ||||
Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC
September 30, 2025 and 2024
| PAGE | ||||
| Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) |
||||
| Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 |
F-40 | |||
| F-41 | ||||
| F-42 | ||||
| F-43 | ||||
| F-44 – F-62 | ||||
BTDI JV, LLP and Subsidiaries
(A Partnership)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
| PAGE | ||||
| F-63 | ||||
| Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
| F-65 | ||||
| F-66 | ||||
| F-67 | ||||
| F-68 | ||||
| F-69 | ||||
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Managers and Members of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (formerly US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC) and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
June 11, 2025, except for the revision described in Note 12 and the change in composition of reportable segments described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is November 17, 2025
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
F-2
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2024 and 2023
(in thousands, except for common units)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 26,131 | $ | 20,186 | ||||
| Accounts receivable |
107,046 | 109,400 | ||||||
| Accounts receivable, related party |
23,308 | 14,724 | ||||||
| Other receivables |
5,644 | 6,131 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses |
10,391 | 9,444 | ||||||
| Imaging centers held for sale |
— | 6,882 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current assets |
172,520 | 166,767 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation |
121,133 | 112,271 | ||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets |
80,792 | 83,534 | ||||||
| Investments in unconsolidated affiliates |
415,819 | 422,461 | ||||||
| Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization |
47,788 | 58,373 | ||||||
| Goodwill |
807,554 | 807,554 | ||||||
| Other assets |
24,958 | 20,567 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| TOTAL ASSETS (1) |
$ | 1,670,564 | $ | 1,671,527 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | 29,889 | $ | 24,413 | ||||
| Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
108,454 | 96,376 | ||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
16,001 | 13,799 | ||||||
| Current portion of finance lease liabilities |
5,509 | 8,940 | ||||||
| Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
13,807 | 14,444 | ||||||
| Liabilities related to imaging centers held for sale |
— | 3,143 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current liabilities |
173,660 | 161,115 | ||||||
| Long-term debt, less current maturities |
1,185,080 | 1,182,427 | ||||||
| Long-term finance lease liabilities, less current maturities |
16,120 | 12,890 | ||||||
| Long-term operating lease liabilities, less current maturities |
72,746 | 72,228 | ||||||
| Deferred income taxes |
32,696 | 22,942 | ||||||
| Other liabilities |
28,608 | 21,499 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities (1) |
1,508,910 | 1,473,101 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 15) |
||||||||
| EQUITY: |
||||||||
| Common units, 625,714,477 and 625,411,786 equity units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively |
745,610 | 688,283 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit |
(583,956 | ) | (489,857 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total equity |
161,654 | 198,426 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
$ | 1,670,564 | $ | 1,671,527 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | The Company’s consolidated balance sheets include assets of consolidated variable interest entities, or VIEs, that can only be used to settle obligations and liabilities of the VIE for which creditors do not have recourse to the primary beneficiary (Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC). As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, total assets of consolidated VIEs consisted of accounts receivable of $47,175 and $51,718, respectively; accounts receivable, related party of $5,078 and $4,863, respectively; prepaid expenses of $1,103 and $1,260, respectively; other receivables of $4,621 and $3,647, respectively; property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $10,600 and $11,814, respectively; operating lease right-of-use assets of $8,021 and $9,700, respectively; goodwill of $101,802 and $101,802, respectively; investments in unconsolidated affiliates of $53,350 and $48,229, respectively; and other assets of $17,872 and $12,760, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, total liabilities of consolidated VIEs consisted of accounts payable of $369 and $320, respectively; accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $20,895 and $20,340, respectively; current portion of operating leases of $2,917 and $2,665, respectively; other liabilities of $23,162 and $17,316, respectively; and long-term operating lease liabilities, less current maturities of $5,598 and $7,642, respectively. See Note 17 for further discussion. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
(in thousands, except for unit and per unit data)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| REVENUES: |
||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 715,560 | $ | 747,738 | ||||
| Net patient service revenue, related party |
31,290 | 19,653 | ||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
14,951 | 4,526 | ||||||
| Management fee and other revenue, related party |
187,068 | 164,008 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total revenues |
948,869 | 935,925 | ||||||
| OPERATING EXPENSES: |
||||||||
| Cost of operations, excluding depreciation and amortization |
852,606 | 836,958 | ||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
70,361 | 55,165 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
42,164 | 56,630 | ||||||
| Goodwill impairment charge |
— | 18,969 | ||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
— | 1,285 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total operating expenses |
965,131 | 969,007 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates |
71,505 | 55,527 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| INCOME FROM OPERATIONS |
55,243 | 22,445 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES: |
||||||||
| Interest expense |
136,027 | 141,694 | ||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
703 | — | ||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
(2,294 | ) | — | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total other expenses |
134,436 | 141,694 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES |
(79,193 | ) | (119,249 | ) | ||||
| Income tax provision |
14,906 | 2,978 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| NET LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS |
$ | (94,099 | ) | $ | (122,227 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| NET LOSS PER UNIT: |
||||||||
| Weighted average units outstanding—Basic and diluted |
625,224,610 | 624,712,116 | ||||||
| Basic and diluted loss per unit |
$ | (0.15 | ) | $ | (0.20 | ) | ||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
December 31, 2024 and 2023
(in thousands, except common units)
| COMMON UNITS | ACCUMULATED DEFICIT |
TOTAL MEMBERS’ EQUITY |
||||||||||||||
| UNITS | AMOUNT | |||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2022 |
624,400,544 | $ | 630,850 | $ | (367,630 | ) | $ | 263,220 | ||||||||
| Capital contributions |
1,011,242 | 2,255 | — | 2,255 | ||||||||||||
| Repurchase of incentive units |
— | (118 | ) | — | (118 | ) | ||||||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
— | 55,296 | — | 55,296 | ||||||||||||
| Net loss |
— | — | (122,227 | ) | (122,227 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2023 |
625,411,786 | 688,283 | (489,857 | ) | 198,426 | |||||||||||
| Capital contributions |
302,691 | 673 | — | 673 | ||||||||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
— | 56,654 | — | 56,654 | ||||||||||||
| Net loss |
— | — | (94,099 | ) | (94,099 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2024 |
625,714,477 | $ | 745,610 | $ | (583,956 | ) | $ | 161,654 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
December 31, 2024 and 2023
(in thousands)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (94,099 | ) | $ | (122,227 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities |
||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
42,164 | 56,630 | ||||||
| Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets |
14,961 | 15,436 | ||||||
| Amortization of debt issuance costs |
6,185 | 6,312 | ||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
703 | — | ||||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates |
(71,505 | ) | (55,527 | ) | ||||
| Distributions from investments in unconsolidated affiliates |
79,531 | 59,881 | ||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
— | 1,285 | ||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
(2,294 | ) | — | |||||
| Non-cash change in fair value of interest rate caps |
1,274 | 4,984 | ||||||
| Deferred income taxes |
9,753 | 611 | ||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
56,654 | 55,296 | ||||||
| Goodwill impairment charge |
— | 18,969 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
2,354 | (14,848 | ) | |||||
| Accounts receivable, related party |
(8,584 | ) | 2,266 | |||||
| Other receivables |
907 | (2,715 | ) | |||||
| Prepaid expenses |
(911 | ) | 917 | |||||
| Other assets |
(5,952 | ) | (11,441 | ) | ||||
| Accounts payable |
2,948 | 4,759 | ||||||
| Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
12,078 | 22,881 | ||||||
| Other liabilities |
7,109 | 8,471 | ||||||
| Operating lease liabilities |
(12,549 | ) | (14,426 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities |
40,727 | 37,514 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of property and equipment |
361 | — | ||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
(27,773 | ) | (24,007 | ) | ||||
| Cash paid for acquisition |
— | (3,200 | ) | |||||
| Proceeds from sale of businesses |
3,744 | — | ||||||
| Proceeds from sale of business, related party |
1,385 | — | ||||||
| Contributions to investments in unconsolidated affiliates |
— | (2,450 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
(22,283 | ) | (29,657 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Payment of debt issuance costs |
(506 | ) | — | |||||
| Proceeds from long-term debt |
10,608 | 8,934 | ||||||
| Payments of long-term debt |
(11,845 | ) | (15,111 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from revolving line of credit |
30,000 | 15,000 | ||||||
| Repayments of revolving line of credit |
(30,000 | ) | (15,000 | ) | ||||
| Payments of finance lease liabilities |
(11,429 | ) | (4,729 | ) | ||||
| Capital contributions |
673 | 2,255 | ||||||
| Payments for repurchase of incentive units |
— | (118 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in financing activities |
(12,499 | ) | (8,769 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
5,945 | (912 | ) | |||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year |
20,186 | 21,098 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year |
$ | 26,131 | $ | 20,186 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2024 and 2023
1. Organization and Nature of Business
Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (formerly US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC), together with its subsidiaries, (“Lumexa Imaging,” or “the Company”) is a network of diagnostic outpatient imaging centers in the United States, many of which are operated directly or indirectly through investments in unconsolidated affiliates with hospital partners. The investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The Company also has relationships with physician-owned radiology practices, which provide professional services to the Company and third-party hospitals. The Company has operations in 13 states.
The Company operates its business through two wholly owned subsidiaries: Lumexa Imaging, Inc. (formerly US Radiology Specialists, Inc., “LII”) and Lumexa Imaging Outpatient, Inc. (formerly US Outpatient Imaging Specialists, Inc., “LIOI”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lumexa Imaging, its wholly owned subsidiaries and entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, also known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”). Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) require variable interest entities to be consolidated if an entity’s interest in the VIE is a controlling financial interest. See further discussion of VIEs in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and controlled affiliates that are considered to be VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. See “Variable Interest Entities” below for further discussion of the Company’s VIEs. Investments in companies in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for under the equity method.
All significant intercompany accounts and transactions with consolidated entities have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income within its consolidated financial statements, and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP.
The Company presents equity in earnings from investments in unconsolidated affiliates as a component of operating income since the activities of the investees are closely aligned with the operations of the Company.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant assumptions and estimates underlying these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes involve calculation of the Company’s provision for price concessions reducing revenue, allowances on accounts receivable, the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, the fair value of common units issued in business combinations, useful lives of property and equipment, long-lived asset and goodwill impairment analyses, valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, and the fair value of equity incentive units. These estimates involve judgments with respect to numerous factors that are difficult to predict and are beyond management’s control. Although the Company believes its assumptions are reasonable, actual results could differ from those estimates.
Variable Interest Entities
GAAP requires an entity to consolidate a VIE if the entity is determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Under the VIE model, the primary beneficiary is the party that meets both the following criteria: it has (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the
F-7
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
obligation to absorb the losses, or the right to receive benefits, from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company determines whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE through a qualitative analysis. As the primary beneficiary, the VIE’s assets, liabilities and results of operations are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 17 “Variable Interest Entities”). The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the Company’s general credit, however, the Company may need to provide financial support to cover any operating expenses in excess of operating revenues in the VIEs. The Company performs ongoing reassessments of whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Company’s involvement with a VIE will cause the consolidation conclusion to change. Changes in consolidation status are applied prospectively, if any.
The consolidated financial statements include VIEs in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Those VIEs include Charlotte Radiology, P.A. (“CRAD”), Connexia, LLC (“Connexia”), South Jersey Radiology Associates, P.A. (“South Jersey”), Radiology Associates of Burlington County, P.A. (“RABC”), Larchmont Imaging Associates, L.L.C. (“LIA”), Upstate Carolina Radiology, P.A. (“UCR”), and Windsong Radiology Group, P.C. (“Windsong”) (collectively, the “VIE Physician Practices”). Additionally, one of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries, American Health Imaging, Inc. (“AHI”), provides management and administrative services to five unaffiliated physician-owned imaging centers which use the AHI name (“Franchise Centers”). The Franchise Centers are also considered VIEs that the Company consolidates. Transactions with VIEs are eliminated in consolidation.
Revenues
Net Patient Service Revenue
The Company’s revenues are generated by providing diagnostic imaging services (i.e. scans) and physician interpretation services (i.e. reads) to patients within outpatient imaging centers. The Company also earns professional services revenue where revenue is earned by providing physician interpretation services to patients at hospitals or other sites of care. The contractual relationships with patients (i.e., the customers), in most cases, also involve a third-party payor. Third-party payors include entities such as Medicare, Medicaid, managed care health plans and commercial insurance companies. The fees for the services provided are dependent upon the terms provided by Medicare and Medicaid, or negotiated with managed care health plans and commercial insurance companies.
The payment arrangements with third-party payors for the services the Company provides to the related patients typically specify payments at amounts less than our standard charges and generally provide for payments based upon predetermined rates per diagnostic imaging service and physician interpretation service. The payment terms indicate that payment is due upon receipt and there is no significant financing component associated with the services provided. Management continually reviews the contractual estimation process to consider and incorporate updates to laws and regulations and the frequent changes in managed care contractual terms resulting from contract renegotiations and renewals. As such, revenue is recognized based on the Company’s estimate of the implicit price concessions (i.e. expected cash collections from patients and third-party payors) for each service offering rendered. The Company determines its estimate of implicit price concessions based on historical collection experience with classes of patients using a portfolio approach as a practical expedient. Performance obligations for net patient services revenue are recognized at the read date. This point in time is considered to be representative of the timing in which the respective performance obligations are satisfied. The Company has no obligation to provide further patient service and because the Company primarily performs outpatient procedures, performance obligations are generally satisfied same day and revenue is recognized on the date of service.
The Company evaluates amounts collected in relation to billed charges and records estimated price concessions to account for the anticipated differences between billed amounts and amounts ultimately collected. Estimates of price concessions are reported in the period during which the services are provided even though the actual amounts may become known at a later date.
F-8
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Accordingly, net patient service revenue is presented net of an estimated provision for price concessions. The Company estimates the allowance for price concessions based upon historical collections experience in relation to the amounts billed, changes in contractual rates, past adjustments, current contract and reimbursement terms, changes in payor mix, an aging of accounts receivable, and other relevant information.
The following table disaggregates net patient service revenue by major third-party payor source for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Commercial insurance |
57 | % | 58 | % | ||||
| Government—Medicare |
24 | 23 | ||||||
| Government—Medicaid |
4 | 4 | ||||||
| Attorney liens |
4 | 4 | ||||||
| Self-pay |
4 | 4 | ||||||
| Other third-party payors |
7 | 7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 100 | % | 100 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Management Fee and Other Revenue, Related Party
The Company has contracts with certain unconsolidated affiliates and other related parties to provide management and administrative services on a monthly basis. These management and administrative services include, but are not limited to, contract negotiation, claims processing, utilization review, operations management, information technology, human resources, risk management, legal, compliance, budgeting and finance, accounting, staffing, and marketing services.
Additionally, the Company provides management and administrative services to its consolidated VIEs including CRAD, South Jersey, RABC, LIA, UCR, Windsong and Connexia directly or through various wholly owned management service organization (“MSO”) subsidiaries. The MSOs provide management and administrative services including, but not limited to, contract negotiation, claims processing, utilization review, operations management, information technology, human resources, risk management, legal, compliance, budgeting and finance, accounting, and marketing services. These services are provided through administrative services agreements (“ASAs”), which have term lengths that are between 20 and 30 years long.
Pursuant to the ASAs, the Company receives fees from the VIEs, unconsolidated affiliates, and other related parties for the services performed. The Company has exclusive responsibility for the provision of all nonmedical services required for the day-to-day operation and management of the physician practices and outpatient imaging centers, which are subject to these ASAs. These fees charged to consolidated physician practices and outpatient imaging centers are eliminated in consolidation.
AHI provides management and administrative services to the Franchise Centers pursuant to the associated franchise agreements. The franchise agreements have a term length of 20 years. The services include, but are not limited to, contract negotiation, claims processing, utilization review, operations management, information technology, human resources, risk management, legal, compliance, budgeting and finance, accounting, and marketing services. The Company, via AHI, receives royalty, billing, and management fees from the Franchise Centers for the use of the AHI name and the services performed. The Company has exclusive responsibility for the provision of all nonmedical services required for the day-to-day operation and management of the Franchise Centers. The fees received from the Franchise Centers are eliminated in consolidation.
F-9
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
These management agreements also provide for the recovery of clinical and management support costs that these entities incur based on their utilization of the Company’s clinical staff in their operations and actual costs incurred by the Company in delivering the management services (collectively referred to as “pass-through costs”).
The Company charges for the management and administrative services rendered based on a defined formula outlined in the contracts based on the net revenues of the related party. The amount recognized for the recovery of pass-through costs is based on the actual costs of leased employees providing the services. Both the charges for management and administrative services and the amounts recognized for the recovery of pass-through costs are considered variable consideration. There is no fixed consideration with respect to these arrangements. This revenue is reported within management fee and other revenue, related party.
The Company recognizes management fee revenue on a monthly basis as the performance obligations are satisfied over time (i.e., monthly revenues are recorded for the month to which the services relate), and any unpaid amounts are reflected in accounts receivable, related party in the consolidated balance sheets. The performance obligation with respect to management fee revenue is treated as a series of distinct services provided over the related contracts’ terms, because each month of services performed is substantially the same and has the same pattern of transfer to the customer. The remaining variable consideration at the end of each reporting period is allocated entirely to that single performance obligation. See Note 19 “Related Party Transactions” for further information regarding the Company’s related party transactions.
Management Fee and Other Revenue
Management fee and other revenue primarily consists of management and administrative services performed for third-party hospitals. This revenue is recognized as the performance obligations are satisfied over time and any unpaid amounts are reflected in accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheets.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash on hand in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable represent charges to patients, third-party insurance payors, government-sponsored payors, and other payors for which payment has not been received. The Company continuously monitors collections from payors based upon specific payor collection issues that we have identified and historical experience. While changes in estimated reimbursement from third-party payors remain a possibility, the Company expects that any such changes would be minimal and, therefore, would not have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
The Company’s collection policies and procedures are based on the type of payor, size of claim, and estimated collection percentage for each modality. The Company analyzes accounts receivable at each of its operating companies to ensure the proper collection and aged category. Collection efforts include direct contact with third-party payors or patients, written correspondence, and the use of legal or collection agency assistance, as required.
F-10
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The Company’s payor classes and their respective percentages of accounts receivable at December 31, 2024 and 2023, were as follows:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Commercial insurance |
43 | % | 47 | % | ||||
| Attorney liens |
36 | 30 | ||||||
| Government—Medicare |
11 | 12 | ||||||
| Government—Medicaid |
3 | 3 | ||||||
| Self-pay |
1 | 1 | ||||||
| Other third-party payors |
6 | 7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 100 | % | 100 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Attorney liens represent patient accounts receivable related to ongoing litigation between third parties, in which the Company has been contracted to provide imaging services. The Company is not directly involved in the ongoing litigation. Payment is not made until litigation is completed, which can exceed 36 months. Other third-party payors include government plans (excluding Medicare and Medicaid), workers’ compensation, and contract plans.
Accounts Receivable, Related Party
Accounts receivable, related party represent fees from management service arrangements for which payment has not been received. The Company monitors collections from related parties and considers whether there is a need to establish an allowance for credit losses based upon collection issues that we identify and historical experience.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.
Additions and improvements are capitalized, while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation of property and equipment is provided by use of the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:
| Leasehold improvements |
Lesser of lease term or their estimated useful lives, which range from 3-15 years | |
| Computers and software |
3-5 years | |
| Medical office equipment |
5-8 years | |
| Furniture and fixtures |
3-8 years |
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
No single customer exceeded 10% of net patient service revenue during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash balances principally in major financial institutions. The cash is subject to credit risk to the extent that the balances exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured limit of $250,000.
F-11
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Management regularly considers its ability to collect outstanding receivable balances. The Company receives payments for services rendered from federal and state agencies (under the Medicare and Medicaid programs), managed care health plans, commercial insurance companies, employers, attorneys, and patients.
The Company recognizes that revenues and receivables from commercial payors and government agencies are significant to its operations but does not believe there are significant credit risks associated with these counterparties.
The Company owns 49% of an investment in an unconsolidated affiliate, BTDI JV, LLP (“BTDI”), which makes up 73% and 69% of management fees and other revenue, related party, during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively and 70% and 52% of accounts receivable, related party, during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 19 “Related Party Transactions” for further discussion on the related party relationships.
Common Units
The Company issues common units of Lumexa Imaging in exchange for cash. Additionally, affiliates of the Company (the “Holding Companies”), whose only assets are the Lumexa Imaging common units, have issued their own equity in conjunction with the acquisition of certain physician practices. Shares of the Holding Companies generally vest on a cliff basis after five years of service or upon a sale of the Company.
Unless subject to documented exceptions for retirees, equity that is issued to owners who do not perform the requisite five years of service is forfeited, and if owned indirectly via a Holding Company, the forfeited interest is reallocated to the remaining owners of the Holding Company. Given that the Holding Companies’ primary purpose is to own common equity of the Company, the Company concluded that the Holding Company shares are substantially similar to its common equity. As a result, the Holding Company shares are accounted for in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation.
The Company generally recognizes the unit-based compensation expense over the requisite five-year service period using the straight-line method, and accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Net Loss Per Unit Attributable to Common Unit Holders
The Company follows the two-class method when computing net loss per common unit when units are issued that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per common unit for each class of common unit and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common unit holders for the period to be allocated between common units and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s incentive units are considered participating securities because they contractually entitle the holders of such units to participate in dividends, however, they do not contractually require such holders to participate in the Company’s losses.
Basic net loss per unit is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of units of common units outstanding during the period, less units subject to repurchase. The diluted net loss per unit is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per common unit attributable to common unit holders is the same as basic net loss per common unit attributable to common unit holders, because potentially dilutive common units are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is antidilutive.
Incentive Unit Plan
The Company grants incentive units to key employees, directors and physicians achieving partner status under its 2018 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company recognizes compensation expense for all unit-based awards based on estimated fair value on the grant date. The Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense over the requisite
F-12
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
service period using the straight-line method for awards with time-based vesting criteria, and accounts for forfeitures as they occur. Upon a qualifying liquidity event of the Company, which is defined as the date when all or substantially all of the Company’s securities have been sold, all time-based incentive units outstanding will vest.
Certain incentive unit awards have performance-based vesting criteria based on the achievement of a qualifying liquidity event. Awards with performance criteria will vest, and the related compensation expense will be recognized, when the probability of a qualifying liquidity event is probable. The fair value of awards is computed using the Monte Carlo simulation which is affected by the Company’s unit price and related volatility, expected dividend yield, term of the award, exercise price and risk-free interest rate. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur. See Note 14 “Unit-Based Compensation” for further discussion on the unit-based compensation.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration conveyed in the acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired. The Company uses estimates and judgments to measure the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment annually on October 1, or when specific circumstances may be present, between annual tests.
In performing these assessments, the Company may first assess goodwill for impairment qualitatively as determined appropriate at the reporting unit level. If goodwill is more likely than not impaired, the Company is required to perform a quantitative assessment. When performing quantitative goodwill impairment assessments, the Company estimates fair value using either appraisals developed with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm, which consider both discounted cash flow estimates for the reporting units and observed market multiples for similar businesses, or recent good-faith offer prices received for the reporting units that would be acceptable to the Company. An impairment charge is recognized when and to the extent a reporting unit’s carrying amount is determined to exceed its fair value.
As of October 1, 2024, the Company performed its annual assessment of goodwill and determined that goodwill was not impaired. As of October 1, 2023, the Company determined that goodwill for the UCR reporting unit was impaired and accordingly wrote off $19.0 million of goodwill.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets with finite lives, such as facility contracts, management services agreements and trade names, along with intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as certificates of need are recognized apart from goodwill at the time of acquisition based on the contractual-legal and severability criteria established in the accounting guidance for business combinations. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over periods ranging from three to ten years utilizing the straight-line method, which represents the estimated useful life.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certificates of need, are subject to annual impairment tests, and impairment reviews are performed whenever circumstances indicate a possible impairment may exist. In evaluating indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If the Company concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company conducts a quantitative impairment test, which consists of a comparison of the fair value to its carrying amount. The Company estimates fair value using appraisals developed with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm, which consider discounted cash flow estimates. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. If finite-lived assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is measured as the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. As of October 1, 2024 and 2023, the Company performed its annual assessment of indefinite-lived intangible assets and determined that these assets were not impaired.
F-13
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Long-lived Assets
The Company is required to evaluate long-lived assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be fully recoverable. The recoverability of such assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of the assets to the future undiscounted cash flows generated by the assets. If long-lived assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is measured as the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The Company does not believe there are any indicators that would require an adjustment to such assets or their estimated periods of recovery at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Medical Malpractice Accrual Liability
In the ordinary course of business, professional liability claims have been asserted against the Company by various claimants. These claims are in various stages of processing or, in certain instances, are in litigation. In addition, there are known incidents, and there also may be unknown incidents, which may result in the assertion of additional claims. The Company has accrued its best estimate of both asserted and unasserted claims based on actuarially determined amounts. These estimates are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and frequency, and ultimate settlement of professional liability claims may vary significantly from estimated amounts. The associated liabilities are recorded on a gross basis within accrued expenses for those that are estimated to be settled in the near term and within other liabilities for those expected to be settled over a longer duration. Management believes that its accrual for claims incurred but not reported obligations is adequate as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Medical Malpractice Insurance Recoverable
The Company maintains professional liability insurance policies with third-party insurers on a claims-made basis. The Company maintains coverage for medical providers, as well as entity-level coverage equal to the individual limits. The Company’s internal policies and culture of open reporting by medical providers is an integral component of its risk management protocol, which aids the Company in minimizing claims and potential losses. Management regularly reviews its claims and loss history and secures coverage commensurate with that history and anticipated future economic and legal factors. Management estimates and has recorded amounts receivable from its insurers and the anticipated insurance recovery is presented as other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets for those expected to be received in the near term or other assets for those expected to be received over a longer duration.
Debt Issuance Costs
The Company defers certain expenses incurred to obtain debt financing and amortizes these costs over the scheduled maturity of the respective debt agreements using the effective interest method. The Company presents debt issuance costs related to long-term debt, other than revolving credit arrangements, as a direct deduction from the carrying value of long-term debt. Amortization of debt issuance costs are recognized as interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at period end. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value on derivative contracts not designated for hedge accounting are recorded in interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The criticality of a particular fair value estimate to the Company’s consolidated financial statements depends upon the nature and size of the item being measured, the extent of uncertainties involved, and the nature and magnitude or potential effect of assumptions and judgments required. Certain fair value estimates can involve significant uncertainties and require significant judgment on various matters, some of which could be subject to reasonable disagreement.
F-14
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Inputs used to measure fair value are categorized into the following hierarchy:
| Level 1 | Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. |
| Level 2 | Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. |
| Level 3 | Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, but which are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities as determined by market participants. |
The Company holds various financial instruments that are not required to be recorded at fair value. For cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and short-term debt the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. See Note 10 “Long-Term Debt” for further information on assets and liabilities measured at fair value.
Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates in which the Company has the ability to exert significant influence but less than a controlling interest are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are initially recorded at cost, unless there is a deconsolidation where the investments are a result of the Company no longer having control of a previously controlled entity but still retaining a non-controlling interest. Under the equity method of accounting, the Company’s proportionate share of an investee’s net assets is reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and proportionate share of earnings and losses are reflected on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company assesses the carrying value of its investments in unconsolidated affiliates annually or more frequently if events arise that may indicate that the value of the investment is not recoverable. The Company examines potential impairments by considering factors such as current economic and market conditions and the operating performance of the investees. Should such examination indicate that an impairment is more than short-term in nature, a charge to earnings and the carrying value of the investment would be recorded. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company performed its annual assessment of investments in unconsolidated affiliates and determined that these investments were not impaired.
The Company’s investments in unconsolidated affiliates distribute cash and allocate income to the Company in accordance with the terms of their respective agreements. The Company has made an accounting policy election to classify distributions received from such unconsolidated affiliates using the “nature of distribution” approach which classifies distributions received from unconsolidated affiliates as either cash inflows from operating activities or cash inflows from investing activities in the statement of cash flows based on the nature of the activities of the unconsolidated affiliate that generated the distribution.
Income Taxes
The Company is organized as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and thus pays no federal income tax at the Company level. Since the Company wholly owns two separate tax consolidated groups (LII and LIOI), it reports its provision for income taxes as computed based upon the reported amount of income before income taxes for each of the taxable corporations. As the two corporate tax groups are not consolidated under one tax filing, the tax accounts included in the consolidated financial statements are a combination of those two corporate tax groups, the sum of which may not equal the same amount as if those entities were to file a consolidated return.
The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
F-15
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
A valuation allowance will be established for deferred tax assets when the recoverability is deemed to be uncertain. The carrying value of the net deferred tax assets is based upon estimates and assumptions related to our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Company will be required to adjust our deferred tax valuation allowances.
The Company recognizes a tax position in its financial statements when that tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority. Recognized tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in its income tax provision.
Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception by assessing whether an identified asset exists and if the Company has the right to control the use of the identified asset. The Company categorizes leases with contractual terms longer than 12 months as either operating or finance leases. Finance leases are generally those leases that allow the Company to substantially utilize or pay for the entire asset over its estimated life. All other leases are categorized as operating leases. For short-term leases with a term of less than 12 months, the Company does not recognize lease right-of-use assets or lease liabilities and instead recognizes short-term lease costs as rent expense directly as incurred.
Financing and operating lease liabilities are measured at the net present value of lease payments over the lease term as of the commencement date. Since most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate of return, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the lease commencement date or remeasurement date in determining the present value of lease payments. In calculating the incremental borrowing rate, consideration is given to the Company’s credit risk, the term of the lease, the total lease payments, and adjustments for the impacts of collateral, as necessary.
The Company has elected the practical expedient to not separate lease components from non-lease components for its financing and operating leases. Variable components of lease payments fluctuating with a future index or rate are estimated at lease commencement based on the index or rate at lease commencement. If the payments change as the result of a change in an index or rate subsequent to lease commencement, the difference is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which the change occurs. Variable payments for maintenance, such as common area maintenance costs and taxes, are not included in determining lease payments and are expensed as incurred.
Most leases include one or more options to extend the lease. However, for purposes of calculating the lease liabilities, options have only been included if it was reasonably certain the Company would exercise the option on the lease commencement date. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Right-to-use assets under operating leases are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities for operating lease obligations are recorded as operating lease liabilities. Both amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets and interest accretion on operating lease liabilities are recorded to rent expense over the lease term. Finance leases are reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets with the right-of-use assets included in property and equipment, net, and the liabilities included in current portion of finance lease liabilities and long-term finance lease liabilities, net. Finance lease assets are amortized to depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the expected lease term. Accretion of interest on finance lease liabilities is included in interest expense within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
F-16
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The Company evaluates its lease right-of-use assets for impairment in a similar manner to long-lived assets, as described above in Long-lived Assets. The Company’s facility leases require it to maintain insurance policies which would cover major damage to the facilities. The Company maintains business interruption insurance to cover loss of business due to a facility becoming nonoperational under certain circumstances. The Company’s equipment leases are covered by warranty and service contracts which cover repairs and provide regular maintenance to keep the equipment in functioning order.
Business Combinations
The Company records acquisitions resulting in the consolidation of a business using the acquisition method of accounting, and the results of operations are included in the consolidated statement of operations from the respective dates of acquisition. The purchase price of the transaction is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values at the date of acquisition and can be subject to change up to 12 months subsequent to the acquisition date due to measurement period adjustments, such as settling amounts related to purchased working capital and final determination of fair value estimates.
Segment Reporting
The Company prepares its segment reporting in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, which establishes standards for entities reporting information about the operating segments and geographic areas in which they operate. The Company’s products and operations are managed and reported in two operating segments: Outpatient Imaging Centers (“Outpatient”) and Professional Services (“Professional”). The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is its Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), reviews the segments’ performance for the purpose of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance, and deciding how to allocate resources.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States, and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, all revenue was earned in the United States.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segments Disclosures, which expands reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. The guidance also requires disclosure of the CODM and detail of how the CODM uses financial reporting to assess their segment’s performance. The amendments in this ASU became effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted the amendments in this ASU during the year ended December 31, 2024 on a retrospective basis. See Note 20 for further discussion of the Company’s reportable segments.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which expands income tax disclosure requirements to include additional information related to the rate reconciliation of effective tax to statutory rates, as well as additional disaggregation of taxes paid in both U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. The amendments in the ASU also remove disclosures related to certain unrecognized tax benefits and deferred taxes. ASU No. 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statement disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which requires the disclosure of information about certain costs and expenses that are included in relevant expense captions on the face of the income statement. The amendments require disclosure of specific expense categories in the notes to the financial statements for both interim and annual reporting periods. The amendment also requires disaggregated information about certain prescribed expense categories underlying any relevant income statement expense caption. ASU No. 2024-03 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim
F-17
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statement disclosures.
3. Net Loss Per Unit
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per unit for the periods indicated (in thousands, except for unit and per unit data):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Numerator: |
||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (94,099 | ) | $ | (122,227 | ) | ||
| Denominator: |
||||||||
| Weighted-average common units outstanding, basic and diluted |
625,224,610 | 624,712,116 | ||||||
| Net loss per unit attributable to common unit holders: |
||||||||
| Basic and diluted |
$ | (0.15 | ) | $ | (0.20 | ) | ||
The following outstanding units of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per unit because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Incentive units (Note 14) |
110,669,416 | 110,220,192 | ||||||
4. Acquisitions and Dispositions
In January 2023, the Company completed an acquisition of an imaging center in Georgia, for total purchase consideration of $3.2 million to expand its imaging center footprint. The Company allocated the purchase price of the acquired business to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values. The Company recorded the excess of the purchase consideration over net assets acquired as goodwill. $2.8 million was allocated to goodwill, $0.3 million was allocated to indefinite lived intangible assets, and $0.1 million was allocated to other assets. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The Company has not disclosed post-acquisition or pro forma revenue and earnings attributable to this acquisition as it did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Imaging Centers Held for Sale
In November 2023, the Company entered into a letter of intent to sell six imaging centers in Houston, Texas and designated the assets as held for sale. Upon classification as held for sale, the carrying value of the assets held for sale approximated fair value and as such, there was no corresponding loss recorded. The fair value of the assets held for sale was $4.0 million at December 31, 2023. The Imaging centers held for sale were comprised of $4.0 million and $2.9 million of property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. The liabilities related to imaging centers held for sale were comprised of $3.1 million of operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2023. In May 2024, the Company sold the assets for $4.2 million.
F-18
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
5. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
| (in thousands) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION |
||||||||
| Cash paid for interest |
$ | 128,567 | $ | 130,009 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash paid for income taxes, net |
$ | 604 | $ | 4,749 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||
| Equipment acquired under finance leases |
$ | 11,228 | $ | 6,223 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 2,528 | $ | 2,000 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Non-cash contributions to investments in unconsolidated affiliates |
$ | 1,385 | $ | — | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
6. Other Receivables
Other receivables consisted of the following (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Insurance receivable—medical malpractice |
$ | 4,984 | $ | 4,080 | ||||
| Other |
660 | 2,051 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 5,644 | $ | 6,131 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
7. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Leasehold improvements |
$ | 60,745 | $ | 55,403 | ||||
| Medical equipment |
134,741 | 116,744 | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures |
4,198 | 6,139 | ||||||
| IT equipment and software |
26,182 | 19,474 | ||||||
| Buildings |
1,445 | 851 | ||||||
| Projects in progress |
6,891 | 6,779 | ||||||
| Less accumulated depreciation |
(113,069 | ) | (93,119 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Property and equipment, net |
$ | 121,133 | $ | 112,271 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $31.6 million and $29.3 million, respectively.
F-19
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill is recorded as a result of business combinations. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were as follows (in thousands):
| OUTPATIENT | PROFESSIONAL | TOTAL NET CARRYING VALUE |
||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||
| Goodwill |
$ | 666,900 | $ | 189,222 | $ | 856,122 | ||||||
| Accumulated impairment losses |
(32,400 | ) | — | (32,400 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| 634,500 | 189,222 | 823,722 | ||||||||||
| Goodwill acquired through acquisition |
2,801 | — | 2,801 | |||||||||
| Impairment losses |
— | (18,969 | ) | (18,969 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||
| Goodwill |
669,701 | 189,222 | 858,923 | |||||||||
| Accumulated impairment losses |
(32,400 | ) | (18,969 | ) | (51,369 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| 637,301 | 170,253 | 807,554 | ||||||||||
| Sale of Houston centers |
(32,400 | ) | — | (32,400 | ) | |||||||
| UCR dissolution |
— | (18,969 | ) | (18,969 | ) | |||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||
| Goodwill |
637,301 | 170,253 | 807,554 | |||||||||
| Accumulated impairment losses |
— | — | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 637,301 | $ | 170,253 | $ | 807,554 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company sold six imaging centers in Houston, Texas. (See Note 4 “Acquisitions and Dispositions”). The goodwill related to these imaging centers was fully impaired prior to December 31, 2022. Upon the sale in 2024, the goodwill and offsetting accumulated goodwill impairment for the Houston imaging centers were written off.
In 2023, the Company wound down the UCR physician practice. As a result, the Company determined that the full UCR goodwill amount of $19.0 million was impaired and should be written down as of December 31, 2023. The impairment charge was determined based on the present value of future cash flows, which were nominal given the decision to wind down the business.
There was no accumulated impairment as of December 31, 2024 as reporting units with previous impairments had been disposed of or dissolved.
F-20
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| ESTIMATED USEFUL LIFE (IN YEARS) |
GROSS CARRYING VALUE |
ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION |
NET CARRYING VALUE |
|||||||||||||
| Finite-lived intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||
| Facility contracts |
8 | $ | 58,400 | $ | (42,117 | ) | $ | 16,283 | ||||||||
| Trade names |
5 | 41,030 | (35,500 | ) | 5,530 | |||||||||||
| Management services agreements |
5 | 34,800 | (34,800 | ) | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total finite-lived intangible assets |
134,230 | (112,417 | ) | 21,813 | ||||||||||||
| Indefinite-lived intangible assets certificate of need |
Indefinite | 25,975 | — | 25,975 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total indefinite-lived intangible assets |
25,975 | — | 25,975 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total intangible assets |
$ | 160,205 | $ | (112,417 | ) | $ | 47,788 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| ESTIMATED USEFUL LIFE (IN YEARS) |
GROSS CARRYING VALUE |
ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION |
NET CARRYING VALUE |
|||||||||||||
| Finite-lived intangible assets: |
||||||||||||||||
| Facility contracts |
8 | $ | 79,400 | $ | (58,633 | ) | $ | 20,767 | ||||||||
| Trade names |
5 | 42,830 | (31,199 | ) | 11,631 | |||||||||||
| Management services agreements |
5 | 34,800 | (34,800 | ) | — | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total finite-lived intangible assets |
157,030 | (124,632 | ) | 32,398 | ||||||||||||
| Indefinite-lived intangible assets certificate of need |
Indefinite | 25,975 | — | 25,975 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total indefinite-lived intangible assets |
25,975 | — | 25,975 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total intangible assets |
$ | 183,005 | $ | (124,632 | ) | $ | 58,373 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $10.6 million and $27.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Expected future amortization expense for intangible assets as of December 31, 2024, is as follows (in thousands):
| Years Ending December 31, |
||||
| 2025 |
$ | 6,453 | ||
| 2026 |
4,360 | |||
| 2027 |
2,200 | |||
| 2028 |
2,200 | |||
| 2029 |
2,200 | |||
| Thereafter |
4,400 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 21,813 | ||
|
|
|
F-21
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
9. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Accrued compensation and benefits |
$ | 56,763 | $ | 51,772 | ||||
| Contract labor |
6,320 | 5,223 | ||||||
| Medical claims payable |
2,084 | 2,317 | ||||||
| Profit sharing plan |
14,567 | 14,817 | ||||||
| Medical malpractice accrual |
5,033 | 4,080 | ||||||
| Taxes payable |
4,036 | 434 | ||||||
| Accrued litigation settlement |
— | 7,100 | ||||||
| Accrued professional fees |
2,400 | 664 | ||||||
| Severance accrual |
1,769 | 2,016 | ||||||
| Other accrued expenses |
15,482 | 7,953 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 108,454 | $ | 96,376 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
10. Long-Term Debt
The following is a summary of the Company’s long-term debt as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Senior secured term loan |
$ | 1,200,215 | $ | 1,209,393 | ||||
| Promissory notes |
16,372 | 8,431 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total debt obligations |
1,216,587 | 1,217,824 | ||||||
| Less debt issuance costs and discount |
(15,506 | ) | (21,598 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs |
1,201,081 | 1,196,226 | ||||||
| Less current maturities of long-term debt |
(16,001 | ) | (13,799 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term debt, less current maturities |
$ | 1,185,080 | $ | 1,182,427 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2024, were as follows (in thousands):
| Years Ending December 31, |
||||
| 2025 |
$ | 16,001 | ||
| 2026 |
16,087 | |||
| 2027 |
1,180,207 | |||
| 2028 |
3,297 | |||
| 2029 |
920 | |||
| Thereafter |
75 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 1,216,587 | ||
|
|
|
F-22
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Senior Secured Credit Facility
On December 15, 2020, the Company entered into a senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) consisting of a secured term loan facility of $790 million and a secured revolving line of credit of $165 million. The term loan is scheduled to mature on December 15, 2027, and the revolving line of credit is scheduled to mature on September 15, 2027. On December 31, 2021, the Company entered into Incremental Amendment No. 1 (the “First Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The First Amendment consisted of an additional $450 million incremental term loan. All other terms of the credit agreement remained unchanged. On March 21, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (the “Second Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The Second Amendment transitioned the term loan benchmark interest rate from Eurodollar to Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) interest pricing. The term loan provides for quarterly payments of principal in the amount of $3.1 million. On July 16, 2024, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 (the “Third Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The Third Amendment reduced the term loan interest rate to SOFR, plus 4.75% per annum (where the applicable SOFR rate has a 0.5% floor). On November 22, 2024, the Company entered into Amendment No. 4 (the “Fourth Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The Fourth Amendment extended the maturity to the revolving credit facility to September 15, 2027. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the interest rate on the Company’s term loan was 9.35% and 10.75%, respectively. The revolving credit facility bears interest at the Prime Rate, plus 3.00% or SOFR, plus 4.00%. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility was 10.50% and 11.50%, respectively. Additionally, a commitment fee accrues per annum on the unused revolver commitments. The fee varies based on the Company’s leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the unused commitment fee was 0.50%. The fair value of the Company’s Senior Secured Term Loan, which is classified within Long Term Debt on the consolidated balance sheets, was $1.2 billion as of both December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Covenants
The Credit Agreement contains various restrictive covenants, including financial covenants that limit the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to incur additional debt, pay dividends and other distributions, and engage in certain other transactions as specified therein. Failure to comply with these covenants could constitute an event of default notwithstanding the Company’s ability to meet its debt service obligations. The Company’s financial covenant is only triggered if outstanding revolving credit exposure exceeds 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the revolving line of credit on the last day of the reporting period (quarterly). If the covenant is triggered, the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio on the last day of the test period shall not exceed 8.75 to 1. At December 31, 2024, the Company’s outstanding revolving credit exposure did not exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the revolving line of credit and, therefore, did not trigger the covenant. The Credit Agreement includes various customary remedies for the lenders following an event of default. The Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants in the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The Company’s borrowings under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by LII and LIOI and each wholly owned subsidiary, subject to certain exceptions. Substantially all of the assets of the Company are pledged as collateral in connection with the Credit Agreement.
Interest Rate Cap Agreements
During 2023, the Company entered into two forward interest rate cap agreements with a total notional amount of $1.2 billion. The interest rate cap agreements have the economic effect of capping the Company’s exposure to SOFR variable interest rate changes on the Company’s floating rate term loan. Under these agreements, the SOFR variable interest rate is capped at 5.125%. The interest rate cap agreements matured on March 31, 2025. The interest rate cap agreements are not designated as cash flow hedges and, as a result, changes in the fair value of the interest rate caps are reported in interest expense within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The effect of the interest rate cap agreements was $1.3 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is presented within interest expense.
The fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap agreements, which are classified within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets, was $0.1 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
F-23
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Interest rate cap agreements are recorded at fair value estimated from valuation models utilizing the income approach and commonly accepted valuation techniques that use inputs from closing prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as other relevant observable market inputs at quoted intervals, such as current interest rates, forward yield curves, implied volatility, and credit default swap pricing. The interest rate cap agreements are considered a Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as their values are based on observable inputs. The Company does not believe the ultimate amount that could be realized upon settlement of these interest rate cap agreements would be materially different from the fair value estimates currently reported.
Promissory Notes
The Company has financed the acquisition of certain medical equipment and leasehold improvements under promissory notes. The promissory notes bear interest at rates ranging from 8.75% to 12.35% per annum and mature at various times through November 2029. The promissory notes are collateralized by property and equipment of the Company and given the nature of the promissory notes, it was determined that the fair value approximates carrying value.
11. Leases
Operating Leases
The Company primarily leases medical office space, medical equipment, and corporate office space under noncancellable operating leases which range in initial term from 5 to 11 years and expire at various dates through 2035. Rent expense is recorded in cost of operations and general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
The table below presents the operating lease-related right-of-use assets and related liabilities recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and the weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Assets: |
||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets |
$ | 80,792 | $ | 83,534 | ||||
| Liabilities: |
||||||||
| Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
13,807 | 14,444 | ||||||
| Long-term operating lease liabilities |
72,746 | 72,228 | ||||||
| Other Information: |
||||||||
| Weighted-average remaining lease term in years |
6.00 | 6.31 | ||||||
| Weighted-average discount rate |
7.68 | % | 7.58 | % | ||||
The table below presents certain information related to the lease costs for operating leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Operating lease costs |
$ | 21,565 | $ | 22,466 | ||||
| Variable lease costs |
3,112 | 3,288 | ||||||
| Short-term equipment lease costs |
1,078 | 1,795 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total operating lease costs |
$ | 25,755 | $ | 27,549 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-24
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The table below presents supplemental cash flow information related to operating leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: |
||||||||
| Operating cash flows for operating leases |
$ | 20,374 | $ | 21,352 | ||||
| Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new or modified operating lease liabilities |
14,376 | 15,173 | ||||||
The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for each of the first five years, and total of the remaining years, to the operating leases recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
| 2025 |
$ | 17,911 | ||
| 2026 |
19,855 | |||
| 2027 |
17,573 | |||
| 2028 |
14,987 | |||
| 2029 |
13,948 | |||
| Thereafter |
27,227 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total minimum lease payments |
111,501 | |||
| Less amount of payments representing interest |
(24,948 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Present value of future minimum lease payments |
86,553 | |||
| Less current obligations |
(13,807 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Long-term portion of operating leases |
$ | 72,746 | ||
|
|
|
Finance Leases
The Company has financed certain medical equipment under finance leases or other financing arrangements. Obligations under these arrangements are at interest rates ranging from 3.0% to 10.8% due through 2030 and are collateralized by medical equipment. The weighted-average remaining lease term for finance leases is 3.9 years and 3.0 years and the weighted-average discount rate is 8.2% and 6.2% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Assets under finance leases, included in property and equipment, net, are as follows as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Medical office equipment under finance leases |
$ | 30,736 | $ | 24,534 | ||||
| Accumulated depreciation |
(8,227 | ) | (5,990 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 22,509 | $ | 18,544 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-25
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The table below presents supplemental cash flow information related to finance leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: |
||||||||
| Operating cash outflows from finance leases |
$ | 1,515 | $ | 1,299 | ||||
| Financing cash flows from financing leases |
11,429 | 4,729 | ||||||
| Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new or modified finance lease liabilities |
$ | 11,224 | $ | 6,223 | ||||
The table below presents certain information related to the lease costs for finance leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Depreciation on assets under finance leases |
$ | 4,160 | $ | 3,498 | ||||
| Interest on finance leases |
1,515 | 1,299 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total finance lease costs |
$ | 5,675 | $ | 4,797 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Future minimum lease payments under finance leases for the years subsequent to December 31, 2024, are as follows (in thousands):
| 2025 |
$ | 7,160 | ||
| 2026 |
6,994 | |||
| 2027 |
5,451 | |||
| 2028 |
3,263 | |||
| 2029 |
2,484 | |||
| Thereafter |
333 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total minimum lease payments |
25,685 | |||
| Less amount of payments representing interest |
(4,056 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Present value of future minimum lease payments |
21,629 | |||
| Less current obligations |
(5,509 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Long-term portion of finance leases |
$ | 16,120 | ||
|
|
|
12. Income Taxes
The Company files income tax returns in federal and various state and local jurisdictions in which the Company operates.
F-26
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Income tax expense consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Current income tax |
||||||||
| Federal |
$ | 3,232 | $ | 1,364 | ||||
| State and local |
1,921 | 1,003 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 5,153 | 2,367 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Deferred income tax |
||||||||
| Federal |
8,088 | 1,143 | ||||||
| State and local |
1,665 | (532 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 9,753 | 611 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total income tax expense |
$ | 14,906 | $ | 2,978 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes as reported in the consolidated statements of operations and the amount of income tax expense computed by multiplying consolidated income (loss) in each year by the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% is as follows (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Federal tax |
$ | (16,631 | ) | $ | (25,042 | ) | ||
| State tax, net of federal benefit |
132 | (2,761 | ) | |||||
| Unit-based compensation |
11,897 | 11,612 | ||||||
| Changes in valuation allowance |
19,921 | 18,663 | ||||||
| Return to provision |
(601 | ) | 333 | |||||
| Other |
188 | 173 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total income tax expense |
$ | 14,906 | $ | 2,978 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, were as follows (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Deferred tax assets |
||||||||
| Accruals and reserves |
$ | 7,265 | $ | 5,604 | ||||
| Interest limitation carryforward |
75,177 | 49,104 | ||||||
| Operating lease liabilities |
21,595 | 22,409 | ||||||
| Net operating loss carryforward |
1,596 | 8,106 | ||||||
| Valuation allowance |
(63,882 | ) | (43,961 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total deferred tax assets |
41,751 | 41,262 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Deferred tax liabilities |
||||||||
| Property and equipment |
(12,619 | ) | (12,836 | ) | ||||
| Intangible assets |
(12,572 | ) | (3,874 | ) | ||||
| Investment in unconsolidated affiliate basis difference |
(29,085 | ) | (25,878 | ) | ||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets |
(20,158 | ) | (21,573 | ) | ||||
| Unit-based compensation |
(13 | ) | (43 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total deferred tax liabilities |
(74,447 | ) | (64,204 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net deferred tax liability |
$ | (32,696 | ) | $ | (22,942 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-27
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The Company has revised its disclosure of the composition of deferred tax assets and liabilities to include operating lease liabilities and operating lease right-of-use assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 along with an offsetting increase to the valuation allowance of $1.4 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Corresponding updates were also made to the valuation allowance rollforward and rate reconciliation disclosures. The Company evaluated these errors, individually and in the aggregate, and determined that the errors were not material to its consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. There was no impact to the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows.
The Company has no federal net operating losses as of December 31, 2024 and $26.0 million as of December 31, 2023. These net operating loss carryforwards have indefinite carryforward use, subject to annual limitation. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA). The TCJA limits a taxpayer’s ability to utilize its net operating loss (“NOL”) deduction for losses arising in tax years beginning after 2017 to 80% of taxable income. The Company has state net operating losses of $40.4 million and $67.2 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These net operating losses have carryforward periods ranging from 15 years to indefinite carryforward use. The state net operating losses begin to expire in 2034.
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no uncertain tax positions requiring accrual.
Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets.
A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 2024. On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, a valuation allowance of $63.9 million and $44.0 million, respectively, has been recorded to recognize only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized.
The changes in the valuation allowance are as follows:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Balance at the beginning of the year |
$ | (43,961 | ) | $ | (25,298 | ) | ||
| Amounts charged to income tax expense |
(19,921 | ) | (18,663 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance at end of year |
$ | (63,882 | ) | $ | (43,961 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Company has concluded on all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2020, but there has been no conclusion on state and local income tax matters for years since the Company’s inception.
13. Equity
The Company has 625,714,477 and 625,411,786 common units authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, 286,820 common units were held in escrow for future indemnities in connection with historical acquisitions. These common units are reflected as outstanding in the statement of changes in equity.
The Company has issued common units to investors, including employees, in exchange for cash. The employee’s ability to purchase common units at fair value does not qualify as an employee stock purchase plan. Equity was also issued by affiliates of the Company in conjunction with the Company’s historical acquisitions of the variable interest entities.
F-28
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The common units have the following terms and conditions:
Automatic Conversion Feature
In the event of a conversion to a C Corporation in a public offering, the outstanding common units shall be converted into or exchanged for shares of the C Corporation’s common stock based on the fair value of the common units and the offering price of the C Corporation’s common stock. Each common unit shall be converted into common stock with share restrictions and vesting to reflect the same vesting schedule as the converted common unit.
Voting Rights
Each common unit is identical to all other common units in all respects and shall entitle the holder thereof to the rights, interests, preferences and privileges of a holder of a common unit.
Liquidation
In the event of liquidation of the Company, after the debts and obligations are paid, discharged, or provided for, holders of incentive units receive distributions up to the distribution threshold established at the time of the issuance as reduced by any applicable distributions (unless these units are not yet vested based on the applicable terms). The remaining distribution will be provided to holders of common units on a pro rata basis.
14. Unit-Based Compensation
Common Units
The Company has authorized and issued to the Holding Companies 169.3 million common units, for the purpose of granting equity with vesting conditions to the Company’s employees. Contemporaneously with these grants, the Holding Companies issued their own equity, representing 169.3 million Lumexa Imaging common units. Of these common units, 6.3 million common units with a grant date fair value of $10.2 million vested during 2024, and 63.8 million common units, with a grant date fair value of $66.9 million, vested during 2023. Common unit award transactions for the year ended December 31, 2024 were as follows:
| NUMBER OF UNITS |
WEIGHTED- AVERAGE GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE |
|||||||
| Nonvested as of December 31, 2023 |
101,294,330 | $ | 2.04 | |||||
| Granted |
5,788,365 | 2.23 | ||||||
| Vested |
(6,348,573 | ) | 1.61 | |||||
| Forfeited or cancelled |
(5,788,365 | ) | 2.10 | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Nonvested as of December 31, 2024 |
94,945,757 | 2.08 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
The Company modified certain Common unit-based compensation awards associated with the wind-down of a physician practice during the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company accelerated the vesting of a portion of the awards held by seven employees of this physician practice upon their termination. As a result, total compensation expense of $6.7 million was recognized for these awards, and the remaining unrecognized expense was recognized on the modification date.
The Company recognizes compensation expense for common units subject to vesting over the required vesting period of five years. The Company recognized $49.3 million and $50.6 million of unit-based compensation expense related to common units subject to vesting for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The fair value of common units subject to vesting is equal to the stated value of common units at the time of issuance.
F-29
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
As of December 31, 2024, there was $53.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to common units recognizable over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.9 years.
Incentive Units
On January 1, 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for the issuance of incentive unit awards. Upon a qualifying disposition event of the Company, incentive units entitle holders to receive a portion of the accumulated profits interest in the Company (above a stated distribution threshold).
The distribution threshold represents the amount of cumulative investment in the Company at the grant date and distributions from a qualifying disposition event that are in excess of the distribution threshold are applied towards the settlement of vested incentive units. Incentive units do not entitle any holders to the contributed capital interest in the Company.
There were 75,504,935 and 69,088,211 time-based incentive units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company recognizes compensation expense for time-based awards ratably over the corresponding vesting period which is five years. In the case of a change in control, outstanding time-based incentive units will automatically vest.
In addition, there were 35,164,481 and 41,131,981 incentive units with service, performance, and market conditions authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The vesting conditions represent a qualifying disposition event that results in common unit holders receiving a minimum return on their initial investment in the Company (i.e., a minimum unit price). The compensation expense related to these incentive units is recognized when it is deemed probable that the performance criteria will be achieved. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, achievement of the performance-based criteria was not determined to be probable. As such, no compensation expense has been recorded from the grant date for these incentive units through December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The Company recognizes forfeitures of incentive units based on the actual number of forfeitures. The Company recognized $7.4 million and $4.7 million of unit-based compensation expense related to incentive units for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, there was $15.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to incentive units with service conditions recognizable over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.3 years, and $12.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the incentive units with an improbable performance condition.
The Company uses the Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of each incentive unit award on the date of grant. The following assumptions were used in estimating these values and determining the related stock-based compensation expense attributable to the current period:
Expected term of the awards: The expected term of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to remain outstanding from the date of grant. The Company determines the expected term of its equity awards based on its historical experience with similar awards, considering the Company’s historical exercise, using the expiration periods and post-vesting termination patterns.
Expected volatility: Expected volatility represents the volatility anticipated over the expected term of the award. The Company determines the expected volatility basis the benchmark historical range of stock prices of comparable companies.
Expected dividend yield: The Company has paid dividends on its common units in the past and does not currently expect to pay dividends during the term of stock awards granted.
Risk-free interest rate: The Company bases the expected risk-free interest rate on the implied yield currently available on stripped interest coupons of U.S. Treasury issues with a remaining term equivalent to the expected term of the award.
F-30
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The weighted-average grant-date fair values for both time-based and performance-based incentive unit awards were $0.44 and $0.48 per unit, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which were calculated using the following weighted-average assumptions:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Expected volatility |
45.00 | % | 50.00 | % | ||||
| Expected term |
2.5 years | 2.5 years | ||||||
| Weighted-average risk-free interest rate |
4.70 | % | 4.60 | % | ||||
| Expected dividend yield |
0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | ||||
Incentive unit award transactions for the year ended December 31, 2024 were as follows:
| NUMBER OF UNITS |
WEIGHTED- AVERAGE GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE |
|||||||
| Nonvested as of December 31, 2023 |
83,743,799 | $ | 0.48 | |||||
| Granted |
13,275,000 | 0.44 | ||||||
| Vested |
(16,298,944 | ) | 0.31 | |||||
| Forfeited |
(12,825,776 | ) | 0.70 | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Nonvested as of December 31, 2024 |
67,894,079 | 0.46 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
15. Commitments and Contingencies
Bonus and Retention Agreements
During 2024, the Company entered bonus and retention agreements with certain employees. One half of an employee’s bonus amount is time-based as of June 30, 2025, with an employee’s continued service to the Company. The other half of the bonus is performance-based vesting and is dependent upon the occurrence of a 40% or more sale of the Company to the extent it occurs before June 30, 2025, as well as certain other vesting provisions associated with a sale of the Company. If a sale closes after June 30, 2025 but before June 30, 2027 and the employee is still employed through the date of the sale, the employee is entitled to receive one-half of the bonus amount. The Company has recognized compensation expense for the time-based portion of the bonus during 2024 totaling $11.2 million. Such amount is recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2024, and will be paid during July 2025 subsequent to vesting on June 30, 2025. The compensation expense related to the performance-based portion of the bonus is recognized at the point it is deemed probable that the performance criteria will be achieved. As of December 31, 2024, achievement of the performance-based criteria was not determined to be probable. As such, no compensation expense has been recorded from the performance-based portion of the bonus through December 31, 2024.
Regulatory Oversight
The Company expects that audits, inquiries, and investigations from government authorities and agencies will occur in the ordinary course of business.
Such audits, inquiries, and investigations and their ultimate resolutions, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial conditions, results of the operations, and cash flows. The Company has not recorded a reserve for these matters as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, as the variables affecting any potential eventual liability depends on the current unknown facts and circumstances that arise out of,
F-31
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
and are specific to, any particular future audit, inquiry, and investigation and cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. Management believes that the resolution of all current regulatory matters will not result in a material impact to the Company’s financial condition, results of operation, or cash flows.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings claims, medical malpractice claims and regulatory tax inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of its business. With respect to these matters, the Company evaluates the developments on a regular basis and accrues a liability when we believe a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Based on current information, the Company does not believe that reasonably possible or probable losses associated with pending legal proceedings would, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on business and consolidated financial statements. However, the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain.
16. Defined Contribution Plan
The Company sponsors a profit-sharing plan whereby certain employees who have completed at least one month of service, including at least one hour of service during that period of time, are eligible to participate. Company contributions are in accordance with the plan document. The plan includes a 401(k) feature whereby employees may contribute varying percentages, or flat dollar amounts of their annual compensation, up to the maximum allowable amounts by the Internal Revenue Service on a tax-deferred basis. Total expense for the plan was $22.9 million and $22.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
17. Variable Interest Entities
The Company’s VIEs consist of both VIE Physician Practices and Franchise Centers.
VIE Physician Practices
The VIE Physician Practices are wholly owned, from an equity ownership perspective and for certain regulatory reasons, by certain physicians (the “Physician Owners”) who are employed by the Company or a VIE Physician Practice. The VIE Physician Practices were established to operate as medical radiology practices and provide their patients with professional interpretation services. At various points between 2018 and 2023, via the establishment or acquisition of the MSOs and execution of the ASAs and other contractual agreements, the Company acquired a controlling financial interest in the VIE Physician Practices (described below in detail). Through the ASAs, the MSOs have exclusive responsibility for the provision of non-medical services required for the day-to-day operation and management of each of the VIE Physician Practices, including establishing annual capital and operating budgets, and making recommendations to the VIE Physician Practices in establishing the guidelines for the employment and compensation for the physicians and other employees of the VIE Physician Practices. Via other contractual agreements, the Company has the right to designate an appropriate licensed person(s) to purchase the equity interest of the VIE Physician Practices for nominal amount in the event of a transfer event at the Company’s discretion.
In assessing whether the Company should consolidate the VIE Physician Practices, the Company evaluated whether it has a variable interest in the VIE Physician Practices, whether the VIE Physician Practices are VIEs, and whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE Physician Practices. The Company concluded that it has variable interests in the VIE Physician Practices on the basis that the Company has the right to receive income as an ongoing management fee under the ASAs, which effectively absorbs all of the residual interests of the VIE Physician Practices. The Company also has the implicit obligation to absorb losses of the VIE Physician Practices and to additionally provide, in certain circumstances, cash advances to the VIE Physician Practices if the VIE Physician Practices have insufficient funds. The Company did not provide any such cash advances to the VIE Physician Practices during the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The Company determined the VIE Physician Practices are VIEs due to insufficient equity at risk and/or the holders of the equity at risk in the VIE
F-32
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Physician Practices (i.e., the Physician Owners) lacking the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE Physician Practices’ economic performance.
The contractual arrangements described above allow the Company to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE Physician Practices. Accordingly, the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE Physician Practices and consolidates the VIE Physician Practices under the VIE model.
The tables below illustrate the assets and liabilities of the VIE Physician Practices (in thousands):
| AS OF DECEMBER 31 | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| VIE PHYSICIAN PRACTICES |
VIE PHYSICIAN PRACTICES |
|||||||
| Assets |
||||||||
| Current assets |
$ | 53,112 | $ | 56,264 | ||||
| Non-current assets |
190,406 | 182,636 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets of consolidated VIEs |
243,518 | 238,900 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Liabilities |
||||||||
| Current liabilities |
20,558 | 19,592 | ||||||
| Non-current liabilities |
28,253 | 24,110 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities of consolidated VIEs |
48,811 | 43,702 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total net assets of consolidated VIEs |
$ | 194,707 | $ | 195,198 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Franchise Centers
The Franchise Centers operate as franchisees of AHI and are wholly owned, from an equity ownership perspective and for certain regulatory reasons, by certain radiologists (the “Franchisees”) who have contracts with and provide clinical services to the patients of the Franchise Centers. The Franchise Centers were established to operate as medical radiology practices and imaging centers offering patients MRI, CT, and ultrasound imaging services. Through the franchise agreements and management service agreements (“MSAs”), AHI has exclusive responsibility for the provision of non-medical services required for the day-to-day operation and management of each of the Franchise Centers, including establishing annual capital and operating budgets and makes recommendations to the Franchise Centers in establishing the guidelines for the physicians and other employees of the Franchise Centers. The franchise agreements also restrict the Franchisees’ ability to transfer the ownership interest without AHI’s approval.
In assessing whether AHI should consolidate the Franchise Centers, the Company evaluated whether AHI holds a variable interest in the Franchise Centers, if the Franchise Centers are VIEs, and whether AHI has a controlling financial interest in the Franchise Centers. The Company concluded that AHI has the right to receive income as an ongoing management fee under the MSAs, which effectively absorbs all of the residual interest of the Franchise Centers. AHI also has the implicit obligation to absorb losses of the Franchise Centers and to additionally provide, in certain circumstances, cash advances to the Franchise Centers, if the Franchise Centers have insufficient funds. AHI did not provide any such cash advances to the Franchise Centers during the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The Company determined that the Franchise Centers are considered VIEs because their equity at risk is insufficient to finance their activities without additional support.
F-33
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The contractual arrangements above allow AHI to direct the activities that most significantly impact the Franchise Centers’ economic performance. Thus, AHI is the primary beneficiary and consolidates the Franchise Centers.
Total assets and liabilities included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets associated with the Franchise Centers were $5.9 million and $6.7 million and $4.1 million and $4.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
As a direct result of the nominal initial equity contributions by the Physician Owners and the Franchisees and the provisions of the contractual arrangements described above, the interests held by the noncontrolling interest holders of the Company’s VIEs (inclusive of the VIE Physician Practices and the Franchise Centers) lack economic substance and do not provide them with any right to participate in residual profits or losses generated by the Company’s VIEs. These rights are instead implicit in the corporate governance laws governing the relevant VIE’s constitutive documents by virtue of the fact that such noncontrolling interest holders are the sole owners of the equity of the relevant VIE. However, after paying relevant expenses, including clinical staff salaries as well as administrative service fees to the Company, the VIEs do not have residual profits remaining. Additionally, because the Company absorbs all expected losses of its VIEs through its deferral of administrative service fees and the Company expects that its VIEs will continue to have a shortfall on their payment of such administrative service fees, noncontrolling interest holders in the VIEs are not expected to be allocated any residual profits, losses, dividends or liquidation proceeds. Therefore, the noncontrolling interests in the VIEs have no material value and the income and expenses recognized by the VIEs are attributable in totality to the Company.
The Company has not identified any VIEs during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, for which the Company determined that it is not the primary beneficiary and thus did not consolidate. No VIEs were deconsolidated during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
18. Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
BTDI
Touchstone Imaging of Mesquite, LLC (“TMI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of LIOI, and Baylor University Medical Center (BUMC) own a 49% and 51% interest, respectively, in BTDI. The Company accounts for TMI’s noncontrolling interest in the investment in the unconsolidated affiliate under the equity method of accounting.
On May 25, 2021, LIOI made an investment in an unconsolidated affiliate along with BUMC called Gateway Diagnostic JV, LLC (“Gateway”) for the purpose of owning, operating, and managing independent diagnostic testing facilities to provide imaging services to patients in Texas. Prior to the reorganization (described in the succeeding sentence), Gateway was a common controlled affiliate of BTDI and was owned 49% by the Company and 51% by BUMC. During 2023, through a series of transactions, Gateway was reorganized and became a wholly owned subsidiary of BTDI. The reorganization was treated as a common control transaction.
All Others
The Company’s other investments in unconsolidated affiliates include Carolinas Imaging Services, LLC (“CIS”), Virtua Adult Imaging JV (“Virtua JV”), SCLTDI JV, LLC (“SCLTDI”), IH-USRS Imaging, LLC (“IH-USRS”), RLC, LLC, (“RLC”), and Tucson Medical Imaging Partners, LLC (“TMIP”). The Company has ownership interests in these entities ranging from 30% to 50%. The Company accounts for these investments in unconsolidated affiliates under the equity method of accounting.
F-34
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The following is a summary of balance sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and statements of income for the investments in unconsolidated affiliates on an aggregated basis for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| AS OF AND FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| BTDI | ALL OTHERS |
TOTAL | BTDI | ALL OTHERS |
TOTAL | |||||||||||||||||||
| Assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets |
$ | 437,692 | $ | 134,281 | $ | 571,973 | $ | 437,943 | $ | 124,430 | $ | 562,373 | ||||||||||||
| Liabilities and equity: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities |
151,294 | 38,988 | 190,282 | 130,217 | 37,093 | 167,310 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Equity |
286,398 | 95,293 | 381,691 | 307,726 | 87,337 | 395,063 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and equity |
437,692 | 134,281 | 571,973 | 437,943 | 124,430 | 562,373 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Company’s investment |
337,249 | 78,570 | 415,819 | 348,695 | 73,766 | 422,461 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Income statement: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenues |
382,321 | 151,268 | 533,589 | 345,791 | 125,730 | 471,521 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Expenses |
262,358 | 117,591 | 379,949 | 243,572 | 108,052 | 351,624 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net income |
119,963 | 33,677 | 153,640 | 102,219 | 17,678 | 119,897 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Company’s share of net income |
57,661 | 15,844 | 73,505 | 48,981 | 8,546 | 57,527 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Amortization of basis difference |
(2,000 | ) | — | (2,000 | ) | (2,000 | ) | — | (2,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates |
$ | 55,661 | $ | 15,844 | $ | 71,505 | $ | 46,981 | $ | 8,546 | $ | 55,527 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
19. Related Party Transactions
Net Patient Service Revenue, Related Party
The Company provides diagnostic imaging services and radiology services to its unconsolidated affiliates, which include CIS, BTDI, SCLTDI and IH-USRS based on service agreements. The Company recorded patient revenue of $31.3 million and $19.7 million related to these services during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included in Net patient service revenue, related party on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has a receivable from these investments in unconsolidated affiliates in the amount of $2.4 million and $3.3 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included in Accounts receivable, related party on the consolidated balance sheets.
Management fee revenue and other, Related Party
The Company provides management and administrative services based on management service agreements including staff and administrative support to their investments in unconsolidated affiliates. A large portion of this revenue relates to BTDI, where the Company recorded revenue of $136.3 million and $113.4 million related to these services during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included in Management fee and other revenue, related party on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has a receivable from BTDI in the amount of $14.7 million and $5.4 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included in Accounts receivable, related party on the consolidated balance sheets.
F-35
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
For all other investments in unconsolidated affiliates, the Company recorded management fees of $47.9 million and $48.4 million, which is included in Management fee and other revenue, related party on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has a receivable from these investments in unconsolidated affiliates in the amount of $5.6 million and $5.5 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included in Accounts receivable, related party on the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company also provides management services and administrative services based on management service agreements to Atrium Health and its subsidiaries, which is an investor in Lumexa Imaging and has the right to appoint one LII board seat, thus resulting in related party relationship. Atrium Health also is an investor, along with LII in CIS. The revenue for such services earned from Atrium Health was $2.9 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively and is included in Management fee and other revenue, related party on the consolidated statements of operations. Atrium owed the Company $0.6 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, for such services, which are included in Accounts receivable, related party on the consolidated balance sheets.
Unsecured Debt
The Company’s borrowings under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by LII and LIOI and each wholly owned subsidiary, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, the Credit Agreement allows the Company to guarantee, post collateral (e.g., security deposits) or issue letters of credit to creditors of the VIEs. Refer to Note 10 “Long-Term Debt” for further information.
20. Segment Reporting
In January 2025, the Company experienced a strategic shift in connection with changes to its executive leadership, including the hiring of a new Chief Executive Officer. As a result, at the beginning of 2025, the Company began providing its operating results to the Chief Executive Officer (the Company’s CODM) on the basis of a single segment. As the CODM progressed in her role, however, she started reviewing disaggregated financial information based upon two segments (the “June Segment Update”). In response, the Company revised its view of reportable segments based on the CODM’s methods for managing the organization and allocating resources. The June Segment Update has been retroactively presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The Company’s CODM, who is the CEO, reviews revenues and Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (EBITDA) of each segment for the purpose of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance, and deciding how to allocate resources (including employees, property, and financial or capital resources) for each segment predominantly in the annual budget and forecasting process. The CODM considers budget-to-actual variances monthly when making decisions about allocating resources to the segments.
Adjusted EBITDA is defined by the Company as net loss determined in accordance with GAAP, before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, unit-based compensation expense and the impact, which may be recurring in nature, of transaction costs, one-time litigation and settlement expenses associated with claims made against the Company, costs associated with strategic initiatives and implementation, goodwill impairment charges, severance and executive recruiting costs, gains or losses on dispositions and other similar or infrequent items (although the Company may not have had such charges in the periods presented). Adjusted EBITDA includes adjustments to reflect the Company’s share of Adjusted EBITDA from unconsolidated affiliates.
The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services or structures for delivering outpatient imaging services. They are managed separately because each business requires a different operational strategy for managing performance and allocating resources. The Outpatient segment consists of imaging
F-36
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
centers that are owned or operated by the Company (either wholly owned or via unconsolidated affiliate), where the Company performs the imaging scan and provides the radiologist’s interpretation service (i.e., read). Revenues are also earned through the provision of management services to operate the centers for certain of the Company’s unconsolidated affiliate partners. The Professional segment consists of professional interpretation services, where the imaging scan itself is performed at the hospital or point of care and not by the Company or its unconsolidated affiliates. The Company eliminates any intersegment transactions in consolidation. Corporate overhead expenses are allocated to each segment on the basis of net patient service revenue for each segment.
The Company does not report balance sheet information by segment since it is not reviewed by its CODM. The CODM uses consolidated expense information to manage operations, and the CODM is not regularly provided disaggregated expenses by segment.
The following table presents revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for each reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| OUTPATIENT | PROFESSIONAL | INTERSEGMENT ELIMINATIONS |
TOTAL OF REPORTABLE SEGMENTS |
|||||||||||||
| Revenue |
||||||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 521,286 | $ | 232,551 | $ | (6,987 | ) | $ | 746,850 | |||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
186,169 | 15,850 | — | 202,019 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total revenues |
707,455 | 248,401 | (6,987 | ) | 948,869 | |||||||||||
| Other segment items (1) |
534,913 | 220,104 | (6,987 | ) | 748,030 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 172,542 | $ | 28,297 | $ | — | 200,839 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
(42,164 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Income tax provision |
(14,906 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortization of basis difference |
(2,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
(136,027 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(703 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
(56,654 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
2,294 | |||||||||||||||
| Severance and executive recruiting (2) |
(3,436 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives and implementation (3) |
(5,362 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Transaction costs (4) |
(18,167 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Litigation and settlements (5) |
(588 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Other (6) |
(1,904 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Adjustments for equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates (7) |
(15,321 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (94,099 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
F-37
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
| YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| OUTPATIENT | PROFESSIONAL | INTERSEGMENT ELIMINATIONS |
TOTAL OF REPORTABLE SEGMENTS |
|||||||||||||
| Revenue |
||||||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 535,012 | $ | 237,816 | $ | (5,437 | ) | $ | 767,391 | |||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
162,070 | 6,464 | — | 168,534 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total revenues |
697,082 | 244,280 | (5,437 | ) | 935,925 | |||||||||||
| Other segment items (1) |
539,464 | 204,726 | (5,437 | ) | 738,753 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 157,618 | $ | 39,554 | $ | — | 197,172 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
(56,630 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Goodwill impairment |
(18,969 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Income tax provision |
(2,978 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortization of basis difference |
(2,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
(141,694 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
(55,296 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
(1,285 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Severance and executive recruiting (2) |
(2,931 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives and implementation (3) |
(14,187 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Transaction costs (4) |
(4,013 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Litigation and settlements (5) |
(3,835 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Other (6) |
(1,582 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Adjustments for equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates (7) |
(13,999 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (122,227 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| (1) | Other segment items for both segments include certain operating expenses that are not regularly provided to the CODM on a segment basis and that are identifiable with that segment, including general and administrative expenses. |
| (2) | Includes severance and recruiting expenses for executive leadership departures as part of strategic organizational changes. |
| (3) | Includes third-party consulting, implementation and integration expenses incurred as part of the Company’s strategic transformation and optimization initiatives, specifically related to the deployment of a new technology system and labor model, as well as the development, customization and integration of a new enterprise resource planning system. |
| (4) | Includes costs of buy-side and sell-side due diligence activities to evaluate and execute potential mergers and acquisitions, integrate acquired businesses, one-time employee retention bonuses related to potential mergers and acquisitions and third-party non-recurring IPO costs. |
| (5) | Consists of litigation and settlement costs for matters not related to core operations. |
| (6) | Consists of other costs related to debt financing, certain de novo start-up costs related to outpatient imaging centers and certain exit costs related to closed outpatient imaging centers. |
| (7) | Adjusts for the Company’s proportional share of depreciation and amortization, interest expense and losses/gains on asset disposals related to unconsolidated affiliates, which are included in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. |
The Company has revised its intersegment eliminations to exclude $10.4 million and $1.0 million of net patient service revenue and management fee and other revenue, respectively, and to decrease net patient service revenue and management fee and other revenue for the Professional segment by $10.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company has revised its intersegment eliminations to exclude $11.9 million and $1.2 million of net patient service revenue and management fee and other revenue, respectively, and to decrease net patient service revenue and management fee and other revenue for the Professional
F-38
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
segment by $11.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023. Such revision was made as these transactions eliminate within the Professional segment. The Company has evaluated these errors, individually and in the aggregate, and determined that the errors were not material to its consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. There was no impact to the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows.
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 11, 2025, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and concluded that there were no subsequent events that were required to be disclosed.
Events Subsequent to Original Issuance of Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
In connection with the reissuance of the consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 17, 2025, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be reissued, and concluded that there were no subsequent events that were required to be disclosed, except as noted below.
On July 4, 2025, President Trump signed the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the “OBBBA”) into law. The OBBBA includes numerous changes to existing tax law, including provisions on bonus depreciation and limitations on interest deductions based on a tax EBITDA framework, which are both favorable. These provisions are generally effective beginning in 2025, and the Company currently anticipates they will partially defer any income tax payments in future years. The Company’s management continues to review the OBBBA tax provisions to assess impacts to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
On July 8, 2025, US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC changed its name to Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC.
The consolidated financial statements reflect the historical financial statements and footnotes of US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC, with subsequent updates to refer to the entity’s new name.
F-39
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
(in thousands, except for common units)
| SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 |
DECEMBER 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 191 | $ | 26,131 | ||||
| Accounts receivable |
114,252 | 107,046 | ||||||
| Accounts receivable, related party |
21,258 | 23,308 | ||||||
| Other receivables |
13,138 | 5,644 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses |
17,078 | 10,391 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current assets |
165,917 | 172,520 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation |
132,865 | 121,133 | ||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets |
74,117 | 80,792 | ||||||
| Investments in unconsolidated affiliates |
424,553 | 415,819 | ||||||
| Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization |
42,866 | 47,788 | ||||||
| Goodwill |
807,554 | 807,554 | ||||||
| Other assets |
41,988 | 24,958 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| TOTAL ASSETS (1) |
$ | 1,689,860 | $ | 1,670,564 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | 35,189 | $ | 29,889 | ||||
| Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
101,085 | 108,454 | ||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
21,445 | 16,001 | ||||||
| Accounts receivable pledging arrangement |
726 | — | ||||||
| Current portion of finance lease liabilities |
8,440 | 5,509 | ||||||
| Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
13,107 | 13,807 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current liabilities |
179,992 | 173,660 | ||||||
| Long-term debt, less current maturities |
1,179,596 | 1,185,080 | ||||||
| Long-term finance lease liabilities, less current maturities |
22,327 | 16,120 | ||||||
| Long-term operating lease liabilities, less current maturities |
68,331 | 72,746 | ||||||
| Deferred income taxes |
36,198 | 32,696 | ||||||
| Other liabilities |
36,309 | 28,608 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities (1) |
1,522,753 | 1,508,910 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7) |
||||||||
| EQUITY: |
||||||||
| Common units, 626,088,919 and 625,714,477 equity units authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively |
769,477 | 745,610 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit |
(602,370 | ) | (583,956 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total equity |
167,107 | 161,654 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
$ | 1,689,860 | $ | 1,670,564 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | The Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets include assets of consolidated variable interest entities, or VIEs, that can only be used to settle obligations and liabilities of the VIE for which creditors do not have recourse to the primary beneficiary (Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC). As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, total assets of consolidated VIEs consisted of accounts receivable of $50,668 and $47,175 respectively; accounts receivable, related party of $6,954 and $5,078, respectively; prepaid expenses of $1,685 and $1,103, respectively; other receivables of $5,786 and $4,621, respectively; property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $15,685 and $10,600, respectively; operating lease right-of-use assets of $8,629 and $8,021, respectively; goodwill of $101,802 and $101,802, respectively; investments in unconsolidated affiliates of $55,372 and $53,350, respectively; and other assets of $20,491 and $17,872, respectively. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, total liabilities of consolidated VIEs consisted of accounts payable of $375 and $369, respectively; accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $17,090 and $20,895, respectively; current portion of operating lease liabilities of $2,054 and $2,917, respectively; other liabilities of $26,466 and $23,162, respectively; and long-term operating lease liabilities, less current maturities of $7,037 and $5,598, respectively. See Note 9 for further discussion. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-40
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
(in thousands, except for unit and per unit data)
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| REVENUES: |
||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 565,738 | $ | 533,860 | ||||
| Net patient service revenue, related party |
26,440 | 23,161 | ||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
15,253 | 11,372 | ||||||
| Management fee and other revenue, related party |
147,916 | 132,448 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total revenues |
755,347 | 700,841 | ||||||
| OPERATING EXPENSES: |
||||||||
| Cost of operations, excluding depreciation and amortization |
639,898 | 626,150 | ||||||
| General and administrative expenses |
53,262 | 50,241 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
27,984 | 32,348 | ||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
477 | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total operating expenses |
721,621 | 708,739 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates |
49,835 | 47,890 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| INCOME FROM OPERATIONS |
83,561 | 39,992 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES: |
||||||||
| Interest expense |
90,523 | 104,640 | ||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
— | 703 | ||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
— | (2,184 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total other expenses |
90,523 | 103,159 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES |
(6,962 | ) | (63,167 | ) | ||||
| Income tax provision |
11,452 | 5,874 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| NET LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS |
$ | (18,414 | ) | $ | (69,041 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| NET LOSS PER UNIT: |
||||||||
| Weighted average units outstanding—Basic and diluted |
625,744,837 | 625,156,603 | ||||||
| Basic and diluted loss per unit |
$ | (0.03 | ) | $ | (0.11 | ) | ||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-41
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)
(in thousands, except common units)
| COMMON UNITS | ACCUMULATED DEFICIT |
TOTAL MEMBERS’ EQUITY |
||||||||||||||
| UNITS | AMOUNT | |||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2024 |
625,714,477 | $ | 745,610 | $ | (583,956 | ) | $ | 161,654 | ||||||||
| Capital contributions |
374,442 | 835 | — | 835 | ||||||||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
— | 23,032 | — | 23,032 | ||||||||||||
| Net loss |
— | — | (18,414 | ) | (18,414 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Balance at September 30, 2025 |
626,088,919 | $ | 769,477 | $ | (602,370 | ) | $ | 167,107 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2023 |
625,411,786 | $ | 688,283 | $ | (489,857 | ) | $ | 198,426 | ||||||||
| Capital contributions |
188,341 | 420 | — | 420 | ||||||||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
— | 42,616 | — | 42,616 | ||||||||||||
| Net loss |
— | — | (69,041 | ) | (69,041 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Balance at September 30, 2024 |
625,600,127 | $ | 731,319 | $ | (558,898 | ) | $ | 172,421 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-42
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
(in thousands)
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (18,414 | ) | $ | (69,041 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities |
||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
27,984 | 32,348 | ||||||
| Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets |
11,162 | 11,237 | ||||||
| Amortization of debt issuance costs |
4,337 | 4,717 | ||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
— | 703 | ||||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates |
(49,835 | ) | (47,890 | ) | ||||
| Distributions from investments in unconsolidated affiliates |
41,223 | 58,791 | ||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
477 | — | ||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
— | (2,184 | ) | |||||
| Non-cash change in fair value of interest rate caps |
— | 1,274 | ||||||
| Deferred income taxes |
3,502 | 3,529 | ||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
23,032 | 42,616 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
(7,206 | ) | 1,471 | |||||
| Accounts receivable, related party |
2,189 | (1,335 | ) | |||||
| Other receivables |
(7,494 | ) | 690 | |||||
| Prepaid expenses |
(6,687 | ) | (5,098 | ) | ||||
| Other assets |
(16,515 | ) | (2,998 | ) | ||||
| Accounts payable |
5,007 | 6,988 | ||||||
| Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
(10,889 | ) | (14,473 | ) | ||||
| Other liabilities |
7,700 | 4,228 | ||||||
| Operating lease liabilities |
(9,602 | ) | (10,156 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
(29 | ) | 15,417 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of property and equipment |
794 | 73 | ||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
(19,228 | ) | (21,903 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from sale of business |
— | 3,744 | ||||||
| Proceeds from sale of business, related party |
— | 1,385 | ||||||
| Contributions to investments in unconsolidated affiliates |
(123 | ) | — | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
(18,557 | ) | (16,701 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||
| Payment of debt issuance costs |
— | (11 | ) | |||||
| Proceeds from long-term debt |
2,818 | 10,329 | ||||||
| Payments of long-term debt |
(11,807 | ) | (8,014 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from revolving line of credit |
5,000 | 30,000 | ||||||
| Repayments of revolving line of credit |
— | (30,000 | ) | |||||
| Proceeds from accounts receivable pledging arrangement |
726 | — | ||||||
| Payments of finance lease liabilities |
(4,926 | ) | (10,297 | ) | ||||
| Capital contributions |
835 | 420 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in financing activities |
(7,354 | ) | (7,573 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
(25,940 | ) | (8,857 | ) | ||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period |
26,131 | 20,186 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period |
$ | 191 | $ | 11,329 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
||||||||
| Cash paid for interest |
$ | 86,186 | $ | 98,649 | ||||
| Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new or modified operating lease liabilities |
$ | 4,719 | $ | 11,682 | ||||
| Equipment acquired under finance leases |
$ | 14,064 | $ | 3,941 | ||||
| Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 2,913 | $ | 145 | ||||
| Non-cash contributions to investments in unconsolidated affiliates |
$ | — | $ | 1,385 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-43
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
1. Organization and Nature of Business
Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (formerly US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC), together with its subsidiaries, (“Lumexa Imaging,” or “the Company”) is a network of diagnostic outpatient imaging centers in the United States, many of which are operated directly or indirectly through investments in unconsolidated affiliates with hospital partners. The investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The Company also has relationships with physician-owned radiology practices, which provide professional services to the Company and third-party hospitals. The Company has operations in 13 states.
The Company operates its business through two wholly owned subsidiaries: Lumexa Imaging, Inc. (formerly US Radiology Specialists, Inc., “LII”) and Lumexa Imaging Outpatient, Inc. (formerly US Outpatient Imaging Specialists, Inc., “LIOI”). The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lumexa Imaging, its wholly owned subsidiaries and entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, also known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”). Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) require variable interest entities to be consolidated if an entity’s interest in the VIE is a controlling financial interest. See further discussion of VIEs in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and controlled affiliates that are considered to be VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Investments in companies in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for under the equity method.
All intercompany accounts and transactions with consolidated entities, including VIEs, have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income within its condensed consolidated financial statements, and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive operations in its consolidated financial statements.
The Company presents equity in earnings from investments in unconsolidated affiliates as a component of operating income as the activities of the investees are closely aligned with the operations of the Company.
The Company has prepared the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP for interim financial information, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) applicable to interim financial reporting. Accordingly, these condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required for complete annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024.
In the opinion of the Company, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements contain all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of its financial position as of September 30, 2025, and its results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024. The condensed balance sheet at December 31, 2024, was derived from audited annual consolidated financial statements but does not contain all of the footnote disclosures from the annual consolidated financial statements.
The Company’s significant accounting policies are disclosed in the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024. There have been no material changes in the Company’s significant accounting policies during the nine months ended September 30, 2025.
F-44
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the unaudited condensed financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant assumptions and estimates underlying these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes involve calculation of the Company’s provision for price concessions reducing revenue, allowances on accounts receivable, the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, the fair value of common units issued in business combinations, useful lives of property and equipment, long-lived asset and goodwill impairment analyses, valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, and the fair value of equity incentive units. These estimates involve judgments with respect to numerous factors that are difficult to predict and are beyond management’s control. Although the Company believes its assumptions are reasonable, actual results could differ from those estimates.
Variable Interest Entities
GAAP requires an entity to consolidate a VIE if the entity is determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Under the VIE model, the primary beneficiary is the party that meets both the following criteria: it has (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb the losses, or the right to receive benefits, from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company determines whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE through a qualitative analysis. As the primary beneficiary, the VIE’s assets, liabilities and results of operations are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements (see Note 9 “Variable Interest Entities”). The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the Company’s general credit, however, the Company may need to provide financial support to cover any operating expenses in excess of operating revenues in the VIEs. The Company performs ongoing reassessments of whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Company’s involvement with a VIE will cause the consolidation conclusion to change. Changes in consolidation status are applied prospectively, if any.
The condensed consolidated financial statements include VIEs in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Those VIEs include Charlotte Radiology, P.A. (“CRAD”), Connexia, LLC (“Connexia”), South Jersey Radiology Associates, P.A. (“South Jersey”), Radiology Associates of Burlington County, P.A. (“RABC”), Larchmont Imaging Associates, L.L.C. (“LIA”), Upstate Carolina Radiology, P.A. (“UCR”), and Windsong Radiology Group, P.C. (“Windsong”) (collectively, the “VIE Physician Practices”). Additionally, one of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries, American Health Imaging, Inc. (“AHI”), provides management and administrative services to five unaffiliated physician-owned imaging centers which use the AHI name (“Franchise Centers”). The Franchise Centers are also considered VIEs that the Company consolidates. Transactions with VIEs are eliminated in consolidation.
Revenues
Net Patient Service Revenue
The Company’s revenues are generated by providing diagnostic imaging services (i.e. scans) and physician interpretation services (i.e. reads) to patients within outpatient imaging centers. The Company also earns professional services revenue where revenue is earned by providing physician interpretation services to patients at hospitals or other sites of care. The contractual relationships with patients (i.e., the customers), in most cases, also involve a third-party payor. Third-party payors include entities such as Medicare, Medicaid, managed care health plans and commercial insurance companies. The fees for the services provided are dependent upon the terms provided by Medicare and Medicaid, or negotiated with managed care health plans and commercial insurance companies.
F-45
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
The following table disaggregates net patient service revenue by major third-party payor source for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Commercial insurance |
58% | 57% | ||||||
| Government—Medicare |
23% | 24% | ||||||
| Government—Medicaid |
5% | 4% | ||||||
| Attorney liens |
4% | 4% | ||||||
| Self-pay |
3% | 4% | ||||||
| Other third-party payors |
7% | 7% | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 100 | % | 100 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable represent charges to patients, third-party insurance payors, government-sponsored payors, and other payors for which payment has not been received. The Company continuously monitors collections from payors based upon specific payor collection issues that it has identified and historical experience. While changes in estimated reimbursement from third-party payors remain a possibility, the Company expects that any such changes would be minimal and, therefore, would not have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
The Company’s collection policies and procedures are based on the type of payor, size of claim, and estimated collection percentage for each modality. The Company analyzes accounts receivable at each of its operating companies to ensure the proper collection and aged category. Collection efforts include direct contact with third- party payors or patients, written correspondence, and the use of legal or collection agency assistance, as required.
The Company’s payor classes and their respective percentages of accounts receivable as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were as follows:
| SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 |
DECEMBER 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| Commercial insurance |
43% | 43% | ||||||
| Attorney liens |
35 | 36 | ||||||
| Government—Medicare |
11 | 11 | ||||||
| Government—Medicaid |
3 | 3 | ||||||
| Self-pay |
1 | 1 | ||||||
| Other third-party payors |
7 | 6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 100 | % | 100 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Attorney liens represent patient accounts receivable related to ongoing litigation between third parties, in which the Company has been contracted to provide imaging services. The Company is not directly involved in the ongoing litigation. Payment is not made until litigation is completed, which can exceed 36 months. Other third-party payors include government plans (excluding Medicare and Medicaid), workers’ compensation, and contract plans.
F-46
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
No single customer exceeded 10% of net patient service revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024.
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash balances principally in major financial institutions. The cash is subject to credit risk to the extent that the balances exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured limit of $250,000.
Management regularly considers its ability to collect outstanding receivable balances. The Company receives payments for services rendered from federal and state agencies (under the Medicare and Medicaid programs), managed care health plans, commercial insurance companies, employers, attorneys, and patients.
The Company recognizes that revenues and receivables from commercial payors and government agencies are significant to its operations but does not believe there are significant credit risks associated with these counterparties.
The Company owns 49% of an investment in an unconsolidated affiliate, BTDI JV, LLP (“BTDI”), which makes up 71% and 72% of management fees and other revenue, related party, during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and 52% and 70% of accounts receivable, related party, as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Refer to Note 11 “Related Party Transactions” for further discussion on the related party relationships.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration conveyed in the acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired. The Company uses estimates and judgments to measure the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Intangible assets with finite lives, such as facility contracts, management services agreements and trade names, along with intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as certificates of need are recognized apart from goodwill at the time of acquisition based on the contractual-legal and severability criteria established in the accounting guidance for business combinations. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over periods ranging from three to ten years utilizing the straight-line method, which represents the estimated useful life.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment annually on October 1, or when specific circumstances may be present, between annual tests. We tested goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on October 1, 2024 noting no impairment during the nine months ended September 30, 2024, and we have not identified any interim indicators of impairment through September 30, 2025.
Medical Malpractice Accrual Liability
In the ordinary course of business, professional liability claims have been asserted against the Company by various claimants. These claims are in various stages of processing or, in certain instances, are in litigation. In addition, there are known incidents, and there also may be unknown incidents, which may result in the assertion of additional claims. The Company has accrued its best estimate of both asserted and unasserted claims based on actuarially determined amounts. These estimates are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and frequency, and ultimate settlement of professional liability claims may vary significantly from estimated amounts. The associated liabilities are recorded on a gross basis within accrued expenses for those that are estimated to be settled in the near term and within other liabilities for those expected to be settled over a longer duration. Management believes that its accrual for claims incurred but not reported obligations is adequate as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
F-47
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
Deferred Transaction Costs
Deferred transaction costs consist of direct incremental legal, accounting, and consulting fees relating to the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”). The deferred transaction costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the completion of the offering. As of September 30, 2025, there were $5.4 million of deferred transaction costs capitalized in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. There were no deferred offering costs recorded as of December 31, 2024.
Secured Borrowings
For the purposes of securing short-term financing, the Company (“the transferor”) treats accounts receivable pledging arrangements with third-party financing entities (“transferees” or “secured parties”) in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing. A transfer of noncash financial assets that does not meet the conditions for sale accounting is a secured borrowing. As the Company retains all rights to collections on the pledged receivables, the Company will account for its accounts receivable pledging arrangements as secured borrowings, and the Company will recognize the transferred noncash financial assets as a unit of account separate from the liabilities recognized for the secured borrowing (i.e., presented as a current liability within the condensed consolidated balance sheet). The Company has elected the fair value option to account for these secured borrowings. For further information on the Company’s election of the fair value option refer to the Fair Value Measurements significant accounting policy below and Note 4 “Long-Term Debt” for the financial assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis within the consolidated balance sheets.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The criticality of a particular fair value estimate to the Company’s consolidated financial statements depends upon the nature and size of the item being measured, the extent of uncertainties involved, and the nature and magnitude or potential effect of assumptions and judgments required. Certain fair value estimates can involve significant uncertainties and require significant judgment on various matters, some of which could be subject to reasonable disagreement.
Inputs used to measure fair value are categorized into the following hierarchy:
| Level 1 | Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. |
| Level 2 | Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. |
| Level 3 | Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, but which are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities as determined by market participants. |
The Company holds various financial instruments that are not required to be recorded at fair value. For cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and short-term debt the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. See Note 4 “Long-Term Debt” for further information on assets and liabilities measured at fair value.
Income Taxes
The Company is organized as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and thus pays no federal income tax at the Company level. Since the Company wholly owns two separate tax consolidated groups (LII and LIOI), it reports its provision for income taxes as computed based upon the reported amount of income before income taxes for each of the taxable corporations. As the two corporate tax groups are not consolidated under one tax filing, the tax accounts included in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are a combination of those two corporate tax groups, the sum of which may not equal the same amount as if those entities were to file a consolidated return.
F-48
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
The Company calculates income taxes at each interim reporting period based on the estimated annual effective tax rate for the full year, adjusted for any discrete events which are recorded in the period they occur. Cumulative adjustments to the income tax provision are recorded in the interim reporting period in which a change in the estimated annual effective tax rate is determined.
Segment Reporting
The Company prepares its segment reporting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting, which establishes standards for entities reporting information about the operating segments and geographic areas in which they operate. The Company’s products and operations are managed and reported in two operating segments: Outpatient Imaging Centers (“Outpatient”) and Professional Services (“Professional”). The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is its Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), reviews the segments’ performance for the purpose of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance, and deciding how to allocate resources.
As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, all revenue was earned in the United States.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which expands income tax disclosure requirements to include additional information related to the rate reconciliation of effective tax to statutory rates, as well as additional disaggregation of taxes paid in both U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. The amendments in the ASU also remove disclosures related to certain unrecognized tax benefits and deferred taxes. ASU No. 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2024, and is applicable to the Company in fiscal 2025. We will adopt this ASU prospectively for the year ending December 31, 2025. The adoption of this guidance will not affect the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. The Company is currently evaluating the standard to determine its impact on the Company’s disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income— Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which requires the disclosure of information about certain costs and expenses that are included in relevant expense captions on the face of the income statement. The amendments require disclosure of specific expense categories in the notes to the financial statements for both interim and annual reporting periods. The amendment also requires disaggregated information about certain prescribed expense categories underlying any relevant income statement expense caption. ASU No. 2024-03 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statement disclosures.
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-06, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Accounting for and Disclosure of Internally Developed Software, which provides updated guidance on the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of costs incurred in connection with internally developed software. The new standard is intended to align accounting practices for software that is developed in-house with recent advancements in technology and current industry practices. ASU 2025-06 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2025-06 on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
F-49
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
3. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
| SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 |
DECEMBER 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| Accrued compensation and benefits |
$ | 38,245 | $ | 56,763 | ||||
| Contract labor |
5,677 | 6,320 | ||||||
| Medical claims payable |
2,881 | 2,084 | ||||||
| Profit sharing plan |
11,778 | 14,567 | ||||||
| Medical malpractice accrual |
6,694 | 5,033 | ||||||
| Taxes payable |
10,942 | 4,036 | ||||||
| Accrued professional fees |
2,226 | 2,400 | ||||||
| Severance accrual |
656 | 1,769 | ||||||
| Other accrued expenses |
21,986 | 15,482 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 101,085 | $ | 108,454 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
4. Long-Term Debt
The following is a summary of the Company’s debt as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
| SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 |
DECEMBER 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| Senior secured term loan |
$ | 1,191,191 | $ | 1,200,215 | ||||
| Promissory notes |
16,407 | 16,372 | ||||||
| Revolving credit facility |
5,000 | — | ||||||
| Accounts receivable pledging arrangement |
726 | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total debt obligations |
1,213,324 | 1,216,587 | ||||||
| Less debt issuance costs and discount |
(11,557 | ) | (15,506 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Debt, net of debt issuance costs |
1,201,767 | 1,201,081 | ||||||
| Less accounts receivable pledging arrangement |
(726 | ) | — | |||||
| Less current maturities of long-term debt |
(21,445 | ) | (16,001 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term debt, less current maturities |
$ | 1,179,596 | $ | 1,185,080 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-50
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt as of September 30, 2025, excluding the Accounts Receivable Pledging Arrangement and outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving line of credit, were as follows (in thousands):
| 2025 (remaining 3 months) |
$ | 4,066 | ||
| 2026 |
16,562 | |||
| 2027 |
1,181,038 | |||
| 2028 |
3,888 | |||
| 2029 |
1,564 | |||
| Thereafter |
480 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 1,207,598 | ||
|
|
|
Senior Secured Credit Facility
On December 15, 2020, the Company entered into a senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) consisting of a secured term loan facility of $790 million and a secured revolving line of credit of $165 million. The term loan is scheduled to mature on December 15, 2027, and the revolving line of credit is scheduled to mature on September 15, 2027. On December 31, 2021, the Company entered into Incremental Amendment No. 1 (the “First Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The First Amendment consisted of an additional $450 million incremental term loan. All other terms of the credit agreement remained unchanged. On March 21, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (the “Second Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The Second Amendment transitioned the term loan benchmark interest rate from Eurodollar to Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) interest pricing. The term loan provides for quarterly payments of principal in the amount of $3.1 million. On July 16, 2024, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 (the “Third Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The Third Amendment reduced the term loan interest rate to SOFR, plus 4.75% per annum (where the applicable SOFR rate has a 0.5% floor). On November 22, 2024, the Company entered into Amendment No. 4 (the “Fourth Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. The Fourth Amendment extended the maturity to the revolving credit facility to September 15, 2027. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the interest rate on the Company’s term loan was 9.05% and 9.35%, respectively.
The revolving credit facility bears interest at the Prime Rate, plus 3.00% or SOFR, plus 4.00%. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility was 10.25% and 10.50%, respectively. Additionally, a commitment fee accrues per annum on the unused revolver commitments. The fee varies based on the Company’s leverage ratio. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the unused commitment fee was 0.50%. Any borrowings under the revolving line of credit that we intend to repay within twelve months are classified as current within the condensed consolidated balance sheet. As of September 30, 2025, there was $5.0 million in outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving line of credit, whereby the entirety of the commitment outstanding is intended to be repaid within twelve months. No amounts were outstanding on the Company’s revolving line of credit as of December 31, 2024.
The fair value of the Company’s Senior Secured Term Loan, which is classified within Long Term Debt on the consolidated balance sheets, was $1.2 billion as of both September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
Covenants
The Credit Agreement contains various restrictive covenants, including financial covenants that limit the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to incur additional debt, pay dividends and other distributions, and engage in certain other transactions as specified therein. Failure to comply with these covenants could constitute an event of default notwithstanding the Company’s ability to meet its debt service obligations. The Company’s financial covenant is only triggered if outstanding revolving credit exposure exceeds 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the revolving line of credit on the last day of the reporting period (quarterly). If the covenant is triggered, the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio on the last day of the test period shall not exceed 8.75 to 1. At September 30, 2025, the Company’s outstanding revolving credit exposure did not exceed 35% of the aggregate
F-51
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
principal amount of the revolving line of credit and, therefore, did not trigger the covenant. The Credit Agreement includes various customary remedies for the lenders following an event of default. The Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants in the Credit Agreement as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
The Company’s borrowings under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by LII and LIOI and each wholly owned subsidiary, subject to certain exceptions. Substantially all of the assets of the Company are pledged as collateral in connection with the Credit Agreement.
Promissory Notes
The Company has financed the acquisition of certain medical equipment and leasehold improvements under promissory notes. The promissory notes bear interest at rates ranging from 8.75% to 12.35% per annum and mature at various times through October 2030. The promissory notes are collateralized by property and equipment of the Company and given the nature of the promissory notes, it was determined that the fair value approximates carrying value.
Accounts Receivable Pledging Arrangement
In August 2025, the Company entered into an accounts receivable pledging arrangement (the “AR Pledging Arrangement”) with a third-party financing company (the “Financer”) involving an initial amount of $1.5 million of its accounts receivable. The final payment of the pledged accounts receivable will be settled through the judicial system (i.e., litigation between third parties), rather than by the associated patient or insurance company (the “Legal AR”). Under the AR Pledging Arrangement, the Company pledges certain of its Legal AR to the Financer in exchange for an advance cash payment in an amount equal to a predefined percentage multiplied by the amount due under such Legal AR. The AR Pledging Arrangement does not qualify for sale accounting, and the amounts received are reported as collateralized borrowings. Accordingly, the related assets remain on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and continue to be accounted for as if the transfer had not occurred. Through September 30, 2025, $0.7 million has been borrowed by the Company from the Financer under the AR Pledging Arrangement and the amount is reported as a current liability within the condensed consolidated balance sheet.
The Financer also acts as a servicer of the Legal AR over its remaining life and, upon settlement and collection on the Legal AR, the Company owes the Financer a servicing fee that is equal to a predefined percentage multiplied by the amount of cash collected. Until settlement and collection, the Legal AR under this arrangement is recognized by the Company and used to secure the borrowing from Financer. The Company has elected to account for the secured borrowing by utilizing the fair value option. There have been no material changes in the fair value of the secured borrowing as of September 30, 2025. Therefore, no mark to market adjustment has been recognized for the three-month period ended September, 30, 2025.
5. Income Taxes
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, income tax expense was $11.5 million and $5.9 million, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was (164.5)%, compared to (9.3)% for the same period in 2024. The difference in the effective tax rate is primarily due to changes in the pretax income or loss among different tax-paying components in the consolidated financial statements and the related impact to state taxes and the valuation allowance.
There have been no material changes to the Company’s deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, or valuation allowance since December 31, 2024. The Company continues to maintain a valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets, as discussed in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024.
As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no uncertain tax positions requiring accrual. The Company has concluded on all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2020, but there has been no conclusion on state and local income tax matters for years since the Company’s inception.
F-52
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
On July 4, 2025, the “One Big Beautiful Bill” (H.R. 1) was enacted into law. This legislation included broad changes to individuals, businesses, and international income tax provisions. Key components most applicable to the Company include the restoration of favorable tax treatment for depreciation and interest expense. The Company evaluated the legislation and it did not result in a material impact to its income tax expense or deferred income tax positions as of and for the period ended September 30, 2025. However, it has allowed the Company to realize a tax benefit for more current year interest expense in the period ended September 30, 2025.
6. Unit-Based Compensation
Common Units
The Company has authorized and issued to the Holding Companies 169.3 million common units, for the purpose of granting equity with vesting conditions to the Company’s employees. Contemporaneously with these grants, the Holding Companies issued their own equity, representing 169.3 million Lumexa Imaging common units. Of these common units, 44.4 million common units with a grant date fair value of $61.3 million vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 6.3 million common units, with a grant date fair value of $10.2 million, vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Common unit award transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 were as follows:
| NUMBER OF UNITS |
WEIGHTED- AVERAGE GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE |
|||||||
| Nonvested as of December 31, 2024 |
94,945,757 | $ | 2.08 | |||||
| Granted |
782,877 | 2.23 | ||||||
| Vested |
(44,432,266 | ) | 1.38 | |||||
| Forfeited or cancelled |
(782,877 | ) | 2.90 | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Nonvested as of September 30, 2025 |
50,513,491 | $2.69 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
The Company recognized $21.3 million and $36.9 million of unit-based compensation expense related to common units subject to vesting for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
As of September 30, 2025, there was $31.9 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to common units recognizable over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.2 years.
Incentive Units
There were 70,872,434 and 75,504,935 time-based incentive units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.
In addition, there were 41,681,731 and 35,164,481 incentive units with service, performance, and market conditions authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The compensation expense related to these incentive units is recognized when it is deemed probable that the performance criteria will be achieved. At September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the achievement of the performance-based criteria was not determined to be probable. As such, no compensation expense has been recorded from the grant date for these incentive units through September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
The Company recognizes forfeitures of incentive units based on the actual number of forfeitures. The Company recognized $1.8 million and $5.7 million of unit-based compensation expense related to incentive units for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of September 30, 2025, there was $12.1 million of
F-53
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
unrecognized compensation expense related to incentive units with service conditions recognizable over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.9 years, and $14.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the incentive units with an improbable performance condition.
The weighted-average grant-date fair values for both time-based and performance-based incentive unit awards was $0.44 per unit for both the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024.
Incentive unit award transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 were as follows:
| NUMBER OF UNITS |
WEIGHTED- AVERAGE GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE |
|||||||
| Nonvested as of December 31, 2024 |
67,894,079 | $ | 0.46 | |||||
| Granted |
36,515,000 | 0.44 | ||||||
| Vested |
(5,727,249 | ) | 0.42 | |||||
| Forfeited |
(31,062,751 | ) | 0.51 | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||
| Nonvested as of September 30, 2025 |
67,619,079 | $ | 0.43 | |||||
|
|
|
|||||||
7. Commitments and Contingencies
Bonus and Retention Agreements
During 2024, the Company entered into bonus and retention agreements with certain employees (“bonus agreements”). One half of an employee’s bonus amount was service-based and vested as of June 30, 2025. The other half of the bonus amount was performance-based and vested upon the occurrence of a sale of the Company (the “Sale”). In June 2025, the portion of the bonus agreement that aligned to a potential future Sale was amended. The Sale portion of the bonus will now vest with an employee’s continued service to the Company through June 30, 2027 even if no Sale occurs. Consistent with the original bonus agreements, vesting accelerates if a Sale occurs prior to June 30, 2027, and the employee is still employed through the close date of the Sale. The bonus will be paid in cash if vesting occurs due to a Sale or the employee’s continued service through June 30, 2027. The performance-based vesting provisions were also amended to add another vesting provision if the Company completes an initial public offering (“IPO”) prior to June 30, 2027. If the employee remains employed through the closing date of the IPO, the bonus will be awarded in an equivalent value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) of the public entity. Such RSUs would vest a year following the IPO date but are forfeited if the employee does not remain employed through this period.
The Company recognized compensation expense over the required service periods under the agreement terms totaling $5.7 million and $7.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The amounts related to the bonus agreements included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are $0.6 million and $11.2 million, respectively. Additionally, $0.8 million is recorded within long-term other liabilities as of September 30, 2025. The Company paid $15.0 million to employees related to the original service-based part of the bonus agreement in July 2025 subsequent to its vesting on June 30, 2025.
Regulatory Oversight
The Company expects that audits, inquiries, and investigations from government authorities and agencies will occur in the ordinary course of business.
Such audits, inquiries, and investigations and their ultimate resolutions, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial conditions, results of the operations, and cash flows.
F-54
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
The Company has not recorded a reserve for these matters as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, as the variables affecting any potential eventual liability depends on the current unknown facts and circumstances that arise out of, and are specific to, any particular future audit, inquiry, and investigation and cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. Management believes that the resolution of all current regulatory matters will not result in a material impact to the Company’s financial condition, results of operation, or cash flows.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings claims, medical malpractice claims and regulatory tax inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of its business. With respect to these matters, the Company evaluates the developments on a regular basis and accrues a liability when we believe a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Based on current information, the Company does not believe that reasonably possible or probable losses associated with pending legal proceedings would, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on business and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. However, the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain.
8. Defined Contribution Plan
The Company sponsors a profit-sharing plan whereby certain employees who have completed at least one month of service, including at least one hour of service during that period of time, are eligible to participate. Company contributions are in accordance with the plan document. The plan includes a 401(k) feature whereby employees may contribute varying percentages, or flat dollar amounts of their annual compensation, up to the maximum allowable amounts by the Internal Revenue Service on a tax-deferred basis. Total expense for the plan was $18.3 million and $18.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
9. Variable Interest Entities
The Company’s VIEs consist of both VIE Physician Practices and Franchise Centers.
VIE Physician Practices
The VIE Physician Practices are wholly owned, from an equity ownership perspective and for certain regulatory reasons, by certain physicians (the “Physician Owners”) who are employed by the Company or a VIE Physician Practice. The VIE Physician Practices were established to operate as medical radiology practices and provide their patients with professional interpretation services. At various points between 2018 and 2023, via the establishment or acquisition of management service organizations (“MSOs”) and execution of administrative service agreements (“ASAs”) and other contractual agreements, the Company acquired a controlling financial interest in the VIE Physician Practices (described below in detail). Through the ASAs, the MSOs have exclusive responsibility for the provision of non-medical services required for the day-to-day operation and management of each of the VIE Physician Practices, including establishing annual capital and operating budgets, and making recommendations to the VIE Physician Practices in establishing the guidelines for the employment and compensation for the physicians and other employees of the VIE Physician Practices. Via other contractual agreements, the Company has the right to designate an appropriate licensed person(s) to purchase the equity interest of the VIE Physician Practices for nominal amount in the event of a transfer event at the Company’s discretion.
In assessing whether the Company should consolidate the VIE Physician Practices, the Company evaluated whether it has a variable interest in the VIE Physician Practices, whether the VIE Physician Practices are VIEs, and whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE Physician Practices. The Company concluded that it has variable interests in the VIE Physician Practices on the basis that the Company has the right to receive income as an ongoing management fee under the ASAs, which effectively absorbs all of the residual interests of the VIE Physician Practices. The Company also has the implicit obligation to absorb losses of the VIE Physician Practices and to additionally provide, in certain circumstances, cash advances to the VIE Physician Practices if the VIE Physician Practices have insufficient funds. The Company did not provide any such cash advances to the VIE Physician
F-55
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
Practices during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024. The Company determined the VIE Physician Practices are VIEs due to insufficient equity at risk and/or the holders of the equity at risk in the VIE Physician Practices (i.e., the Physician Owners) lacking the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE Physician Practices’ economic performance.
The contractual arrangements described above allow the Company to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE Physician Practices. Accordingly, the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE Physician Practices and consolidates the VIE Physician Practices under the VIE model.
The tables below illustrate the assets and liabilities of the VIE Physician Practices (in thousands):
| AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 |
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| VIE PHYSICIAN PRACTICES |
VIE PHYSICIAN PRACTICES |
|||||||
| Assets |
||||||||
| Current assets |
$ | 60,097 | $ | 53,112 | ||||
| Non-current assets |
199,744 | 190,406 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets of consolidated VIEs |
259,841 | 243,518 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Liabilities |
||||||||
| Current liabilities |
16,534 | 20,558 | ||||||
| Non-current liabilities |
31,518 | 28,253 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities of consolidated VIEs |
48,052 | 48,811 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total net assets of consolidated VIEs |
$ | 211,789 | $ | 194,707 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Franchise Centers
The Franchise Centers operate as franchisees of American Health Imaging, Inc. (“AHI”) and are wholly owned, from an equity ownership perspective and for certain regulatory reasons, by certain radiologists (the “Franchisees”) who have contracts with and provide clinical services to the patients of the Franchise Centers. The Franchise Centers were established to operate as medical radiology practices and imaging centers offering patients MRI, CT, and ultrasound imaging services. Through the franchise agreements and management service agreements (“MSAs”), AHI has exclusive responsibility for the provision of non-medical services required for the day-to-day operation and management of each of the Franchise Centers, including establishing annual capital and operating budgets and makes recommendations to the Franchise Centers in establishing the guidelines for the physicians and other employees of the Franchise Centers. The franchise agreements also restrict the Franchisees’ ability to transfer the ownership interest without AHI’s approval.
In assessing whether AHI should consolidate the Franchise Centers, the Company evaluated whether AHI holds a variable interest in the Franchise Centers, if the Franchise Centers are VIEs, and whether AHI has a controlling financial interest in the Franchise Centers. The Company concluded that AHI has the right to receive income as an ongoing management fee under the MSAs, which effectively absorbs all of the residual interest of the Franchise Centers. AHI also has the implicit obligation to absorb losses of the Franchise Centers and to additionally provide, in certain circumstances, cash advances to the Franchise Centers, if the Franchise Centers have insufficient funds. AHI did not provide any such cash advances to the Franchise Centers during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024. The Company determined that the Franchise Centers are considered VIEs because their equity at risk is insufficient to finance their activities without additional support.
F-56
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
The contractual arrangements above allow AHI to direct the activities that most significantly impact the Franchise Centers’ economic performance. Thus, AHI is the primary beneficiary and consolidates the Franchise Centers.
Total assets and liabilities included in the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets associated with the Franchise Centers were $7.1 million and $5.9 million and $5.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
As a direct result of the nominal initial equity contributions by the Physician Owners and the Franchisees and the provisions of the contractual arrangements described above, the interests held by the noncontrolling interest holders of the Company’s VIEs (inclusive of the VIE Physician Practices and the Franchise Centers) lack economic substance and do not provide them with any right to participate in residual profits or losses generated by the Company’s VIEs. These rights are instead implicit in the corporate governance laws governing the relevant VIE’s constitutive documents by virtue of the fact that such noncontrolling interest holders are the sole owners of the equity of the relevant VIE. However, after paying relevant expenses, including clinical staff salaries as well as administrative service fees to the Company, the VIEs do not have residual profits remaining. Additionally, because the Company absorbs all expected losses of its VIEs through its deferral of administrative service fees and the Company expects that its VIEs will continue to have a shortfall on their payment of such administrative service fees, noncontrolling interest holders in the VIEs are not expected to be allocated any residual profits, losses, dividends or liquidation proceeds. Therefore, the noncontrolling interests in the VIEs have no material value and the income and expenses recognized by the VIEs are attributable in totality to the Company.
The Company has not identified any VIEs during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, for which the Company determined that it is not the primary beneficiary and thus did not consolidate. No VIEs were deconsolidated during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024.
10. Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
BTDI
Touchstone Imaging of Mesquite, LLC (“TMI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of LIOI, and Baylor University Medical Center (BUMC) own a 49% and 51% interest, respectively, in BTDI JV, LLP (“BTDI”). The Company accounts for TMI’s non-controlling interest in the investment in unconsolidated affiliate under the equity method of accounting.
All Others
The Company’s other investments in unconsolidated affiliates include Carolinas Imaging Services, LLC (“CIS”), Virtua Adult Imaging Services at Vorhees, LLC (“Virtua JV”), SCLTDI JV, LLC (“SCLTDI”), IH-USRS Imaging, LLC (“IH-USRS”), RLC, LLC, (“RLC”), and Tucson Medical Imaging Partners, LLC (“TMIP”). In September 2025, the Company entered into a new investment in unconsolidated affiliate, UPMCTDI JV, LLC (“UPMCTDI”), for which the activity through September 30, 2025 has not been material. The Company has ownership interests in these entities ranging from 30% to 50%. The Company accounts for these investments in unconsolidated affiliates under the equity method of accounting.
F-57
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
The following is a summary of statements of income for the investments in unconsolidated affiliates on an aggregated basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| BTDI | ALL OTHERS |
TOTAL | BTDI | ALL OTHERS |
TOTAL | |||||||||||||||||||
| Income statement: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenues |
$ | 303,015 | $ | 117,788 | $ | 420,803 | $ | 279,422 | $ | 109,459 | $ | 388,881 | ||||||||||||
| Expenses |
217,157 | 96,252 | 313,409 | 198,373 | 86,775 | 285,148 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 85,858 | $ | 21,536 | $ | 107,394 | $ | 81,049 | $ | 22,684 | $ | 103,733 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Company’s share of net income |
$ | 41,011 | $ | 10,324 | $ | 51,335 | $ | 38,679 | $ | 10,711 | $ | 49,390 | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of basis difference |
(1,500 | ) | — | (1,500 | ) | (1,500 | ) | — | (1,500 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates |
$ | 39,511 | $ | 10,324 | $ | 49,835 | $ | 37,179 | $ | 10,711 | $ | 47,890 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
11. Related Party Transactions
Net patient service revenue, related party
The Company provides diagnostic imaging and radiology services to its unconsolidated affiliates, which include CIS, BTDI, SCLTDI and IH-USRS based on service agreements. The Company recorded patient revenue of $26.4 million and $23.2 million related to these services during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which is included in Net patient service revenue, related party in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company has a receivable from these investments in unconsolidated affiliates in the amount of $3.1 million and $2.4 million as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, which is included in Accounts receivable, related party in the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Management fee revenue and other, related party
Pursuant to existing management service agreements with BTDI, the Company provides management and administrative services based on management service agreements including staff and administrative support to their investments in unconsolidated affiliates. A large portion of this revenue relates to BTDI, where the Company recorded revenue of $105.1 million and $94.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which is included in Management fee and other revenue, related party in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company has a receivable from BTDI in the amount of $9.0 million and $14.7 million as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, which is included in Accounts receivable, related party in the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
For all other investments in unconsolidated affiliates, the Company recorded management fees of $41.1 million and $35.8 million, during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024, respectively, which is included in Management fee and other revenue, related party in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company has a receivable from these investments in unconsolidated affiliates in the amount of $8.1 million and $5.6 million as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, which is included in Accounts receivable, related party in the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
The Company also provides management services and administrative services based on management service agreements to Atrium Health and its subsidiaries. The revenue for such services earned from Atrium Health was
F-58
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
$1.7 million during both the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, and is included in Management fee and other revenue, related party in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations due to Atrium’s ability to serve on the board of the Company. Atrium owed the Company $1.0 million and $0.6 million as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, for such services, which are included in Accounts receivable, related party in the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Unsecured Debt
The Company’s borrowings under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by LII and LIOI and each wholly owned subsidiary, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, the Credit Agreement allows the Company to guarantee, post collateral (e.g., security deposits) or issue letters of credit to creditors of the VIEs. Refer to Note 4 “Long-Term Debt” for further information.
12. Net Loss Per Unit
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per unit for the periods indicated (in thousands, except for unit and per unit data):
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Numerator: |
||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (18,414 | ) | $ | (69,041 | ) | ||
| Denominator: |
||||||||
| Weighted-average common units outstanding, basic and diluted |
625,744,837 | 625,156,603 | ||||||
| Net loss per unit attributable to common unit holders: |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Basic and diluted |
$ | (0.03 | ) | $ | (0.11 | ) | ||
The following outstanding units of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per unit because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, | ||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Incentive units (Note 6) |
112,554,165 | 112,591,916 | ||
13. Segment Reporting
In January 2025, the Company experienced a strategic shift in connection with changes to its executive leadership, including the hiring of a new Chief Executive Officer. As a result, at the beginning of 2025, the Company began providing its operating results to the Chief Executive Officer (the Company’s CODM) on the basis of a single segment. As the CODM progressed in her role, however, she started reviewing disaggregated financial information based upon two segments (the “June Segment Update”). In response, the Company revised its view of reportable segments based on the CODM’s methods for managing the organization and allocating resources. The June Segment Update has been retroactively presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2024.
The Company’s CODM, who is the CEO, reviews revenues and Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (EBITDA) of each segment for the purpose of making operating decisions, assessing
F-59
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
financial performance, and deciding how to allocate resources (including employees, property, and financial or capital resources) for each segment predominantly in the annual budget and forecasting process. The CODM considers budget-to-actual variances monthly when making decisions about allocating resources to the segments.
Adjusted EBITDA is defined by the Company as net loss determined in accordance with GAAP, before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, unit-based compensation expense and the impact, which may be recurring in nature, of transaction costs, one-time litigation and settlement expenses associated with claims made against the Company, costs associated with strategic initiatives and implementation, goodwill impairment charges, severance and executive recruiting costs, gains or losses on dispositions and other similar or infrequent items (although the Company may not have had such charges in the periods presented). Adjusted EBITDA includes adjustments to reflect the Company’s share of Adjusted EBITDA from unconsolidated affiliates.
The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services or structures for delivering outpatient imaging services. They are managed separately because each business requires a different operational strategy for managing performance and allocating resources. The Outpatient segment consists of imaging centers that are owned or operated by the Company (either wholly owned or via unconsolidated affiliate), where the Company performs the imaging scan and provides the radiologist’s interpretation service (i.e., read). Revenues are also earned through the provision of management services to operate the centers for certain of the Company’s unconsolidated affiliate partners. The Professional segment consists of professional interpretation services, where the imaging scan itself is performed at the hospital or point of care and not by the Company or its unconsolidated affiliates. The Company eliminates any intersegment transactions in consolidation.
Historically, corporate overhead expenses were allocated to each segment on the basis of net patient service revenue for each segment. During the third quarter of 2025, the Company changed its approach to allocating certain segment expenses. Physician compensation expense is now allocated based on the effort associated with services performed for each segment. Corporate overhead expenses are allocated to each segment based on estimated relative usage of these overhead costs. The impact of these revised allocation approaches was not material to the previously reported segment results for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The Company does not report balance sheet information by segment since it is not reviewed by its CODM. The CODM uses consolidated expense information to manage operations, and the CODM is not regularly provided disaggregated expenses by segment.
F-60
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
The following tables present revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for each reportable segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||
| OUTPATIENT | PROFESSIONAL | INTERSEGMENT ELIMINATIONS |
TOTAL OF REPORTABLE SEGMENTS |
|||||||||||||
| Revenue |
||||||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 413,481 | $ | 185,042 | $ | (6,345 | ) | $ | 592,178 | |||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
147,887 | 15,282 | — | 163,169 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total revenues |
561,368 | 200,324 | (6,345 | ) | 755,347 | |||||||||||
| Other segment items (1) |
423,132 | 172,156 | (6,345 | ) | 588,943 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 138,236 | $ | 28,168 | $ | — | $ | 166,404 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
(27,984 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Income tax provision |
(11,452 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortization of basis difference |
(1,500 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
(90,523 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
(23,032 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
(477 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Severance and executive recruiting (2) |
(2,538 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives and implementation (3) |
(3,084 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Transaction costs (4) |
(10,363 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Litigation and settlements (5) |
142 | |||||||||||||||
| Other (6) |
(886 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Adjustments for equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates (7) |
(13,121 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (18,414 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
F-61
LUMEXA IMAGING EQUITY HOLDCO, LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)
September 30, 2025 and 2024
| NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| OUTPATIENT | PROFESSIONAL | INTERSEGMENT ELIMINATIONS |
TOTAL OF REPORTABLE SEGMENTS |
|||||||||||||
| Revenue |
||||||||||||||||
| Net patient service revenue |
$ | 390,137 | $ | 172,150 | $ | (5,266 | ) | $ | 557,021 | |||||||
| Management fee and other revenue |
132,016 | 11,804 | — | 143,820 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total revenues |
522,153 | 183,954 | (5,266 | ) | 700,841 | |||||||||||
| Other segment items (1) |
402,820 | 156,192 | (5,266 | ) | 553,746 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 119,333 | $ | 27,762 | $ | — | $ | 147,095 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
(32,348 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Income tax provision |
(5,874 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Amortization of basis difference |
(1,500 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
(104,640 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(703 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Unit-based compensation |
(42,616 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Gain on imaging center sold, related party |
2,184 | |||||||||||||||
| Severance and executive recruiting (2) |
(404 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Strategic initiatives and implementation (3) |
(3,416 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Transaction costs (4) |
(13,982 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Litigation and settlements (5) |
(187 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Other (6) |
(1,435 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Adjustments for equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates (7) |
(11,215 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (69,041 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| (1) | Other segment items for both segments include certain operating expenses that are not regularly provided to the CODM on a segment basis and that are identifiable or allocated to that segment, including general and administrative expenses. |
| (2) | Includes severance and recruiting expenses for executive leadership departures as part of strategic organizational changes. |
| (3) | Includes third-party consulting, implementation and integration expenses incurred as part of the Company’s strategic transformation and optimization initiatives, specifically related to the deployment of a new technology system and labor model, as well as the development, customization and integration of a new enterprise resource planning system. |
| (4) | Includes costs of buy-side and sell-side due diligence activities to evaluate and execute potential mergers and acquisitions, integrate acquired businesses, one-time employee retention bonuses related to potential mergers and acquisitions and third-party non-recurring IPO costs. |
| (5) | Consists of litigation and settlement costs for matters not related to core operations. |
| (6) | Consists of other costs related to debt financing, certain de novo start-up costs related to outpatient imaging centers and certain exit costs related to closed outpatient imaging centers. |
| (7) | Adjusts for the Company’s proportional share of depreciation and amortization, interest expense and losses/gains on asset disposals related to unconsolidated affiliates, which are included in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. |
14. Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 17, 2025, the date the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and concluded that there were no subsequent events that were required to be disclosed.
F-62
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
To the Board of Trustees of
Baylor Scott & White Health
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of BTDI JV, LLP and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of income, of partners’ capital and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Company and to meet our other ethical responsibilities, in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Responsibilities of Management for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued.
Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with US GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the consolidated financial statements.
F-63
In performing an audit in accordance with US GAAS, we:
| ∎ | Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. |
| ∎ | Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. |
| ∎ | Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed. |
| ∎ | Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. |
| ∎ | Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. |
We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control-related matters that we identified during the audit.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Dallas, Texas
May 9, 2025
F-64
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
December 31, 2024 and 2023
(in thousands)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Assets |
||||||||
| Current assets |
||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 14,200 | $ | 18,437 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, net 1 |
31,674 | 35,172 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses |
1,675 | 990 | ||||||
| Deposits |
454 | 440 | ||||||
| Other current assets |
223 | 450 | ||||||
| Inventory |
282 | 224 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current assets |
48,508 | 55,713 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Property and equipment, net |
76,674 | 71,130 | ||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets, net 2 |
33,279 | 30,648 | ||||||
| Goodwill |
277,500 | 277,500 | ||||||
| Other identifiable intangible assets, net |
1,731 | 2,952 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
$ | 437,692 | $ | 437,943 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Liabilities and Partners’ Capital |
||||||||
| Current liabilities |
||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | 11,495 | $ | 6,151 | ||||
| Related party payables |
42,396 | 40,848 | ||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
8,402 | 6,209 | ||||||
| Current portion of finance lease obligations |
1,884 | 1,309 | ||||||
| Current portion of operating lease liabilities 3 |
5,694 | 6,382 | ||||||
| Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
16,891 | 16,574 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current liabilities |
86,762 | 77,473 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term liabilities |
||||||||
| Long-term debt, net |
26,279 | 18,939 | ||||||
| Long-term portion of finance lease obligations, net |
9,161 | 7,870 | ||||||
| Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities, net 4 |
29,092 | 25,935 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total long-term liabilities |
64,532 | 52,744 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) |
||||||||
| Partnership units |
$ | 96,931 | $ | 96,931 | ||||
| Retained earnings |
186,921 | 206,421 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total BTDI JV, LLP partners’ capital |
283,852 | 303,352 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Non-controlling interests |
2,546 | 4,374 | ||||||
| Total partners’ capital |
286,398 | 307,726 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities and partners’ capital |
$ | 437,692 | $ | 437,943 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 1. | Accounts receivable, net includes related party amounts of $1,614 and $1,399 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
| 2. | Operating lease right-of-use assets, net includes related party amounts of $1,112 and $2,177 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
| 3. | Current portion of operating lease liabilities includes related party amounts of $675 and $1,053 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
| 4. | Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities, net includes related party amounts of $609 and $1,386 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-65
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
(in thousands)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Revenue |
||||||||
| Net patient service revenue 1 |
$ | 382,321 | $ | 345,791 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total revenue |
382,321 | 345,791 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Expenses |
||||||||
| Salaries, wages, and benefits, related party |
89,875 | 81,046 | ||||||
| Radiology fees 2 |
53,023 | 46,019 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
22,070 | 20,116 | ||||||
| Management fees, related party |
32,033 | 28,469 | ||||||
| General, administrative, and other 3 |
42,699 | 44,802 | ||||||
| Equipment repairs, maintenance, and rent 4 |
18,361 | 19,291 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total operating expenses |
258,061 | 239,743 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Operating income |
124,260 | 106,048 | ||||||
| Losses on disposal of equipment |
(302 | ) | (740 | ) | ||||
| Interest expense |
(2,406 | ) | (1,410 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Income before income tax |
121,552 | 103,898 | ||||||
| Income tax |
(1,588 | ) | (1,679 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net income |
119,964 | 102,219 | ||||||
| Net income attributable to non-controlling interests |
2,289 | 2,270 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net income attributable to BTDI JV |
$ | 117,675 | $ | 99,949 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 1. | Net patient service revenue includes related party amounts of $16,971 and $13,331 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
| 2. | Radiology fees includes related party amounts of $15,229 and $6,003 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
| 3. | General, administrative, and other includes related party amounts of $14,666 and $17,386 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
| 4. | Equipment repairs, maintenance, and rent includes related party amounts of $1,131 and $1,185 for 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-66
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Capital
Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
(in thousands, except partnership units)
| PARTNERSHIP UNITS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| UNITS | AMOUNT | RETAINED EARNINGS |
PARTNERS’ CAPITAL |
NON- CONTROLLING INTERESTS |
TOTAL | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balances at December 31, 2022 |
1,000 | $ | 96,931 | $ | 212,423 | $ | 309,354 | $ | 3,101 | $ | 312,455 | |||||||||||||
| Distributions |
(105,951 | ) | (1,908 | ) | (107,859 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Contributions |
— | 911 | 911 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income |
99,949 | 2,270 | 102,219 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balances at December 31, 2023 |
1,000 | 96,931 | 206,421 | 303,352 | 4,374 | 307,726 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Distributions |
(137,175 | ) | (4,117 | ) | (141,292 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net income |
117,675 | 2,289 | 119,964 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balances at December 31, 2024 |
1,000 | $ | 96,931 | $ | 186,921 | $ | 283,852 | $ | 2,546 | $ | 286,398 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-67
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
(in thousands)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 119,964 | $ | 102,219 | ||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
22,070 | 20,116 | ||||||
| Losses on disposal of equipment |
302 | 740 | ||||||
| Gain on related party payable settlement |
(14,100 | ) | — | |||||
| Changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
| Accounts receivable |
3,498 | (4,561 | ) | |||||
| Inventory |
(58 | ) | 8 | |||||
| Deposits |
(14 | ) | (168 | ) | ||||
| Prepaid expenses and other assets |
(456 | ) | (662 | ) | ||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
5,783 | 15,187 | ||||||
| Related party payables |
15,648 | (1,476 | ) | |||||
| Operating lease assets and liabilities |
(286 | ) | 135 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities |
152,351 | 131,538 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment |
(23,441 | ) | (23,428 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from sale of property and equipment |
— | 510 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
(23,441 | ) | (22,918 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||
| Principal payments under long-term debt agreements |
(7,236 | ) | (7,042 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from debt issuance |
16,768 | 11,444 | ||||||
| Principal payments under finance lease obligations |
(1,387 | ) | (1,120 | ) | ||||
| Contributions |
— | 911 | ||||||
| Distributions |
(141,292 | ) | (107,859 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used in financing activities |
(133,147 | ) | (103,666 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net (decrease) increase in cash |
(4,237 | ) | 4,954 | |||||
| Cash |
||||||||
| Beginning of year |
$ | 18,437 | $ | 13,483 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| End of year |
$ | 14,200 | $ | 18,437 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
||||||||
| Cash paid during the year for interest |
$ | 2,406 | $ | 1,410 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-68
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2024 and 2023
1. Organization
BTDI JV, LLP (“BTDI JV”, the “Company”, or the “Partnership”) was formed on July 2, 2013 between Baylor University Medical Center (“BUMC”), a Texas non-profit corporation, and Touchstone Imaging of Mesquite, LLC, (“Touchstone”), with a 51% and 49% ownership interest, respectively. Touchstone is an affiliate of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (formerly US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC) (“Lumexa Imaging”). BUMC is an affiliate of Baylor Health Care System, an affiliate of Baylor Scott & White Health, formerly known as Baylor Scott & White Holdings (“BSW Health”). BSW Health and its controlled affiliates are collectively referred to as “BSWH”. The purpose of the Company is to provide high quality and cost-effective medical imaging and diagnostic services to patients in Texas, as part of an integrated health care delivery system.
Under the terms of the partnership agreement, BUMC contributed net assets with a fair value of approximately $75,030,000, resulting in a 51% ownership in BTDI JV. Touchstone contributed net assets with a fair value of approximately $70,958,000 and an approximately $1,127,000 rebalancing payment to BUMC, resulting in a 49% ownership. In the consolidated statements of partners’ capital, Touchstone’s assets were valued at approximately $70,958,000, while BUMC’s assets were recorded at their carryover accounting basis of approximately $25,973,000 because the transaction constituted a common control business combination.
Effective June 20, 2016, BTDI JV and Blue Star Imaging, L.P. (“Blue Star”) formed Blue Stone JV, LLP (“Blue Stone”) which consists of three imaging centers and formed Blue Stone Frisco, LLP (“Frisco”) which consists of one imaging center. BTDI JV is the majority partner with a 70% ownership in Blue Stone and a 51% ownership in Frisco.
Gateway Diagnostic JV, LLC (“Gateway JV”) was formed on May 25, 2021 between BUMC and Lumexa Imaging Outpatient, Inc. (formerly US Outpatient Imaging Specialists, Inc.) (“LIOI”), with a 51% and 49% ownership interest, respectively. LIOI is a wholly-owned affiliate of Lumexa Imaging.
Effective November 3, 2023, Gateway JV was reorganized and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of BTDI JV. The Gateway JV reorganization represented a merger of entities under common control in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements including the notes thereto, are presented as if the Gateway JV reorganization had occurred at the earliest period presented.
BTDI JV operates 54 imaging centers, including Frisco, Blue Stone, and Gateway, as of December 31, 2024.
2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, Blue Stone, Frisco, and Gateway. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income within its consolidated financial statements, and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP.
Going Concern
Under the going concern assumption, an entity is ordinarily viewed as continuing in business for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, assets and liabilities are recorded on the basis that the entity will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business.
F-69
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Non-controlling Interests
Non-controlling interests are that part of the net results of operations and of net assets of Blue Stone and Frisco attributable to the interests which are not owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
Cash
Cash includes deposits with financial institutions which, at times, may be in excess of federally insured limits.
Patient Accounts Receivable
Net patient accounts receivable represents charges to patients, third-party payors, and other payors, for which payment has not been received at the balance sheet date, reduced by contractual adjustments provided by the Company’s reimbursement contracts and estimation for uncollectible accounts. The Company estimates explicit price concessions for contractual adjustments related to net patient accounts receivable for claims that have not yet been adjudicated. The Company estimates implicit price concessions for amounts not expected to be collected based on historical experience and directly reduces net patient revenue recognized. The Company does not charge interest on outstanding net patient accounts receivable balances.
The net patient accounts receivable payor mix as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as follows:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Commercial/managed care |
53 | % | 52 | % | ||||
| Attorney liens |
33 | 33 | ||||||
| Medicare |
9 | 11 | ||||||
| Patients |
1 | 1 | ||||||
| Medicaid |
1 | 1 | ||||||
| Other third-party payors |
3 | 2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 100 | % | 100 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Receivables from commercial and other nongovernmental payors represent the highest concentration of the Company’s patient accounts receivable. Management does not believe there are any unusual collectability risks associated with these programs. Commercial and managed care receivables consist of receivables from various payors involved in diverse activities, subject to differing economic conditions, and do not represent any concentrated collectability risks to the Company. Attorney liens represent patient accounts receivable related to ongoing litigation between third parties (not involving the Company) in which the Company has been contracted to provide imaging services. Payment is not made until litigation is completed, which can exceed 18 months.
Inventory
Inventories, which consist primarily of medical supplies, are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.
F-70
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the lesser of estimated useful lives of the assets or the life of the related finance lease where applicable. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the appropriate accounts are relieved of cost and accumulated depreciation, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the related lease terms or the useful lives. Expenditures which increase capacities or extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized.
The assets’ estimated useful lives used in computing depreciation are as follows:
| USEFUL LIFE OF ASSETS | ||
| Buildings and leasehold improvements |
5 -15 years | |
| Medical equipment |
3 - 10 years | |
| Office equipment |
3 - 7 years |
Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment”, long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Some of the events or changes in circumstances that would trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant negative industry or economic trends or knowledge of transactions involving the sale of similar property at amounts below the Company’s carrying value. Assets are grouped for recognition, and measurement of impairment, at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. At the occurrence of a triggering event, an evaluation is performed to assess the recoverability of the carrying amount of long-lived assets, and impairment charges are recorded as identified. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its undiscounted estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value. No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the residual between consideration transferred in a business combination and the net of the acquisition-date amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed measured at fair value. The Company uses estimates and judgments to measure the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and, when specific circumstances may be present, between annual tests. The Company tests for impairment by making a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. Any excess of the reporting unit goodwill carrying amount over the respective fair value of goodwill would be recognized as an impairment loss.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company performed its qualitative annual assessment of goodwill and determined that goodwill was not impaired.
F-71
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets with determinable lives are identified as part of acquisitions completed by the Company. These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated period of economic benefit, currently estimated to be five years. Amortizable lives are adjusted whenever there is a change in the estimated period of economic benefit.
Patient Service Revenue
Most of the Company’s revenues are generated by providing diagnostic imaging services to patients. Revenue is recognized when the performance obligations to provide diagnostic imaging services are satisfied. The majority of patient service revenue is derived from third-party insurance payors and government sponsored healthcare programs. Lesser amounts are recovered from patients. Amounts received for services are generally less than billed charges.
The Company evaluates amounts collected in relation to billed charges and records revenue in an amount based on the consideration to which the entity estimates it is entitled to in exchange for its services including estimates for contractual adjustments and uncollectible amounts. Accordingly, net patient service revenue is presented net of estimates for contractual adjustments, other adjustments, and uncollectible amounts, and is recorded in the period during which the services are provided even though the actual amounts may become known at a later date.
The Company estimates contractual adjustments and uncollectible amounts considering changes in contractual rates, past adjustments, historical collection experience in relation to amounts billed, current contract and reimbursement terms, changes in payor mix, aging of accounts receivable, and other relevant information. Contractual adjustments result from the difference between the billed charges for services performed and the contractual reimbursements by government-sponsored healthcare programs and third-party insurance payors for such services. Estimated adjustments for uncollectible amounts result from the difference between net amounts owed by patients and the estimated amounts to be collected directly from such patients.
The following table disaggregates net patient service revenue by major source for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Commercial/managed care |
80 | % | 78 | % | ||||
| Medicare |
12 | 12 | ||||||
| Patients |
4 | 4 | ||||||
| Attorney liens |
1 | 2 | ||||||
| Medicaid |
1 | 2 | ||||||
| Other third-party payors |
2 | 2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 100 | % | 100 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Industry
The Company derives a significant portion of its revenue from third-party payor programs. The receipt of future revenues by the Company is subject to, among other factors, federal and state policies affecting the health care industry, economic conditions that may include an inability to control expenses in a period of inflation, increased competition, market pressures on reimbursement rates, regulatory changes in Medicare/Medicaid reimbursement rates, and other conditions that are difficult to predict. Further, as a healthcare provider, the Company must maintain appropriate licensure, certification, and accreditation and must comply with regulatory billing and coding requirements.
F-72
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Income Taxes
The Company is treated as a partnership for state and federal tax purposes. For U.S. federal tax purposes, no income tax provision or benefit is recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of income, as the income flows directly to the partners. However, for Texas purposes, partnerships are subject to the Texas franchise tax. Consequently, the Company records an income tax provision for taxes due to the state of Texas as income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The Company is included in a combined Texas franchise tax return along with other controlled affiliates of BSWH.
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” The Company has no gross unrecognized tax benefits in 2024 or 2023. The Company files a partnership income tax return in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and a franchise tax return in the state of Texas. The Company does not expect or anticipate a significant change in unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.
Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception by assessing whether an identified asset exists and if the Company has the right to control the use of the identified asset. For leases with terms greater than 12 months, the Company records the related asset and obligation at the present value of the lease payment using a discount rate that reflects the Company’s estimated incremental borrowing rate. The estimated incremental borrowing rate is derived from information available at the lease commencement date. The Company’s leases of medical office space contain non-lease components which are accounted for separately. Certain lease agreements for real estate include additional charges for actual common area maintenance and other operating expenses. These variable lease payments are recognized in other operating expenses but are not included in the right-of-use asset or lease liability balances.
Most leases include one or more options to extend the lease, however, for purposes of calculating the lease liabilities, lease terms are deemed not to include options to extend or terminate the lease until it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Lease expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is recorded within equipment repairs, maintenance, and rent expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
Finance leases are reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets with the right-of-use assets included in property and equipment, net, and the liabilities included in the current and long-term portions of finance lease obligations.
Right-of-use assets are tested for impairment if circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. No events have occurred such as fire, flood, or other acts which have impaired the integrity of the Company’s right-of-use assets as of December 31, 2024 or December 31, 2023.
Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs amounted to approximately $3,710,000 and $3,373,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and are included in general, administrative, and other expenses, as well as salaries, wages, and benefits, in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
F-73
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326),” which introduced a new model for recognizing credit losses on financial instruments based on an estimate of the current expected credit losses. The new Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) model generally calls for the immediate recognition of all expected credit losses and applies to financial instruments and other assets. For the Company, CECL is primarily applicable to accounts receivable. This ASU was effective for the Company on January 1, 2023. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets or statements of income.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848).” This ASU applies only to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. The provisions originally were set to expire on December 31, 2022. The date of LIBOR cessation was finalized as of June 30, 2023, which is beyond the current sunset date of Topic 848 and hence the need to extend the time allotted for accounting relief. ASU 2022-06 deferred the sunset date of the provision to December 31, 2024. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets or statements of income.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures,” which expands income tax disclosure requirements to include additional information related to the rate reconciliation of effective tax to statutory rates, as well as additional disaggregation of taxes paid in both U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. The amendments in the ASU also remove disclosures related to certain unrecognized tax benefits and deferred taxes. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statement disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses,” requiring additional disclosure of the nature of expenses included in the income statement in response to longstanding requests from investors for more information about an entity’s expenses. The new standard requires disclosures about specific types of expenses included in the expense captions presented on the face of the income statement as well as disclosures about selling expenses. ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statement disclosures.
4. Goodwill
Goodwill is recorded as a result of business combinations. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (in thousands):
| Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
$ | 277,500 | ||
| 2023 activity |
— | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
277,500 | |||
| 2024 activity |
— | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
$ | 277,500 | ||
|
|
|
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
F-74
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
5. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Buildings and improvements |
$ | 61,891 | $ | 55,179 | ||||
| Medical equipment |
137,778 | 118,228 | ||||||
| Office equipment |
7,557 | 7,481 | ||||||
|
Construction-in-progress |
1,272 | 2,916 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Property and equipment |
208,498 | 183,804 | ||||||
| Accumulated depreciation |
(131,824 | ) | (112,674 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Property and equipment, net |
$ | 76,674 | $ | 71,130 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Depreciation expense was approximately $20,849,000 and $18,894,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Assets under finance leases, included in property and equipment, are as follows as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Real estate and equipment |
$ | 14,775 | $ | 12,105 | ||||
| Accumulated depreciation |
(4,924 | ) | (2,926 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Finance lease assets, net |
$ | 9,851 | $ | 9,179 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
F-75
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
6. Other Identifiable Intangible Assets
Trade names acquired by Gateway JV at inception are amortized over a five-year period. Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | ||||||||||||
| GROSS CARRYING VALUE |
ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION |
NET CARRYING VALUE |
||||||||||
| Trade names |
$ | 6,109 | $ | (4,378 | ) | $ | 1,731 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 6,109 | $ | (4,378 | ) | $ | 1,731 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| 2023 | ||||||||||||
| GROSS CARRYING VALUE |
ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION |
NET CARRYING VALUE |
||||||||||
| Trade names |
$ | 6,109 | $ | (3,157 | ) | $ | 2,952 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 6,109 | $ | (3,157 | ) | $ | 2,952 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amortization expense was approximately $1,221,000 and $1,222,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
F-76
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consists of the following at December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Contract labor |
$ | 5,930 | $ | 4,277 | ||||
| Accrued compensation and benefits |
5,033 | 3,990 | ||||||
| Franchises taxes payable |
2,452 | 2,510 | ||||||
| Other accrued expenses |
2,615 | 3,351 | ||||||
| Accrued operating expenses |
861 | 2,446 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
$ | 16,891 | $ | 16,574 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
8. Long-Term Debt
The Company’s long-term debt obligations, excluding finance leases, are reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at carrying value. The long-term debt obligations consist of 53 separate notes that are generally collateralized by property and equipment of the Company and are due at various times starting in June 2026 through January 2031. These notes require monthly principal and interest payments. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants with respect to long-term debt at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
F-77
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| 53 notes collateralized by property and equipment with maturities through 2031 and have interest rates ranging from 2.8% to 8.2% with a 6.2% weighted average rate |
$ | 34,681 | $ | 25,148 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total long-term debt |
34,681 | 25,148 | ||||||
| Less: Current portion |
(8,402 | ) | (6,209 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term debt, net |
$ | 26,279 | $ | 18,939 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Future maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2024 are as follows (in thousands):
| 2025 |
$ | 8,402 | ||
| 2026 |
8,812 | |||
| 2027 |
6,302 | |||
| 2028 |
5,376 | |||
| 2029 |
4,307 | |||
| Thereafter |
1,482 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 34,681 | |||
|
|
|
Interest expense was approximately $1,797,000 and $803,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
9. Finance Lease Obligations
The Company has financed certain medical equipment and real estate under finance leases. Obligations under these arrangements are at interest rates ranging from 5.1% to 14.8%, due through 2033. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the weighted average remaining lease term for finance leases is 5.8 years and 6.4 years, respectively, and the weighted average discount rate is 6.2% and 6.7%, respectively.
Finance lease obligations as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Minimum lease payments payable |
$ | 13,239 | $ | 11,317 | ||||
| Less: Portion representing interest |
(2,194 | ) | (2,138 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Finance lease obligations |
11,045 | 9,179 | ||||||
| Less: Current portion of finance lease obligations |
(1,884 | ) | (1,309 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term portion of finance lease obligations, net |
$ | 9,161 | $ | 7,870 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-78
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for each of the first five years, and total of the remaining years, to the finance lease liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
| 2025 |
$ | 2,544 | ||
| 2026 |
2,495 | |||
| 2027 |
2,218 | |||
| 2028 |
2,226 | |||
| 2029 |
1,771 | |||
| Thereafter |
1,985 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total minimum lease payments |
13,239 | |||
| Less: Amount of payments representing interest |
(2,194 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Present value of future minimum lease payments |
11,045 | |||
| Less: Current portion of finance lease obligations |
(1,884 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Long-term portion of finance lease obligations |
$ | 9,161 | ||
|
|
|
The table below presents supplemental cash flow information related to finance leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Operating cash flows for finance leases |
$ | 609 | $ | 607 | ||||
| Financing cash flows from finance leases |
1,387 | 1,120 | ||||||
| Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-assets, finance leases |
3,253 | 1,556 | ||||||
10. Operating Leases
The Company primarily leases medical office space under noncancellable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2035. Most leases include one or more options to extend the lease, however, for purposes of calculating the lease liabilities, options have only been included if it was reasonably certain the Company would exercise the option on the lease commencement date. The table below presents the operating lease related right-of-use assets and related liabilities recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and the weighted average remaining lease term and discount rate at December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Assets: |
||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets |
$ | 33,279 | $ | 30,648 | ||||
| Liabilities: |
||||||||
| Current portion of operating lease liabilities |
5,694 | 6,382 | ||||||
| Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities, net |
29,092 | 25,935 | ||||||
| Other Information: |
||||||||
| Weighted-average remaining lease term |
5.4 years | 5.2 years | ||||||
| Weighted-average discount rate |
6.0% | 5.0% | ||||||
F-79
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The table below presents certain information related to the lease costs for operating leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Operating lease costs |
$ | 8,583 | $ | 8,197 | ||||
| Variable lease costs |
2,644 | 2,340 | ||||||
| Other equipment rent |
907 | 1,151 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total operating lease costs |
$ | 12,134 | $ | 11,688 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
F-80
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
The table below presents supplemental cash flow information related to operating leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Operating cash flows for operating leases |
$ | 8,637 | $ | 7,276 | ||||
| Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations |
9,489 | 8,052 | ||||||
The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for each of the first five years, and total of the remaining years, to the operating lease liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
| 2025 |
$ | 7,481 | ||
| 2026 |
7,335 | |||
| 2027 |
6,841 | |||
| 2028 |
6,382 | |||
| 2029 |
4,942 | |||
| Thereafter |
8,702 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total minimum lease payments |
41,683 | |||
| Less: Amount of payments representing interest |
(6,897 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Present value of future minimum lease payments |
34,786 | |||
| Less: Current obligations |
(5,694 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Long-term portion of operating leases |
$ | 29,092 | ||
|
|
|
11. Employee Benefit Plans
Employees who meet certain requirements, as to age and length of service, become eligible to participate in an incentive-based retirement 401(k) plan, provided by Touchstone, which covers all employees who have completed 90 days of service. The Company matches 100% of the first 3% of employee contributions to the 401(k) plan. The Company also contributes a percentage of profits to the plan based on the plan document. The Company’s 401(k) contributions totaled approximately $1,183,000 and $1,075,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and are included in salaries, wages, and benefits expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
12. Related-Party Transactions
Touchstone provides certain management, consulting, and financial services charged to the Partnership pursuant to a formula, as defined in a management services agreement. The amounts charged as the management fees, related party expense for these services were approximately $32,033,000 and $28,469,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Under the management services agreement, expenses are reimbursed to Touchstone on an actual cost basis. The amounts for the actual costs of these services for salaries, wages, and benefits, related party expense were approximately $89,875,000 and $81,046,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The amounts for the actual costs of these services included within radiology fees expense were approximately $15,229,000 and $6,003,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The amounts for
F-81
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
the actual costs of these services included within general, administrative, and other expense were approximately $14,666,000 and $17,386,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The amounts for the actual costs of these services included within equipment repairs, maintenance, and rent were approximately $1,131,000 and $1,185,000 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The Company leases certain facilities under operating lease agreements with BSWH and Touchstone. The operating lease right-of-use assets and related liabilities are approximately $1,112,000 and $1,284,000, respectively, as of December 31, 2024. The operating lease right-of-use asset and related liabilities are approximately $2,177,000 and $2,439,000, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. These amounts are included in operating lease right-of-use assets and related liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The rent expense associated with these agreements is not material.
The Partnership entered into management service agreements with Blue Star requiring the Partnership to make payments as determined by a formula as defined in the agreement for certain day-to-day management services. The management expense associated with this agreement is not material.
Amounts due to Touchstone as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, were approximately $14,776,000 and $5,528,000, respectively. Amounts due to BSWH, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, were approximately $25,277,000 and $31,300,000, respectively. Amounts due to Blue Star, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 were approximately $1,157,000 and $725,000, respectively. Amounts due to Lumexa Imaging as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, were approximately $1,186,000 and $3,295,000, respectively. Payables to Touchstone, BSWH, Blue Star, and Lumexa Imaging are included as components of related party payables in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The Company performed services for patients covered under certain health insurance plans that are affiliates of BSWH amounting to approximately $16,971,000 and $13,331,000 in 2024 and 2023, respectively, of which approximately $1,614,000 and $1,399,000 is unpaid as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included within accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheets.
In December 2024, the Company’s partners agreed to settle an outstanding related party payable for approximately $17,100,000 which gave rise to a gain of approximately $14,100,000, which is classified within general, administrative, and other expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income, in order to offset the expense to which the gain relates.
13. Maintenance Contracts
The Company has entered into two long-term maintenance service agreements on medical equipment. These contracts require monthly payments that range from approximately $185,000 to $209,000 and cover routine maintenance and repair of equipment. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. The agreements expire in 2027. Maintenance expense under long-term service agreements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was approximately $5,181,000 and $5,968,000, respectively, and is included in equipment repairs, maintenance, and rent expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
F-82
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
Minimum commitments for noncancelable maintenance contracts are as follows (in thousands):
| MAINTENANCE CONTRACTS |
||||
| 2025 |
$ | 4,728 | ||
| 2026 |
4,728 | |||
| 2027 |
1,182 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 10,638 | |||
|
|
|
|||
THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
F-83
BTDI JV, LLP AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Partnership)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—continued
December 31, 2024 and 2023
14. Professional Liability Insurance
The Company is insured against professional liability claims on a claims-made basis with continuous prior acts coverage effective as of July 1, 2013. This policy provides coverage for all medical malpractice and general liability claims reported to the insurance carrier during the policy term, which is currently in effect through September 1, 2025 and renews annually. The policy provides coverage of $1,000,000 per incident and $3,000,000 in the aggregate with a $25,000 deductible per incident applicable only to indemnity payments. The limits apply separately to each location and separately to Professional Liability and General Liability. In addition, there is an Umbrella Liability policy with limits of $10,000,000 for each incident and $10,000,000 annual aggregate applicable to all locations combined. No accrual for incurred but not reported losses was recorded at December 31, 2024 and 2023 as, in management’s opinion, such liabilities, if any, will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
15. Commitments and Contingencies
The healthcare industry is subject to numerous federal and state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations include, but are not necessarily limited to, matters such as licensure, accreditation, government healthcare program participation requirements, reimbursement for patient services, physician ownership and self-referral, and Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in expulsion from government healthcare programs together with the imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services previously billed. Management believes that the Company is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. There are no recorded contingencies at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The Company is subject to various matters including legal proceedings, claims, and audits and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of its business. With respect to these matters, the Company evaluates the developments on a regular basis and accrues a liability when they believe a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Based on current information, the Company does not believe that reasonably possible or probable losses associated with pending matters would either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on business and consolidated financial statements. However, the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain.
16. Charity Care
The Company provides care to patients who lack financial resources and are deemed medically or financially indigent as defined by the Company’s financial assistance policy. Because the Company does not pursue collection of amounts determined to qualify as charity care, these amounts have been removed from net patient service revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The estimated direct and indirect cost of providing these services, calculated using the ratio of patient care cost to charges, was approximately $6,102,000 and $5,624,000 in 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition, the Company provides services through government-sponsored indigent health care programs (such as Medicaid) to other indigent patients.
17. Subsequent Events
Management has performed an analysis of the activities and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2024 to determine the need for any adjustments to and/or disclosures within the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024. Management has performed their analysis through May 9, 2025, the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued. No subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition or disclosure.
Events Subsequent to Original Issuance of Financial Statements (unaudited)
In connection with the reissuance of the financial statements, management has evaluated subsequent events through November 17, 2025, the date the financial statements were available to be reissued. No subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition or disclosure.
The consolidated financial statements reflect the historical financial statements and footnotes of BTDI JV, LLP and its subsidiaries. On July 8, 2025, US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC changed its name to Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC. Updates have been made to reflect the entity’s new name.
F-84
Shares
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc.
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
| Barclays* | J.P. Morgan* |
Jefferies |
| Deutsche Bank Securities | Wells Fargo Securities | Leerink Partners | William Blair |
| Capital One Securities | Fifth Third Securities | Raymond James | PNC Capital Markets LLC |
| Academy Securities | Loop Capital Markets | R. Seelaus & Co., LLC |
* Joint lead bookrunners in alphabetical order
, 2025
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.
| AMOUNT TO BE PAID |
||||
| SEC registration fee |
$ | * | ||
| FINRA filing fee |
* | |||
| Nasdaq listing fee |
* | |||
| Printing and engraving expenses |
* | |||
| Legal fees and expenses |
* | |||
| Accounting fees and expenses |
* | |||
| Transfer agent and registrar fees |
* | |||
| Miscellaneous fees and expenses |
* | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | * | ||
|
|
|
|||
| * | To be filed by amendment. |
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. will be incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemptions, (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit or (5) in any action by or in the right of the corporation against an officer.
Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
II-1
interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the adjudicating court shall deem proper.
Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.
We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation adopted prior to the completion of this offering will provide that no director or officer of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL, as it presently exists or may later be amended from time to time. In addition, our charter will provide that if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
We also expect our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that any amendment, repeal or modification of such article unless otherwise required by law will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or amendment of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.
We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation adopted prior to the completion of this offering will provide that we shall indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same may be amended. We expect our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors in advance of the final disposition of any related proceeding.
In addition, we expect our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and of our directors to advancement of expenses shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the charter or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to provide insurance for our directors and officers against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or otherwise.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.
We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.
In any underwriting agreement we will enter into in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, certain of our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.
Insofar as the forgoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, executive officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
On November 14, 2025, in connection with its formation, the Issuer sold 1,000 shares of our common stock to Holdings LLC for aggregate consideration of $1. The shares of our common stock described above were issued in
II-2
reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction not involve a public offering.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
| (a) | Exhibits |
See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
| (b) | Financial Statement Schedules |
Schedules not listed have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable, not material or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
| (1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
| (2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-3
EXHIBIT INDEX
| * | To be filed by amendment. |
| ** | Schedules and similar attachments have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the SEC upon request. |
| + | Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. |
II-4
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Raleigh, North Carolina, on November 17, 2025.
| Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Caitlin Zulla | |
| Caitlin Zulla | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Caitlin Zulla and J. Anthony Martin and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or such person’s substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons on November 17, 2025 in the capacities indicated:
| SIGNATURE |
TITLE | |
| /s/ Caitlin Zulla Caitlin Zulla |
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) | |
| /s/ J. Anthony Martin J. Anthony Martin |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) | |
| /s/ James Walker James Walker |
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) | |
| /s/ Lee Cooper Lee Cooper |
Chair of the Board | |
| /s/ Molly Joseph Molly Joseph |
Lead Independent Director | |
| /s/ Glenn Eisenberg Glenn Eisenberg |
Director | |
| /s/ Brian Regan Brian Regan |
Director | |
II-5
Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
FIRST: The name of the corporation is Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 850 New Burton Road, Suite 201, County of Kent, City of Dover, Delaware, 19904. The name of its registered agent at such address is Cogency Global Inc.
THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Corporation shall have all power necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of such acts and activities.
FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”).
FIFTH: Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to attend all special and annual meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and to cast one vote for each outstanding share of Common Stock so held upon any matter (including, without limitation, the election of one or more directors) properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders.
SIXTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator are Katherine Walsh, Sidley Austin LLP, 787 7th Avenue, New York, New York 10019.
SEVENTH: In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation or adopt new bylaws without any action on part of the stockholders; provided that any bylaw adopted or amended by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and any powers thereby conferred, may be amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders.
EIGHTH: The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as specified in, or determined in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation. Unless and except to the extent that the bylaws of the Corporation so provide, the election of directors need not be by written ballot. The initial directors of the Corporation shall be Caitlin Zulla, Lee Cooper, Molly Joseph, Glenn Eisenberg and Brian Regan. The mailing address for each of the initial directors of the Corporation is 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000, Raleigh, North Carolina 27609.
NINTH: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
TENTH: No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as it now exists. In addition to the circumstances in which a director of the Corporation is not personally liable as set forth in the preceding sentence, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the fullest extent permitted by any amendment to the DGCL hereafter enacted that further limits the liability of a director. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article TENTH shall be prospective only and shall not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions occurring prior to the date of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ELEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of any nature conferred upon directors, stockholders or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article ELEVENTH.
[Signature Page Follows]
I, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the DGCL, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby declaring that this is my act and deed and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 14th day of November, 2025.
| /s/ Katherine Walsh |
| Name: Katherine Walsh Title: Incorporator |
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:
A. The name of the Corporation is Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. The Corporation’s original certificate of incorporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 14, 2025.
B. This amended and restated certificate of incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), restates and amends the provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
C. The text of the certificate of incorporation of this Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the Corporation is Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc.
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE
The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 850 New Burton Road, Suite 201, County of Kent, City of Dover, Delaware, 19904. The name of its registered agent at such address is Cogency Global Inc..
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
1
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
4.1. Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,001,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).
4.2. Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (as further amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof and including, without limitation, the terms of any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, this “Certificate of Incorporation”).
4.3. Common Stock.
(a) Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights. Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, if any, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of shares of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the DGCL.
(b) Dividends and Distributions. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.
2
(c) Liquidation Rights. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.
4.4. Preferred Stock.
(a) The Board is expressly authorized to issue from time to time shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board. The Board is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in a certification of designation filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including, without limitation, sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.
(b) The Board is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, stated in this Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
ARTICLE V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
5.1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.
5.2. Number of Directors; Election; Term.
(a) The number of directors that shall constitute the entire Board shall not be less than 5 nor more than 15. Within such limit, the number of members of the entire Board shall be fixed, from time to time, exclusively by the Board in accordance with the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation (as further amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof, the “Bylaws”), subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if any.
3
(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire upon the election of directors at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Article V; the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire upon the election of directors at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Article V; and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire upon the election of directors at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Article V. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Article V, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
(d) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.
(e) Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Article V, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the certificate of designation for such series of Preferred Stock, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article V unless expressly provided by such terms. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional directors as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of this Article V, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues; (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to such provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to such provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such series of stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate, and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.
4
5.3. Removal. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
5.4. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such person shall have been assigned by the Board and until such person’s successor shall be duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two thirds of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE VII
STOCKHOLDERS
7.1. No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
7.2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the chairperson of the Board or the Board, and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting of the stockholders is hereby specifically denied.
7.3. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.
5
ARTICLE VIII
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
8.1. Limitation of Personal Liability. No director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. For purposes of this Section 8.1, “officer” shall have the meaning provided in Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time.
8.2. Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. A director’s right to indemnification conferred by this Section 8.2 shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided that such director presents to the Corporation a written undertaking to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this Article VIII or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except for proceedings to enforce any director’s or officer’s rights to indemnification or any director’s rights to advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer, or advance expenses of any director, (or such director’s or officer’s heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.
8.3. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred in Section 8.2 of this Certificate of Incorporation shall neither be exclusive of, nor be deemed in limitation of, any rights to which any person may otherwise be or become entitled or permitted under this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
8.4. Insurance. To the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the DGCL, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any current or former director or officer of the Corporation against any liability asserted against such person, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII or otherwise.
8.5. Persons Other Than Directors and Officers. This Article VIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to, or to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of, persons other than those persons described in the first sentence of Section 8.2 of this Certificate of Incorporation or to advance expenses to persons other than directors of the Corporation.
6
8.6. Effect of Modifications. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision contained in this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors or officers) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any current or former director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
9.1. Forum for Certain Actions.
(a) Forum. Unless a majority of the Board, acting on behalf of the Corporation, consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum (which consent may be given at any time, including during the pendency of litigation), the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, another state court located within the State of Delaware or, if no court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising from a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, stockholder or officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the Corporation’s stockholders, including a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, stockholder or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation or remedy under, any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (in each case, as may be amended from time to time), (iv) any action or proceeding related to or involving the Corporation or any current or former director, stockholder or officer or other employee of the Corporation that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware, (v) any action or proceeding asserting an “internal corporate claim,” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL or (vi) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL (as amended from time to time) confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Subject to the preceding language of this Article IX, unless a majority of the Board, acting on behalf of the Corporation, consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum (which consent may be given at any time, including during the pendency of litigation), the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any action or proceeding asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(b) Personal Jurisdiction. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of subparagraph (a) of this Section 9.1 is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce subparagraph (a) of this Section 9.1 (an “Enforcement Action”) and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such Enforcement Action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.
7
(c) Enforceability. If any provision of this Section 9.1 shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person, entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Section 9.1, and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
(d) Notice and Consent. For the avoidance of doubt, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.1.
9.2. Designation of the Corporation as the Stockholders’ Agent.
(a) Designation. All right, title and interest of any stockholder to any and all lost merger premium damages if an agreement to acquire all or substantially all of the stock of the Corporation is breached by an intended acquirer (“Lost Premium Damages”) shall be payable to the Corporation (which the Corporation may distribute to stockholders if the Board approves such distribution), and the Corporation’s stockholders specifically designate the Corporation (or its designee) as their agent for the purpose of pursuing Lost Premium Damages claims on behalf of the Corporation’s stockholders.
(b) Notice and Consent. For the avoidance of doubt, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.2.
9.3. Amendment. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL, and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders of the Corporation by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Section 9.3. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law, applicable stock exchange rule or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, repeal or adopt any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Article V, Article VI, Article VII or this Article IX (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alternation, repeal or adoption of any other Article).
9.4. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
8
9.5. Corporate Opportunities.
(a) For purposes of this Section 9.5, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) “WCAS Funds” means Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe; (ii) “WCAS Funds” means (A) WCAS, together with its subsidiaries, any investment fund affiliated with or managed by WCAS and any collective investment vehicle affiliated with or managed by WCAS or whose general partner or managing member is owned, directly or indirectly, by WCAS, and (B) any Affiliate of the foregoing (in each case, other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries); (iii) “Affiliate” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; (iv) “Covered Person” means (A) any director or officer of the Corporation who is also an officer, director, employee or managing director of any of the WCAS Funds and (B) WCAS; and (v) “Specified Corporate Opportunity” means any business opportunity, potential transaction, interest or other matter that is offered or presented to any Covered Person other than any business opportunity, potential transaction, interest or other matter that is offered or presented to such Covered Person solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as an officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation.
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 122(17) of the DGCL), the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries in, or being offered any opportunity to participate in, any Specified Corporate Opportunity, even if such Specified Corporate Opportunity is one that the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if offered or presented the opportunity to do so. No Covered Person shall have any duty to offer or communicate information regarding any Specified Corporate Opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary duty, as a director, officer, controlling stockholder or otherwise, solely by reason of the fact that such Covered Person (i) pursues or acquires such Specified Corporate Opportunity for its own account or the account of any of the WCAS Funds, (ii) directs such Specified Corporate Opportunity to another person or entity or (iii) fails to present such Specified Corporate Opportunity, or information regarding such Specified Corporate Opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5(b) shall not apply to any business opportunity, potential transaction, interest or other matter that is offered or presented to any Covered Person solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as an officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation.
(c) For the avoidance of doubt, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.5.
9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this day of , 2025.
| Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. | ||||
| By: |
| |||
| Name: | Caitlin Zulla | |||
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |||
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc.]
Exhibit 3.3
BYLAWS
OF
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
A Delaware Corporation
Date of Adoption: November 14, 2025
BYLAWS
OF
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES AND RECORDS
SECTION 1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. The registered office and registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) in the manner provided by applicable law.
SECTION 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.
SECTION 1.3 Books and Records. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 2.1 Annual Meetings. If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors of the Corporation shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, either within or outside of the State of Delaware, as may be fixed by resolution of the Board. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.
SECTION 2.2 Special Meetings. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by a majority of the Board, and shall be called by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Corporate Secretary upon the written request therefor signed by the holder(s) of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote at such meeting.
SECTION 2.3 Record Date. For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
SECTION 2.4 Place of Meeting. The Board may designate the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders. If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive offices of the Corporation. The Board, acting in its sole discretion, may establish guidelines and procedures in accordance with applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and any other applicable law for the participation by stockholders and proxyholders in a meeting of stockholders by means of remote communication, and may determine that any meeting of stockholders will not be
held at any place but will be held solely by means of remote communication. Stockholders and proxyholders complying with such procedures and guidelines and otherwise entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be deemed present in person and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication.
SECTION 2.5 Notice of Meetings. Written notice of the place, date and hour of all meetings, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by or at the direction of the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Corporate Secretary or the other person(s) calling the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, personally, by electronic transmission or by mail. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The Corporation may provide stockholders with notice of a meeting by electronic transmission; provided that such stockholders have consented to receiving electronic notice.
SECTION 2.6 Quorum and Adjournment of Meetings. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chair of the meeting or the holders of shares of stock with a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting of stockholders, whether or not a quorum is present, shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without any notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time, the place of the holding of the adjourned meeting (if any) and the means of remote communication (if any) by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; provided, however, if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
SECTION 2.7 Required Vote. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall have one (1) vote for each share of stock entitled to vote which is registered in his or her name on the record date for the meeting. Shares registered in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws (or comparable instrument) of such corporation may prescribe, or in the absence of such provision, as the Board (or comparable body) of such corporation may determine. Shares registered in the name of a deceased person may be voted by his or her executor or administrator, either in person or by proxy.
Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present. All other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, be decided by the vote of the majority of the votes cast on the matter affirmatively or negatively.
SECTION 2.8 Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, by consent in writing of such stockholders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the
Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book or books in which meetings of stockholders are recorded; provided, however, that delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 3.1 Number. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board initially shall be five (5) and thereafter shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, unless the Certificate of Incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number of directors shall be made only by amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation. Each director shall hold office for the term for which he or she is elected, and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
SECTION 3.2 Powers. Subject to any limitations set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and to any provision of the DGCL relating to powers or rights conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders or the holders of any class or series of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding stock, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed, and all corporate powers shall be exercised, by or under the direction of the Board.
SECTION 3.3 Place of Meetings; Order of Business. The directors may hold their meetings and may have an office and keep the books of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided by law, in such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine by resolution. At all meetings of the Board business shall be transacted in such order as shall from time to time be determined by the Chair of the Board (if any), or in his or her absence by the Chief Executive Officer or the Lead Independent Director, or by resolution of the Board.
SECTION 3.4 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such dates, and at such times and places, within or without the State of Delaware, as are determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, such determination to constitute the only notice of such regular meetings to which any director shall be entitled. In the absence of any such determination, such meetings shall be held, upon notice to each director in accordance with this Section 3.4.
SECTION 3.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chair of the Board, the Lead Independent Director, the Chief Executive Officer or, upon the written request of at least a majority of the directors then in office, by the Corporate Secretary, in each case on at least twenty-four (24) hours’ personal or written notice or on at least twenty-four (24) hours’ notice by electronic transmission to each director. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place, if any, date and time of the meetings.
SECTION 3.6 Notice. Notice of any regular (if required) or special meeting of directors shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or overnight mail, courier service or facsimile or electronic transmission or orally by telephone. If mailed by first class mail, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered if deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by overnight mail or courier service, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered if the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile or electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered if the notice is transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone or by hand delivery, the notice shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time set for the meeting and shall be confirmed by facsimile or electronic transmission that is sent promptly thereafter. In the case of a special meeting called by the Chair of the Board where exigent circumstances are deemed by the Chair of the Board to exist, notice of such meeting may be given by any of the means described above less than twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of such meeting.
SECTION 3.7 Action by Consent of Board. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, including by electronic transmission. After the action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained. Such consent or consents shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting, and may be stated as such in any document or instrument filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
SECTION 3.8 Conference Telephone Meetings. Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
SECTION 3.9 Quorum. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business of the Board and the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.
SECTION 3.10 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining director; and any director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced.
SECTION 3.11 Chair of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Chair of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board. The Chair of the Board shall perform all duties incidental to his or her office that may be required by law and all such other duties as are properly required of him or her by the Board. He or she shall make reports to the Board and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.
SECTION 3.12 Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director shall be one of the directors who has been determined by the Board to be an “independent director.” The Lead Independent Director shall preside at all executive sessions of the Board and any other meeting of the Board at which the Chair of the Board is not present and have such other responsibilities, and perform such duties, as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
SECTION 4.1 Designation; Powers. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
SECTION 4.2 Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Any committee designated pursuant to Section 4.1 shall choose its own chair in the event the chair has not been selected by the Board by a majority vote of the members then in attendance at a meeting of the committee so long as a quorum is present and shall meet at such times and at such place or places as may be provided by the charter of such committee or by resolution of such committee or resolution of the Board. At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting where a quorum is present shall be necessary for the adoption by it of any resolution.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
SECTION 5.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer and a Corporate Secretary and, if the Board so elects, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board may from time to time elect or appoint. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise.
SECTION 5.2 Election and Term of Office. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected or appointed and shall have qualified or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board or, except in the case of an officer or agent elected by the Board, by the Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President, if any. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed. No elected officer shall have any contractual rights against the Corporation for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of his or her successor, his or her death, his or her resignation or his or her removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract or under an employee deferred compensation plan.
SECTION 5.3 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be responsible for the general management of the affairs of the Corporation and shall act in a general executive capacity subject to the oversight of the Board in the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervision of its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and all other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.4 President. The President, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chair of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President (if any and if he or she shall be a director) shall preside when present at all meetings of the Board.
SECTION 5.5 Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents. Each Executive Vice President and Senior Vice President, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, if any.
SECTION 5.6 Treasurer. The Treasurer, if any, shall exercise general supervision over the receipt, custody and disbursement of corporate funds. He or she shall have such further powers and duties and shall be subject to such directions as may be granted or imposed upon him or her from time to time by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, if any.
SECTION 5.7 Corporate Secretary. The Corporate Secretary, if any, shall keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for that purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board, the committees of the Board and the stockholders; he or she shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by applicable law; he or she shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all stock certificates of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; and he or she shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general, he or she shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Corporate Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, if any.
SECTION 5.8 Vacancies. A newly created elected office and a vacancy in any elected office because of death, resignation or removal may be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term at any meeting of the Board. Any vacancy in an office appointed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, if any, because of death, resignation or removal may be filled by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, if any.
SECTION 5.9 Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any officer authorized by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of security holders of or with respect to any action of security holders of any other corporation or entity in which the Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers that the Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.
SECTION 5.10 Delegation. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers and duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
ARTICLE VI
STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS
SECTION 6.1 Stock Certificates and Transfers. The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation evidenced by certificates for shares of stock shall be in such form as the appropriate officers of the Corporation may from time to time prescribe; provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock may be uncertificated shares. The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued and shall exhibit the holder’s name and number of shares. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation, which may be maintained by a third-party registrar or transfer agent, by the holder thereof in person or by his or her attorney, upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for at least the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form, at which time the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto (if the stock is then represented by certificates), cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
Each certificated share of stock shall be signed, countersigned and registered in the manner required by law. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
SECTION 6.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificate for shares or uncertificated shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, except on production of such evidence of such loss, destruction or theft and on delivery to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board or any financial officer may in its or his or her discretion require.
SECTION 6.3 Ownership of Shares. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock of the Corporation as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware.
SECTION 6.4 Regulations Regarding Certificates. The Board shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations concerning the issue, transfer and registration or the replacement of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation. The Corporation may enter into additional agreements with stockholders to restrict the transfer of stock of the Corporation in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL. The Board may appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of any such transfer agent and/or any such registrar of transfers.
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS
SECTION 7.1 The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (as a witness or otherwise) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, trustee, or officer of the Corporation or, while a director, trustee, or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a trust, partnership, joint venture, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (a “Covered Person”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines (including, without limitation, ERISA excise taxes and penalties) and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
SECTION 7.2 The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, pay the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending or otherwise participating in or appearing at any proceeding in advance of its final disposition (including in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Article VII); provided, however, that to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it shall be ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter, a “final adjudication”) that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VII or otherwise.
SECTION 7.3 To the extent that a current or former director, trustee or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding referred to in Section 145(a) or (b) of the DGCL, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter thereof, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
SECTION 7.4 The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person seeking indemnification did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
SECTION 7.5 The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred upon any current or former director, trustee or officer of the Corporation under this Article VII (whether by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, trustee or officer of the Corporation, or while serving as a director, trustee or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a trust, partnership, joint venture, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan) shall be contract rights, shall vest when such person becomes a director, trustee or officer of the Corporation and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VII, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Covered Person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.
SECTION 7.6 If a claim for indemnification under this Article VII (following the final disposition of such proceeding) is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after the Corporation has received a written claim therefor by the Covered Person, or if a claim for any advancement of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after the Corporation has received a statement or statements requesting such amounts to be advanced, the Covered Person shall thereupon (but not before) be entitled to file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim. If successful in whole or in part, the Covered Person shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim, or a claim brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. In any such action, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law. In any suit brought by a Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by a Covered Person to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Covered Person has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. With respect to any suit brought by a Covered Person seeking to enforce a right to indemnification or right to advancement of expenses hereunder or any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses (whether pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise), neither (i) the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because the Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Covered Person has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Covered Person, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
SECTION 7.7 The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, an agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.
SECTION 7.8 This Article VII shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons. Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation and to any other person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Covered Persons under this Article VII.
SECTION 7.9 The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture, or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL, these Bylaws or otherwise.
SECTION 7.10 Any repeal, modification or amendment of this Article VII by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any other provision of these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VII, will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights to Covered Persons on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision. Any amendment, repeal, modification or adoption that would adversely affect such person’s rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder shall be ineffective as to such Covered Person, except with respect to any threatened, pending or completed proceeding that relates to or arises from (and only to the extent such proceeding relates to or arises from) any act or omission of such Covered Person occurring after the effective time of such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption.
SECTION 7.11 If any provision or provisions of this Article VII shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law (a) the validity, legality, and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Section 7.11 (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Section 7.11 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that are not by themselves invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities or circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VII (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article VII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of the parties that the Corporation provide protection to the indemnitee to the fullest extent set forth in this Article VII.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SECTION 8.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by a resolution of the Board.
SECTION 8.2 Dividends. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of stock, which dividends may be paid in either cash, property or shares of stock of the Corporation. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board, shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid.
SECTION 8.3 Seal. If the Board determines that the Corporation shall have a corporate seal, the corporate seal shall have such form as the Board determines. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, or otherwise reproduced.
SECTION 8.4 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, including by electronic transmission, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
SECTION 8.5 Facsimile and Electronic Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile or electronic signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile or electronic signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or President (if any).
SECTION 8.6 Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director and each member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, or by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care by the Board or by any such committee, or in relying in good faith upon other records of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
SECTION 9.1 Amendments. If provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board shall have the power to adopt, amend and repeal from time to time bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect thereto to amend or repeal such bylaws as adopted or amended by the Board.
Exhibit 3.4
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
ARTICLE I.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be held at such time and place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but shall instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 211(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”).
Section 1.2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance with these amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation (as amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, these “Bylaws”) shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board.
Section 1.3. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law or by the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (including the terms of any certificate of designation with respect to any series of preferred stock), as amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only by the Chair of the Board or the Board. The ability of the stockholders of the Corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders is hereby specifically denied. At a special meeting of stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting. The Chair of the Board or the Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously called by either of them.
Section 1.4. Notice. Whenever stockholders of the Corporation are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed present in person and vote at such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, written notice of any meeting shall be given either personally, by mail or by electronic transmission (as defined below) (if permitted under the circumstances by the DGCL) not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, by or at the direction of the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the
1
Board, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. If notice is given by means of electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be given at the times provided in the DGCL. Any stockholder may waive notice of any meeting before or after the meeting. The attendance of a stockholder at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, and does so object, at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. For the purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
Section 1.5. Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be adjourned or recessed from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, by holders of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, though less than a quorum, or by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned or recessed meeting (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication) if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person or represented by proxy and vote at such adjourned or recessed meeting, are (a) announced at the meeting at which the adjournment or recess is taken, (b) displayed during the time scheduled for the meeting, on the same electronic network used to enable stockholders and proxy holders to participate in the meeting by means of remote communication or (c) set forth in the notice of meeting given in accordance with these Bylaws. At the adjourned or recessed meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.4 of these Bylaws shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.
Section 1.6. Quorum. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person, present by means of remote communication, if any, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person, present by means of remote communication, if any, or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to such vote. If a quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of
2
stockholders, either the chairperson of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 1.5 of these Bylaws, until a quorum shall be present or represented. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.
Section 1.7. Voting.
(a) General. Except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, every stockholder having the right to vote shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Such votes may be cast in person, by means of remote communication (if any) or by proxy as provided in Section 1.10 of these Bylaws. The Board, in its discretion, or the person presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in such person’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.
(b) Matters Other Than Election of Directors. Any matter brought before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s capital stock present in person, present by means of remote communication, if any, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter, voting as a single class, unless the matter is one upon which, by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.
(c) Election of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present.
Section 1.8. Voting of Stock of Certain Holders. Shares of stock of the Corporation standing in the name of another corporation or entity, domestic or foreign, and entitled to vote may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws or other internal regulations of such corporation or entity may prescribe or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors or comparable body of such corporation or entity may determine. Shares of stock of the Corporation standing in the name of a deceased person, a minor, an incompetent or a debtor in a case under Title 11, United States Code, and entitled to vote may be voted by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee, as the case may be, either in person or by proxy, without transfer of such shares into the name of the official or other person so voting. A stockholder whose shares of stock of the Corporation are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares, unless on the transfer records of the Corporation such stockholder has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote such shares, in which case only the pledgee, or the pledgee’s proxy, may vote such shares.
Section 1.9. Treasury Stock. Shares of stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation, or to another corporation a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of which are held by the Corporation, shall not be voted at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and shall not be counted in the total number of outstanding shares for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present. Nothing in this Section 1.9 shall limit the right of the Corporation to vote shares of stock of the Corporation held by it in a fiduciary capacity.
3
Section 1.10. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy filed with the Corporate Secretary (the “Secretary”) before or at the time of the meeting. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.
Section 1.11. No Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of preferred stock permitting the holders of such series of preferred stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and, as specified by the Certificate of Incorporation, the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is specifically denied.
Section 1.12. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make or have prepared and made, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days ending on the day before the meeting date: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.
Section 1.13. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled
4
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, but the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.13 at the adjourned meeting.
Section 1.14. Organization and Conduct of Meetings. The Chair of the Board shall act as chairperson of meetings of stockholders of the Corporation. The Board may designate any director or officer of the Corporation to act as chairperson of any meeting in the absence of the Chair of the Board, and only the Board may further provide for determining who shall act as chairperson of any meeting of stockholders in the absence of the Chair of the Board and such designee. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board, the chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules, regulations and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies or such other persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement of the meeting; (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (g) removal of any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting rules, regulations or procedures; (h) the conclusion, recess or adjournment of the meeting, regardless of whether a quorum is present, to a later date and time and at a place, if any, announced at the meeting; (i) restrictions on the use of audio and video recording devices, cell phones and other electronic devices; (j) rules, regulations or procedures for compliance with any state or local laws or regulations including those concerning safety, health and security; (k) procedures (if any) requiring attendees to provide the Corporation advance notice of their intent to attend the meeting and (l) any rules, regulations or procedures as the chairperson may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication. The Board or the chairperson of a stockholder meeting, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate regarding the conduct of the meeting, shall determine and declare to the meeting that a matter of business was not properly brought before the meeting, and, if the chairperson (or the Board) should so determine, the chairperson (or the Board) shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter of business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Except to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding at the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
5
Section 1.15. Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board, by resolution, shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.
Section 1.16. Notice of Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations.
(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business other than nominations to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) with respect to such annual meeting given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (ii) as otherwise properly brought before such annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.16 through the date of such annual meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.16. For the avoidance of doubt, compliance with the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations, or to propose any other business (other than a proposal included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)), at an annual meeting of stockholders.
(b) Timing of Notice for Annual Meetings. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 1.16(a)(iii) above, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary, and, in the case of business other than nominations, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, such notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the ninetieth (90th) day, or earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120th) day, prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the case of the first annual meeting after December 31, 2025 or if the date of the annual meeting of stockholders is more than thirty (30) days prior to, or more than sixty (60) days after, the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of (i) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (ii) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Disclosure (as defined below) of the date of the meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the adjournment, recess, postponement, judicial stay or rescheduling of an annual meeting (or the Public Disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of notice as described above.
6
(c) Form of Notice. To be in proper written form, the notice of any stockholder of record giving notice under this Section 1.16 (each, a “Noticing Party”) must set forth:
(i) as to each person whom such Noticing Party proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), if any:
(A) the name, age, business address and residential address of such Proposed Nominee;
(B) the principal occupation and employment of such Proposed Nominee;
(C) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualifications of such Proposed Nominee, completed by such Proposed Nominee in the form required by the Corporation (in the form to be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record within ten (10) days after receiving such request);
(D) a written representation and agreement completed by such Proposed Nominee in the form required by the Corporation (in the form to be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record within ten (10) days after receiving such request) providing that such Proposed Nominee: (I) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such Proposed Nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such Proposed Nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such Proposed Nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law; (II) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director or nominee with respect to the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation; (III) will, if elected as a director of the Corporation, comply with all applicable rules of any securities exchanges upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, ethics, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading policies and all other guidelines and policies of the Corporation generally applicable to directors (which other guidelines and policies will be provided to such Proposed Nominee within five (5) business days after the Secretary receives any written request therefor from such Proposed Nominee), and all applicable fiduciary duties under state law; (IV) consents to being named as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement and form of proxy
7
for the meeting and consents to the public disclosure of information regarding or relating to such Proposed Nominee provided to the Corporation by such Proposed Nominee or otherwise pursuant to these Bylaws; (V) intends to serve a full term as a director of the Corporation, if elected; and (VI) will provide facts, statements and other information in all communications with the Corporation and its stockholders that are or will be true and correct in all material respects and that do not and will not omit to state any fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading in any material respect;
(E) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, during the past three (3) years, and any other material relationships, between or among such Proposed Nominee, on the one hand, and any Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below) (other than such Proposed Nominee), on the other hand, or that such Proposed Nominee knows any of such Proposed Nominee’s Associates (as defined below) has with any Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K as if such Noticing Party and any Stockholder Associated Person (other than the Proposed Nominee) were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the Proposed Nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant;
(F) a description of any business or personal interests that would reasonably be expected to place such Proposed Nominee in a potential conflict of interest with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries;
(G) the date(s) of first contact between the Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and the Proposed Nominee, on the other hand, with respect to any proposed nomination(s) of any person(s) (including the Proposed Nominee) for election as a director of the Corporation; and
(H) all other information relating to such Proposed Nominee or such Proposed Nominee’s Associates that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to the Proxy Rules (as defined below);
(ii) as to any other business that such Noticing Party proposes to bring before the meeting:
(A) a description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;
(B) the text of the proposal or business (including the complete text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment); and
8
(C) all other information relating to such business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person in support of such proposed business pursuant to the Proxy Rules; and
(iii) as to such Noticing Party and each Stockholder Associated Person:
(A) the name and address of such Noticing Party and each Stockholder Associated Person (including, as applicable, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records);
(B) the class, series and number of shares of each class or series of capital stock (if any) of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record (specifying the type of ownership) by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person (including any right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time or the fulfillment of a condition) and the date or dates on which such shares were acquired;
(C) the name of each nominee holder for, and number of, any securities of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person and any pledge by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any of such securities;
(D) (I) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, hedging transactions, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, repurchase agreements or arrangements, borrowed or loaned shares and so-called “stock borrowing” agreements or arrangements) that have been entered into by, or on behalf of, such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit from changes in the price of any securities of the Corporation, or maintain, increase or decrease the voting power of such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to securities of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in underlying shares of capital stock of the Corporation (any of the foregoing, a “Derivative Instrument”) and (II) all other information relating to Derivative Instruments that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person in support of the business proposed by such Noticing Party, if any, or for the election of any Proposed Nominee in a contested election pursuant to the Proxy Rules if the creation, termination or modification of Derivative Instruments were treated the same as trading in the securities of the Corporation under the Proxy Rules;
9
(E) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), of such Noticing Party or, to the knowledge of such Noticing Party (or the beneficial owner(s) on whose behalf such Noticing Party is submitting a notice to the Corporation), any Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation or any Affiliate (as defined below) thereof or in the proposed business or nomination(s) to be brought before the meeting by such Noticing Party, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Corporation securities where such Noticing Party or such Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;
(F) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, (I) between or among such Noticing Party and any Stockholder Associated Person or (II) between or among such Noticing Party or, to the knowledge of such Noticing Party (or the beneficial owner(s) on whose behalf such Noticing Party is submitting a notice to the Corporation), any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (naming each such person or entity), in each case, relating to acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of the Corporation, including any proxy (other than any revocable proxy given in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Proxy Rules by way of a solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A);
(G) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation;
(H) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership, limited liability company or similar entity in which such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person (I) is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership or (II) is the manager, managing member or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in the manager or managing member of such limited liability company or similar entity;
(I) any Derivative Instruments in or beneficial ownership of any securities of (in each case, with a market value of more than $100,000) any company that provides outpatient imaging and/or radiology practice management services with total revenue in its last completed fiscal year of at least $25.0 million (each, a “Competitor”) held by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person;
(J) any direct or indirect interest (other than solely as a result of security ownership) of such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person in any agreement with the Corporation, any Affiliate of the Corporation or any Competitor (including any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);
10
(K) a representation that (I) neither such Noticing Party nor any Stockholder Associated Person has breached any agreement, arrangement or understanding with the Corporation except as disclosed to the Corporation pursuant hereto and (II) such Noticing Party and each Stockholder Associated Person has complied, and will comply, with all applicable requirements of state law and the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.16;
(L) a description of the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such Noticing Party (or the beneficial owner(s) on whose behalf such Noticing Party is submitting a notice to the Corporation);
(M) all information that would be required to be set forth in a Schedule 13D filed pursuant to Rule 13d-1(a) under the Exchange Act or an amendment pursuant to Rule 13d-2(a) under the Exchange Act if such a statement were required to be filed under the Exchange Act by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation (regardless of whether such person or entity is actually required to file a Schedule 13D), including a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would be required to be disclosed by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to Item 5 or Item 6 of Schedule 13D;
(N) a certification that such Noticing Party and each Stockholder Associated Person has complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with such Noticing Party’s or Stockholder Associated Person’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and such Noticing Party’s or Stockholder Associated Person’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation, if such Stockholder Associated Person is a stockholder of the Corporation; and
(O) all other information relating to such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person in support of the business proposed by such Noticing Party, if any, or for the election of any Proposed Nominee in a contested election pursuant to the Proxy Rules;
provided, however, that the disclosures described in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (O) shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any depositary or any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Noticing Party solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner (any such entity, an “Exempt Party”).
(iv) a representation that such Noticing Party intends to appear or cause a Qualified Representative (as defined below) of such Noticing Party to appear at the meeting to bring such business before the meeting or nominate any Proposed Nominees, as applicable, and an acknowledgment that, if such Noticing Party (or a Qualified
11
Representative of such Noticing Party) does not appear to present such business or Proposed Nominees, as applicable, at such meeting, the Corporation need not present such business or Proposed Nominees for a vote at such meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation;
(v) a description of any pending or, to the knowledge of such Noticing Party (or the beneficial owner(s) on whose behalf such Noticing Party is submitting a notice to the Corporation), threatened legal proceeding or investigation in which such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person is a party or participant directly involving or directly relating to the Corporation or, to the knowledge of such Noticing Party (or the beneficial owner(s) on whose behalf such Noticing Party is submitting a notice to the Corporation), any current or former officer, director or Affiliate of the Corporation;
(vi) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by such Noticing Party (or the beneficial owner(s) on whose behalf such Noticing Party is submitting a notice to the Corporation) to provide financial support of the nomination(s) or other business proposal(s) submitted by such Noticing Party and, to the extent known, the class and number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and
(vii) a representation from such Noticing Party as to whether such Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) that intends to (A) solicit proxies in support of the election of any Proposed Nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act or (B) engage in a solicitation (within the meaning of Exchange Act Rule 14a-1(l)) with respect to the nomination of any Proposed Nominee or proposed business to be considered at the meeting, as applicable, and if so, the name of each participant (as defined in Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act) in such solicitation.
(d) Additional Information. In addition to the information required pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.16, the Corporation may require any Noticing Party to furnish such other information that would reasonably be expected to be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of (i) any item of business proposed by such Noticing Party under this Section 1.16, (ii) the solicitation of proxies from the Corporation’s stockholders by the Noticing Party (or any Stockholder Associated Person) or (iii) the eligibility, suitability or qualifications of a Proposed Nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation or the independence, or lack thereof, of such Proposed Nominee, under the listing standards of each securities exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, any applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board in selecting nominees for election as a director and for determining and disclosing the independence of the Corporation’s directors, including those applicable to a director’s service on any of the committees of the Board, or the requirements of any other laws or regulations applicable to the Corporation. If requested by the Corporation, any supplemental information required under this paragraph shall be provided by a Noticing Party within ten (10) days after it has been requested by the Corporation.
12
(e) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) (i) by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (ii) provided that one or more directors are to be elected at such meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.16(e) through the date of such special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at such special meeting and upon such election and (C) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.16(e). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for director nominations to be properly brought before a special meeting by a stockholder pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii), such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary. To be timely, such notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the Close of Business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of (x) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting and (y) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Disclosure of the date of the meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment, recess, postponement, judicial stay or rescheduling of a special meeting (or the Public Disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. To be in proper written form, such notice shall include all information required pursuant to Section 1.16(c) above, and such stockholder and any Proposed Nominee shall comply with Section 1.16(d) above, as if such notice were being submitted in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders.
(f) General.
(i) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless the person is nominated by a stockholder in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.16 or the person is nominated by the Board, and no business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation except pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act and business brought by a stockholder in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.16 or by the Board. The number of Proposed Nominees a stockholder may include in a notice under this Section 1.16 may not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such meeting (based on public disclosure by the Corporation prior to the date of such notice), and for the avoidance of doubt, no stockholder shall be entitled to identify any additional or substitute persons as Proposed Nominees following the expiration of the time periods set forth in Section 1.16(b) or Section 1.16(e), as applicable. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board or the chairperson of a meeting shall have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been made or proposed in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws, and, if the Board or the chairperson of the meeting determines that any proposed nomination or business was not properly brought before the meeting, the chairperson (or the Board) shall declare to the meeting that such nomination shall be disregarded or such business shall not be transacted, and no vote shall be taken with respect to such nomination or proposed business, in each case, notwithstanding that proxies with respect to such vote may have been received by the
13
Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.16, unless otherwise required by law, if the Noticing Party (or a Qualified Representative of the Noticing Party) proposing a nominee for director or business to be conducted at a meeting does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present such nomination or propose such business, such proposed nomination shall be disregarded or such proposed business shall not be transacted, as applicable, and no vote shall be taken with respect to such nomination or proposed business, notwithstanding that proxies with respect to such vote may have been received by the Corporation.
(ii) A Noticing Party shall update such Noticing Party’s notice provided under the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.16, if necessary, such that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct in all material respects as of (A) the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the meeting and (B) the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting (or any postponement, rescheduling or adjournment thereof), and such update shall (I) be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (x) not later than the Close of Business five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of such meeting (in the case of an update required to be made under clause (A)) and (y) not later than the Close of Business seven (7) business days prior to the date of the meeting or, if practicable, any postponement, rescheduling or adjournment thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been postponed, rescheduled or adjourned) (in the case of an update required to be made pursuant to clause (B)), (II) be made only to the extent that information has changed since such Noticing Party’s prior submission and (III) clearly identify the information that has changed in any material respect since such Noticing Party’s prior submission. For the avoidance of doubt, any information provided pursuant to this Section 1.16(f)(ii) shall not be deemed to cure any deficiencies or inaccuracies in a notice previously delivered pursuant to this Section 1.16 and shall not extend the time period for the delivery of notice pursuant to this Section 1.16. If a Noticing Party fails to provide any update in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.16(f)(ii), the information as to which such written update relates may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 1.16.
(iii) If any information submitted pursuant to this Section 1.16 by any Noticing Party nominating individuals for election or reelection as a director or proposing business for consideration at a stockholder meeting shall be inaccurate in any material respect (as determined by the Board or a committee thereof), such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 1.16. Any such Noticing Party shall notify the Secretary in writing at the principal executive offices of the Corporation of any material inaccuracy or change in any information submitted pursuant to this Section 1.16 (including if any Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person no longer intends to solicit proxies in accordance with the representation made pursuant to Section 1.16(c)(vii)(A)) within two (2) business days after becoming aware of such material inaccuracy or change, and any such notification shall clearly identify the inaccuracy or change, it being understood that no such notification may cure any deficiencies or inaccuracies with respect to any prior submission by such Noticing Party. Upon written request of the Secretary on behalf of the Board (or a duly authorized committee thereof),
14
any such Noticing Party shall provide, within seven (7) business days after delivery of such request (or such other period as may reasonably be specified in such request), (A) written verification, reasonably satisfactory to the Board, any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by such Noticing Party pursuant to this Section 1.16 and (B) a written affirmation of any information submitted by such Noticing Party pursuant to this Section 1.16 as of an earlier date. If a Noticing Party fails to provide such written verification or affirmation within such period, the information as to which written verification or affirmation was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 1.16.
(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if (A) any Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act with respect to any Proposed Nominee and (B) (1) such Noticing Party or Stockholder Associated Person subsequently either (x) notifies the Corporation that such Noticing Party or Stockholder Associated Person no longer intends to solicit proxies in support of the election or reelection of such Proposed Nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act or (y) fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(2) or Rule 14a-19(a)(3) under the Exchange Act (or fails to timely provide reasonable evidence sufficient to satisfy the Corporation that such Noticing Party or Stockholder Associated Person has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) under the Exchange Act in accordance with the following sentence) and (2) no other Noticing Party or Stockholder Associated Person that has provided notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act with respect to such Proposed Nominee (x) to the Corporation’s knowledge based on information provided pursuant to Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act or these Bylaws, still intends to solicit proxies in support of the election or reelection of such Proposed Nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act and (y) has complied with the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(2) and Rule 14a-19(a)(3) under the Exchange Act and the requirements set forth in the following sentence, then the nomination of such Proposed Nominee shall be disregarded and no vote on the election of such Proposed Nominee shall occur (notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation). Upon request by the Corporation, if any Noticing Party or any Stockholder Associated Person provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act, such Noticing Party shall deliver to the Secretary, no later than five (5) business days prior to the applicable meeting date, reasonable evidence that the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) under the Exchange Act have been satisfied.
(v) In addition to complying with the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.16, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.16. Nothing in this Section 1.16 shall be deemed to affect any rights of (A) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (B) stockholders to request inclusion of nominees in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to the Proxy Rules or (C) the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
15
(vi) Any written notice, supplement, update or other information required to be delivered by a stockholder to the Corporation pursuant to this Section 1.16 must be given by personal delivery, by overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal executive offices and shall be deemed not to have been delivered unless so given.
(vii) For the avoidance of doubt, the notice requirements of this Section 1.16 shall not apply to director designations made by Welsh Carson Anderson & Stowe and its affiliates (together, “WCAS”) in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement, by and between the Corporation and certain affiliates of WCAS, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
(viii) For purposes of these Bylaws:
(A) “Affiliate” and “Associate” each shall have the respective meanings set forth in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act;
(B) “beneficial owner” or “beneficially owned” shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act;
(C) “Close of Business” shall mean 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a business day;
(D) “Proxy Rules” shall mean Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder;
(E) “Public Disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
(F) a “Qualified Representative” of a Noticing Party means (I) a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Noticing Party or (II) a person authorized by a writing executed by such Noticing Party (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered by such Noticing Party to the Corporation prior to the making of any nomination or proposal at a stockholder meeting stating that such person is authorized to act for such Noticing Party as proxy at the meeting of stockholders, which writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, must be produced at the meeting of stockholders; and
(G) “Stockholder Associated Person” shall mean, with respect to a Noticing Party and if different from such Noticing Party, any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation on whose behalf such Noticing Party is providing notice of any nomination or other business proposed: (I) any person or entity who is a member of a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) with such Noticing Party or such beneficial owner(s) with respect to acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of the Corporation, (II) any Affiliate
16
or Associate of such Noticing Party (other than any Noticing Party that is an Exempt Party) or such beneficial owner(s), (III) any participant (as defined in Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such Noticing Party or such beneficial owner(s) with respect to any proposed business or nomination, as applicable, under these Bylaws, (IV) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record by such Noticing Party (other than a Noticing Party that is an Exempt Party) and (V) any Proposed Nominee.
ARTICLE II.
DIRECTORS
Section 2.1. Number; Eligibility. Within the limit set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors that shall constitute the entire Board shall be fixed, from time to time, exclusively by the Board, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to the election of directors, if any. No person shall be eligible for election or appointment as a director unless such person has, within ten (10) days following any reasonable request therefor from the Board or any committee thereof, made himself or herself available to be interviewed by the Board (or any committee or other subset thereof) with respect to such person’s qualifications to serve as a director or any other matter reasonably related to such person’s candidacy or service as a director of the Corporation.
Section 2.2. Duties and Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
Section 2.3. Meetings. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chair of the Board (if there be one), the Chief Executive Officer or the Board and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as he, she or it shall specify.
Section 2.4. Notice. Notice of any meeting of the Board stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given to each director by mail posted not less than five (5) days before the date of the meeting, by nationally recognized overnight courier deposited not less than two (2) days before the date of the meeting or by email, facsimile or other means of electronic transmission delivered or sent not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate under the circumstances. If mailed or sent by overnight courier, such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when it is deposited in the United States mail with first class postage prepaid or deposited with the overnight courier. Notice by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be deemed given when the notice is transmitted. Any director may waive notice of any meeting before or after the meeting. The attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, and does so object, at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in any notice of such meeting unless so required by law. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all of the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 5.6 of these Bylaws.
17
Section 2.5. Chair of the Board. The Chair of the Board shall be chosen from among the directors and may be the Chief Executive Officer. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or Section 2.6 or Section 2.7 of these Bylaws, the Chair of the Board shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the Board. The Chair of the Board shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board.
Section 2.6. Lead Independent Director. If the Chair of the Board does not qualify as independent in accordance with the applicable rules of any securities exchanges upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the Independent Directors (as defined below) shall appoint a Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director shall be one of the directors who has been determined by the Board to be an “independent director” (any such director, an “Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director, if any, shall preside at all executive sessions of the Board and any other meeting of the Board at which the Chair of the Board is not present and have such other responsibilities, and perform such duties, as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board.
Section 2.7. Organization. At each meeting of the Board, the Chair of the Board, or, in the Chair’s absence, the Lead Independent Director (if any), or, in the Lead Independent Director’s absence, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairperson. The Secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board, an assistant secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting, and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all assistant secretaries, the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 2.8. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to the election of directors, vacancies occurring on the Board for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such person shall have been assigned by the Board and until such person’s successor shall be duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 2.9. Resignations and Removals of Directors. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the occurrence of some other event, and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
18
Section 2.10. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of directors constituting the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 2.11. Actions of the Board by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or electronic transmission is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.
Section 2.12. Telephonic Meetings. Members of the Board, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak with each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 2.13. Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation and, to the extent permitted by law, to have and exercise such authority as may be provided for in the resolutions creating such committee, as such resolutions may be amended from time to time. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board when required. A majority of the members of any committee present at any committee meeting at which there is a quorum present may determine such committee’s action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. Except as may be provided in any resolutions establishing or designating a committee of the Board, the Board shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of or to dissolve any committee of the Board.
Section 2.14. Compensation. The Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors shall be paid their reasonable expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board or any committee thereof and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each such meeting and an annual retainer or salary for service as director or committee member, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Directors who are full-time employees of the Corporation shall not receive any compensation for their service as director.
19
Section 2.15. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of the Corporation’s directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (a) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee that authorizes the contract or transaction.
ARTICLE III.
OFFICERS
Section 3.1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board and may include a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board, in its discretion, may also choose, or may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to appoint, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board from time to time may deem appropriate. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, but no officer may act in more than one capacity where action of two or more officers is required and no Vice President may at the same time hold the office of President. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation.
Section 3.2. Election; Term. The Board shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board, and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed at any time by the Board, and any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer may be removed at any time by the Chief Executive Officer. Any officer may resign upon notice given in writing or electronic transmission to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the occurrence of some other event. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this ARTICLE III for the regular election to such office.
Section 3.3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board, and any
20
such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.
Section 3.4. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision over the business of the Corporation and shall direct the affairs and policies of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may also serve as the Chair of the Board or as President, if so elected by the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these Bylaws or by the Board.
Section 3.5. President. The President, if any, shall act in a general executive capacity and shall assist the Chief Executive Officer in the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervision of its policies and affairs. The President shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chief Executive Officer, perform all duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these Bylaws, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 3.6. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal financial officer of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these Bylaws, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 3.7. Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents. The Executive Vice Presidents (if any), Senior Vice Presidents (if any) and such other Vice Presidents as shall have been chosen by the Board or appointed by the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 3.1 above shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 3.8. Secretary. The Secretary shall give the requisite notice of meetings of stockholders and directors and shall record the proceedings of such meetings, shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix it or cause it to be affixed to such instruments as require the seal and attest it and, besides the Secretary’s powers and duties prescribed by law, shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as shall be provided in these Bylaws or shall at any time be assigned to such officer by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 3.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall exercise general supervision over the receipt, custody and disbursement of corporate funds. The Treasurer shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be deposited in such banks as may be authorized by the Board or in such banks as may be designated as depositaries in the manner provided by resolution of the Board. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as shall be provided in these Bylaws or shall at any time be assigned to such officer by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
21
Section 3.10. Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall assist the Secretary in the discharge of the Secretary’s duties, shall have such powers and perform such other duties as shall at any time be assigned to them by the Board and, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, shall perform the duties of the Secretary’s office, subject to the control of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 3.11. Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall assist the Treasurer in the discharge of the Treasurer’s duties, shall have such powers and perform such other duties as shall at any time be assigned to them by the Board and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer’s office, subject to the control of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 3.12. Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board may appoint shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board. The Board may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
ARTICLE IV.
STOCK
Section 4.1. Uncertificated Shares. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board, each class or series of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock shall be issued in uncertificated form pursuant to the customary arrangements for issuing shares in such form. Shares shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by attorney upon presentment of proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer in accordance with the customary procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form.
Section 4.2. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be the Close of Business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 4.3. Record Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.
Section 4.4. Transfer and Registry Agents. The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board.
22
ARTICLE V.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 5.1. Contracts. The Board may authorize any officer or officers or any agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument or other document in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Section 5.2. Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board may from time to time designate.
Section 5.3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31st day of December in each year or on such other day as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board.
Section 5.4. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.
Section 5.5. Offices. The Corporation shall maintain a registered office inside the State of Delaware and may also have other offices outside or inside the State of Delaware. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any applicable law) outside the State of Delaware at the principal executive offices of the Corporation or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board.
Section 5.6. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the Board or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting unless so required by law.
Section 5.7. Severability. To the extent any provision of these Bylaws would be, in the absence of this Section 5.7, invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, such provision shall be severable from the other provisions of these Bylaws, and all provisions of these Bylaws shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by these Bylaws, including, to the maximum extent possible, the provision that would be otherwise invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
ARTICLE VI.
AMENDMENTS
Subject to Section 7.5 below, these Bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the Board or by the stockholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
23
ARTICLE VII.
EMERGENCY BYLAWS
Section 7.1. Emergency Bylaws. This ARTICLE VII shall be operative during any emergency, disaster or catastrophe, as referred to in Section 110 of the DGCL or other similar emergency condition (including a pandemic), as a result of which a quorum of the Board or a committee thereof cannot readily be convened for action (each, an “Emergency”), notwithstanding any different or conflicting provision in the preceding Sections of these Bylaws or in the Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this ARTICLE VII, the preceding Sections of these Bylaws and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall remain in effect during such Emergency, and upon termination of such Emergency, the provisions of this ARTICLE VII shall cease to be operative unless and until another Emergency shall occur.
Section 7.2. Meetings; Notice. During any Emergency, a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be called by any member of the Board or such committee or the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given by any available means of communication by the person calling the meeting to such of the directors or committee members and Designated Officers (as defined below) as, in the judgment of the person calling the meeting, it may be feasible to reach. Such notice shall be given at such time in advance of the meeting as, in the judgment of the person calling the meeting, circumstances permit.
Section 7.3. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board called in accordance with Section 7.2 above, the presence or participation of three (3) directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and at any meeting of any committee of the Board called in accordance with Section 7.2 above, the presence or participation of one (1) committee member shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the event that the requisite number of directors is not able to attend a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof, then the Designated Officers in attendance shall serve as directors, or committee members, as the case may be, for the meeting, without any additional quorum requirement and will have full powers to act as directors, or committee members, as the case may be, of the Corporation.
Section 7.4. Liability. No officer, director or employee of the Corporation acting in accordance with the provisions of this ARTICLE VII shall be liable except for willful misconduct.
Section 7.5. Amendments. At any meeting called in accordance with Section 7.2 above, the Board, or any committee thereof, as the case may be, may modify, amend or add to the provisions of this ARTICLE VII as it deems it to be in the best interests of the Corporation and as is practical or necessary for the circumstances of the Emergency.
Section 7.6. Repeal or Change. The provisions of this ARTICLE VII shall be subject to repeal or change by further action of the Board or by action of the stockholders pursuant to ARTICLE VI of these Bylaws, but no such repeal or change shall modify the provisions of Section 7.4 above with regard to action taken prior to the time of such repeal or change.
24
Section 7.7. Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, the term “Designated Officer” means an officer identified on a numbered list of officers of the Corporation who shall be deemed to be, in the order in which they appear on the list up until a quorum is obtained, directors of the Corporation, or members of a committee of the Board, as the case may be, for purposes of obtaining a quorum during an Emergency, if a quorum of directors or committee members, as the case may be, cannot otherwise be obtained during such Emergency, which officers have been designated by the Board from time to time but in any event prior to such time or times as an Emergency may have occurred.
* * *
Adopted as of: , 2025
25
Exhibit 4.1
ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.001 COMMON STOCK Certificate Number ZQ00000000 Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP XXXXXX XX X THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT www.computershare.com FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME President FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME Secretary DATED DD-MMM-YYYY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. For US purposes the following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ( Cust) Custodian ( Minor) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN - and as joint not tenants as tenants with in right common of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act ( Minor) ( State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. . LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. For US purposes the following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ( Cust) Custodian ( Minor) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN - and as joint not tenants as tenants with in right common of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - (Cust) Custodian (until age) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act ( Minor) ( State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
Exhibit 10.1
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of January 1, 2018 (as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, this “Agreement”), among U.S. IMAGING PARTNERS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”), and each of the entities and individuals from time to time listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”).
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, the Investors own Common Units of the LLC (“Common Units” and together with any other Units or other membership interests in the LLC that are from time to time held by the Investors, the “Units”);
WHEREAS, the LLC and the Investors desire to enter into this Agreement in order to provide for certain registration rights which would apply to any shares of common stock (“Common Stock”) that are hereafter acquired by the Investors upon the conversion of Units or in exchange for Units in connection with the conversion of the LLC to a corporation, the merger of the LLC with and into a corporation or otherwise, or the distribution of shares of a corporate subsidiary of the LLC by the LLC to the Investors (any such transaction, a “Reorganization or Distribution”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
“Company” means the corporation issuing the Common Stock.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.
“IPO Date” means the first date on which Common Stock shall have been sold by the Company in a Public Offering.
“Public Offering” means the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form) filed with the Commission under the Securities Act.
“Registrable Stock” means, at any time, (x) all shares of Common Stock hereafter acquired and held by the Investors, including all shares from time to time directly or indirectly issued or issuable in respect of, or upon the conversion of, or in exchange for, any Units, including shares of Common Stock from time to time distributed to the Investors by the LLC or received by the Investors in connection with any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, conversion or reorganization involving the LLC or otherwise issued to the Investors upon the conversion or exchange of securities issued in connection with any Reorganization or Distribution and (y) any shares of Common Stock issuable with respect to the foregoing by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise. As to any particular Registrable Stock, such shares shall cease to be Registrable Stock (i) when a registration statement with respect to the sale of such shares shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such shares shall have been sold in accordance with such registration statement, (ii) when such shares shall have been sold (other than in a privately negotiated sale) pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act or (iii) when, with respect to any holder thereof that is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act) of the Company, all such shares held by such holder are, at the time such determination is made, eligible for sale under Rule 144 as a result of the expiration of the applicable holding period under Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act and there are no limitations or restrictions on the ability to sell such shares under Rule 144 at the time such determination is made.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.
“Underwritten Shelf Takedown” means an underwritten Public Offering, including any bought deal or block sale to a financial institution conducted as an underwritten Public Offering, pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement.
“WCAS XII” means Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe XII, L.P. “WCAS Investors” means WCAS XII and its affiliates.
“WKSI” means any Securities Act registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act at the most recent eligibility determination date specified in paragraph (2) of that definition.
SECTION 2. Registration Rights.
(a) Demand Registration Rights. Subject to Section 2(d) below, if the Company shall at any time on or after the six (6) month anniversary of the IPO Date be requested by WCAS XII (such party making such request, the “Demand Initiating Party”), pursuant to a writing that states the number of shares of Registrable Stock to be sold and the intended method of disposition thereof (each such written request, a “Demand Request”), to effect a registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Stock then held by the Demand Initiating Party, the Company shall immediately notify in writing each such notice, a “Demand”.
2
“Registration Notice” any other Investor who at the time holds Registrable Stock of such proposed registration and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to register under the Securities Act (each such registration, a “Demand Registration”), for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such Demand Request, the number of shares of Registrable Stock specified in such Demand Request (plus the number of shares of Registrable Stock specified in any written request for registration of shares of Registrable Stock that is received by the Company from each other Investor who at the time holds Registrable Stock and such written request is received by the Company within 20 days after receipt by such other Investor of such Demand Registration Notice). In addition, with the written consent of the Demand Initiating Party, the Company shall be entitled to include in any Demand Registration, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified by the Demand Initiating Party, shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company for its own account or for the account of other stockholders other than Investors. In the event that the proposed method of disposition specified by the Demand Initiating Party shall be an underwritten public offering, (x) the managing underwriter shall be selected by the Demand Initiating Party and (y) the number of shares of Registrable Stock to be included in such an offering may be reduced if and to the extent that, in the good faith opinion of the managing underwriter of such offering, inclusion of all shares would adversely affect the marketing (including the offering price) of the Registrable Stock to be sold, and, in the case of any such reduction, shares shall be included in such offering to the extent so permissible on the following basis: (A) first, all Registrable Stock proposed to be included by the Investors shall be included (subject to pro rata reduction among the Investors seeking to include Registrable Stock in such offering based on the number of such shares of Registrable Stock held by such Investors), (B) second, to the extent provided above, Common Stock proposed to be included by the Company for the account of the Company shall be included, and (C) third, to the extent provided above, Common Stock proposed to be included by the Company for the account of other stockholders of the Company shall be included. The Company shall abandon any Demand Registration upon the request of the Demand Initiating Party and neither the Company nor the Demand Initiating Party shall have any liability to any Investor with respect to such abandonment. This Section 2(a) shall not apply to registrations made in accordance with Section 2(c).
(b) Short-Form Registration. From and after the IPO Date the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify under the provisions of the Securities Act, and thereafter, to continue to qualify at all times, for registration on Form S-3 or any successor thereto.
(c) Shelf Registration.
(i) Request for Shelf Registration. Upon the written request of the WCAS Investors, acting individually or collectively, from time to time following the six (6) month anniversary of the IPO Date (a “Shelf Registration Request”), the Company shall promptly file with the Commission a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (“Shelf Registration Statement”) relating to the offer and sale of Registrable Stock by any Investors from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Investors, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to promptly become effective under the Securities Act. Any such registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration Request shall hereinafter be referred to as a “Shelf Registration.” If on the date of the Shelf Registration Request the Company is a WKSI, then the Shelf Registration Request may request registration of an unspecified amount of Registrable Stock to be sold by unspecified Investors. If on the date of the Shelf Registration Request the Company is not a WKSI, then the Shelf Registration Request shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Stock to be registered. The Company shall provide to the Investors who hold Registrable Stock the information necessary to determine the Company’s status as a WKSI upon request.
3
(ii) Shelf Registration Notice. Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Registration Request (but in no event more than two (2) business days thereafter (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”)), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “Shelf Registration Notice”) of any such request to all other Investors holding Registrable Stock, which notice shall specify, if applicable, the amount of Registrable Stock to be registered, and the Shelf Registration Notice shall offer each such Investor that holds Registrable Stock the opportunity to include in the Shelf Registration that number of Registrable Stock as each such Investor may request in writing. The Company shall include in such Shelf Registration all such Registrable Stock with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within three (3) business days (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”) after the date that the Shelf Registration Notice has been delivered.
(iii) Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the prospectus forming part of the Shelf Registration Statement to be usable by Investors who hold Registrable Stock until the earlier of: (i) the date as of which all Registrable Stock has been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another registration statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder); and (ii) the date as of which no Investor holds Registrable Stock (such period of effectiveness, the “Shelf Period”). Subject to Section 2(k), the Company shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in the Investors who hold Registrable Stock covered thereby not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Stock pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law.
(iv) Shelf Takedown.
(1) At any time the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to a WCAS Investor’s Registrable Stock, by notice to the Company specifying the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, a WCAS Investor may make a written request (a “Shelf Takedown Request”) to the Company to effect a Public Offering, including an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, of all or a portion of such Investor’s Registrable Stock that may be registered under such Shelf Registration Statement, and as soon as practicable the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement as necessary for such purpose.
(2) Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Takedown Request (but in no event more than two (2) business days thereafter (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”)) for any Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall deliver a notice (a “Shelf Takedown Notice”) to each other Investor with
4
Registrable Stock covered by the applicable Registration Statement, or to all Investors holding Registrable Stock if such Registration Statement is undesignated (each a “Potential Takedown Participant”). The Shelf Takedown Notice shall offer each such Potential Takedown Participant the opportunity to include in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown such number of shares of Registrable Stock as each such Potential Takedown Participant may request in writing. The Company shall include in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown all such shares of Registrable Stock with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within three (3) business days (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”) after the date that the Shelf Takedown Notice has been delivered. Any Potential Takedown Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall be binding on the Potential Takedown Participant; provided that each such Potential Takedown Participant that elects to participate may condition its participation on the Underwritten Shelf Takedown being completed within ten (10) business days of its acceptance at a price per share (after giving effect to any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) to such Potential Takedown Participant of not less than ninety percent (90%) (or such lesser percentage specified by such Potential Takedown Participant) of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the business day immediately prior to such Potential Takedown Participant’s election to participate (the “Participation Conditions”). Notwithstanding the delivery of any Shelf Takedown Notice, but subject to the Participation Conditions (to the extent applicable), all determinations as to whether to complete any Underwritten Shelf Takedown and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Underwritten Shelf Takedown contemplated by this Section 2(c)(iv) shall be determined by the WCAS Investors participating in the applicable Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, only the WCAS Investors shall be deemed to be Potential Takedown Participants for purposes of this Section 2(c)(iv) in the case of a non-marketed underwritten “block trade”.
(v) Priority of Securities Sold Pursuant to Shelf Takedowns. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2(c)(iv) advise the Company in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in the proposed Underwritten Shelf Takedown exceeds the number that can be sold in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the number of shares of Registrable Stock to be included in such offering shall be (x) first, allocated to each Investor that has requested to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of shares of such Registrable Stock requested to be registered or sold by such Investor, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Investor’s pro rata portion of all shares of Registrable Stock held by such Investors, and (y) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (x) have been included, the number of other securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without having such adverse effect.
5
(d) Certain Provisions Relating to Demand Registrations. In connection with a Demand Registration, the Company shall be obligated to effect such Demand Registration in accordance with the following provisions:
(i) the obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) above to effect a Demand Registration shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration statement covering not less than 75% of the shares of Registrable Stock specified in the applicable Demand Request and in each notice delivered by any other Investor who holds Registrable Stock requesting registration of Registrable Stock in response to the Demand Registration Notice for sale in accordance with the intended method of disposition specified by the Demand Initiating Party in the Demand Request shall have become effective and remained effective through the end of the Period of Distribution of the registration contemplated thereby (determined as provided in the last paragraph of Section 2(g)); and
(ii) without the prior written consent of the applicable Demand Initiating Party, the Company will not effect any other registration of its Common Stock, whether for its own account or that of other stockholders, from the date of receipt of a Demand Request until the 90th day after the effective date of such registration.
(e) Piggyback Registration Rights. If, at any time the Company proposes to register any of its Common Stock or any other equity securities (or other securities convertible into equity securities) of the Company under the Securities Act for sale to the public, whether for its own account or for the account of other stockholders or both (other than a Demand Registration, a registration pursuant to Section 2(c) or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor forms thereto) or any other form not available for registering the Registrable Stock for sale to the public), as soon as practicable prior to the filing of such registration statement with the Commission, it will give written notice of its intention to effect such registration (each such notice a “Piggyback Notice”) to (i) if such proposed registration is being made in connection with the Company’s initial Public Offering, WCAS XII and, unless WCAS XII elects to waive its rights under this Section 2(e) as provided below with respect to such registration within ten days of receiving its Piggyback Notice, to each other Investor who at the time holds Registrable Stock or (ii) if such proposed registration is to occur after the IPO Date, to each Investor who at the time holds Registrable Stock. Upon the written request of any Investor receiving such notice (which request (i) must be received by the Company within 20 days after the delivery of the Piggyback Notice to all Investors holding Registrable Stock and (ii) must state the number of shares of Registrable Stock to be so registered and, subject to the other requirements of this Section 2, the intended method of disposition thereof) to register any of such Investor’s Registrable Stock, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Stock, as to which registration shall have been so requested, to be included in the securities to be covered by the registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company, all to the extent required to permit the sale or other disposition by such Investor of such Registrable Stock so registered; provided, that nothing herein shall prevent the Company from abandoning or delaying such registration at any time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in connection with any registration statement to be filed prior to the IPO Date, if WCAS XII elects to waive its rights under this Section 2(e) with respect to such registration and the related initial Public Offering, such waiver shall be effective as a waiver of the rights of all Investors under this Section 2(e) with respect to such registration and offering. In the event that any registration referred to in this Section 2(e) shall be, in whole or in part, an underwritten public offering, such Registrable Stock shall be included in the underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the shares otherwise being sold through underwriters under such registration. The number of shares of Registrable Stock to be included in such an underwritten offering may be reduced if and to the
6
extent that, in the good faith opinion of the managing underwriter of such offering, inclusion of all shares would adversely affect the marketing (including the offering price) of the shares or other securities to be sold, and, in the case of any such reduction, shares shall be included in such offering to the extent so permissible on the following basis: (A) first, all shares proposed to be included by the Company for the account of the Company shall be included, (B) second, all Registrable Stock proposed to be included by the Investors shall be included (subject to pro rata reduction among the Investors seeking to include Registrable Stock in such offering based on the number of shares of Registrable Stock held by such Investors), and (C) finally, Common Stock proposed to be included by the Company for the account of other stockholders of the Company shall be included.
(f) Holdback Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, with respect to any underwritten Public Offering, each Investor shall, unless otherwise agreed by the managing underwriter of such offering, the Demand Initiating Party (in the case of a Demand Registration) and the Company, refrain from transferring, selling, assigning, pledging, hypothecating or otherwise disposing (including by operation of law), whether directly or indirectly, Registrable Stock or enter into any Hedging Transaction (as defined below) relating to any Registrable Stock (other than pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(e) above) during the period beginning on the tenth day preceding the effective date of the registration statement for such offering and continuing through the 90th day (or the 180th day in the case of the initial Public Offering of the Company) after the effective date of such registration and, if requested by the managing underwriter of such offering, the Demand Initiating Party (in the case of a Demand Registration), to execute a customary lock-up agreement consistent with the foregoing. For purposes of this Section 2(f), “Hedging Transaction” means any short sale (whether or not “against the box”) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from the Registrable Stock.
(g) Certain Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Section 2 to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of Registrable Stock under the Securities Act, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:
(i) prepare (and afford the Investors’ Counsel (as hereinafter defined) reasonable opportunity to review and comment thereon) and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective through the end of the Period of Distribution contemplated thereby (determined as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2(g));
(ii) prepare (and afford the Investors’ Counsel reasonable opportunity to review and comment thereon) and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective through the end of Period of Distribution (as defined below) contemplated thereby (determined as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2(g)) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended method of disposition set forth in such registration statement through the end of such Period of Distribution;
7
(iii) furnish to each selling Investor and to each underwriter such number of copies of the registration statement and the prospectus included therein (including each preliminary prospectus) as such persons may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement;
(iv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Investors’ Counsel and, in the case of an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter, shall reasonably request; provided, that the Company will not be required to (x) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 2(g)(iv), (y) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be subject to taxation but for this Section 2(g)(iv) or (z) consent to general service of process in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be subject to general service of process but for this Section 2(g)(iv);
(v) use its commercially reasonable efforts (if the offering is underwritten) to furnish, at the request of the Investors’ Counsel or the managing underwriter of such underwritten offering, on the date that Registrable Stock is delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration: (A) an opinion dated such date of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters and to each selling Investor, stating that such registration statement has become effective under the Securities Act and that (1) to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act, (2) the registration statement, the related prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (except that such counsel need express no opinion as to financial statements, the notes thereto, and the financial schedules and other financial and statistical data contained therein) and (3) to such other effects as may reasonably be requested by counsel for the underwriters or by the Investors’ Counsel, and (B) a letter dated such date from the independent public accountants retained by the Company, addressed to the underwriters, stating that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the Company included in the registration statement or the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such letter shall additionally cover such other financial matters (including information as to the period ending no more than five business days prior to the date of such letter) with respect to the registration in respect of which such letter is being given as such underwriters or the Investors’ Counsel may reasonably request;
(vi) make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, the Investors’ Counsel and any accountant or other agent retained by such underwriters, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by the
8
Investors’ Counsel or any of such underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents in connection with such registration statement and permit the Investors’ Counsel and such underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents to participate in the preparation of such registration statement;
(vii) to the extent the Company is eligible under the relevant provisions of Rule 430B under the Securities Act, if the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Investors) in order to ensure that the Investors may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.
(viii) cause all such Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
(ix) cooperate with the selling Investors and the underwriter(s) in connection with any filings required to be made with any self-regulatory organizations;
(x) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Stock for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment;
(xi) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Stock registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Stock, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
(xii) if requested by the managing underwriter(s) or any selling Investor to be included in such registration in connection with any sale pursuant to a registration statement, promptly incorporate into a prospectus supplement or amendment such information relating to such underwriting as the managing underwriter(s) or such selling Investor reasonably requests to be included therein; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or amendment;
(xiii) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 2(g)(xvii), as promptly as practicable prepare a supplement or amendment to the registration statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Stock being sold thereunder, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
9
(xiv) enter into such agreements and take such other appropriate actions as are customary and reasonably necessary to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Stock;
(xv) cause the executive officers of the Company to cooperate in any offering of Registrable Stock hereunder, including participation in “road shows,” meetings and other communications with potential investors and preparation of materials for such investors and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;
(xvi) notify in writing each selling Investor, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement has been filed;
(xvii) notify in writing each selling Investor promptly (A) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, (B) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a registration statement or any of the Registrable Stock for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, and (C) if the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event that makes any statement made in such registration statement or related prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such registration statement, prospectus or documents so that, in the case of such registration statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and
(xviii) after such registration statement becomes effective, promptly notify each selling Investor of any request by the Commission that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.
For purposes of Sections 2(d) and 2(g) above, the “Period of Distribution” of Registrable Stock in an underwritten public offering shall be deemed to extend until each underwriter has completed the distribution of all securities purchased by it, and the Period of Distribution of Registrable Stock in any other registration shall be deemed to extend until the sale of all Registrable Stock covered thereby; provided, that (x) in the case of a Demand Registration, such period shall not extend beyond the date specified by the Demand Initiating Party in its Demand Request (if so specified) and (y) in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2(e), such period shall not extend beyond the date specified by the Company (if so specified).
10
(h) Information From Selling Investors. In connection with each registration hereunder, Investors selling Registrable Stock will furnish to the Company in writing such information with respect to themselves and the proposed distribution by them as shall be reasonably necessary in order to assure compliance with federal and applicable state securities laws.
(i) Underwriting Agreement. In connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 2 that covers an underwritten Public Offering, the Company and Investors selling Registrable Stock each agree to enter into a written agreement with the managing underwriter selected in the manner herein provided in such form and containing such provisions as are customary in the securities business for such an arrangement between major underwriters, selling stockholders and a company of the Company’s size and investment stature; provided, that in the case of any Demand Registration, such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Demand Initiating Party and the Investors’ Counsel.
(j) Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses (as defined below) incurred in complying with Section 2 of this Agreement. All Selling Expenses (as defined below) incurred in connection with any registered offering of securities that, pursuant to this Section 2, includes Registrable Stock, shall be borne by the participating sellers, including the Company if the Company is a seller, in proportion to the number of shares sold by each, or borne by such participating sellers, including the Company if the Company is a seller, in such other manner as the participating sellers may mutually agree. All expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company with Section 2 hereof, including, without limitation, all Commission, stock exchange, Nasdaq or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Common Stock of the Company on any securities exchange or exchanges or Nasdaq), printing, distribution and related expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company, all reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm counsel for the Investors selected by the Investors holding a majority of the Shares of Registrable Stock proposed to be included in such registration (the “Investors’ Counsel”), all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws and the rules of FINRA or any securities exchange, transfer taxes and fees of transfer agents and registrars, but excluding any Selling Expenses, are herein called “Registration Expenses”. All underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Stock are herein called “Selling Expenses”.
(k) Suspension. The Company shall be entitled to suspend the rights of selling Investors to make sales pursuant to a registration statement otherwise required to be kept effective hereunder if the Company determines in good faith that (i) there exists a material proposed transaction (including any proposed acquisition or disposition) that would be required to be disclosed in such registration statement and the disclosure of which would either have a material adverse effect on such material proposed transaction or the Company or (ii) such registration would require premature disclosure of material non-public information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential (and such information would not otherwise be required to be publicly disclosed by the Company at that time in a periodic report to be filed with or furnished to the SEC under the Exchange Act but for the filing of such Registration Statement); provided, that, without the written consent of WCAS XII, (i) such delay shall not continue beyond the earlier of (A) the date upon which such material information is otherwise disclosed to the public or ceases to be material and (B) 120 days after the Company effects such suspension and (ii) there can be no more than 180 days of such delay in any 12 month period.
11
SECTION 3. Indemnification Rights and Obligations In Respect of Registered Offerings of Registrable Stock.
(a) Company Indemnification of Selling Investors. In the event of a registration of any of the Registrable Stock under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each seller of Registrable Stock thereunder and each other person, if any, who controls such seller within the meaning of the Securities Act and each underwriter and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, (or actions in respect thereof) to which such seller, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Registrable Stock was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such seller, each such underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by such seller, such underwriter or such controlling person in writing specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus; provided, further, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(b) Selling Investor Indemnification of the Company and the Other Selling Stockholders. In the event of a registration of any of the Registrable Stock under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement, each seller of such Registrable Stock thereunder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, each officer of the Company who signs the registration statement, each director of the Company, each underwriter and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, and each other seller of Registrable Stock and each person who controls any such other seller of Registrable Stock, against all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, (or actions in respect thereof) to which the Company or such officer or director or underwriter or other seller or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement under which such Registrable Stock was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based
12
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and each such officer, director, underwriter, other seller of Registrable Stock and controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, that such seller will be liable hereunder in any such case if and only to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information pertaining to such seller, as such, furnished in writing to the Company by such seller specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus; provided, further, that the liability of each seller hereunder shall be limited to the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Stock covered by such registration statement; provided, further, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such seller of Registrable Stock (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(c) Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission so to promptly notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party other than under this Section 3. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall promptly notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 3 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and of liaison with counsel so selected; provided, that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or if the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to assume such legal defenses and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the reasonable expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other expenses related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel in any such action, but the fees and disbursements of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party; provided that such fees and expenses shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party if (i) the indemnifying party shall have failed to retain counsel for the indemnified person as aforesaid or (ii) the indemnifying party and such indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any action or related actions in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and disbursements of more than one separate firm qualified in such jurisdiction to act as counsel for the indemnified party. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of such indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, consent to
13
entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such judgment or settlement includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. The indemnification of underwriters provided for in this Section 3 shall be on such other terms and conditions as are at the time customary and reasonably required by such underwriters as provided in Section 2(h).
(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under such Sections in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or actions in respect thereof referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions in such proportion as appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the underwriters or the sellers of such Registrable Stock, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, including, without limitation, the failure to give any notice under Section 3(c) above. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the underwriters or the sellers of such Registrable Stock, on the other, and to the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and each of the Investors agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section were determined by pro rata allocation (even if all of the sellers of such Registrable Stock were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which did not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section, shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, the sellers of such Registrable Stock shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount, if any, by which the total price at which the Registrable Stock sold by each of them was offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which they are otherwise required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act), shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
SECTION 4. Rule 144. The Company agrees with the Investors that, from and after the IPO Date, it shall file any and all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, or, if the Company is not thereafter required to file any such reports, it shall, upon the written request of any Investor, make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Upon the written request of any Investor, the Company shall promptly furnish to such Investor a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements set forth in this Section 4.
14
SECTION 5. Duration of Agreement. Except as provided in Section 2(f), all provisions of this Agreement shall survive so long as any Investor owns any Units or Registrable Stock.
SECTION 6. Miscellaneous.
(a) Company Joinder. The LLC hereby covenants and agrees that following any Reorganization or Distribution effected after the date hereof and prior to any Public Offering by the Company it will cause the Company to execute and deliver an agreement of joinder, pursuant to which the Company will become a party to this Agreement as the “Company” hereunder. The time of such execution and delivery being referred to as the “Joinder Time.”
(b) Additional Registration Rights. Without the consent of WCAS XII, neither the LLC nor the Company shall grant any registration rights to any other person that are inconsistent or conflict with the registration rights granted hereunder.
(c) Headings. Headings of sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.
(d) Severability. Each provision of this Agreement shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any of the other clauses contained herein. If one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable, such provision or provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law, and no other provision hereof shall be affected by such holding, limitation or reduction.
(e) Benefits of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement. The rights and obligations of the LLC or the Company hereunder shall not be assigned without the written consent of WCAS XII. The rights and obligations of an Investor shall not be assigned without the written consent of, if prior to a dissolution of the LLC following a Reorganization or Distribution, the LLC or, if following the Joinder Time, the Company. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 6(e) shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Investor’s rights hereunder are assignable without consent to a transferee in connection with any transfer of Units or Registrable Stock (including by means of transferring securities that are directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or Registrable Stock) so long as (A) such transferee expressly agrees to become bound hereby as an “Investor” hereunder pursuant to a written instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, prior to a dissolution of the LLC following a Reorganization or Distribution, the LLC or, following the Joinder Time, the Company and (B) notice of such transfer is given to, prior to a dissolution of the LLC following a Reorganization or Distribution, the LLC or, following the Joinder Time, the Company.
15
(f) Entire Agreement; Modification. This Agreement, together with that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior agreements and understandings, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by (i) prior to a dissolution of the LLC following a Reorganization or Distribution, the LLC, (ii) following the Joinder Time, the Company and (iii) WCAS XII; provided, that no provision of this Agreement may be modified or amended in a manner adverse to any Investors if such modification or amendment adversely affects such Investors disproportionately relative to any other Investors except with the written consent of the adversely affected Investors holding a majority of Registrable Securities held by all such adversely affected Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amendment, supplement or modification hereto that merely adds one or more holders of Units or Registrable Stock as an Investor(s) hereunder shall be effective upon the written agreement of (i) prior to a dissolution of the LLC following a Reorganization or Distribution, the LLC and (ii) following the Joinder Time, the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, any waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such waiver is sought.
(g) Notices. All notices, requests, instructions and other documents that are required to be or may be given or delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered by hand or national overnight courier service or transmitted by facsimile (subject to electronic confirmation of such facsimile transmission), or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows:
If to the LLC or the Company, to it:
c/o U.S. Imaging Partners, Inc.
700 East Morehead, Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28202
Facsimile number: (704) 943-9358
Attention: Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel
with a copy to:
c/o Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe
320 Park Avenue, Suite 2500
New York, NY 10022-6815
Facsimile number: (212) 893-9575
Attention: Brian Regan
If to any Investor, to such Investor at its address set forth in the records of the Company, or such other address or addresses or facsimile number or numbers as any party hereto shall have designated by notice in writing to the other parties hereto. Such notices, requests, instructions and other documents shall be deemed given or delivered (i) five business days following sending by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (ii) one business day following sending by national overnight courier service, (iii) when sent, if sent by facsimile (but only if such facsimile is actually received) or (iv) when delivered, if delivered by hand.
16
(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any or all such counterparts may be executed by facsimile.
(i) Changes in Registrable Stock. If, and as often as, there are any changes in the Registrable Stock by way of stock split, stock dividend, distribution, split, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof as may be required so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Registrable Stock as so changed and the Company shall make appropriate provision in connection with any merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization that any successor to the Company (or resulting parent thereof) shall agree, as a condition to the consummation of any such transaction, to expressly assume the Company’s obligations hereunder.
(j) Specific Performance. Each party hereto agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach by such party of this Agreement would be inadequate and therefore agrees that any other party hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement in addition to any other available rights and remedies in case of any such breach or threatened breach.
(k) Governing Law. This Agreement and all disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement, its subject matter, the performance by the parties of their respective obligations hereunder or the claimed breach hereof, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.
(l) Interpretation. As used herein, the words “hereof”, “herein”, “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and the word “Section” refers to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
17
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the LLC and the Investors have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
| THE LLC: | U.S. IMAGING PARTNERS | |||||
| HOLDINGS, LLC | ||||||
| By: | /s/ Julie Szeker | |||||
| Name: | Julie Szeker | |||||
| Title: | Vice President and Secretary | |||||
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT]
Schedule I
[Omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K]
Exhibit 10.3
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [•], [•], and is between Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [•] (“Indemnitee”).
WHEREAS, Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company;
WHEREAS, individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The bylaws and certificate of incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The bylaws and certificate of incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder. However, to the extent that the provisions of this Agreement confer on Indemnitee broader rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses (as that term is defined below) than are provided for in the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.
1
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the parties do hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions.
| (a) | “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise. |
| (b) | “Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary. |
| (c) | “Change in Control” means a transaction other than a bona fide equity financing or series of financings in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of the Company ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, who did not have such power before such transaction. |
| (d) | “Expenses” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include: (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 11(c) of this Agreement, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee. |
| (e) | “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, selected by Indemnitee that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to indemnification matters), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. |
2
| (f) | “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal government or self-regulatory agency investigation or inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or is threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken, or failure to act, by Indemnitee or of any action taken, or failure to take action, on the Indemnitee’s part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or any advance of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. |
2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
| (a) | Reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement. |
3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and
3
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 4, the term “successful” shall include, but not be limited to, (i) any termination, withdrawal, or dismissal (with or without prejudice) of such Proceeding without any express finding of liability or guilt against Indemnitee, (ii) the expiration of 120 days after the making of such Proceeding without the institution of the same and without any promise or payment made to induce a settlement, or (iii) the settlement of such Proceeding pursuant to which the Indemnitee pays less than $10,000 irrespective of whether other parties make payments which may be deemed to be on behalf of Indemnitee.
5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.
6. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):
| (a) | for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to (i) any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision or (ii) with respect to any insurance policy to the extent paid for the by the Indemnitee, any increase in premiums resulting from the amount paid under such policy; |
4
| (b) | for an accounting, disgorgement or return of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements); |
| (c) | for any claim, issue or matter initiated or brought by Indemnitee, except (i) with respect to counterclaims or affirmative defenses or to actions or proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to receive Expenses or indemnification under this Agreement or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification or (ii) if the Board has approved the initiation or bringing of such claim; |
| (d) | for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements); |
| (e) | initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 11(c) of this Agreement (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; |
| (f) | if prohibited by applicable law; or |
| (g) | for any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have (i) entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or (ii) received a final, unappealable judgment or verdict of guilty or its equivalent in any criminal proceeding. |
7. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than thirty (30) days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance
5
to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 7 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 6(b) or 6(d) of this Agreement prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.
8. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.
| (a) | Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company. |
| (b) | If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. |
| (c) | In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company. |
6
| (d) | Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate. |
| (e) | The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. |
9. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification; Any Repayment of Advances After Disposition of a Proceeding.
| (a) | The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. |
| (b) | To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial. |
| (c) | Promptly following the disposition of a Proceeding, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification and to retain any advances given to Indemnitee shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, by majority vote of the directors who are neither parties, nor threatened to be made parties, to any Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum (in either case, the “Disinterested Directors”) or, if there are no Disinterested Directors, by Independent Counsel. |
| (d) | If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. The Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as |
7
| defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or the Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). |
10. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
| (a) | If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel, as applicable, making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel, as applicable, upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel, as applicable, shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. |
| (b) | In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel, as applicable, making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification. Neither the failure of the Company nor of the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel, as applicable, to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any advance or indemnification action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company or by the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel, as applicable, that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense available to the Company to the advance or indemnification action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct necessary to obtain an advance or indemnification. |
8
| (c) | The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere other than to a felony, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. |
| (d) | For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 10(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. |
11. Remedies of Indemnitee.
| (a) | Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. |
| (b) | Subject to Section 11(f) in the event that (i) a determination is made by the Disinterested Directors (and for the avoidance of doubt, not by Independent Counsel) pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 11(c) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 11(c) of this Agreement, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover |
9
| from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 11(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement. |
| (c) | In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be. |
| (d) | To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than sixty (60) days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee. |
| (e) | If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. |
| (f) | The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with |
10
| any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or any advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company only if Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be, in the suit for which indemnification or an advance is being sought. |
| (g) | Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein. |
12. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.
13. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No supplement, modification, alteration, waiver, repeal or amendment of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such supplement, modification, alteration, waiver, repeal or amendment. To the extent that after the date of this Agreement a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
11
14. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
15. Insurance.
| (a) | To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position. |
16. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
| (a) | The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to (a) maintain an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise and (b) to provide that until at least the sixth (6th) anniversary of the date of expiration of the Indemnitee’s period of service with the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. |
17. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement relating thereto.
18. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in Corporate Status even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.
12
19. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
20. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.
21. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.
22. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, alteration, waiver, repeal or amendment of this Agreement or any provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No supplement, modification, alteration, waiver, repeal or amendment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall adversely affect, limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such supplement, modification, alteration, waiver, repeal or amendment. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
13
23. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:
| (a) | if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or |
Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five (5) days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.
| (b) | if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Samir A. Gandhi and Alexander E. Csordas at Sidley Austin LLP. |
24. Internal Revenue Code 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”),which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.
25. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
14
26. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature, electronic mail (including, without limitation, “pdf”, “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes, and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement. The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper- based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code.
27. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
(signature page follows)
15
The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the day and year first above written
| LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | Caitlin Zulla | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
| Address: | 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000 Raleigh, North Carolina 27609 | |
| INDEMNITEE: | ||
| Address: | ||
[Signature page to Indemnification Agreement]
Exhibit 10.4
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
2025 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE PLAN
I. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purposes. The purposes of the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Equity and Incentive Plan (this “Plan”) are (i) to align the interests of the Company’s stockholders and the recipients of awards under this Plan by increasing the proprietary interest of such recipients in the Company’s growth and success, (ii) to advance the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining Non-Employee Directors, officers, other employees, consultants, independent contractors and agents and (iii) to motivate such persons to act in the long-term best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
1.2 Certain Definitions.
“Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement evidencing an award hereunder between the Company and the recipient of such award.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(2)
“Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b).
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or a subcommittee thereof, or such other committee designated by the Board, in each case, consisting of two or more members of the Board, each of whom is intended to be (i) a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and (ii) “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, within the meaning of the rules of the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.
“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, and all rights appurtenant thereto.
“Company” means Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor thereto.
“Company Voting Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(2)
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Fair Market Value” means a price that is based on the opening, closing, actual, high, low, or average selling prices of a share of Common Stock reported on the stock exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are principally traded on the applicable date, the preceding trading day, the next succeeding trading day, or an average of trading days, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the reported closing transaction price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Stock Market on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the closing transaction price of a share of Common Stock on the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if there shall be no reported transactions for such date, on the next preceding date for which transactions were reported; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is not listed on a national stock exchange or if Fair Market Value for any date cannot be so determined, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee by whatever means or method as the Committee, in the good faith exercise of its discretion, shall at such time deem appropriate and in compliance with Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable; provided, further, in the case of grants made in connection with the Initial Public Offering, Fair Market Value shall mean the price per share at which shares of Common Stock are initially offered for sale to the public by the Company’s underwriters in the Initial Public Offering.
“Free-Standing SAR” means a SAR which is not granted in tandem with, or by reference to, an option, which entitles the holder thereof to receive, upon exercise, shares of Common Stock (which may be Restricted Stock) or, to the extent set forth in the applicable Agreement, cash or a combination thereof, with an aggregate value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the base price of such SAR, multiplied by the number of such SARs that are exercised.
“Incentive Stock Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, which is intended by the Committee to constitute an Incentive Stock Option.
“Incumbent Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(1).
“Initial Public Offering” means the initial public offering of the Common Stock of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Legacy Incentive Units” means the Incentive Units granted by Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (formerly US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC) under the Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
“Non-Employee Director” means any member of the Board who is not an officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.
“Nonqualified Stock Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock which is not an Incentive Stock Option.
2
“Non-Qualifying Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(2)
“Other Stock Award” means an award granted pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Plan.
“Parent Corporation” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(2)
“Performance Award” means a right to receive an amount of cash, Common Stock, or a combination of both, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.
“Performance Measures” means the criteria and objectives, established by the Committee, which shall be satisfied or met (i) as a condition to the grant or exercisability of all or a portion of an option or SAR or (ii) during the applicable Restriction Period or Performance Period as a condition to the vesting of the holder’s interest in an award. Such criteria and objectives may include one or more of the following corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit, line of business, project, geographic or individual measures: the attainment by a share of Common Stock of a specified Fair Market Value for a specified period of time; increase in stockholder value; earnings per share; return on or net assets; return on equity; return on investments; return on capital or invested capital; total stockholder return; earnings or income of the Company before or after taxes and/or interest; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); EBITDA margin; operating income; revenues; operating expenses, attainment of expense levels or cost reduction goals; market share; cash flow, cash flow per share, cash flow margin or free cash flow; interest expense; economic value created; gross profit or margin; operating profit or margin; net cash provided by operations; price-to-earnings growth; and strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified goals relating to market penetration, patient or customer acquisition, business expansion, cost targets, patient or customer satisfaction, reductions in errors and omissions, reductions in lost business, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation, supervision of information technology, quality and quality audit scores, efficiency, acquisitions or divestitures, research and development achievements, coverage decisions, licenses, collaborations, joint ventures or promotional arrangements and such other goals as the Committee may determine whether or not listed herein, or any combination of the foregoing. Each such goal may be expressed on an absolute or relative basis, and may include comparisons based on current internal targets, the past performance of the Company (including the performance of one or more subsidiaries, divisions, or operating units) or the past or current performance of other companies or market indices (or a combination of such past and current performance). In addition to the ratios specifically enumerated above, performance goals may include comparisons relating to capital (including, but not limited to, the cost of capital), shareholders’ equity, shares outstanding, assets or net assets, sales, or any combination thereof. The applicable performance measures may be applied on a pre- or post-tax basis and may be adjusted to include or exclude objective or subjective determinable components of any performance measure, including, without limitation, foreign exchange gains and losses, asset writedowns, acquisitions and divestitures, change in fiscal year, unbudgeted capital expenditures, special charges such as restructuring or impairment charges, debt refinancing costs, extraordinary or noncash items, unusual, infrequently occurring, nonrecurring or one-time events
3
affecting the Company or its financial statements or changes in law or accounting principles (“Adjustment Events”). In the sole discretion of the Committee, the Committee may amend or adjust the Performance Measures or other terms and conditions of an outstanding award in recognition of any Adjustment Events. Performance Measures shall be subject to such other special rules and conditions as the Committee may establish at any time.
“Performance Period” means any period designated by the Committee during which (i) the Performance Measures applicable to an award shall be measured and (ii) the conditions to vesting applicable to an award shall remain in effect.
“Replacement Award” means the option awards, Restricted Stock or Other Stock Awards granted as a replacement of the Legacy Incentive Units.
“Restricted Stock” means shares of Common Stock which are subject to a Restriction Period and which may, in addition thereto, be subject to the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.
“Restricted Stock Award” means an award of Restricted Stock under this Plan.
“Restricted Stock Unit” means a right to receive one share of Common Stock or, in lieu thereof and to the extent set forth in the applicable Agreement, the Fair Market Value of such share of Common Stock in cash, which shall be contingent upon the expiration of a specified Restriction Period and which may, in addition thereto, be contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.
“Restricted Stock Unit Award” means an award of Restricted Stock Units under this Plan.
“Restriction Period” means any period designated by the Committee during which either (i) the Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, except as provided in this Plan or the Agreement relating to such award, or (ii) the conditions to vesting applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock Award shall remain in effect.
“SAR” means a stock appreciation right which may be a Free-Standing SAR or a Tandem SAR.
“Stock Award” means a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock Award.
“Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or similar entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest possessing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the total outstanding equity interests of such entity.
4
“Substitute Award” means an award granted under this Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, including a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or shares, or upon the substitution of Replacement Awards for the Legacy Incentive Units in connection with the Initial Public Offering.
“Surviving Corporation” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b)(2)
“Tandem SAR” means an SAR which is granted in tandem with, or by reference to, an option (including a Nonqualified Stock Option granted prior to the date of grant of the SAR), which entitles the holder thereof to receive, upon exercise of such SAR and surrender for cancellation of all or a portion of such option, shares of Common Stock (which may be Restricted Stock) or, to the extent set forth in the applicable Agreement, cash or a combination thereof, with an aggregate value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the base price of such SAR, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered.
“Tax Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.
“Ten Percent Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
1.3 Administration. This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Any one or a combination of the following awards may be made under this Plan to eligible persons: (i) options to purchase shares of Common Stock in the form of Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options; (ii) SARs in the form of Tandem SARs or Free-Standing SARs; (iii) Stock Awards in the form of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock Awards; and (iv) Performance Awards. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, select eligible persons for participation in this Plan and determine the form, amount and timing of each award to such persons and, if applicable, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to an award, the number of SARs, the number of Restricted Stock Units, the dollar value subject to a Performance Award, the purchase price or base price associated with the award, the time and conditions of exercise or settlement of the award and all other terms and conditions of the award, including, without limitation, the form of the Agreement evidencing the award. The Committee may, in its sole discretion and for any reason at any time, take action such that (i) any or all outstanding options and SARs shall become exercisable in part or in full, (ii) all or a portion of the Restriction Period applicable to any outstanding awards shall lapse, (iii) all or a portion of the Performance Period applicable to any outstanding awards shall lapse and (iv) the Performance Measures (if any) applicable to any outstanding awards shall be deemed to be satisfied at the target, maximum or any other level. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, interpret this Plan and the application thereof, establish rules and regulations it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan and may impose, incidental to the grant of an award, conditions with respect to the award, such as limiting competitive employment or other activities. All such interpretations, rules, regulations and conditions shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.
5
The Committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority hereunder to the Board (or any members thereof) or, subject to applicable law, to a subcommittee of the Board, a member of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or such other executive officer of the Company as the Committee deems appropriate; provided, however, that the Committee may not delegate its power and authority to a member of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer of the Company with regard to the selection for participation in this Plan of an officer, director or other person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or decisions concerning the timing, pricing or amount of an award to such an officer, director or other person.
To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no member of the Board or Committee, and neither the Chief Executive Officer nor any other executive officer to whom the Committee delegates any of its power and authority hereunder, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan in good faith, and the members of the Board and the Committee and the Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including attorneys’ fees) arising therefrom to the full extent permitted by law (except as otherwise may be provided in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and/or Amended and Restated Bylaws) and under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that may be in effect from time to time.
1.4 Eligibility. Participants in this Plan shall consist of such officers, other employees, Non-Employee Directors, consultants, independent contractors and agents and persons expected to become officers, other employees, Non-Employee Directors, consultants, independent contractors and agents of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Committee in its sole discretion may select from time to time as well as recipients of Replacement Awards. The Committee’s selection of a person to participate in this Plan at any time shall not require the Committee to select such person to participate in this Plan at any other time. Except as otherwise provided for in an Agreement, for purposes of this Plan, references to employment by the Company shall also mean employment by a Subsidiary, and references to employment shall include service as a Non-Employee Director, consultant, independent contractor or agent to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the extent to which a participant shall be considered employed during any periods during which such participant is on a leave of absence. Beginning in fiscal year 2026, the aggregate value of cash compensation and the grant date fair value of Shares that may be awarded or granted during any fiscal year of the Company to any Non-Employee Director, for his or her services as a Non-Employee Director, shall not exceed $750,000; provided, however, that this limit shall not apply to distributions of previously deferred compensation under a deferred compensation plan maintained by the Company or compensation received by the director in his or her capacity as an executive officer or employee of the Company.
6
1.5 Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.7 and to all other limits set forth in this Plan, [_____] shares of Common Stock shall initially be available for all awards under this Plan, other than Substitute Awards. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.7, no more than [_______] shares of Common Stock in the aggregate may be issued under the Plan in connection with Incentive Stock Options. The number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan shall increase annually on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026, and continuing until (and including) the fiscal year ending December 31, 2035, with such annual increase equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (ii) an amount determined by the Board. The number of shares of Common Stock that remain available for future grants under the Plan shall be reduced by an amount equal to the number of shares subject to awards granted under this Plan, other than Substitute Awards. For the avoidance of doubt, the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan shall not be reduced by awards granted under this Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, including a merger, combination, consolidation, or acquisition of property or shares, or upon the substitution of Replacement Awards for the Legacy Incentive Units in connection with the Initial Public Offering.
To the extent that shares of Common Stock subject to an outstanding option, SAR, Stock Award or Performance Award granted under the Plan, other than Substitute Awards, are not issued or delivered by reason of (i) the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such award (excluding shares subject to an option cancelled upon settlement in shares of a related Tandem SAR or shares subject to a Tandem SAR cancelled upon exercise of a related option) or (ii) the settlement of such award in cash, then such shares of Common Stock shall again be available under this Plan; provided, however, that shares of Common Stock subject to an award under this Plan shall not again be available for issuance under this Plan if such shares are repurchased by the Company on the open market with the proceeds of an option exercise. Shares of Common Stock subject to an award under this Plan, other than Substitute Awards, shall again be available for issuance under this Plan if such shares are (i) shares that were subject to an option or stock-settled SAR and were not issued or delivered upon the net settlement or net exercise of such option or SAR or (ii) shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the purchase price or the withholding taxes related to an outstanding award.
The number of shares of Common Stock available for awards under this Plan shall not be reduced by (i) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Substitute Awards or (ii) available shares under a stockholder approved plan of a company or other entity which was a party to a corporate transaction with the Company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect such corporate transaction) which become subject to awards granted under this Plan (subject to applicable stock exchange requirements).
7
Shares of Common Stock to be delivered under this Plan shall be made available from authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, or authorized and issued shares of Common Stock reacquired and held as treasury shares or otherwise or a combination thereof.
II. STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
2.1 Stock Options. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant options to purchase shares of Common Stock to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shares with respect to any option awards shall constitute “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code. Each option, or portion thereof, that is not an Incentive Stock Option, shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a holder during any calendar year (under this Plan or any other plan of the Company, or any parent or Subsidiary) exceeds the amount (currently $100,000) established by the Code, such options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options.
Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:
(a) Number of Shares and Purchase Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to an option and the purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that the purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of an option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such option unless, in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the participant is not subject to Section 409A of the Code or the option is otherwise designed to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code; provided further, that if an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who, at the time such option is granted, owns capital stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company (or of any parent or Subsidiary) (a “Ten Percent Holder”), the purchase price per share of Common Stock shall not be less than the price (currently 110% of Fair Market Value) required by the Code in order to constitute an Incentive Stock Option.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an option that is a Substitute Award, the purchase price per share of the shares subject to such option may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided, that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate purchase price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Committee) of the shares of the predecessor company or other entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate purchase price of such shares.
8
(b) Option Period and Exercisability. The period during which an option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that no option may be exercised later than ten years after its date of grant; provided further, that if an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to a Ten Percent Holder, such option may not be exercised later than five years after its date of grant. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish Performance Measures which shall be satisfied or met as a condition to the grant of an option or to the exercisability of all or a portion of an option. The Committee shall determine whether an option shall become exercisable in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable option, or portion thereof, may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock.
(c) Method of Exercise. An option may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and accompanying such notice with payment therefor in full (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction) either (A) in cash; (B) by delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise; (C) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value; determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (D) in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the holder has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise; (E) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee and specified in the Agreement; or (F) a combination of (A), (B), (C) and (E), in each case to the extent set forth in the Agreement relating to the option; (ii) if applicable, by surrendering to the Company any Tandem SARs which are cancelled by reason of the exercise of the option; and (iii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to pay such purchase price shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the holder. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued and no certificate representing Common Stock shall be delivered until the full purchase price therefor and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 5.5, have been paid (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction).
2.2 Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant SARs to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shares with respect to any SARs shall constitute “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code. The Agreement relating to an SAR shall specify whether the SAR is a Tandem SAR or a Free-Standing SAR.
SARs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:
9
(a) Number of SARs and Base Price. The number of SARs subject to an award shall be determined by the Committee. Any Tandem SAR related to an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted at the same time that such Incentive Stock Option is granted. The base price of a Tandem SAR shall be the purchase price per share of Common Stock of the related option. The base price of a Free-Standing SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that such base price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such SAR (or, if earlier, the date of grant of the option for which the SAR is exchanged or substituted) unless the participant is not subject to Section 409A of the Code or the Free-Standing SAR is otherwise designed to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an SAR that is a Substitute Award, the base price per share of the shares subject to such SAR may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant, provided, that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate base price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Committee) of the shares of the predecessor company or other entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate base price of such shares.
(b) Exercise Period and Exercisability. The period for the exercise of an SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that (i) no Tandem SAR may be exercised later than the expiration, cancellation, forfeiture or other termination of the related option and (ii) no Free-Standing SAR may be exercised later than ten years after its date of grant. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish Performance Measures which shall be satisfied or met as a condition to the grant of an SAR or to the exercisability of all or a portion of an SAR. The Committee shall determine whether an SAR may be exercised in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable SAR, or portion thereof, may be exercised, in the case of a Tandem SAR, only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock and, in the case of a Free-Standing SAR, only with respect to a whole number of SARs. If an SAR is exercised for shares of Restricted Stock, a certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 3.2(c), or such shares shall be transferred to the holder in book entry form with restrictions on the shares duly noted, and the holder of such Restricted Stock shall have such rights of a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(d). Prior to the exercise of a stock-settled SAR, the holder of such SAR shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such SAR.
(c) Method of Exercise. A Tandem SAR may be exercised by (i) giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole SARs which are being exercised, (ii) surrendering to the Company any options which are cancelled by reason of the exercise of the Tandem SAR and (iii) executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. A Free-Standing SAR may be exercised by (A) giving written notice to the Company specifying the whole number of SARs which are being exercised and (B) executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued and no certificate representing Common Stock shall be delivered until any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 5.5, have been paid (or arrangement made for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction).
10
2.3 Termination of Employment or Service. All of the terms relating to the exercise, cancellation or other disposition of an option or SAR (i) upon a termination of employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such option or SAR, as the case may be, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, or (ii) during a paid or unpaid leave of absence, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Agreement.
2.4 No Repricing. The Committee shall not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, (i) reduce the purchase price or base price of any previously granted option or SAR, (ii) cancel any previously granted option or SAR in exchange for another option or SAR with a lower purchase price or base price or (iii) cancel any previously granted option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award if the purchase price of such option or the base price of such SAR exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of such cancellation, in each case, other than in connection with a Change in Control or the adjustment provisions set forth in Section 5.7.3
2.5 No Dividend Equivalents. Notwithstanding anything in an Agreement to the contrary, the holder of an option or SAR shall not be entitled to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such option or SAR.
III. STOCK AWARDS
3.1 Stock Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Stock Awards to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. The Agreement relating to a Stock Award shall specify whether the Stock Award is a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award or, in the case of an Other Stock Award, the type of award being granted.
3.2 Terms of Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.
(a) Number of Shares and Other Terms. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award and the Restriction Period, Performance Period (if any) and Performance Measures (if any) applicable to a Restricted Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee.
(b) Vesting and Forfeiture. The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (i) if the holder of such award remains continuously in the employment of the Company during the
11
specified Restriction Period and (ii) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period, and for the forfeiture of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (x) if the holder of such award does not remain continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period or (y) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are not satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period.
(c) Stock Issuance. During the Restriction Period, the shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by a custodian in book entry form with restrictions on such shares duly noted or, alternatively, a certificate or certificates representing a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the holder’s name and may bear a legend, in addition to any legend which may be required pursuant to Section 5.6, indicating that the ownership of the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificate is subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions of this Plan and the Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock Award. All such certificates shall be deposited with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event such award is forfeited in whole or in part. Upon termination of any applicable Restriction Period (and the satisfaction or attainment of applicable Performance Measures), subject to the Company’s right to require payment of any taxes in accordance with Section 5.5, the restrictions shall be removed from the requisite number of any shares of Common Stock that are held in book entry form, and all certificates evidencing ownership of the requisite number of shares of Common Stock shall be delivered to the holder of such award.
(d) Rights with Respect to Restricted Stock Awards. Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award, and subject to the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, the holder of such award shall have all rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, but not limited to, voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of Common Stock; provided, however, that (i) a distribution with respect to shares of Common Stock, other than a regular cash dividend, and (ii) a regular cash dividend with respect to shares of Common Stock that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions, in each case, shall be deposited with the Company and shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such distribution was made.
3.3 Terms of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.
(a) Number of Shares and Other Terms. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award, including the number of shares that are earned upon the attainment of any specified Performance Measures, and the Restriction Period, Performance Period (if any) and Performance Measures (if any) applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be determined by the Committee.
12
(b) Vesting and Forfeiture. The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award (i) if the holder of such award remains continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period and (ii) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period, and for the forfeiture of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (x) if the holder of such award does not remain continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period or (y) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are not satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period.
(c) Settlement of Vested Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall specify (i) whether such award may be settled in shares of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof and (ii) whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive dividend equivalents, and, if determined by the Committee, interest on, or the deemed reinvestment of, any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such award. Any dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions shall be subject to the same restrictions as such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to the settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the holder of such award shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such award.
3.4 Other Stock Awards. Subject to the limitations set forth in the Plan, the Committee is authorized to grant other awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, shares of Common Stock, including without limitation shares of Common Stock granted as a bonus and not subject to any vesting conditions, dividend equivalents, deferred stock units, stock purchase rights and shares of Common Stock issued in lieu of obligations of the Company to pay cash under any compensatory plan or arrangement, subject to such terms as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such awards, which may include the right to elective deferral thereof, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify in its discretion. Any distribution, dividend or dividend equivalents with respect to Other Stock Awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions shall be subject to the same vesting conditions as the underlying awards.
3.5 Termination of Employment or Service. All of the terms relating to the satisfaction of Performance Measures and the termination of the Restriction Period or Performance Period relating to a Stock Award, or any forfeiture and cancellation of such award (i) upon a termination of employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such award, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, or (ii) during a paid or unpaid leave of absence, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Agreement.
IV. PERFORMANCE AWARDS
4.1 Performance Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Performance Awards to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee.
13
4.2 Terms of Performance Awards. Performance Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.
(a) Value of Performance Awards and Performance Measures. The method of determining the value of the Performance Award and the Performance Measures and Performance Period applicable to a Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee.
(b) Vesting and Forfeiture. The Agreement relating to a Performance Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of such Performance Award if the specified Performance Measures are satisfied or met during the specified Performance Period and for the forfeiture of such award if the specified Performance Measures are not satisfied or met during the specified Performance Period.
(c) Settlement of Vested Performance Awards. The Agreement relating to a Performance Award shall specify whether such award may be settled in shares of Common Stock (including shares of Restricted Stock) or cash or a combination thereof. If a Performance Award is settled in shares of Restricted Stock, such shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued to the holder in book entry form or a certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 3.2(c) and the holder of such Restricted Stock shall have such rights as a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(d). Any dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to a Performance Award shall be subject to the same restrictions as such Performance Award. Prior to the settlement of a Performance Award in shares of Common Stock, including Restricted Stock, the holder of such award shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company.
4.3 Termination of Employment or Service. All of the terms relating to the satisfaction of Performance Measures and the termination of the Performance Period relating to a Performance Award, or any forfeiture and cancellation of such award (i) upon a termination of employment with or service to the Company of the holder of such award, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, or (ii) during a paid or unpaid leave of absence, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Agreement.
V. GENERAL
5.1 Effective Date and Term of Plan. This Plan shall be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for approval and, if approved, shall become effective as of the date of such stockholder approval. This Plan shall terminate as of the first annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders to occur on or after the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless terminated earlier by the Board. Termination of this Plan shall not affect the terms or conditions of any award granted prior to termination.
14
Awards hereunder may be made at any time prior to the termination of this Plan, provided that no Incentive Stock Option may be granted later than ten years after the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board.
5.2 Amendments. The Board may amend this Plan as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that no amendment to the Plan shall be effective without the approval of the Company’s stockholders if (i) stockholder approval is required by applicable law, rule or regulation, including any rule of the Nasdaq Stock Market, or any other stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded, or (ii) such amendment seeks to modify the Non-Employee Director compensation limit set forth in Section 1.4 or the prohibition on repricing set forth in Section 2.4; provided further, that no amendment may materially impair the rights of a holder of an outstanding award without the consent of such holder.
5.3 Agreement. Each award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to such award. No award shall be valid until an Agreement is executed by the Company and, to the extent required by the Company, executed or electronically accepted by the recipient of such award. Upon such execution or acceptance and delivery of the Agreement to the Company within the time period specified by the Company, such award shall be effective as of the effective date set forth in the Agreement.
5.4 Non-Transferability. No award shall be transferable other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company or, to the extent expressly permitted in the Agreement relating to such award, to the holder’s family members, a trust or entity established by the holder for estate planning purposes, a charitable organization designated by the holder or pursuant to a domestic relations order, in each case, without consideration. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence or the Agreement relating to an award, each award may be exercised or settled during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder or the holder’s legal representative or similar person. Except as permitted by the second preceding sentence, no award may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any award, such award and all rights thereunder shall immediately become null and void.
5.5 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash pursuant to an award made hereunder, payment by the holder of such award of any federal, state, local or other taxes which may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such award. An Agreement may provide that (i) the Company shall withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to a holder, having an aggregate Fair Market Value determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes arises in connection with an award (the “Tax Date”), or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to a holder, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation or (ii) the holder may satisfy any such obligation by any of the following means: (A) a cash payment to the Company; (B) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of previously owned
15
whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (C) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to a holder, in either case equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation; (D) in the case of the exercise of an option, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the holder has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise, (E) any other form of payment that may be acceptable to the Committee and specified in the Agreement or (F) any combination of (A), (B), (C) and (E), in each case to the extent set forth in the Agreement relating to the award. Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of the amount determined by applying the minimum statutory withholding rate (or, if permitted by the Company, such other rate as shall not cause adverse accounting consequences under the accounting rules then in effect, and is permitted under applicable IRS withholding rules). Any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to satisfy such an obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the holder.
5.6 Restrictions on Shares. Each award made hereunder shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Company determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the delivery of shares thereunder, such shares shall not be delivered unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company may require that certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to any award made hereunder bear a legend indicating that the sale, transfer or other disposition thereof by the holder is prohibited except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
5.7 Adjustment. In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation or any successor or replacement accounting standard) that causes the per share value of shares of Common Stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary cash dividend, the number and class of securities available under this Plan, the terms of each outstanding option and SAR (including the number and class of securities subject to each outstanding option or SAR and the purchase price or base price per share), the terms of each outstanding Stock Award (including the number and class of securities subject thereto), and the terms of each outstanding Performance Award (including the number and class of securities subject thereto, if applicable), shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, such adjustments to be made in the case of outstanding options and SARs in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants. In either case, the decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.
16
5.8 Change in Control.
(a) Subject to the terms of the applicable award Agreements, in the event of a “Change in Control,” the Board, as constituted prior to the Change in Control, may, in its discretion:
| (1) | require that (i) some or all outstanding options and SARs shall become exercisable in full or in part, either immediately or upon a subsequent termination of employment, (ii) the Restriction Period applicable to some or all outstanding Stock Awards shall lapse in full or in part, either immediately or upon a subsequent termination of employment, (iii) the Performance Period applicable to some or all outstanding awards shall lapse in full or in part, and (iv) the Performance Measures applicable to some or all outstanding awards shall be deemed to be satisfied at the target, maximum or any other level; |
| (2) | require that shares of capital stock of the corporation resulting from or succeeding to the business of the Company pursuant to such Change in Control, or a parent corporation thereof, or other property be substituted for some or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to an outstanding award, with an appropriate and equitable adjustment to such award as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 5.7; and/or |
| (3) | require outstanding awards, in whole or in part, to be surrendered to the Company by the holder, and to be immediately cancelled by the Company, and to provide for the holder to receive (i) a cash payment in an amount equal to (A) in the case of an option or an SAR, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the portion of such option or SAR surrendered, whether or not vested or exercisable, multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of the Change in Control, over the purchase price or base price per share of Common Stock subject to such option or SAR, (B) in the case of a Stock Award or a Performance Award denominated in shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the portion of such award surrendered to the extent the Performance Measures applicable to such award have been satisfied or are deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(1), whether or not vested, multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of the Change in Control, and (C) in the case of a Performance Award denominated in cash, the value of the Performance Award then subject to the portion of such award surrendered to the extent the Performance Measures applicable to such award have been satisfied or are deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(1); (ii) shares of capital stock of the corporation resulting from or succeeding to the business of the Company |
17
| pursuant to such Change in Control, or a parent corporation thereof, or other property having a fair market value not less than the amount determined under clause (i) above; or (iii) a combination of the payment of cash pursuant to clause (i) above and the issuance of shares or other property pursuant to clause (ii) above. |
(b) For purposes of this Plan, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:
| (1) | During any twenty-four (24) month period, individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; |
| (2) | Any “person” (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (2) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any Subsidiary; (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities; (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction, as defined in paragraph (iii), or (E) by any person of Company Voting Securities from the Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Board approves in advance the acquisition of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of Company Voting Securities by such person; |
18
| (3) | The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (1) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (2) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination; (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or |
| (4) | The consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company. |
In no event shall a Change in Control include any bona fide primary or secondary public offering following the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (i) solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur or (ii) as a result of the disposition of securities in the Company by Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe or any affiliates thereof or affiliated funds pursuant to an Initial Public Offering or any secondary offering of the Company’s equity.
19
Solely with respect to any award that constitutes “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and that is payable on account of a Change in Control (including any installments or stream of payments that are accelerated on account of a Change in Control), a Change in Control shall occur only if such event also constitutes a “change in the ownership”, “change in effective control”, and/or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets” of the Company as those terms are defined under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5), but only to the extent necessary to establish a time or form of payment that complies with Section 409A of the Code, without altering the definition of Change in Control for purposes of determining whether a participant’s rights to such Award become vested or otherwise unconditional upon the Change in Control.
5.9 Deferrals. The Committee may determine that the delivery of shares of Common Stock or the payment of cash, or a combination thereof, upon the settlement of all or a portion of any award made hereunder shall be deferred, or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, approve deferral elections made by holders of awards. Deferrals shall be for such periods and upon such terms as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
5.10 No Right of Participation, Employment or Service. Unless otherwise set forth in an employment agreement, no person shall have any right to participate in this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any award made hereunder shall confer upon any person any right to continued employment by or service with the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment or service of any person at any time without liability hereunder.
5.11 Rights as Stockholder. No person shall have any right as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other equity security of the Company which is subject to an award hereunder unless and until such person becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such shares of Common Stock or equity security.
5.12 Designation of Beneficiary. To the extent permitted by the Company, a holder of an award may file with the Company a written designation of one or more persons as such holder’s beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary and contingent) in the event of the holder’s death or incapacity. To the extent an outstanding option or SAR granted hereunder is exercisable, such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall be entitled to exercise such option or SAR pursuant to procedures prescribed by the Company. Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Company during the holder’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Company. The spouse of a married holder domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of a beneficiary other than such spouse. The filing with the Company of a new beneficiary designation shall cancel all previously filed beneficiary designations. If a holder fails to designate a beneficiary, or if all designated beneficiaries of a holder predecease the holder, then each outstanding award held by such holder, to the extent vested or exercisable, shall be payable to or may be exercised by such holder’s executor, administrator, legal representative or similar person.
20
5.13 Awards Subject to Clawback. The awards granted under this Plan and any cash payment or shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to such an award are subject to forfeiture, recovery by the Company or other action pursuant to the applicable Agreement or any clawback or recoupment policy which the Company may adopt from time to time, including without limitation any such policy which the Company may be required to adopt under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and implementing rules and regulations thereunder, or as otherwise required by law or applicable listing standards.
5.14 Governing Law. This Plan, each award hereunder and the related Agreement, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.
5.15 Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Plan and applicable Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (and unless the Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a holder holding an award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such holder’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the holder’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.
5.16 Foreign Employees. Without amending this Plan, the Committee may grant awards to eligible persons who are foreign nationals and/or reside outside of the United States on such terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan as may in the judgment of the Committee be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of this Plan and, in furtherance of such purposes the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or advisable to comply with provisions of laws in other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or its Subsidiaries operates or has employees.
21
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
2025 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual (the “Holder”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “Award Notice”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Grant Date”), pursuant to the provisions of the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Equity and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a restricted stock award (the “Award”) with respect to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”) set forth in the Award Notice, upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this agreement (the “Agreement”). In connection with the reorganization of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), this Award is granted to Holder in exchange for the unvested award of Incentive Units of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (“Holdco”) previously granted to Holder pursuant to the Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and the Common Unit Certificate, by and between Holder and Holdco and referenced in the Award Notice (the “Prior Award”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.
1. Award Subject to Acceptance of Agreement. The Award shall be null and void unless the Holder (a) accepts this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company (or electronically accepts this Agreement within the Holder’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect), (b) if required by the Company, executes and returns one or more irrevocable stock powers to facilitate the transfer to the Company (or its assignee or nominee) of all or a portion of the shares of Stock subject to the Award if any shares of Stock are forfeited pursuant to Section 4 or if required under applicable laws or regulations and (c) agrees to abide by all administrative procedures established by the Company or its stock plan administrator, including any procedures requiring the Holder to notify the Company of any proposed sale of any Stock acquired upon the vesting of this Award. As soon as practicable after the Holder has executed such documents and returned them to the Company, the Company shall cause to be issued in the Holder’s name the total number of shares of Stock subject to the Award.
2. Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Holder shall have all rights as a holder of the Stock subject to the Award, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends and other distributions thereon, and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of Stock unless and until such shares are forfeited pursuant to Section 4 hereof; provided, however, that each distribution with respect to shares of Stock, shall be delivered to the Company (and the Holder shall, if requested by the Company and to the extent applicable in the case of stock dividends, execute and return one or more irrevocable stock powers related thereto) and shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Stock with respect to which such dividend or other distribution was made. For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder shall be the beneficial owner of the Stock.
3. Custody and Delivery of Shares. The shares of Stock subject to the Award shall be held by the Company or by a custodian in book entry form, with restrictions on the shares of Stock duly noted, until such Award shall have vested pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Alternatively, in the sole discretion of the Company, the Company shall hold a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock subject to the Award until such Award shall have vested pursuant to Section 4 hereof. After all or any portion of the Award shall have vested pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall, subject to Section 6.1 hereof, transfer the vested shares of Stock on its books or deliver the certificate or certificates for the vested shares of Stock, as applicable, to a brokerage account in the name of the Holder as designated by the Holder. If the Company delivers certificate(s) for the vested shares of Stock pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall also destroy the stock power or powers relating to such vested Stock delivered by the Holder pursuant to Section 1 hereof; provided that, if such stock power or powers also relate to unvested Stock, the Company may require, as a condition precedent to delivery of any certificate pursuant to this Section 3, the execution and delivery to the Company of one or more stock powers relating to such unvested Stock.
4. Restriction Period and Vesting. The Award shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice if, and only if, the Holder is, and has been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies): (i) employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) serving as a Non-Employee Director; or (iii) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a consultant, in each case, from the date of this Agreement through and including the Vesting Date specified in the Award Notice; provided, however, if the IPO does not close on prior to the one-month anniversary of the Grant Date, the Award shall be forfeited for no consideration. The period of time prior to the vesting shall be referred to herein as the “Restriction Period.”
5. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representation.
5.1. Nontransferability of Award. During the Restriction Period, the Award may not be offered, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Holder or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of such shares shall be null and void.
5.2. Investment Representation. The Holder hereby represents and covenants that (a) any share of Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Award will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), unless such acquisition has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws; and (c) if requested by the Company, the Holder shall submit a written statement, in form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is true and correct as of the date of vesting of any shares of Stock hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such share, as
applicable. As a further condition precedent to the delivery to the Holder of any shares of Stock subject to the Award, the Holder shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Board shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.
5.3. Holdback. Holder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the 180 days after the effectiveness of the IPO (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, Holder agrees to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters which are consistent with the terms of this Section 5.3. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.
5.4. Legends. The Holder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Stock together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING FORFEITURE) OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE REGISTERED OWNER AND LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF, AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR A PROPER PURPOSE BY, THE CORPORATE SECRETARY OF LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
5.5. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Holder agrees that in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
5.6. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of Stock that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Stock or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such shares of Stock shall have been so transferred.
6. Additional Terms and Conditions of Award.
6.1. Withholding Taxes.
(a) As a condition precedent to the delivery of the Stock or at such time as required by Section 6.8, Holder shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company and/or the relevant employing company (the “Relevant Company”), such amount of cash as the Relevant Company may be required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and/or pay over as income or other withholding taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income tax, social charges, national insurance contributions (excluding employer national insurance contributions) or other similar withholding taxes and including any interest and penalties thereon) (the “Required Tax Payments”) with respect to the Award. If Holder shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Relevant Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company, a Subsidiary or the Relevant Company to Holder.
(b) Holder may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (i) a cash payment to the Relevant Company; (ii) delivery to the Relevant Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Relevant Company) of previously owned whole shares of Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date on which such withholding obligation arises (the “Tax Date”), equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iii) authorizing the Relevant Company to withhold whole shares of Stock which would otherwise be delivered to Holder having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Relevant Company to whom Holder has submitted an irrevocable notice of sale or (v) any combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv). Shares to be delivered or withheld may not have a Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments (or such higher withholding rate permitted by the Committee). Any fraction of a share which would be required to satisfy any such obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by Holder. No shares or certificate representing shares shall be issued or delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.
6.2. Adjustment. In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation) that causes the per share value of shares of Stock to change, such as a share dividend, share split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary cash dividend, the terms of this Award (including the number and class of securities subject hereto) shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in accordance with Section 5.7 of the Plan. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of the Holder. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.
6.3. Compliance with Applicable Law. The Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock subject to the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the vesting or delivery of shares hereunder, the shares of Stock subject to the Award shall not vest or be delivered, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.
6.4. Delivery of Stock. Subject to Section 6.1, upon the vesting of the Award, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder the vested shares of Stock in accordance with Section 3. The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such delivery, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1.
6.5. Award Confers No Rights to Continued Employment. In no event shall the granting of the Award or its acceptance by the Holder, or any provision of the Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give the Holder any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.
6.6. Decisions of Board or Committee. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Award. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.
6.7. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of the Holder, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.
6.8. Taxation; Section 83(b) Election. The Holder understands that the Holder is solely responsible for all tax consequences to the Holder in connection with this Award. The Holder represents that the Holder has consulted with any tax consultants the Holder deems advisable in connection with the Award and that the Holder is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. By accepting this Agreement, the Holder agrees that, if the Holder is subject to U.S. taxation, the Holder shall make an effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, to include in the Holder’s gross income the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Shares subject to the Award as of such date over the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Interests exchanged for such Restricted Shares. The Holder further agrees to deliver the executed Section 83(b) election to the Company for filing with the Internal Revenue Service within five days following the date hereof.
6.9. Notices. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., Attn: Chief People Officer, 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27609, and if to the Holder, to the last known mailing address of the Holder contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.
6.10. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Award and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the Code, shall be governed by the laws of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware courts.
6.11. Agreement Subject to the Plan. This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.8 of the Plan) and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. The Holder hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
6.12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the shares of Stock subject to this Award and supersede in their entirety the Prior Award and all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Holder with respect to such shares of Stock, and may not be modified adversely to the Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Holder.
6.13. Partial Invalidity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
6.14. Amendment and Waiver. The Company may amend the provisions of this Agreement at any time; provided that an amendment that would adversely affect the Holder’s rights under this Agreement shall be subject to the written consent of the Holder. No course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.
6.15. Counterparts. The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
EXHIBIT A
ELECTION TO INCLUDE VALUE OF RESTRICTED PROPERTY
IN GROSS INCOME
IN YEAR OF TRANSFER UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b)
The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to include the value of the property described below in gross income in the year of transfer and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:
| 1. | The name, address and social security number of the undersigned: |
[Name]
[Address]
[Social Security Number]
| 2. | A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made: __________ shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, granted to the undersigned as restricted shares. |
| 3. | The date on which the property was transferred: _________. The taxable year for which such election is made: calendar 202__. |
| 4. | The restrictions to which the property is subject: If the employment of the undersigned terminates prior to specified dates, the undersigned will forfeit the property transferred to the undersigned. |
| 5. | The fair market value on _____________, 20__ of the property with respect to which the election is being made: $_____ per share. |
| 6. | The amount paid for such property: $_____ per share. |
A copy of this election has been furnished to the Secretary of the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(d).
| Dated: ________ __, 20__ | «Name» |
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
2025 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual (the “Holder”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “Award Notice”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Grant Date”), pursuant to the provisions of the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Equity and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a restricted stock award (the “Award”) with respect to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”) set forth in the Award Notice, upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this agreement (the “Agreement”). In connection with the reorganization of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), this Award is granted to Holder in exchange for the unvested award of Incentive Units of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (“Holdco”) previously granted to Holder pursuant to the Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and the Common Unit Certificate, by and between Holder and Holdco and referenced in the Award Notice (the “Prior Award”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.
1. Award Subject to Acceptance of Agreement. The Award shall be null and void unless the Holder (a) accepts this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company (or electronically accepts this Agreement within the Holder’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect), (b) if required by the Company, executes and returns one or more irrevocable stock powers to facilitate the transfer to the Company (or its assignee or nominee) of all or a portion of the shares of Stock subject to the Award if any shares of Stock are forfeited pursuant to Section 4 or if required under applicable laws or regulations and (c) agrees to abide by all administrative procedures established by the Company or its stock plan administrator, including any procedures requiring the Holder to notify the Company of any proposed sale of any Stock acquired upon the vesting of this Award. As soon as practicable after the Holder has executed such documents and returned them to the Company, the Company shall cause to be issued in the Holder’s name the total number of shares of Stock subject to the Award.
2. Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Holder shall have all rights as a holder of the Stock subject to the Award, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends and other distributions thereon, and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of Stock unless and until such shares are forfeited pursuant to Section 4 hereof; provided, however, that each distribution with respect to shares of Stock, shall be delivered to the Company (and the Holder shall, if requested by the Company and to the extent applicable in the case of stock dividends, execute and return one or more irrevocable stock powers related thereto) and shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Stock with respect to which such dividend or other distribution was made. For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder shall be the beneficial owner of the Stock.
3. Custody and Delivery of Shares. The shares of Stock subject to the Award shall be held by the Company or by a custodian in book entry form, with restrictions on the shares of Stock duly noted, until such Award shall have vested pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Alternatively, in the sole discretion of the Company, the Company shall hold a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Stock subject to the Award until such Award shall have vested pursuant to Section 4 hereof. After all or any portion of the Award shall have vested pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall, subject to Section 6.1 hereof, transfer the vested shares of Stock on its books or deliver the certificate or certificates for the vested shares of Stock, as applicable, to a brokerage account in the name of the Holder as designated by the Holder. If the Company delivers certificate(s) for the vested shares of Stock pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Company shall also destroy the stock power or powers relating to such vested Stock delivered by the Holder pursuant to Section 1 hereof; provided that, if such stock power or powers also relate to unvested Stock, the Company may require, as a condition precedent to delivery of any certificate pursuant to this Section 3, the execution and delivery to the Company of one or more stock powers relating to such unvested Stock.
4. Restriction Period and Vesting. The Award shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice if, and only if, (i) the Performance Goal(s) has been achieved and (ii) the Holder is, and has been, continuously (except for any absence for vacation, leave, etc. in accordance with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ policies): (a) employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) serving as a Non-Employee Director; or (c) providing services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a consultant, in each case, from the date of this Agreement through and including the achievement of the Performance Goal specified in the Award Notice; provided, however, if the IPO does not close on prior to the one-month anniversary of the Grant Date, the Award shall be forfeited for no consideration. The period of time prior to the vesting shall be referred to herein as the “Restriction Period.”
5. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representation.
5.1. Nontransferability of Award. During the Restriction Period, the Award may not be offered, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Holder or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of such shares shall be null and void.
5.2. Investment Representation. The Holder hereby represents and covenants that (a) any share of Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Award will be acquired for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), unless such acquisition has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws; and (c) if requested by the Company, the Holder shall submit a written statement, in form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is true and correct as of the date of vesting of any shares of Stock hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such share, as
applicable. As a further condition precedent to the delivery to the Holder of any shares of Stock subject to the Award, the Holder shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Board shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.
5.3. Holdback. Holder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the 180 days after the effectiveness of the IPO (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, Holder agrees to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters which are consistent with the terms of this Section 5.3. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.
5.4. Legends. The Holder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Stock together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING FORFEITURE) OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE REGISTERED OWNER AND LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF, AND WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR A PROPER PURPOSE BY, THE CORPORATE SECRETARY OF LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
5.5. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Holder agrees that in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
5.6. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of Stock that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Stock or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such shares of Stock shall have been so transferred.
6. Additional Terms and Conditions of Award.
6.1. Withholding Taxes.
(a) As a condition precedent to the delivery of the Stock or at such time as required by Section 6.8, Holder shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company and/or the relevant employing company (the “Relevant Company”), such amount of cash as the Relevant Company may be required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and/or pay over as income or other withholding taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income tax, social charges, national insurance contributions (excluding employer national insurance contributions) or other similar withholding taxes and including any interest and penalties thereon) (the “Required Tax Payments”) with respect to the Award. If Holder shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Relevant Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company, a Subsidiary or the Relevant Company to Holder.
(b) Holder may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (i) a cash payment to the Relevant Company; (ii) delivery to the Relevant Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Relevant Company) of previously owned whole shares of Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date on which such withholding obligation arises (the “Tax Date”), equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iii) authorizing the Relevant Company to withhold whole shares of Stock which would otherwise be delivered to Holder having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Relevant Company to whom Holder has submitted an irrevocable notice of sale or (v) any combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv). Shares to be delivered or withheld may not have a Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments (or such higher withholding rate permitted by the Committee). Any fraction of a share which would be required to satisfy any such obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by Holder. No shares or certificate representing shares shall be issued or delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.
6.2. Adjustment. In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation) that causes the per share value of shares of Stock to change, such as a share dividend, share split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary cash dividend, the terms of this Award (including the number and class of securities subject hereto) shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in accordance with Section 5.7 of the Plan. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of the Holder. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.
6.3. Compliance with Applicable Law. The Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock subject to the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the vesting or delivery of shares hereunder, the shares of Stock subject to the Award shall not vest or be delivered, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.
6.4. Delivery of Stock. Subject to Section 6.1, upon the vesting of the Award, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder the vested shares of Stock in accordance with Section 3. The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such delivery, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1.
6.5. Award Confers No Rights to Continued Employment. In no event shall the granting of the Award or its acceptance by the Holder, or any provision of the Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give the Holder any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.
6.6. Decisions of Board or Committee. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Award. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.
6.7. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of the Holder, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.
6.8. Taxation; Section 83(b) Election. The Holder understands that the Holder is solely responsible for all tax consequences to the Holder in connection with this Award. The Holder represents that the Holder has consulted with any tax consultants the Holder deems advisable in connection with the Award and that the Holder is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. By accepting this Agreement, the Holder agrees that, if the Holder is subject to U.S. taxation, the Holder shall make an effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, to include in the Holder’s gross income the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Shares subject to the Award as of such date over the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Interests exchanged for such Restricted Shares. The Holder further agrees to deliver the executed Section 83(b) election to the Company for filing with the Internal Revenue Service within five days following the date hereof.
6.9. Notices. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., Attn: Chief People Officer, 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27609, and if to the Holder, to the last known mailing address of the Holder contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.
6.10. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Award and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the Code, shall be governed by the laws of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware courts.
6.11. Agreement Subject to the Plan. This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.8 of the Plan) and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. The Holder hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
6.12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the shares of Stock subject to this Award and supersede in their entirety the Prior Award and all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Holder with respect to such shares of Stock, and may not be modified adversely to the Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Holder.
6.13. Partial Invalidity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
6.14. Amendment and Waiver. The Company may amend the provisions of this Agreement at any time; provided that an amendment that would adversely affect the Holder’s rights under this Agreement shall be subject to the written consent of the Holder. No course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.
6.15. Counterparts. The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
6.16. Award Subject to Clawback. The Award and any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to the Award are subject to forfeiture, recovery by the Company or other action pursuant to any clawback or recoupment policy which the Company may adopt from time to time, including without limitation any clawback policy adopted to comply with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the implementing rules thereunder, or as otherwise required by law or applicable listing standards.
EXHIBIT A
ELECTION TO INCLUDE VALUE OF RESTRICTED PROPERTY
IN GROSS INCOME
IN YEAR OF TRANSFER UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b)
The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to include the value of the property described below in gross income in the year of transfer and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:
| 1. | The name, address and social security number of the undersigned: |
[Name]
[Address]
[Social Security Number]
| 2. | A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made: __________ shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, granted to the undersigned as restricted shares. |
| 3. | The date on which the property was transferred: _________. The taxable year for which such election is made: calendar 202__. |
| 4. | The restrictions to which the property is subject: If the employment of the undersigned terminates prior to specified dates, the undersigned will forfeit the property transferred to the undersigned. |
| 5. | The fair market value on _____________, 20__ of the property with respect to which the election is being made: $_____ per share. |
| 6. | The amount paid for such property: $_____ per share. |
A copy of this election has been furnished to the Secretary of the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulations §1.83-2(d).
| Dated: ________ __, 20__ | «Name» |
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
2025 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual (the “Holder”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “Award Notice”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Grant Date”), pursuant to the provisions of the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Equity and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a restricted stock unit award (the “Award”) with respect to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), set forth in the Award Notice, upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this agreement (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.
1. Award Subject to Acceptance of Agreement. The Award shall be null and void unless the Holder accepts this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company or electronically accepting this Agreement within the Holder’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect.
2. Rights as a Stockholder. The Holder shall not be entitled to any privileges of ownership with respect to the shares of Stock subject to the Award unless and until, and only to the extent, such shares become vested pursuant to Section 3 hereof and the Holder becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such shares. As of each date on which the Company pays a cash dividend to record owners of shares of Stock (a “Dividend Date”), the Holder shall have no entitlement to receive such cash dividend, and the number of shares subject to the Award shall increase by (i) the product of the total number of shares subject to the Award immediately prior to such Dividend Date multiplied by the dollar amount of the cash dividend paid per share of Stock by the Company on such Dividend Date, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such Dividend Date. Any such additional shares shall be subject to the same vesting conditions and payment terms set forth herein as the shares to which they relate.
3. Restriction Period and Vesting. The Award shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice. The period of time prior to the full vesting of the Award shall be referred to herein as the “Restriction Period.”
4. Issuance or Delivery of Shares. Subject to Section 6.13 and except as otherwise provided for herein, within 30 days after the vesting of the Award, the Company shall issue or deliver, subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the vested shares of Stock to the Holder. Such issuance or delivery shall be evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such issuance or delivery, except as otherwise provided in Section 6. Prior to the issuance to the Holder of the shares of Stock subject to the Award, the Holder shall have no direct or secured claim in any specific assets of the Company or in such shares of Stock, and will have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.
5. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representation.
5.1. Non-Transferability of Award. The Award may not be transferred by the Holder other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, the Award may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of the Award, the Award and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.
5.2. Investment Representation. The Holder hereby covenants that (a) any sale of any share of Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Award shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws and (b) the Holder shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Committee shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.
6. Additional Terms and Conditions of Award.
6.1. Withholding Taxes. (a) As a condition precedent to the delivery to the Holder of any shares of Stock upon vesting of the Award, the Holder shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company such amount of cash as the Company may be required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (or such higher withholding amount elected by the Holder) (the “Required Tax Payments”) with respect to the Award. If the Holder shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to the Holder or withhold shares of Stock.
(b) The Holder may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company; (2) if permitted by the Company, delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes first arises in connection with the Award (the “Tax Date”), equal to the Required Tax Payments; (3) if permitted by the Company, authorizing the Company to withhold from the shares of Stock otherwise to be delivered to the Holder pursuant to the Award, a number of whole shares having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments; (4) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Holder has submitted an irrevocable notice of sale or (5) any combination of (1), (2), (3) and (4). Shares to be delivered or withheld may not have a Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments (or, if approved by the Committee, such higher rate that will not cause adverse accounting consequences). Any fraction of a share which would be required to satisfy such an obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the Holder. No shares of Stock shall be delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.
6.2. Compliance with Applicable Law. The Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock subject to the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the delivery of shares hereunder, the shares of Stock subject to the Award shall not be delivered, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.
6.3. Award Confers No Rights to Continued Employment. In no event shall the granting of the Award or its acceptance by the Holder, or any provision of the Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give the Holder any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.
6.4. Decisions of Board or Committee. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Award. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.
6.5. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of the Holder, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.
6.6. Notices. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., Attn: Chief People Officer, 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27609, and if to the Holder, to the last known mailing address of the Holder contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.
6.7. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Award and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.
6.8. Agreement Subject to the Plan. This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.8) and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. The Holder hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
6.9. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Holder.
6.10. Partial Invalidity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
6.11. Amendment and Waiver. The Company may amend the provisions of this Agreement at any time; provided that an amendment that would adversely affect the Holder’s rights under this Agreement shall be subject to the written consent of the Holder. No course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.
6.12. Counterparts. The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
6.13. Compliance With Section 409A of the Code. This Award is intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and construed accordingly, and each payment hereunder shall be considered a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent this Agreement provides for the Award to become vested and be settled upon the Holder’s termination of employment, the applicable shares of Stock shall be transferred to the Holder or his or her beneficiary upon the Holder’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code; provided that if the Holder is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent the Award constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such shares of Stock shall be transferred to the Holder or his or her beneficiary upon the earlier to occur of (i) the six-month anniversary of such separation from service and (ii) the date of the Holder’s death.
6.14. Award Subject to Clawback. The Award and any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to the Award are subject to forfeiture, recovery by the Company or other action pursuant to any clawback or recoupment policy which the Company may adopt from time to time, including without limitation any clawback policy adopted to comply with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the implementing rules thereunder, or as otherwise required by law or applicable listing standards.
6.15. Protected Rights. Nothing in this Agreement or otherwise is intended to, or does, prohibit the Holder from (i) filing a charge or complaint with, providing truthful information to, or cooperating with an investigation being conducted by a governmental agency (such as the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, another other fair employment practices agency, the U.S. National Labor Relations Board, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)); (ii) engaging in other legally-protected activities; (iii) giving truthful testimony or making statements under oath in response to a subpoena or other valid legal process or in any legal proceeding; (iv) otherwise making truthful statements as required by law or valid legal process; or (v) disclosing a trade secret in confidence to a governmental official, directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, if the disclosure is made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. Accordingly, the Holder shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In the event the Holder files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Holder may disclose the trade secret(s) of the Company to the Holder’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the Holder (i) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (ii) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. In accordance with applicable law, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, nothing in the Plan, this Agreement or any of any policies or agreements of the Company or any affiliate applicable to the Holder (i) impedes the Holder’s right to communicate with the SEC or any other governmental agency about possible violations of federal securities or other laws or regulations or (ii) requires the Holder to provide any prior notice to the Company or its affiliates or obtain their prior approval before engaging in any such communications.
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
2025 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual (the “Holder”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “Award Notice”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Grant Date”), pursuant to the provisions of the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Equity and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a restricted stock unit award (the “Award”) with respect to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), set forth in the Award Notice, upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this agreement (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.
1. Award Subject to Acceptance of Agreement. The Award shall be null and void unless the Holder accepts this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company or electronically accepting this Agreement within the Holder’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect.
2. Rights as a Stockholder. The Holder shall not be entitled to any privileges of ownership with respect to the shares of Stock subject to the Award unless and until, and only to the extent, such shares become vested pursuant to Section 3 hereof and the Holder becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such shares. As of each date on which the Company pays a cash dividend to record owners of shares of Stock (a “Dividend Date”), the Holder shall have no entitlement to receive such cash dividend, and the number of shares subject to the Award shall increase by (i) the product of the total number of shares subject to the Award immediately prior to such Dividend Date multiplied by the dollar amount of the cash dividend paid per share of Stock by the Company on such Dividend Date, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on such Dividend Date. Any such additional shares shall be subject to the same vesting conditions and payment terms set forth herein as the shares to which they relate.
3. Restriction Period and Vesting. The shares subject to the Award shall vest pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan based on the achievement of the performance goals set forth in the Award Notice over the performance period set forth in the Award Notice (the “Performance Period”), provided that the Holder remains in continuous employment with the Company through the vesting date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Vesting Date”), and the vested portion of the Award shall be paid to the Holder within seventy (70) days after the Vesting Date. Attainment of the performance goals shall be determined and certified by the Committee in writing prior to the settlement of the Award.
4. Issuance or Delivery of Shares. Subject to Section 6.13 and except as otherwise provided for herein, within 70 days after the vesting of the Award, the Company shall issue or deliver, subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the vested shares of Stock to the Holder. Such issuance or delivery shall be evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. The Company shall pay all
original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such issuance or delivery, except as otherwise provided in Section 6. Prior to the issuance to the Holder of the shares of Stock subject to the Award, the Holder shall have no direct or secured claim in any specific assets of the Company or in such shares of Stock, and will have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.
5. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representation.
5.1. Non-Transferability of Award. The Award may not be transferred by the Holder other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, the Award may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of the Award, the Award and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.
5.2. Investment Representation. The Holder hereby covenants that (a) any sale of any share of Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Award shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws and (b) the Holder shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Committee shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.
6. Additional Terms and Conditions of Award.
6.1. Withholding Taxes. (a) As a condition precedent to the delivery to the Holder of any shares of Stock upon vesting of the Award, the Holder shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company such amount of cash as the Company may be required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to withhold and pay over as income or other withholding taxes (or such higher withholding amount elected by the Holder) (the “Required Tax Payments”) with respect to the Award. If the Holder shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to the Holder or withhold shares of Stock.
(b) The Holder may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (1) a cash payment to the Company; (2) if permitted by the Company, delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes first arises in connection with the Award (the “Tax Date”), equal to the Required Tax Payments; (3) if permitted by the Company, authorizing the Company to withhold from the shares of Stock otherwise to be delivered to the Holder pursuant to the Award, a number of whole shares having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments; (4) except as may be
prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Holder has submitted an irrevocable notice of sale or (5) any combination of (1), (2), (3) and (4). Shares to be delivered or withheld may not have a Fair Market Value in excess of the minimum amount of the Required Tax Payments (or, if approved by the Committee, such higher rate that will not cause adverse accounting consequences). Any fraction of a share which would be required to satisfy such an obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the Holder. No shares of Stock shall be delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.
6.2. Compliance with Applicable Law. The Award is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock subject to the Award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the delivery of shares hereunder, the shares of Stock subject to the Award shall not be delivered, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.
6.3. Award Confers No Rights to Continued Employment. In no event shall the granting of the Award or its acceptance by the Holder, or any provision of the Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give the Holder any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.
6.4. Decisions of Board or Committee. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Award. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.
6.5. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of the Holder, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.
6.6. Notices. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., Attn: Chief People Officer, 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27609, and if to the Holder, to the last known mailing address of the Holder contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.
6.7. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Award and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.
6.8. Agreement Subject to the Plan. This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.8) and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. The Holder hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
6.9. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Holder’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Holder.
6.10. Partial Invalidity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision was omitted.
6.11. Amendment and Waiver. The Company may amend the provisions of this Agreement at any time; provided that an amendment that would adversely affect the Holder’s rights under this Agreement shall be subject to the written consent of the Holder. No course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.
6.12. Counterparts. The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
6.13. Compliance With Section 409A of the Code. This Award is intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and construed accordingly, and each payment hereunder shall be considered a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent this Agreement provides for the Award to become vested and be settled upon the Holder’s termination of employment, the applicable shares of Stock shall be transferred to the Holder or his or her beneficiary upon the Holder’s “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code; provided that if the Holder is a “specified employee,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent the Award constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such shares of Stock shall be transferred to the Holder or his or her beneficiary upon the earlier to occur of (i) the six-month anniversary of such separation from service and (ii) the date of the Holder’s death.
6.14. Award Subject to Clawback. The Award and any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to the Award are subject to forfeiture, recovery by the Company or other action pursuant to any clawback or recoupment policy which the Company may adopt from time to time, including without limitation any clawback policy adopted to comply with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the implementing rules thereunder, or as otherwise required by law or applicable listing standards.
6.15. Protected Rights. Nothing in this Agreement or otherwise is intended to, or does, prohibit the Holder from (i) filing a charge or complaint with, providing truthful information to, or cooperating with an investigation being conducted by a governmental agency (such as the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, another other fair employment practices agency, the U.S. National Labor Relations Board, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)); (ii) engaging in other legally-protected activities; (iii) giving truthful testimony or making statements under oath in response to a subpoena or other valid legal process or in any legal proceeding; (iv) otherwise making truthful statements as required by law or valid legal process; or (v) disclosing a trade secret in confidence to a governmental official, directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, if the disclosure is made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. Accordingly, the Holder shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In the event the Holder files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Holder may disclose the trade secret(s) of the Company to the Holder’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the Holder (i) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (ii) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. In accordance with applicable law, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, nothing in the Plan, this Agreement or any of any policies or agreements of the Company or any affiliate applicable to the Holder (i) impedes the Holder’s right to communicate with the SEC or any other governmental agency about possible violations of federal securities or other laws or regulations or (ii) requires the Holder to provide any prior notice to the Company or its affiliates or obtain their prior approval before engaging in any such communications.
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
2025 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE PLAN
Stock Option Agreement
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual (“Optionee”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “Award Notice”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Option Date”), pursuant to the provisions of the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Equity and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), an option to purchase from the Company the number of shares of the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), set forth in the Award Notice at the price per share set forth in the Award Notice (the “Exercise Price”) (the “Option”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, in the Award Notice and in the Plan. In connection with the reorganization of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), this Option is granted to Optionee in exchange for the award of Incentive Units of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (“Holdco”) previously granted to Optionee pursuant to the Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Prior Award”) and the Common Unit Certificate, by and between Optionee and Holdco and referenced in the Option Notice. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.
1. Option Subject to Acceptance of Agreement. The Option shall be null and void unless Optionee shall accept this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company (or electronically accepting this Agreement within Optionee’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect).
2. Time and Manner of Exercise of Option.
2.1. Maximum Term of Option. In no event may the Option be exercised, in whole or in part, after the expiration date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Expiration Date”).
2.2. Vesting and Exercise of Option. The Option shall become vested and exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice (the “Vesting Schedule”); provided, however, if the IPO does not close on prior to the one-month anniversary of the Option Date, the Option shall be forfeited for no consideration. The period of time prior to the full vesting of the Option shall be referred to herein as the “Vesting Period.” The Option shall be vested and exercisable following a termination of Optionee’s employment according to the following terms and conditions:
(a) Termination due to Death or Disability. If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of Optionee’s death or a termination by the Company due to Disability, then the Option, only to the extent vested on the effective date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by Optionee or Optionee’s executor, administrator, legal representative, guardian or similar person until and including the earlier to occur of (i) the date which is one year after the date of termination of employment and (ii) the Expiration Date. The unvested portion of the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment.
(b) Termination other than for Cause, Death or Disability. If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of a termination of Optionee’s employment (i) by the Company for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability or (ii) by Optionee for any reason, the Option, only to the extent vested on the effective date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by Optionee until and including the earlier to occur of (i) the date which is ninety (90) days after the date of such termination of employment and (ii) the Expiration Date. The unvested portion of the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment
(c) Termination for Cause. If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of the Company’s termination of Optionee’s employment for Cause, then the Option, whether or not vested, shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment.
(d) Definitions.
(i) “Affiliate(s)” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.
(ii) “Affiliated Physician Practice” means any Person which is engaged in the practice of medicine with respect to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has entered into a management services agreement, business support services agreement or other similar agreement and any Subsidiary of such person.
(iii) Cause. For purposes of this Option, (i) “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment or similar agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Optionee in effect on the Option Date or (ii) if Optionee is not party to an employment or similar agreement in effect on the Option Date which defines “Cause,” then “Cause” shall mean: (A) Optionee’s misconduct or negligence involving the Company Group; (B) Optionee’s repeated failure to comply with the lawful directives of any supervisory personnel; (C) any criminal act or act of dishonesty or willful misconduct by Optionee or any act of fraud, dishonesty or misappropriation by Optionee involving the Company Group; (D) Optionee’s indictment, conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving dishonesty; (E) the material breach by Optionee of the terms of any confidentiality, trade secrets, non-competition, non-solicitation, employment or similar agreement Optionee has with any member of the Company Group; (F) acts of malfeasance or negligence by Optionee in a matter involving the Company Group; (G) the material failure by Optionee to perform the duties and responsibilities of Optionee’s position; (H) Optionee’s unsatisfactory performance; or (I) activities of Optionee that are damaging to the property, operations, business or reputation of the Company Group.
(iv) “Company Group” means (i) the Company; (ii) the Company’s Subsidiaries; (iii) Holdco; (iv) Affiliated Physician Practices and (e) other controlled Affiliates of Holdco or the Company.
(v) “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, governmental entity, unincorporated entity or other entity.
(vi) Disability. For purposes of this Option, “Disability” shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Company (or, in the event Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee) on the basis of such medical evidence as the Company (or, in the event Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee) deems warranted under the circumstances.
2.3. Method of Exercise. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised by Optionee (a) by delivering to the Company an exercise notice in the form prescribed by the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and by accompanying such notice with payment therefor in full (or by arranging for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction) either (i) in cash, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, by delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable pursuant to the Option by reason of such exercise, (iii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, by authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (v) by a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii), and (b) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. No share of Common Stock or certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered until the full purchase price therefor and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 4.1, have been paid.
2.4. Termination of Option. In no event may the Option be exercised after it terminates as set forth in this Section 2.4. The Option shall terminate, to the extent not earlier terminated pursuant to Section 2.2 or exercised pursuant to Section 2.3, on the Expiration Date. Upon the termination of the Option, the Option and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.
3. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representations.
3.1. Non-Transferability of Option. The Option may not be transferred by Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, (i) during Optionee’s lifetime the Option is exercisable only by Optionee or Optionee’s legal representative, guardian or similar person and (ii) the Option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of the Option, the Option and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.
3.2. Investment Representation. Optionee hereby represents and covenants that (a) any shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option will be purchased for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), unless such purchase has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws; and (c) if requested by the Company, Optionee shall submit a written statement, in a form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is true and correct as of the date of any purchase of any shares hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such shares, as applicable. As a further condition precedent to any exercise of the Option, Optionee shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Board or the Committee shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.
3.3. Holdback. Optionee agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the 180 days after the effectiveness of the IPO (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, Optionee agrees to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters which are consistent with the terms of this Section 3.3. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.
4. Additional Terms and Conditions.
4.1. Withholding Taxes. (a) As a condition precedent to the issuance of Common Stock following the exercise of the Option, Optionee shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company in addition to the purchase price of the shares, such amount as the Company determines is required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to be withheld and paid over as income or other withholding taxes (the “Required Tax Payments”) with respect to such exercise of the Option. If Optionee shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to Optionee.
(b) Optionee may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (i) a cash payment to the Company; (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date on which such withholding
obligation arises (the “Tax Date”), equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to Optionee upon exercise of the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (v) any combination of (i), (ii) and (iii). Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of the amount determined by applying the minimum statutory withholding rate (or, if permitted by the Company, such other rate as shall not cause adverse accounting consequences under the accounting rules then in effect, and is permitted under applicable IRS withholding rules). No share of Common Stock or certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.
4.2. Adjustment. In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation or any successor or replacement accounting standard) that causes the per share value of shares of Common Stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary cash dividend, the number and class of securities subject to the Option and the Exercise Price shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, such adjustment to be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.
4.3. Compliance with Applicable Law. The Option is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the purchase or issuance of shares hereunder, the Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, and such shares may not be issued, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.
4.4. Issuance or Delivery of Shares. Upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, the Company shall issue or deliver, subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased against full payment therefor. Such issuance shall be evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such issuance, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1.
4.5. Option Confers No Rights as Stockholder. Optionee shall not be entitled to any privileges of ownership with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to the Option unless and until such shares are purchased and issued upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, and Optionee becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such issued shares. Optionee shall not be considered a stockholder of the Company with respect to any such shares not so purchased and issued.
4.6. Option Confers No Rights to Continued Employment. In no event shall the granting of the Option or its acceptance by Optionee, or any provision of this Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give Optionee any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.
4.7. Decisions of Board or Committee. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Option or its exercise. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.
4.8. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of Optionee, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.
4.9. Notices. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., Attn: Chief People Officer, 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27609, and if to Optionee, to the last known mailing address of Optionee contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.
4.10. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Option and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.
4.11. Agreement Subject to the Plan. This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.8 of the Plan) and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
4.12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety the Prior Award and all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.
4.13. Partial Invalidity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.
4.14. Amendment and Waiver. The Company may amend the provisions of this Agreement at any time; provided that an amendment that would adversely affect Optionee’s rights under this Agreement shall be subject to the written consent of Optionee. No course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.
4.15. Counterparts. The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
4.16. Protected Rights. Nothing in this Agreement or otherwise is intended to, or does, prohibit Optionee from (i) filing a charge or complaint with, providing truthful information to, or cooperating with an investigation being conducted by a governmental agency (such as the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, another other fair employment practices agency, the U.S. National Labor Relations Board, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)); (ii) engaging in other legally-protected activities; (iii) giving truthful testimony or making statements under oath in response to a subpoena or other valid legal process or in any legal proceeding; (iv) otherwise making truthful statements as required by law or valid legal process; or (v) disclosing a trade secret in confidence to a governmental official, directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, if the disclosure is made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. Accordingly, Optionee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In the event Optionee files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Optionee may disclose the trade secret(s) of the Company to Optionee’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Optionee (i) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (ii) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. In accordance with applicable law, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, nothing in the Plan, this Agreement or any of any policies or agreements of the Company or any affiliate applicable to Optionee (i) impedes Optionee’s right to communicate with the SEC or any other governmental agency about possible violations of federal securities or other laws or regulations or (ii) requires Optionee to provide any prior notice to the Company or its affiliates or obtain their prior approval before engaging in any such communications.
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
2025 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE PLAN
Stock Option Agreement
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual (“Optionee”) named in the award notice attached hereto (the “Award Notice”) as of the date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Option Date”), pursuant to the provisions of the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Equity and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), an option to purchase from the Company the number of shares of the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), set forth in the Award Notice at the price per share set forth in the Award Notice (the “Exercise Price”) (the “Option”), upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, in the Award Notice and in the Plan. In connection with the reorganization of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), this Option is granted to Optionee in exchange for the award of Incentive Units of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC (“Holdco”) previously granted to Optionee pursuant to the Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Prior Award”) and the Common Unit Certificate, by and between Optionee and Holdco and referenced in the Option Notice. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan.
1. Option Subject to Acceptance of Agreement. The Option shall be null and void unless Optionee shall accept this Agreement by executing the Award Notice in the space provided therefor and returning an original execution copy of the Award Notice to the Company (or electronically accepting this Agreement within Optionee’s stock plan account with the Company’s stock plan administrator according to the procedures then in effect).
2. Time and Manner of Exercise of Option.
2.1. Maximum Term of Option. In no event may the Option be exercised, in whole or in part, after the expiration date set forth in the Award Notice (the “Expiration Date”).
2.2. Vesting and Exercise of Option. The Option shall become vested and exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Notice (the “Vesting Schedule”); provided, however, if the IPO does not close on prior to the one-month anniversary of the Option Date, the Option shall be forfeited for no consideration. The period of time prior to the full vesting of the Option shall be referred to herein as the “Vesting Period.” The Option shall be vested and exercisable following a termination of Optionee’s employment according to the following terms and conditions:
(a) Termination due to Death or Disability. If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of Optionee’s death or a termination by the Company due to Disability, then the Option, only to the extent vested on the effective date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by Optionee or Optionee’s executor, administrator, legal representative, guardian or similar person until and including the earlier to occur of (i) the date which is one year after the date of termination of employment and (ii) the Expiration Date. The unvested portion of the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment.
(b) Termination other than for Cause, Death or Disability. If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the end of the Vesting Period by reason of a termination of Optionee’s employment (i) by the Company for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability or (ii) by Optionee for any reason, the Option, only to the extent vested on the effective date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by Optionee until and including the earlier to occur of (i) the date which is ninety (90) days after the date of such termination of employment and (ii) the Expiration Date. The unvested portion of the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment
(c) Termination for Cause. If Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of the Company’s termination of Optionee’s employment for Cause, then the Option, whether or not vested, shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment.
(d) Definitions.
(i) “Affiliate(s)” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.
(ii) “Affiliated Physician Practice” means any Person which is engaged in the practice of medicine with respect to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has entered into a management services agreement, business support services agreement or other similar agreement and any Subsidiary of such person.
(iii) Cause. For purposes of this Option, (i) “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment or similar agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Optionee in effect on the Option Date or (ii) if Optionee is not party to an employment or similar agreement in effect on the Option Date which defines “Cause,” then “Cause” shall mean: (A) Optionee’s misconduct or negligence involving the Company Group; (B) Optionee’s repeated failure to comply with the lawful directives of any supervisory personnel; (C) any criminal act or act of dishonesty or willful misconduct by Optionee or any act of fraud, dishonesty or misappropriation by Optionee involving the Company Group; (D) Optionee’s indictment, conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving dishonesty; (E) the material breach by Optionee of the terms of any confidentiality, trade secrets, non-competition, non-solicitation, employment or similar agreement Optionee has with any member of the Company Group; (F) acts of malfeasance or negligence by Optionee in a matter involving the Company Group; (G) the material failure by Optionee to perform the duties and responsibilities of Optionee’s position; (H) Optionee’s unsatisfactory performance; or (I) activities of Optionee that are damaging to the property, operations, business or reputation of the Company Group.
(iv) “Company Group” means (i) the Company; (ii) the Company’s Subsidiaries; (iii) Holdco; (iv) Affiliated Physician Practices and (e) other controlled Affiliates of Holdco or the Company.
(v) “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, governmental entity, unincorporated entity or other entity.
(vi) Disability. For purposes of this Option, “Disability” shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Company (or, in the event Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee) on the basis of such medical evidence as the Company (or, in the event Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee) deems warranted under the circumstances.
2.3. Method of Exercise. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised by Optionee (a) by delivering to the Company an exercise notice in the form prescribed by the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and by accompanying such notice with payment therefor in full (or by arranging for such payment to the Company’s satisfaction) either (i) in cash, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, by delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable pursuant to the Option by reason of such exercise, (iii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, by authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (v) by a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii), and (b) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. No share of Common Stock or certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered until the full purchase price therefor and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 4.1, have been paid.
2.4. Termination of Option. In no event may the Option be exercised after it terminates as set forth in this Section 2.4. The Option shall terminate, to the extent not earlier terminated pursuant to Section 2.2 or exercised pursuant to Section 2.3, on the Expiration Date. Upon the termination of the Option, the Option and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.
3. Transfer Restrictions and Investment Representations.
3.1. Non-Transferability of Option. The Option may not be transferred by Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, (i) during Optionee’s lifetime the Option is exercisable only by Optionee or Optionee’s legal representative, guardian or similar person and (ii) the Option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of the Option, the Option and all rights hereunder shall immediately become null and void.
3.2. Investment Representation. Optionee hereby represents and covenants that (a) any shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option will be purchased for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), unless such purchase has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares shall be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and such state securities laws; and (c) if requested by the Company, Optionee shall submit a written statement, in a form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is true and correct as of the date of any purchase of any shares hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such shares, as applicable. As a further condition precedent to any exercise of the Option, Optionee shall comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery of the shares and, in connection therewith, shall execute any documents which the Board or the Committee shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.
3.3. Holdback. Optionee agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the 180 days after the effectiveness of the IPO (or such longer or shorter period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”), except as part of such underwritten registration if otherwise permitted. In addition, Optionee agrees to execute any further letters, agreements and/or other documents requested by the Company or its underwriters which are consistent with the terms of this Section 3.3. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.
4. Additional Terms and Conditions.
4.1. Withholding Taxes. (a) As a condition precedent to the issuance of Common Stock following the exercise of the Option, Optionee shall, upon request by the Company, pay to the Company in addition to the purchase price of the shares, such amount as the Company determines is required, under all applicable federal, state, local or other laws or regulations, to be withheld and paid over as income or other withholding taxes (the “Required Tax Payments”) with respect to such exercise of the Option. If Optionee shall fail to advance the Required Tax Payments after request by the Company, the Company may, in its discretion, deduct any Required Tax Payments from any amount then or thereafter payable by the Company to Optionee.
(b) Optionee may elect to satisfy his or her obligation to advance the Required Tax Payments by any of the following means: (i) a cash payment to the Company; (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, delivery to the Company (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date on which such withholding
obligation arises (the “Tax Date”), equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iii) to the extent permitted by the Committee, authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to Optionee upon exercise of the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the Required Tax Payments; (iv) except as may be prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom Optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise or (v) any combination of (i), (ii) and (iii). Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of the amount determined by applying the minimum statutory withholding rate (or, if permitted by the Company, such other rate as shall not cause adverse accounting consequences under the accounting rules then in effect, and is permitted under applicable IRS withholding rules). No share of Common Stock or certificate representing a share of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered until the Required Tax Payments have been satisfied in full.
4.2. Adjustment. In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation or any successor or replacement accounting standard) that causes the per share value of shares of Common Stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary cash dividend, the number and class of securities subject to the Option and the Exercise Price shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee, such adjustment to be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.
4.3. Compliance with Applicable Law. The Option is subject to the condition that if the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to the Option upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the purchase or issuance of shares hereunder, the Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, and such shares may not be issued, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company agrees to use reasonable efforts to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action.
4.4. Issuance or Delivery of Shares. Upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, the Company shall issue or deliver, subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased against full payment therefor. Such issuance shall be evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. The Company shall pay all original issue or transfer taxes and all fees and expenses incident to such issuance, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1.
4.5. Option Confers No Rights as Stockholder. Optionee shall not be entitled to any privileges of ownership with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to the Option unless and until such shares are purchased and issued upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, and Optionee becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such issued shares. Optionee shall not be considered a stockholder of the Company with respect to any such shares not so purchased and issued.
4.6. Option Confers No Rights to Continued Employment. In no event shall the granting of the Option or its acceptance by Optionee, or any provision of this Agreement or the Plan, give or be deemed to give Optionee any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.
4.7. Decisions of Board or Committee. The Board or the Committee shall have the right to resolve all questions which may arise in connection with the Option or its exercise. Any interpretation, determination or other action made or taken by the Board or the Committee regarding the Plan or this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.
4.8. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company and any person or persons who shall, upon the death of Optionee, acquire any rights hereunder in accordance with this Agreement or the Plan.
4.9. Notices. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., Attn: Chief People Officer, 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27609, and if to Optionee, to the last known mailing address of Optionee contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.
4.10. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Option and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto and thereto, to the extent not governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.
4.11. Agreement Subject to the Plan. This Agreement is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 5.8 of the Plan) and shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan conflict, the Plan shall control. Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
4.12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety the Prior Award and all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.
4.13. Partial Invalidity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.
4.14. Amendment and Waiver. The Company may amend the provisions of this Agreement at any time; provided that an amendment that would adversely affect Optionee’s rights under this Agreement shall be subject to the written consent of Optionee. No course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.
4.15. Counterparts. The Award Notice may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
4.16. Protected Rights. Nothing in this Agreement or otherwise is intended to, or does, prohibit Optionee from (i) filing a charge or complaint with, providing truthful information to, or cooperating with an investigation being conducted by a governmental agency (such as the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, another other fair employment practices agency, the U.S. National Labor Relations Board, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)); (ii) engaging in other legally-protected activities; (iii) giving truthful testimony or making statements under oath in response to a subpoena or other valid legal process or in any legal proceeding; (iv) otherwise making truthful statements as required by law or valid legal process; or (v) disclosing a trade secret in confidence to a governmental official, directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, if the disclosure is made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. Accordingly, Optionee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In the event Optionee files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Optionee may disclose the trade secret(s) of the Company to Optionee’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Optionee (i) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (ii) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. In accordance with applicable law, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, nothing in the Plan, this Agreement or any of any policies or agreements of the Company or any affiliate applicable to Optionee (i) impedes Optionee’s right to communicate with the SEC or any other governmental agency about possible violations of federal securities or other laws or regulations or (ii) requires Optionee to provide any prior notice to the Company or its affiliates or obtain their prior approval before engaging in any such communications.
4.17. Award Subject to Clawback. The Award and any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to the Award are subject to forfeiture, recovery by the Company or other action pursuant to any clawback or recoupment policy which the Company may adopt from time to time, including without limitation any clawback policy adopted to comply with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the implementing rules thereunder, or as otherwise required by law or applicable listing standards.
Exhibit 10.5
LUMEXA IMAGING HOLDINGS, INC.
2025 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: [•]
APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [•]
TERMINATION DATE: [•]
1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (this “Plan”) is to provide eligible Employees of the Company and Participating Subsidiaries with a convenient means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through payroll deductions or other contributions in order to enhance such employees’ sense of participation in the affairs of the Company. This Plan shall apply to Offering Periods beginning on or after the effective date of the initial public offering of the Shares, as determined by the Committee (as defined below).
This Plan includes two components: (a) a component intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (the “423 Component”), the provisions of which shall be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code; and (b) a component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (the “Non-423 Component”), under which options shall be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Committee designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for eligible Employees, the Company and its Participating Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.
2. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the terms set forth below have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 2 and shall include the plural as well as the singular.
“1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Business Day” means a day on which Nasdaq is open for trading.
“Brokerage Account” means the account in which the Purchased Shares are held.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or the designee of the Compensation Committee.
“Company” means Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
“Compensation” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in advance of an Offering Period, base pay, commissions, overtime, and vacation, holiday and sick pay. Compensation does not include: (1) income related to share option awards, share grants and other equity incentive awards, (2) expense reimbursements, (3) relocation-related payments, (4) benefit plan payments (including but not limited to short-term disability pay, long-term disability pay, maternity pay, military pay, tuition reimbursement and adoption assistance), (5) accrued but unpaid compensation for a deceased Participant, (6) income from non-cash and fringe benefits, (7) severance payments, (8) annual, quarterly, monthly and other cash bonuses, and (9) other forms of compensation not specifically listed herein.
“Employee” means any individual who is a common law employee of the Company or any other Participating Subsidiary. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or the Participating Subsidiary, as appropriate, and only to the extent permitted under Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component. For purposes of the Plan, an individual who performs services for the Company or a Participating Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement (written or oral) that classifies such individual’s relationship with the Company or a Participating Subsidiary as other than a common law employee shall not be considered an “employee” with respect to any period preceding the date on which a court or administrative agency issues a final determination that such individual is an “employee.”
“Enrollment Date” means the first Business Day of each Offering Period.
“Exercise Date” means the last Business Day of each Offering Period (or, if determined by the Committee, the Purchase Period if different from the Offering Period).
“Fair Market Value” on or as of any date means the official closing price for a Share as reported on Nasdaq on the relevant valuation date or, if no official closing price is reported on such date, on the preceding day on which an official closing price is reported on Nasdaq; or, if the Shares are no longer listed on Nasdaq, the closing price for Shares as reported on the official website for such other exchange on which the Shares are listed.
“Nasdaq” means the Nasdaq Global Market.
“Offering Period” means every six-month period beginning each May 1st and November 1st or such other period designated by the Committee; provided that in no event shall an Offering Period exceed twenty-seven (27) months, with the commencement of the first Offering Period to be determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Committee may establish an Offering Period with multiple Purchase Periods within such Offering Period.
“Option” means an option granted under this Plan that entitles a Participant to purchase Shares.
“Participant” means an Employee who satisfies the requirements of Sections 3 and 5 of the Plan.
“Participating Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary other than those that the Committee or the Board has excluded from participation in the Plan.
“Plan” means this Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. 2025 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time.
“Purchase Account” means the account used to purchase Shares through the exercise of Options under the Plan.
“Purchase Period” means the period designated by Committee during which payroll deductions or other contributions of the Participants are accumulated under the Plan. A Purchase Period may coincide with an entire Offering Period or there may be multiple Purchase Periods within an Offering Period, as determined by the Committee prior to the commencement of the applicable Offering Period.
“Purchase Price” shall be the lesser of: (i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the applicable Enrollment Date for an Offering Period and (ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the applicable Exercise Date; provided, however, that the Committee may determine a different per share Purchase Price with respect to future Offering Periods provided that such per share Purchase Price is communicated to Participants prior to the beginning of such Offering Period and provided that in no event shall such per share Purchase Price be less than the lesser of (i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the applicable Enrollment Date or (ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Exercise Date.
“Purchased Shares” means the full Shares issued or delivered pursuant to the exercise of Options under the Plan.
“Shares” means the shares of common stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share.
“Subsidiary” means an entity, domestic or foreign, of which not less than 50% of the voting equity is held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such entity now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary; provided such entity is also a “subsidiary” within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code.
“Termination Date” means (i) the date on which a Participant terminates employment or on which the Participant ceases to provide services to the Company or a Subsidiary as an employee or as otherwise required under Section 423 with respect to the 423 Component or (ii) subject to Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component, the date on which the Participant’s employment is determined to have been terminated for purposes of the Plan by the Committee. The Termination Date specifically does not include any period following that date which the Participant may be eligible for or in receipt of other payments from the Company including in lieu of notice or termination or severance pay or as wrongful dismissal damages.
3. ELIGIBILITY.
(a) Only Employees of the Company or a Participating Subsidiary shall be eligible to be granted Options under the Plan and, in no event may a Participant be granted an Option under the Plan following his or her Termination Date.
(b) Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Employee shall be granted an Option under the 423 Component of the Plan if (i) immediately after the grant, such Employee (or any other person whose shares would be attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company and/or hold outstanding Options or options to purchase shares possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) such Option would permit his or her rights to purchase shares under all employee stock purchase plans (described in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the Fair Market Value of such shares (determined at the time each such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which such Option is outstanding at any time. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the commencement of an Offering Period, no Participant may purchase more than 5,000 Shares during any Offering Period.
4. EXERCISE OF AN OPTION. Options shall be exercised on behalf of Participants in the Plan every Exercise Date, using payroll deductions that have accumulated in the Participants’ Purchase Accounts during the immediately preceding Purchase Period or that have been retained from a prior Purchase Period pursuant to Section 8 hereof.
5. PARTICIPATION.
(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the commencement of an Offering Period and in accordance with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component, an Employee shall be eligible to participate on the first Enrollment Date that occurs after such Employee’s first date of employment with the Company or a Participating Subsidiary; provided, that such Employee properly completes and submits an election form by the deadline prescribed by the Company.
(b) An Employee who does not become a Participant on the first Enrollment Date on which he or she is eligible may thereafter become a Participant on any subsequent Enrollment Date by properly completing and submitting an election form by the deadline prescribed by the Company.
(c) Payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payroll date following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll date in the Purchase Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 12 hereof.
6. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.
(a) A Participant shall elect to have payroll deductions made during a Purchase Period equal to no less than 1% of the Participant’s Compensation (before withholding or other deductions) up to a maximum of 15 % (or such greater amount as the Committee establishes from time to time). The amount of such payroll deductions shall be in whole percentages, with such deductions being accumulated during the applicable Purchase Period. All payroll deductions made by a Participant shall be credited to his or her Purchase Account. A Participant may not make any additional payments into his or her Purchase Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee may allow Participants to make other contributions under the Plan via cash, check, or other means instead of payroll deductions if payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, and for any Offering Period under the 423 Component, the Committee determines that such other contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code.
(b) Except as otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the commencement of an Offering Period, a Participant may not increase the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the commencement of an Offering Period, a Participant may decrease the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period by properly completing and submitting an election change form in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Committee and/or any other forms required by the Committee and by following any other procedures as may be established by the Committee, in which case the new rate shall become effective as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant elects such change and shall continue for the remainder of the Offering Period unless changed as described below. Such change in the rate of payroll deductions may be made at any time during an Offering Period, but not more than one (1) change may be made effective during any Offering Period, except that a Participant may elect at any time during an Offering Period, regardless of whether the Participant previously decreased his or her contribution percentage, to reduce his or her contribution percentage to 0% and such change shall become effective as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant elects such change and shall continue for the remainder of the Offering Period unless changed as described below. A Participant may change his or her payroll deduction percentage under subsection (a) above for any subsequent Offering Period by properly completing and submitting an election change form in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Committee. The change in amount shall be effective as of the first Enrollment Date following the date of filing of the election change form. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the commencement of an Offering Period, a payroll deduction election will automatically apply to the next Offering Period, unless otherwise cancelled or changed by the Participant prior to the commencement of such Offering Period.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be decreased to 0% at any time during an Offering Period. Payroll deductions shall recommence at the rate provided in such Participant’s election form at the beginning of the first Offering Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 12 hereof.
7. GRANT OF OPTION. On the applicable Enrollment Date, each Participant in an Offering Period shall be granted an Option to purchase on the applicable Exercise Date a number of full Shares determined by dividing such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant’s Purchase Account as of the applicable Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price.
8. EXERCISE OF OPTION. A Participant’s Option for the purchase of Shares shall be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of Shares subject to the Option shall be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her Purchase Account. If the Fair Market Value of a Share on the first day of the current Offering Period in which a Participant is enrolled is higher than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the first day of any subsequent Offering Period, the Company may establish procedures to automatically enroll such Participant in the subsequent Offering Period and any funds accumulated in a Participant’s account prior to the first day of such subsequent Offering Period will be applied to the purchase of Shares on the Exercise Date immediately prior to the first day of such subsequent Offering Period. A Participant does not need to file any forms with the Company to be automatically enrolled in the subsequent Offering Period.
Except as otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the commencement of an Offering Period, no fractional Shares shall be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s Purchase Account which are not sufficient to purchase a full Share shall be retained in the Purchase Account for the next subsequent Purchase Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 12 hereof. All other payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s Purchase Account and not used to purchase Shares on an Exercise Date shall be distributed to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s Option is exercisable only by him or her. The Company shall satisfy the exercise of all Participants’ Options for the purchase of Shares through (a) the issuance of authorized but unissued Shares, (b) the transfer of treasury Shares, (c) the purchase of Shares on behalf of the applicable Participants on the open market through an independent broker and/or (d) a combination of the foregoing.
9. ISSUANCE OF SHARES. The Shares purchased by each Participant shall be issued in book entry form and shall be considered to be issued and outstanding to such Participant’s credit once the Participant has been registered as the holder of such Shares under applicable law. The Committee may permit or require that Shares be deposited directly in a Brokerage Account with one or more brokers designated by the Committee or to one or more designated agents of the Company, and the Committee may use electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Committee may require that Shares be retained with such brokers or agents for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such Shares, and may also impose a transaction fee with respect to a sale of Shares issued to a Participant’s credit and held by such a broker or agent. The Committee may permit Shares purchased under the Plan to participate in a dividend reinvestment plan or program maintained by the Company, and establish a default method for the payment of dividends.
10. APPROVAL BY STOCKHOLDERS. Notwithstanding the above, the Plan is expressly made subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under applicable U.S. federal and state law. If the Plan is not so approved by the stockholders within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, this Plan shall not come into effect.
11. ADMINISTRATION.
(a) Powers and Duties of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to the 423 Component, the Committee shall have the discretionary authority to determine the time and frequency of granting Options, the duration of Offering Periods and Purchase Periods, the terms and conditions of the Options and the number of Shares subject to each Option. The Committee shall also have the discretionary authority to do everything necessary and appropriate to administer the Plan, including, without limitation, interpreting the provisions of the Plan (but any such interpretation shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component). All actions, decisions and determinations of, and interpretations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final and binding upon all Participants and upon their executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs and legatees. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action, decision, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted hereunder. With respect to the 423 Component, an Offering Period shall be administered so as to ensure that all Participants have the same rights and privileges as provided by Section 423(b)(5) of the Code.
(b) Administrator. The Company, Board or the Committee may engage the services of a brokerage firm or financial institution to perform certain ministerial and procedural duties under the Plan including, but not limited to, mailing and receiving notices contemplated under the Plan, determining the number of Purchased Shares for each Participant, maintaining or causing to be maintained the Purchase Account and the Brokerage Account, disbursing funds maintained in the Purchase Account or proceeds from the sale of Shares through the Brokerage Account, and filing with the appropriate tax authorities proper tax returns and forms (including information returns) and providing to each Participant statements as required by law or regulation.
(c) Indemnification. Subject to applicable law, each person who is or shall have been (a) a member of the Board, (b) a member of the Committee, or (c) an officer or employee of the Company to whom authority was delegated in relation to this Plan, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding against him or her; provided, however, that he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf, unless such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of his or her own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by applicable law.
The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, any contract with the Company, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or of any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
12. WITHDRAWAL. A Participant may withdraw from the Plan by properly completing and submitting to the Company a withdrawal form in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Committee, which must be submitted prior to the date specified by the Committee before the last day of the applicable Offering Period. Upon withdrawal, any payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s Purchase Account prior to the effective date of the Participant’s withdrawal from the Plan will be returned to the Participant. No further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares will be made during subsequent Offering Periods, unless the Participant properly completes and submits an election form, by the deadline prescribed by the Company. A Participant’s withdrawal from an offering will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan or in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company.
13. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. On the Termination Date of a Participant for any reason prior to the applicable Exercise Date, whether voluntary or involuntary, and including termination of employment due to retirement, death or as a result of liquidation, dissolution, sale, merger or a similar event affecting the Company or a Participating Subsidiary, the corresponding payroll deductions credited to his or her Purchase Account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 16, and his or her Option will be automatically terminated.
14. INTEREST. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in the Plan.
15. SHARES.
(a) The shares subject to Options shall be shares of common stock of the Company as traded on Nasdaq or on such other exchange as the Shares may be listed.
(b) Subject to adjustment for stock splits, share subdivisions, stock dividends, share consolidations or other changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18 hereof, the maximum number of Shares which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be [•] Shares. In addition, subject to adjustments upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18 hereof, the maximum number of Shares which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day in January of each calendar year, commencing in 2026, and continuing until (and including) the calendar year ending December 31, 2035, with such annual increase equal to the lesser of (i) [•] Shares, (ii) 1% of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (iii) an amount determined by the Board. If, on a given Exercise Date, the number of Shares with respect to which Options are to be exercised exceeds the number of Shares then available under the Plan, the Committee shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable.
(c) A Participant shall have no interest or voting right in Shares covered by his or her Option until such Option has been exercised and the Participant has become a holder of record of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise.
16. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY. The Committee may permit Participants to designate beneficiaries to receive any Purchased Shares or payroll deductions, if any, in the Participant’s accounts under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death. Beneficiary designations shall be made in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee. If no properly designated beneficiary survives the Participant, the Purchased Shares and payroll deductions, if any, will be distributed to the Participant’s estate.
17. ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS. Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s Purchase Account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an Option or to receive Shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 16 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 12 hereof.
18. ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTIONS.
(a) Adjustment. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the maximum number of securities available for purchase under the Plan, as well as the price per security and the number of securities covered by each Option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised shall be appropriately adjusted in the event of any stock split, share subdivision, stock dividend, share consolidation, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be
made by the Board or the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. If any such adjustment would result in a fractional security being available under the Plan, such fractional security shall be disregarded. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Option. With respect to the 423 Component, the Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be adjusted in a manner that causes the Options to fail to qualify as options issued pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board, and the Board may either provide for the purchase of Shares as of the date on which such Offering Period terminates or return to each Participant the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s Purchase Account.
(c) Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, unless the Board determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion, that in lieu of such assumption or substitution, to either (i) terminate all outstanding Options and return to each Participant the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s Purchase Account or (ii) provide for the Offering Period in progress to end on a date prior to the consummation of such sale or merger.
19. AMENDMENTS OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.
(a) The Board or the Committee may at any time and for any reason amend, modify, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan without notice; provided that no Participant’s existing rights in respect of existing Options are adversely affected thereby. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule), the Company shall obtain stockholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required.
(b) Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been “adversely affected,” the Board or the Committee shall be entitled to change the Purchase Price, Offering Periods, Purchase Periods, eligibility requirements, limit or increase the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during a Purchase Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in an amount less than or greater than the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Shares for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Board or the Committee determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan; provided, however, that changes to (i) the Purchase Price, (ii) the Offering Period, (iii) the Purchase Period, (iv) the maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deducted pursuant to Section 6(a) or (v) the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased in a Purchase Period, shall not be effective until communicated to Participants in a reasonable manner, with the determination of such reasonable manner in the sole discretion of the Board or the Committee.
20. NO OTHER OBLIGATIONS. The receipt of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall impose no obligation upon the Participant to purchase any Shares covered by such Option. Nor shall the granting of an Option pursuant to the Plan constitute an agreement or an understanding, express or implied, on the part of the Company to employ the Participant for any specified period.
21. NOTICES AND COMMUNICATION. Any notice or other form of communication which the Company or a Participant may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be provided through such means as designated by the Committee, including but not limited to any paper or electronic method.
22. CONDITION UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.
(a) Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
(b) As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.
23. GENERAL COMPLIANCE. The Plan will be administered and Options will be exercised in compliance with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and all other applicable securities laws and Company policies, including without limitation, any insider trading policy of the Company.
24. TERM OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board and (ii) its approval by the stockholders of the Company (the earlier of such events, the “Effective Date”), and shall continue in effect until the earlier of (A) the termination of the Plan pursuant to Section 19 hereof and (B) the ten-year anniversary of the Effective Date, with no new Offering Periods commencing on or after such ten-year anniversary.
25. GOVERNING LAW. The Plan and all Options granted hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of Delaware without reference to choice of law principles and subject in all cases to the Code and the regulations thereunder.
26. NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS. To the extent permitted under Section 423 of the Code, without the amendment of the Plan, the Company may provide for the participation in the Plan by Employees who are subject to the laws of foreign countries or jurisdictions on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may in the judgment of the Company be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and, in furtherance of such purposes the Company may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or advisable to comply with provisions of laws of other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or the Participating Subsidiaries operate or have employees. Each subplan shall constitute a separate “offering” under this Plan in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.423-2(a) and, to the extent inconsistent with the requirements of Section 423, any such subplan shall be considered part of the Non-423 Component, and rights granted thereunder shall not be required by the terms of the Plan to comply with Section 423 of the Code.
27. SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. The 423 Component is exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. The Non-423 Component is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that an Option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any provision in the Plan would cause an Option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding Option granted under the Plan, or take such other action as the Committee determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding Option or future Option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such Options to comply with Section 409A of the Code, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Committee would not violate Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the Option under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto.
Exhibit 10.6
EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN AGREEMENT
THIS EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and among US Radiology Specialists, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Parent”), and Lee Cooper (the “Executive”), dated as of December 14, 2024 and effective as of January 1, 2025 (the “Effective Date”).
WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company were parties to an Employment Agreement effective as of April 1, 2024 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”) pursuant to which the Executive agreed to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company;
WHEREAS, the parties wish for the Executive to transition from Chief Executive Officer of the Company to executive chairman of the Board and, in connection therewith, to amend and restate the Prior Employment Agreement to set forth the terms of the Executive’s service as executive chairman of the Board.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Retention. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Parent agrees to retain and the Executive accepts such retention to serve as executive chairman of the Board upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
2. Term. The term of service under this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and continue in effect until the date the Executive ceases to serve as a member of the Board, whether due to the Executive’s resignation, removal, death or otherwise (such period, the “Term”)
3. Capacity and Performance.
(a) During the Term, the Executive’s duties and obligations as executive chairman of the Board shall include the customary duties, responsibilities, rights, and authority commensurate with this type of position (the “Chairman Services”). The Chairman Services shall include, without limitation: (i) attendance (telephonically, electronically or in person, as agreed) at regular and special meetings of the Board and any other committees to which Chairman is appointed; (ii) assisting the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in the establishment of the agenda for meetings of the Board; (iii) leading Board meetings and overseeing all Board actions and initiatives; (iv) acting as a liaison with Board members seeking input and feedback and assisting in resolving any questions or concerns; and (v) performing any other duties for Parent or any of its affiliates as may be designated from time to time by the Board and consistent with the Executive’s position. The Executive agrees to perform the Chairman Services in accordance such policies and procedures as may be applicable to members of the Board generally from time to time. The Executive agrees that, during the Term, the Executive shall devote the equivalent of one (1) day per week of the Executive’s business time and attention to the Company Group to perform the Chairman Services.
(b) The Executive agrees that, during the Term, the Executive will not undertake any outside activity, whether or not competitive with the business of the Company Group, that could reasonably give rise to a conflict of interest or otherwise materially interfere with, or materially impair the Executive’s ability to perform, the Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company Group.
2. Compensation; Other Matters. As compensation for all services performed by the Executive:
(a) Compensation. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive base compensation at the rate of $150,000 per fiscal year, prorated for any partial fiscal year, payable in accordance with the payroll practices of the Company and subject to increase from time to time by the Company, in its sole discretion. Such base compensation, as from time to time it may be increased, is hereafter referred to as the “Base Compensation”.
(b) Bonus. During the Term, the Company may, in its sole discretion, pay to the Executive an annual bonus (such bonus, the “Annual Bonus”). The target Annual Bonus shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Compensation and shall be based on achievement of the Executive and the Company relative to the operating, financial and compliance targets established for each fiscal year by the Board (the “Bonus Criteria”). Performance in excess of the Bonus Criteria may increase the bonus amount as determined by the Board. The Executive must be serving as a member of the Board on the date such Annual Bonus is paid. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid following delivery of Parent’s audited financial statements during the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which any such Annual Bonus is earned.
(c) Incentive Units. Reference is made to the Common Unit Certificate dated as of November 27, 2023 (the “First Common Unit Certificate”) between Parent and the Executive and the Common Unit Certificate dated as of April 1, 2024 (the “Second Common Unit Certificate”) between Parent and the Executive. On the Effective Date, the Executive agrees that (a) 3,200,000 of the Units (as defined in the First Common Unit Certificate) issued to the Executive pursuant to the First Common Unit Certificate that have not Vested (as defined in the First Common Unit Certificate) as of the Effective Date shall expire and terminate for no consideration and (b) all of the Units (as defined in the Second Common Unit Certificate) issued to the Executive pursuant to the Second Common Unit Certificate shall expire and terminate for no consideration. As a result of the foregoing, the only Incentive Units that the Executive will hold as of the Effective Date will be 3,800,000 Units (as defined in the First Common Unit Certificate) issued to the Executive pursuant to the First Common Unit Certificate, which shall consist of 1,400,000 Vested Units and 2,400,000 Units that have not Vested yet. In addition, each of the Executive and Parent agree that the first sentence of Section 1(a) of the First Common Unit Certificate is hereby amended and restated as follows: “1,400,000 of the Units shall become Vested on November 27, 2024 and 600,000 Units shall become Vested on November 27, 2025 and each anniversary of such date thereafter if the Participant is serving as a member of the Board as of the applicable vesting date, such that all Units shall become Vested as of November 27, 2028.”
- 2 -
(d) Liquidity Bonuses.
(i) If (x) a 40+% Sale closes on or before June 30, 2025 and (y) the Executive remains the chairman of the Board through the closing date of such Sale, the Company will pay the Executive a bonus (the “Full Near Term Transaction Bonus”) equal to $5,000,000. If earned, the Full Near Term Transaction Bonus will be paid to the Executive less any required taxes or withholdings in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days after the closing date of such Sale.
(ii) If (x) a Sale (other than a 40+% Sale) closes on or before June 30, 2025 and (y) the Executive remains the chairman of the Board through the closing date of such Sale, the Company will pay the Executive a bonus (the “Partial Near Term Transaction Bonus”) equal to $2,500,000 If earned, the Partial Near Term Transaction Bonus will be paid to the Executive less any required taxes or withholdings in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days after the closing date of such Sale.
(iii) If (x) a Sale (other than a 40+% Sale) closes on or before June 30, 2025, (y) another Sale closes on or before June 30, 2027 (a “Subsequent Sale”) and (z) the Executive remains the chairman of the Board through the closing date of such Sale, the Company will pay the Executive a bonus (the “Subsequent Transaction Bonus”) equal to $2,500,000. If earned, the Subsequent Transaction Bonus will be paid to the Executive less any required taxes or withholdings in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days after the closing of the Subsequent Sale
(iv) If (x) a Sale closes after June 30, 2025 but before June 30, 2027, (y) the Executive didn’t otherwise receive the Full Near Term Transaction Bonus or the Partial Near Term Transaction Bonus as a result of a prior Sale and (z) the Executive remains the chairman of the Board through the closing date of such Sale, the Company shall pay the Executive a bonus (the “Long Term Transaction Bonus”) equal to $2,500,000. If earned, the Bonus will be paid to the Executive less any required taxes or withholdings in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days after the closing of the Sale.
(v) If (x) an initial public offering of common stock of Parent or any successor to Parent or any subsidiary thereof pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on a Form S-4 or other similar form) under the Securities Act of 1933 occurs (an “IPO”) and (y) the Executive remains the chairman of the Board through the consummation of the IPO, the Company shall pay the Executive a bonus (the “IPO Bonus”) equal to $5,000,000 less, to the extent paid to the Executive prior to the consummation of the IPO, the sum of the Full Near Term Transaction Bonus, the Partial Near Term Transaction Bonus, the Subsequent Transaction Bonus and Long Term Transaction Bonus paid to the Executive. If earned, the IPO Bonus will be paid to the Executive less any required taxes or withholdings in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days after the consummation of the IPO.
- 3 -
(e) Business Expenses. The Company will pay or reimburse the Executive only for those business expenses incurred or paid by the Executive for travel and entertainment consistent with the Company’s directives, as communicated from time to time, and the expense policies in force at the time and in accordance with past practices. Expense reimbursement shall be subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and its implementing regulations.
3. Termination of Service. Either the Company or the Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time upon notice to the other party (such date of termination, the “Termination Date”). Upon termination of this Agreement, the Executive shall immediately resign as a member of the Board. Without limiting the foregoing, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive may be removed as a member of the Board, from the role of chairman thereof or from the Executive’s position as a member of any committee of the Board at any time for any reason or no reason and that nothing in this Agreement creates any obligation on the part of Parent or any equity holder of Parent or any other person to nominate or designate the Executive for membership on the Board or to vote in favor of any appointment of the Executive as a member of the Board or as chairman thereof.
4. Restricted Activities. The Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that (1) the following restrictions on the Executive’s activities during and after the Executive’s service are necessary to protect the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company Group, and (2) in the absence of the Executive’s agreement herein to comply with the following restrictions, neither the Company nor Parent would have been willing to enter into this Agreement:
(a) For a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending 12 months following the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”), except with respect to activities performed in furtherance of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, either individually or as a partner, owner, investor, joint venturer, employee, agent, representative, officer, director, or member of any Person: (i) provide Radiology Services anywhere in the United States; (ii) directly or indirectly (A) solicit for employment, or employ or engage any individual who is or was employed by any member of the Company Group during the period of Executive’s service under this Agreement or, with respect to the portion of the Restricted Period following the Termination Date, during the 12-month period prior to the Termination Date or (B) seek to persuade any such person to discontinue employment with the Company Group; or (iii) directly or indirectly (A) solicit or encourage any Restricted Business Partner, to terminate or diminish its relationship with any member of the Company Group or (B) seek to persuade any Restricted Business Partner to conduct business with anyone else who provides Radiology Services; provided, however, that these restrictions on this clause (iii) shall apply (y) only with respect to those Persons who are or have been a Restricted Business Partner at any time within the immediately preceding 12-month period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company Group by any of their officers, employees or agents within such 12-month period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (z) only if the Executive has performed work for or with such Person during the Executive’s employment with the Company Group prior to the Effective Date or during the
- 4 -
Executive’s service on the Board or been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such Person as a result of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group prior to the Effective Date or service on the Board, or have had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the Executive’s solicitation of such Person.
(b) If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability will have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid or enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement will be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment may be appealed.
(c) The restrictions set forth in Section 4(a) shall not be deemed to prohibit the ownership by the Executive of not more than one percent (1%) of the shares of corporations which are publicly traded on a national stock exchange or the over-the-counter markets.
(d) The Executive has carefully considered the nature and extent of the restrictions upon the Executive, and the rights and remedies conferred upon the Company Group, under this Agreement, and hereby acknowledges and agrees that the same are reasonable in time and territory, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise would be unfair to the Company Group, are fully required to protect the legitimate interests of the Company Group, and do not confer a benefit upon the Company Group disproportionate to the detriment to the Executive.
5. Confidentiality.
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the success of the Company Group depends upon the continued preservation of the confidentiality of certain information possessed by the Executive, that the preservation of the confidentiality of such information by the Executive is an essential premise of the bargain between the parties hereto, and that the Company Group would be unwilling to enter into this Agreement in the absence of this Section 5. Accordingly, the Executive hereby agrees with the Company Group that the Executive and the Executive’s Representatives will not, and the Executive will cause the Executive’s Affiliates not to, at any time on or after the Effective Date, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or use, any Confidential Information (other than in connection with the fulfillment of Executive’s duties hereunder); provided, that the provisions of this Section 5 will not prohibit any retention of copies of records or disclosure required by any applicable law so long as reasonable prior notice is given of such disclosure and a reasonable opportunity is afforded to contest the same. The Executive agrees that the Executive will be responsible for any breach or violation of the provisions of this Section 5 by any of the Executive’s Representatives. The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions in this paragraph (a) shall continue to apply after the
- 5 -
Executive’s service terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. Nothing in this Agreement limits, restricts or in any other way affects the Executive communicating with any governmental agency or entity, or communicating with any official or staff person of a governmental agency or entity, concerning matters relevant to the governmental agency or entity, or requires prior notice of the same. The Executive understands that the Executive cannot be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosing a trade secret (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (b) in a complaint or other document filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. Notwithstanding this immunity from liability, the Executive understands that the Executive may be held liable if the Executive unlawfully accesses trade secrets by unauthorized means.
(b) All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description in the possession, custody or control of the Company Group relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company Group and any drafts or copies, in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by the Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company Group. The Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time the Executive’s service terminates, or at such earlier time or times as the Company or its designee may specify, all Documents then in the Executive’s possession or control. For the avoidance of doubt, in order to effectuate the immediately preceding sentence, the Executive agrees that, upon termination of the Executive’s service, the Executive shall immediately cease use of, and shall return to the Company, any PC’s, laptop computers, personal digital assistants, iPads, cellular telephones, Blackberries, thumb drives and any other device capable of storing information, supplied to the Executive or paid for by any member of the Company Group, the Executive shall provide passwords to any password-protected device, and the Executive shall provide access to the Company’s designees to any such devices otherwise then in the Executive’s possession, custody or control (and any passwords thereto) in order to ensure compliance with such sentence.
6. Assignment of Rights to Intellectual Property. The Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) the Executive’s full right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property. At the Company’s sole cost and expense, the Executive agrees to execute any and all applications for domestic and foreign patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights, and to do such other acts (including without limitation the execution and delivery of instruments of further assurance or confirmation) requested by the Company to assign the Intellectual Property to the Company and to permit the Company to enforce any patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights to the Intellectual Property. All copyrightable works that the Executive creates shall be considered “work made for hire” for the sole benefit of the Company.
- 6 -
7. Enforcement of Covenants. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restrictions imposed upon the Executive pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and/or 6 hereof and has had ample opportunity to review and discuss this Agreement, including those sections, with an attorney of the Executive’s choice. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions imposed upon the Executive pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and/or 6 hereof are a continuation of such restrictions under the Prior Employment Agreement and in the absence of the Executive’s agreement herein to continue to comply with such, neither the Company nor Parent would have been willing to enter into this Agreement. The Executive agrees that said restrictions are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the Company Group, and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, scope, length of time and geographic area. The Executive further acknowledges that, were the Executive to breach any of Sections 4, 5 and/or 6 hereof, the damage to the Company Group would be irreparable. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company Group, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any breach by the Executive of any of said Sections, without having to post a bond. The parties further agree that, in the event that any provision of Sections 4, 5 and/or 6 hereof shall be determined by any court to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area and/or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. So that the Company Group may enjoy the full benefit of the covenants contained in Section 4 above, the Executive further agrees that the Restricted Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during the period of any breach by the Executive of such covenants. Executive further agrees that each member of the Company Group shall have the right to enforce all of the Executive’s obligations to the Company and Parent under this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to Section 4 above. Finally, no claimed breach of this Agreement or other violation of law attributed to the Company Group, or change in the nature or scope of the Executive’s service or other relationship with any such Person, shall operate to excuse the Executive from the performance of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement.
8. Conflicting Agreements. The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Executive is a party or is bound, and that the Executive is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or any court order or other legal obligation that would affect the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder. The Executive will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company Group any proprietary information of a third party without such party’s consent.
9. Definitions. Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or are within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section 9 and as provided elsewhere herein. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Board” means the Board of Managers of Parent.
(b) “Company Group” means (a) the Company; (b) the Company’s Subsidiaries; (c) Parent; (d) the Subsidiaries of Parent, (d) Affiliated Physician Practices and (e) other controlled Affiliates of Parent.
(c) “Affiliated Physician Practice” means any Person with respect to which any member of the Company Group has entered into a management services agreement, business support services agreement or other similar agreement and any Subsidiary of such person.
- 7 -
(d) “Affiliate(s)” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of the foregoing, (i) a Person shall be deemed to control a specified Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such specified Person, and/or (ii) if such other Person is at such time a direct or indirect beneficial holder of at least 10% of any class of the equity interests of such specified Person. Affiliates shall include all Affiliated Physician Practices.
(e) “Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company Group that is not generally known by others, and any and all information which, if disclosed by any member of the Company Group, would assist in competition against them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to the actual or planned, as applicable (i) development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company Group, (ii) Products, (iii) employees, independent contractors, costs, sources of supply, financial performance, budgets, projections, capital structure and strategic plans of the Company Group, (iv) identity and special needs of the customers of the Company Group and (v) people and organizations with whom any member of the Company Group has business relationships and the substance of those relationships; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include any information (1) that has become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of the Executive’s acts or omissions in violation of this Agreement or the acts or omissions of any person with an obligation not to disclose Confidential Information or (2) that was within the Executive’s possession prior to its being obtained by the Executive in the course of the Executive’s service (as an employee or otherwise) with the Company Group. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company Group has received, or may receive hereafter, from others which was received by the Company Group with any understanding or agreement, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed.
(f) “Radiology Services” means the provision of any professional radiology related consulting, management, business and/or administrative services, including without limitation, (i) providing business, management and/or administrative services to radiology practices, imaging centers and mammography centers including without limitation, owning, controlling, developing, managing and/or operating radiology medical practices, (ii) providing investment or financial services to radiology practices, imaging centers or mammography centers including without limitation, investing in or providing funding to such practices, (iii) rendering non-medical services for radiology practices, (iv) providing consulting and/or advisory services regarding business practices to radiology practices, imaging centers or mammography centers including without limitation, quality and/or risk management initiatives, financial practices, employment practices, marketing practices, payor practices, billing and collection practices and any other business, management or administrative practices, and/or (v) providing
- 8 -
administrative oversight or management of contracts for the radiology and imaging services with hospitals, imaging centers, mammography centers, ambulatory surgery centers or any other healthcare facilities. Where “mammography centers” is used in this Agreement, that term shall also be interpreted to mean mobile mammography vans and similar/related services.
(g) “Governmental Entity” means any United States or foreign national, state, county, local, municipal or other government agency, board, commission or other authority or instrumentality, or any court or other tribunal.
(h) “Intellectual Property” means inventions, discoveries, developments, methods, processes, compositions, works, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable or constituting trade secrets) conceived, made, created, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (whether alone or with others and whether or not during normal business hours or on or off the premises of the Company Group) during the Executive’s service to the Company Group (including prior to the Effective Date) that relate to either the Products or any actual or prospective activity of the Company Group or that make use of Confidential Information or any of the equipment or facilities of the Company Group.
(i) “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, Governmental Entity, unincorporated entity or other entity.
(j) “Products” mean all products planned, researched, developed, tested, manufactured, sold, licensed, leased or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company Group together with all Radiology Services provided or planned by the Company Group, during the Executive’s service to the Company Group (including prior to the Effective Date).
(k) “Representative” means any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, or other representative, including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.
(l) “Restricted Business Partner” means (i) a customer, vendor, supplier, hospital or other Person engaged in business with the Company Group; or (ii) a prospective customer, vendor, supplier, hospital or other Person with which the Company Group is intending to conduct business.
(m) “Sale” means any transaction or series or combination of related transactions, other than in the ordinary course of business, whereby, directly or indirectly, at least 40% of the equity interests in Parent or at least 40% of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (including the sale of the equity of any such Subsidiaries) is transferred for consideration, including, without limitation, by means of a sale or exchange of capital stock or assets, a merger or consolidation, business combination, a tender or exchange offer, a leveraged buy-out, a minority investment, a spin-off or a split-off, the formation of a joint venture or partnership, or any similar
- 9 -
transaction; provided that a Sale shall not include a public offering of common stock of Parent or any successor to Parent or any subsidiary thereof pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on a Form S-4 or other similar form) under the Securities Act of 1933 or the consummation of a business combination by Parent or any successor to Parent or any subsidiary thereof with a “special purpose acquisition company” pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933.
(n) “40+% Sale” means a Sale involving at least 40% of the equity interests in Parent or at least 40% of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (including the sale of the equity of any such Subsidiaries).
(o) “Subsidiary” shall mean any Person of which Parent (or other specified Person) shall, directly or indirectly, own beneficially or control the voting of at least a majority of the outstanding capital interests (or other units of beneficial interest) entitled to vote generally or at least a majority of the partnership, membership, joint venture or similar interests, or in which Parent (or other specified Person) or a Subsidiary thereof shall be a general partner or joint venturer without limited liability.
10. Survival. Provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of service if so provided in this Agreement or if necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of other surviving provisions, including without limitation certain of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 4, 5, and 6 of this Agreement. Upon termination by either the Executive or the Company, all rights, duties and obligations of the Executive, on the one hand, and the Company and Parent, on the other hand, to each other shall cease, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.
11. Successors. None of the Executive, the Company or Parent may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company, in the case of the Executive, or the Executive, in the case of the Parent or the Company; provided, however, each of the Company and Parent may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the Executive’s consent to any member of the Company Group or to any Person with whom the Company or Parent shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate or merger, or to whom the Company or Parent shall hereafter transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive, Parent and the Company, and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.
12. Severability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. No breach or claimed breach of any provision of this Agreement shall excuse or extinguish the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement.
- 10 -
13. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.
14. Notices. Any notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the following addresses (or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other actually received).
If to the Company or Parent: c/o US Radiology Specialists, Inc.
4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000
Raleigh, NC 27609
Attention: General Counsel
Copy:
US Radiology Specialists, Inc.
700 East Morehead, Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28202
Attention: General Counsel
If to the Executive: Lee Cooper
**
15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other plans and documents specifically referred to herein constitute the entire agreement among the parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and such other plans and documents, and supersede all prior communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to such subject matter, including the Prior Employment Agreement, and the parties have made no agreements, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which are not set forth herein. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive’s employment with the Company has terminated as of the Effective Date, that the Executive has received all payments and benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive by virtue of the Executive’s employment with or termination from the Company (other than any accrued and unpaid salary for periods prior to such termination), and that the Executive is not entitled to any severance or other post-termination payments or benefits from the Company as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment from the Company. In determining whether to enter into this Agreement, neither party is relying upon any representation or statement made by or on behalf of the other party, except as expressly set forth herein or therein.
16. No Employment Status. Each of the parties hereto agree that the Executive’s status under this Agreement shall be that of an independent contractor and that the Executive is not an agent or employee of the Company Group. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be deemed to create any employment, partnership, agency or joint venture relationship between the Executive and the Company Group and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any benefits otherwise provided or payable to any employee of the Company Group.
- 11 -
17. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive, Parent and the Company.
18. Headings. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.
19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including via facsimile or email attachment), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties.
20. Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim with respect to, in connection with or arising out of the negotiation, terms, effect, performance or breach or threatened breach of this Agreement or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant hereto, or any other claim or dispute howsoever arising in connection with the relationship of the parties, whether at law or in equity, whether based in contract, tort, statute or otherwise, shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of North Carolina without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
21. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for such party and such party’s property in any action or proceeding asserting any claim within the scope of Section 21 hereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of North Carolina, and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) agrees that any such action or proceeding shall be brought solely in such courts, and waives any objection that such party may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum, and agrees not to plead or claim the same to the extent permitted by applicable law or seek transfer to any court other than to such courts;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by any form of notice authorized under Section 14 hereof (other than by confirmed facsimile), delivered to the party, as the case may be, at such party’s address set forth above or at such other address of which the other party shall have been notified in writing pursuant hereto;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law; and
(e) waives trial by jury, and consents to bench trial, in any such action or proceeding; this waiver is informed and freely made.
- 12 -
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]
- 13 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
| US RADIOLOGY SPECIALISTS, INC. | ||||
| By: | /s/ Julie Szeker | |||
| Name: | Julie Szeker | |||
| Title: | Vice President and Secretary | |||
| US RADIOLOGY SPECIALISTS HOLDINGS, LLC | ||||
| By: | /s/ Julie Szeker | |||
| Name: | Julie Szeker | |||
| Title: | Secretary | |||
| /s/ Lee Cooper | ||||
| Lee Cooper | ||||
Exhibit 10.7
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between US Radiology Specialists, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Caitlin Zulla (the “Executive”), dated as of December 14, 2024 and effective as of January 1, 2025 (the “Effective Date”).
WHEREAS, the Company is a management services organization, formed to provide management services to various physician groups and imaging center businesses;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby offers and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company.
2. Term. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall commence on the Effective Date and continue unless terminated as hereinafter set forth (the “Term”).
3. Capacity and Performance.
(a) Beginning on the Effective Date, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Board, with such duties and responsibilities as are customary for such position.
(b) During the Term, the Executive shall be employed by the Company on a full-time basis and shall perform such duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company Group, as may be designated from time to time by the Board commensurate with the Executive’s title. During the Term, the Executive shall also serve as a member of the Board. During the Term, all employees of the Company shall report directly or indirectly to the Executive.
(c) During the Term, the Executive shall devote the Executive’s full business time to the advancement of the business and interests of the Company Group as set forth in, and pursuant to, this Agreement, and to the discharge of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall not engage in any other business activity or serve in any industry, trade, professional, governmental or academic position during the Term, except as may be expressly approved in advance by the Company in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, without prior approval from the Company, (i) serve on corporate (or any other entity type), civic or charitable boards, or committees which are not, and which during the Executive’s service on such boards or committees do not become, engaged in businesses that are competitive with the business of the Company Group, as then constituted, (ii) engage in charitable an educational activities, and (iii) invest the Executive’s personal of family assets; provided the Executive shall use the Executive’s reasonable efforts to pursue such activities in such a manner so that such activities shall not materially impair, or interfere with, the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s obligations to the Company Group hereunder.
(d) The Executive shall perform Executive’s duties and obligations hereunder remotely from her primary place of residence in Massachusetts, provided that as business needs dictate or as otherwise is reasonably required for the Executive to fulfill the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder Executive shall be required to travel to Company Group’s office or other business locations from time, which travel currently is expected to comprise (taking into account vacations or any leave of absence periods) fifteen business days per month, as business needs permit.
4. Compensation and Benefits. As compensation for all services performed by the Executive:
(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at the rate of $750,000 per fiscal year, prorated for any partial fiscal year, payable in accordance with the payroll practices of the Company and subject to increase from time to time by the Company, in its sole discretion. Such base salary, as from time to time it may be increased, is hereafter referred to as the “Base Salary”.
(b) Bonus. Beginning in 2025, the Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus (such bonus, the “Annual Bonus”). The target Annual Bonus shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary (“Target Bonus”) and shall be based on achievement of the Executive and the Company relative to the operating, financial and compliance targets established for each fiscal year by the Board in consultation with Executive (the “Bonus Criteria”). Performance in excess of the Bonus Criteria may increase the bonus amount above Target Bonus as determined by the Board. The Executive must be employed by the Company on the last day of applicable fiscal year for which the Annual Bonus is payable to be entitled to receive Annual Bonus for such fiscal year. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid following delivery of Parent’s audited financial statements during the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which any such Annual Bonus is earned.
(c) Signing Bonus. The Company will pay the Executive a signing bonus (the “Signing Bonus”) in an amount equal to $3,500,000 within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date. In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date (“Signing Bonus End Date”) (i) by the Executive other than for Good Reason (for purposes of clarity, excluding death or Disability), the Executive shall reimburse the Company for the portion of the amount of the Signing Bonus equal to the product of (A) the amount of the Signing Bonus and (B) one minus a fraction where the numerator is the number of days which Executive was employed by the Company from the Effective Date until the Termination Date and the denominator is the total number of days between the Effective Date and the Signing Bonus End Date or (ii) by the Company for Cause, the Executive shall reimburse the Company for the full amount of the Signing Bonus. Any such reimbursement shall be made by the Executive within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.
- 2 -
(d) Co-investment. Upon payment of the Signing Bonus, the Executive shall invest $300,000 into the common units of Parent at the then current Board-approved fair market value on the terms set forth in the Unit Subscription Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. In addition, on the Effective Date, Executive shall receive a grant of fifteen million (15,000,000) incentive units of Parent pursuant to the terms of the Common Unit Certificate (“CUC”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
(e) Vacations. During the Term, vacations shall be governed by the policies of the Company applicable to executives, as in effect from time to time, which entitles the Executive to twenty-five (25) days paid time off plus Company holidays.
(f) Other Benefits. During the Term, subject to any contribution therefor generally required of executives of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any and all employee benefit plans from time to time in effect for executives of the Company generally, except to the extent such plans are in a category of benefit specifically otherwise provided to the Executive under this Agreement (e.g., severance pay). Such participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents and generally applicable Company policies, as in effect from time to time. The Company may alter, modify, suspend, add to or terminate employee benefit plans at any time as it, in its sole judgment, determines to be appropriate. The Company shall also provide the Executive with coverage as a named insured under a directors and officers liability insurance policy maintained for the Company’s directors and officers.
(g) Legal Fees. Company agrees to pay or reimburse Executive for the reasonable attorney fees incurred by Executive in connection with the review of this Agreement and any related documents, in an aggregate amount of up to $25,000. Such payment will be made promptly following the Effective Date, upon receipt by the Company of an appropriate invoice from the attorney for the fees with respect to such review.
(h) Business Expenses. The Company will pay or reimburse the Executive only for those business expenses incurred or paid by the Executive for travel and entertainment (including without limitation, any travel and lodging from Boston to Raleigh, North Carolina and any other Company Group office or other business location) consistent (except as provided in this Section 4(h)) with the Company’s directives, as communicated from time to time (provided that Executive may use business level of travel and accommodations), and the expense policies in force for other employees of the Company at the time and in accordance with past practices. Expense reimbursement shall be subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and its implementing regulations.
5. Termination of Employment. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate under the following circumstances (the date of any such termination, hereinafter referred to as the “Termination Date”):
(a) Death. In the event of the Executive’s death during the Term, the Executive’s employment shall immediately and automatically terminate.
- 3 -
(b) Disability. Subject to the requirements of any applicable federal or state law, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment, upon notice to the Executive, in the event that the Executive becomes disabled during the Executive’s employment hereunder through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature and, as a result, is unable to satisfactorily perform the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder on a full-time basis, with or without reasonable accommodation, for an aggregate of 180 days during any period of three hundred and sixty-five (365) consecutive calendar days (“Disability”). If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive has sustained a Disability, the Executive, at the request of the Company, shall submit to a medical examination by a qualified independent physician selected by the Company (and to whom the Executive has no reasonable objection) to determine whether the Executive has sustained a Disability, and such determination shall be final and conclusive of the issue for all purposes of this Agreement. If the Executive has a reasonable objection to the qualified independent physician selected by the Company, and the Company and the Executive cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, then each shall appoint a physician and those two physicians shall select a third physician who shall make such determination in writing, which determination shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.
(c) By the Company for Cause. Subject to the requirements of any applicable Federal or state law, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment for Cause at any time in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5(c); provided that in the event of a termination for Cause pursuant to clauses (iii) – (vii) below, written notice to the Executive setting forth the nature of such Cause shall be delivered to the Executive, and further provided the claimed Cause remains uncured for a period of 30 days following Executive’s receipt of such notice. The following shall constitute Cause for termination: (i) the Executive’s conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude (excluding vehicular offences); (ii) the Executive’s commission of fraud, embezzlement, sexual misconduct or misappropriation of property committed with respect to the Company Group or any of their respective employees, vendors, suppliers or customers; (iii) commission of material dishonesty, the gross negligence, or willful and material misconduct, in each case, resulting in material harm to any member of the Company Group; (iv) material breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this Agreement; (v) the Executive’s failure to follow any lawful and reasonable directives (for avoidance of doubt, failure to achieve Company performance objectives will not, by itself, constitute such failure) of the Board; or (vi) the Executive’s failure to materially comply with material written policies of the Company Group generally applicable to employees of such entities, as the case may be. For purposes of the “Cause” definition, in no event shall Executive’s act, or failure to act be considered willful or material misconduct if such act, or failure to act, is based upon explicit direction given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or was performed (or omitted to be performed, as applicable) based upon the advice of counsel for the Company.
(d) By the Company Other than for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause (and other than due to Disability) at any time.
- 4 -
(e) By the Executive for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason at any time upon written notice to the Company setting forth the nature of such Good Reason, provided such notice is delivered not more than 90 days following Executive first becoming aware of the initial occurrence of the facts claimed to constitute Good Reason, the claimed Good Reason remains uncured for a period of 30 days following the Company’s receipt of such notice, and the Executive’s employment terminates at the end of such cure period. The following actions by the Company without the Executive’s consent shall constitute Good Reason for termination: (i) the Executive no longer reports to the Board of Directors or otherwise there is material changes to Executive’s reporting lines, title, duties, authorities or responsibilities, or (ii) a material reduction of the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus opportunity; (iii) material breach by the Company of this Agreement, or (iv) the Company requires that the Executive relocate to a geographical location which is more than 30 miles away from Boston, Massachusetts.
(f) By the Executive Other Than for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate his employment at any time upon the provision of 60 days’ advance written notice to the Company. In the event of termination of the Executive pursuant to this Section 5(f), the Company may elect to waive (without economic obligation to the Company Group) the period of notice or any portion thereof.
6. Compensation Upon Termination.
(a) Death or Disability. In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment by reason of death as contemplated by Section 5(a) or by reason of Disability as contemplated by Section 5(b), the Company shall (i) pay to the Executive or the Executive’s estate, as applicable, a lump sum equal to the sum of any accrued but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) pay earned, but unpaid Annual Bonus for the year preceding the year in which termination of employment occurred, (iii) pay unreimbursed business expenses, and (iv) provide to the Executive or the Executive’s estate all of the rights with respect to equity interests in Parent or any other member of the Company Group and employee compensation and benefits pursuant to the terms of the Company Group’s benefit and compensation plans, policies and programs applicable to terminated employees (collectively items described in clauses (i) through (iv), the “Accrued Rights”).
(b) By the Company for Cause. In the event of any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause (other than due to Disability) as contemplated by Section 5(c), the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive, except that the Executive shall be entitled to the Executive’s Accrued Rights.
(c) By the Company Other Than for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason. In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company (other than for Cause or due to Disability) or by the Executive for Good Reason, (i) the Executive shall be entitled to the Executive’s Accrued Rights plus (ii) if such termination occurs within 24 months following a Change in Control, as defined in CUC, payment of a pro rata bonus in an amount equal to the cash bonus that would have been payable to
- 5 -
Executive based on actual performance of the Company (and assuming Executive’s performance met all personal performance requirements) with respect to the year of termination in the absence of Executive’s termination multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that Executive provided services to the Company during the applicable performance year, and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365) (the “Pro Rata Bonus”); (iii) a severance payment equal to (x) if the Termination Date occurs prior to the consummation of an initial public offering of common stock of Parent or any successor to Parent or any subsidiary thereof pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on a Form S-4 or other similar form) under the Securities Act of 1933 (an “IPO”) the sum of twelve (12) times the Executive’s then current monthly Base Salary and (y) if the Termination Date occurs following the consummation of an IPO, the sum of twenty-four (24) times the Executive’s then current monthly Base Salary and (iv) the Company shall offer the Executive and the Executive’s qualified dependents continued coverage under the Company’s health benefit plans, as provided under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act and any analogous state law obligation (“COBRA”), at the Company’s cost (less the amount of the regular employee contribution) (the “COBRA Benefits”), so long as the Executive or the Executive’s dependents are eligible for COBRA coverage but not exceeding twelve months following the Termination Date. Any obligation of the Company to provide the Executive the benefits set forth in this Section 6(c) (other than Accrued Rights) is conditioned on Executive’s signing and returning, without revoking, to the Company a timely and effective separation agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Separation Agreement”). The Separation Agreement must become effective, if at all, by the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date the Executive’s employment terminates. Any benefits to which the Executive is entitled in accordance with clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 6(c) will be payable in the form of cash payments in substantially equal monthly installments during the twelve-month period immediately following the Termination Date in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. The first such payment will be made on the Company’s next regular payday following the expiration of sixty (60) calendar days from the date that the Executive’s employment terminates, but will be retroactive to the day following such date of termination. The Pro Rata Bonus shall be paid to Executive at the time that the Annual Bonus would regularly be paid to the Executive had the Executive remained employed through the relevant payment date. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, payment of any or all of the benefits set forth in this Section 6(c) are expressly contingent upon the Executive’s continued full compliance with the terms and conditions of Sections 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement.
(d) By the Executive Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive shall terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 5(f), the Executive shall be entitled to the Executive’s Accrued Rights.
(e) Sole Consideration. The Executive recognizes that, except as expressly provided in this Section 6, no compensation or other consideration is owed or will be paid to the Executive by any member of the Company Group after termination of the Executive’s employment.
- 6 -
7. Restricted Activities. The Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that (1) the following restrictions on the Executive’s activities during and after the Executive’s employment are necessary to protect the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company Group, (2) in the absence of the Executive’s agreement herein to comply with the following restrictions, the Company would not have been willing to enter into this Agreement and (3) the Executive has had ample opportunity to review and discuss this Agreement with an attorney of the Executive’s choice:
(a) For a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending 12 months following the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”), except (x) with respect to activities performed in furtherance of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement or (y) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company (other than for Cause), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, either individually or as a partner, owner, investor, joint venturer, employee, agent, representative, officer, director, or member of any Person provide Radiology Services anywhere in the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the portion of the Restricted Period that follows the Termination Date, this Section 7(a) shall only apply within any geographic area in which the Executive provided services or had a material presence or influence for the Company Group during the two (2) years prior to the Termination Date.
(b) During the Restricted Period except with respect to activities performed in furtherance of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, either individually or as a partner, owner, investor, joint venturer, employee, agent, representative, officer, director, or member of any Person: (i) directly or indirectly (A) solicit for employment, or employ or engage any individual who is or was employed by any member of the Company Group during the period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement or, with respect to the portion of the Restricted Period following the Termination Date, during the 12-month period prior to the Termination Date or (B) seek to persuade any such person to discontinue employment with the Company Group; or (ii) directly or indirectly (A) solicit or encourage any Restricted Business Partner, to terminate or diminish its relationship with any member of the Company Group or (B) seek to persuade any Restricted Business Partner to conduct business with anyone else who provides Radiology Services for purposes of receipt of Radiology Services by such Restricted Business Partner; provided, however, that the restrictions in this clause (ii) shall apply (y) only with respect to those Persons who are or have been a Restricted Business Partner at any time within the immediately preceding 12-month period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company Group by any of their officers, employees or agents within the three (3)-month period prior to the Termination Date, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (z) only if the Executive has performed work for or with such Person during the Executive’s employment with the Company Group or been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such Person as a result of the Executive’s employment or other associations with the Company Group, or have had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the Executive’s solicitation of such Person; provided, however, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from (i) serving solely as a reference for any employee or any other service provider of any member of the Company Group; (ii) undertaking such action in good faith performance of Executive’s duties to the Company Group; or (iii) undertaking a solicitation pursuant to general recruitment advertising that is not directed at the employees or other service providers of any member of Company Group.
- 7 -
(c) If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability will have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid or enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement will be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment may be appealed.
(d) The restrictions set forth in Section 7(a) shall not be deemed to prohibit the ownership by the Executive of not more than three percent (3%) of the shares of corporations which are publicly traded on a national stock exchange or the over-the-counter markets. In addition, nothing herein shall prevent the Executive from becoming employed in any capacity by, or become a partner or owner of, any hospital or hospital group or other multi-specialty practices or health systems, in each case following the Termination Date, where Radiology Services makes up less than 15% of aggregate revenues of such entities over the preceding 12 months period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall be free to acquire any ownership interest in a mutual fund, private equity fund, or other pooled investment vehicle in which the Executive does not direct its investment activities.
(e) The Executive has carefully considered the nature and extent of the restrictions upon the Executive, and the rights and remedies conferred upon the Company Group, under this Agreement, and hereby acknowledges and agrees that the same are reasonable in time and territory, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise would be unfair to the Company Group, are fully required to protect the legitimate interests of the Company Group, and do not confer a benefit upon the Company Group disproportionate to the detriment to the Executive.
8. Confidentiality.
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the success of the Company Group depends upon the continued preservation of the confidentiality of certain information possessed by the Executive, that the preservation of the confidentiality of such information by the Executive is an essential premise of the bargain between the parties hereto, and that the Company Group would be unwilling to enter into this Agreement in the absence of this Section 8. Accordingly, the Executive hereby agrees with the Company Group that the Executive and the Executive’s Representatives will not, at any time on or after the Effective Date, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or use, any Confidential Information (other than in connection with the fulfillment of Executive’s duties hereunder); provided, that the provisions of this Section 8 will not prohibit any retention of copies of records or
- 8 -
disclosure required by any applicable law so long as reasonable prior notice is given of such disclosure and a reasonable opportunity is afforded to contest the same. The Executive agrees that the Executive will be responsible for any breach or violation of the provisions of this Section 8 by any of the Executive’s Representatives. The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions in this paragraph (a) shall continue to apply after the Executive’s employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. Nothing in this Agreement limits, restricts or in any other way affects the Executive communicating with any governmental agency or entity, or communicating with any official or staff person of a governmental agency or entity, concerning matters relevant to the governmental agency or entity, or requires prior notice of the same. The Executive understands that the Executive cannot be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosing a trade secret (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (b) in a complaint or other document filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. Notwithstanding this immunity from liability, the Executive understands that the Executive may be held liable if the Executive unlawfully accesses trade secrets by unauthorized means. Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Agreement prohibits the Executive from (i) disclosing any information in connection with good faith performance of Executive’s duties to the Company Group, (ii) disclosure of any information pursuant to any applicable law or court order, or (iii) disclosure of any information in connection with the defense or prosecution of any action by or against any member of the Company Group.
(b) All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description in the possession, custody or control of the Company Group relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company Group and any drafts or copies, in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by the Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company Group. The Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time the Executive’s employment terminates, or at such earlier time or times as the Company or its designee may specify, all Documents then in the Executive’s possession or control. For the avoidance of doubt, in order to effectuate the immediately preceding sentence, the Executive agrees that, upon termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall immediately cease use of, and shall return to the Company, any PC’s, laptop computers, personal digital assistants, iPads, cellular telephones, Blackberries, thumb drives and any other device capable of storing information, supplied to the Executive or paid for by any member of the Company Group, the Executive shall provide passwords to any password-protected device, and the Executive shall provide access to the Company’s designees to any such devices otherwise then in the Executive’s possession, custody or control (and any passwords thereto) in order to ensure compliance with such sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may retain documents containing compensation and benefit information, contact information of the Executive’s contacts and copies of personal correspondence not related to the business of the Company Group.
- 9 -
9. Assignment of Rights to Intellectual Property. The Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) the Executive’s full right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property. At the Company’s sole cost and expense, the Executive agrees to execute any and all applications for domestic and foreign patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights, and to do such other acts (including without limitation the execution and delivery of instruments of further assurance or confirmation) requested by the Company to assign the Intellectual Property to the Company and to permit the Company to enforce any patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights to the Intellectual Property. All copyrightable works that the Executive creates shall be considered “work made for hire” for the sole benefit of the Company.
10. Enforcement of Covenants. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restrictions imposed upon the Executive pursuant to Sections 7, 8 and/or 9 hereof and has had ample opportunity to review and discuss this Agreement, including those sections, with an attorney of the Executive’s choice. The Executive agrees that said restrictions are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the Company Group, and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, scope, length of time and geographic area. The Executive further acknowledges that, were the Executive to breach any of Sections 7, 8 and/or 9 hereof, the damage to the Company Group would be irreparable. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company Group, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any breach by the Executive of any of said Sections, without having to post a bond. The parties further agree that, in the event that any provision of Sections 7, 8 and/or 9 hereof shall be determined by any court to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area and/or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. So that the Company Group may enjoy the full benefit of the covenants contained in Section 7 above, the Executive further agrees that the Restricted Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during the period of any breach by the Executive of such covenants. Executive further agrees that each member of the Company Group shall have the right to enforce all of the Executive’s obligations to the Company under this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to Section 7 above. In furtherance of such provisions, it is understood that Executive shall not be subject to any covenants under any member’s of the Company Group plan, policy or agreement (whether such document currently exists or is implemented in the future) unless the Executive has agreed to be bound by such plan, policy or agreement.
11. Conflicting Agreements. The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Executive is a party or is bound, and that the Executive is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or any court order or other legal obligation that would affect the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder. The Executive will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company Group any proprietary information of a third party without such party’s consent.
- 10 -
12. Definitions. Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or are within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section 12 and as provided elsewhere herein. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Affiliate(s)” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.
(b) “Affiliated Physician Practice” means any Person which is engaged in the practice of medicine with respect to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has entered into a management services agreement, business support services agreement or other similar agreement and any Subsidiary of such person.
(c) “Board” means the Board of Managers of Parent.
(d) “Company Group” means (a) the Company; (b) the Company’s Subsidiaries; (c) Parent; (d) the Subsidiaries of Parent, (d) Affiliated Physician Practices and (e) other controlled Affiliates of Parent. For avoidance of doubt, any Affiliate of any equityholders of the Parent shall not be a member of the Company Group, unless such Person would be a member of the Company Group if such equityholder of the Parent was not an equityholder of the Parent.
(e) “Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company Group that is not generally known by others, and any and all information which, if disclosed by any member of the Company Group, would assist in competition against them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to the actual or planned, as applicable (i) development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company Group, (ii) Products, (iii) employees, independent contractors, costs, sources of supply, financial performance, budgets, projections, capital structure and strategic plans of the Company Group, (iv) identity and special needs of the customers of the Company Group and (v) people and organizations with whom any member of the Company Group has business relationships and the substance of those relationships; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include any information (1) that has become known to and available for use by the public (or within the industry) other than as a result of the Executive’s acts or omissions in violation of this Agreement, or (2) that was within the Executive’s possession prior to its being obtained by the Executive in the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company Group has received, or may receive hereafter, from third parties which was received by the Company Group with any understanding or agreement, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed.
(f) “Governmental Entity” means any United States or foreign national, state, county, local, municipal or other government agency, board, commission or other authority or instrumentality, or any court or other tribunal.
(g) “Intellectual Property” means inventions, discoveries, developments, methods, processes, compositions, works, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable or constituting trade secrets) conceived, made, created, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (whether alone or with others and whether or not during normal business hours or on or off the premises of the Company Group) in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company Group that relate to either the Products or any actual or prospective activity of the Company Group or that make use of Confidential Information or any of the equipment or facilities of the Company Group.
- 11 -
(h) “Parent” means US Radiology Specialists Holdings, LLC.
(i) “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, Governmental Entity, unincorporated entity or other entity.
(j) “Products” mean all products planned, researched, developed, tested, manufactured, sold, licensed, leased or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company Group together with all Radiology Services provided or planned by the Company Group, during the Executive’s employment with the Company Group (including prior to the Effective Date).
(k) “Radiology Services” means the provision of any professional radiology related consulting, management, business and/or administrative services to radiology practices, imaging centers or mammography centers by (i) providing business, management and/or administrative services to radiology practices, imaging centers and mammography centers including without limitation, owning, controlling, developing, managing and/or operating radiology medical practices, (ii) providing investment or financial services to radiology practices, imaging centers or mammography centers including without limitation, investing in or providing funding to such practices, (iii) rendering non-medical services for radiology practices, (iv) providing consulting and/or advisory services regarding business practices to radiology practices, imaging centers or mammography centers including without limitation, quality and/or risk management initiatives, financial practices, employment practices, marketing practices, payor practices, billing and collection practices and any other business, management or administrative practices, and/or (v) providing administrative oversight or management of contracts for the radiology and imaging services with hospitals, imaging centers, mammography centers, ambulatory surgery centers or any other healthcare facilities. Where “mammography centers” is used in this Agreement, that term shall also be interpreted to mean mobile mammography vans and similar/related services.
(l) “Representative” means any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, or other representative, including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.
(m) “Restricted Business Partner” means (i) a customer, vendor, supplier, hospital or other Person engaged in business with the Company Group; or (ii) a prospective customer, vendor, supplier, hospital or other Person with which the Company Group is intending to conduct business.
- 12 -
(n) “Subsidiary” shall mean any Person of which Parent (or other specified Person, as context requires) shall, directly or indirectly, own beneficially or control the voting of at least a majority of the outstanding capital interests (or other units of beneficial interest) entitled to vote generally or at least a majority of the partnership, membership, joint venture or similar interests, or in which Parent (or other specified Person) or a Subsidiary thereof shall be a general partner or joint venturer without limited liability.
13. Survival. Provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of employment if so provided in this Agreement or if necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of other surviving provisions, including without limitation certain of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of this Agreement. The obligation of the Company to make payments to the Executive under Section 6(c), and the Executive’s right to retain the same, are expressly conditioned upon Executive’s continued performance of Executive’s obligations under Sections 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement.
14. Withholding and Code Section 409A.
(a) All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be subject to all tax or other legally required withholdings.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, all references to “termination of employment” and correlative phrases shall be construed to require a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury regulations after giving effect to the presumptions contained therein).
(c) Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.
(d) If the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A as of the date of the Executive’s or her termination of employment (other than on account of the Executive’s death), then any payments under this Agreement that are due to the Executive upon such termination of employment that are subject to Section 409A and that would otherwise be payable during the first six months following the date of termination of the Executive’s employment, shall be delayed and paid in a lump sum (without interest) on the date which is six months and one day after the date of termination of Executive’s employment.
(e) This Agreement and the payments hereunder are intended to be exempt from, or alternatively to comply with, the requirements of Section 409A and the Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with such intent; provided, however, except in the case that such failure or alleged failure is a result of Company’s or any other member’s of Company Group breach of this Agreement, in no event shall any member of the Company Group have any liability relating to the failure or alleged failure of any payment or benefit under this Agreement to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A.
- 13 -
15. Successors. Neither the Executive nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the Executive’s consent to any Person to whom the Company shall hereafter transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company, and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.
16. Severability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. No breach or claimed breach of any provision of this Agreement shall excuse or extinguish the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement.
17. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.
18. Notices. Any notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the following addresses (or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other actually received).
| If to the Company: | c/o US Radiology Specialists, Inc. | |
| 4200 Six Forks Road, Suite 1000 | ||
| Raleigh, NC 27609 | ||
| Attention: General Counsel | ||
| Copy: | ||
| US Radiology Specialists, Inc. | ||
| 700 East Morehead, Suite 300 | ||
| Charlotte, NC 28202 | ||
| Attention: General Counsel If to the Executive: | To the last addressed for the Executive listed in Company’s records. | |
19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other plans and documents specifically referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and such other plans and documents, and supersede all prior communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to such subject matter. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all written and oral agreements with the Company are hereby terminated and that the Executive is not entitled to any severance or other post-termination payments or benefits from the Company as a result of the Executive’s entering into this Agreement. In determining whether to enter into this Agreement, neither party is relying upon any representation or statement made by or on behalf of the other party, except as expressly set forth herein or therein.
- 14 -
20. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and the Company.
21. Headings. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.
22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including via facsimile or email attachment), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.
23. Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim with respect to, in connection with or arising out of the negotiation, terms, effect, performance or breach or threatened breach of this Agreement or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant hereto, or any other claim or dispute howsoever arising in connection with the relationship of the parties, whether at law or in equity, whether based in contract, tort, statute or otherwise, shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of North Carolina without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
24. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for such party and such party’s property in any action or proceeding asserting any claim within the scope of Section 24 hereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of North Carolina, and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) agrees that any such action or proceeding shall be brought solely in such courts, and waives any objection that such party may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum, and agrees not to plead or claim the same to the extent permitted by applicable law or seek transfer to any court other than to such courts;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by any form of notice authorized under Section 18 hereof (other than by confirmed facsimile), delivered to the party, as the case may be, at such party’s address set forth above or at such other address of which the other party shall have been notified in writing pursuant hereto;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law; and
(e) waives trial by jury, and consents to bench trial, in any such action or proceeding; this waiver is informed and freely made.
- 15 -
25. Acknowledgements. The Executive acknowledge that (1) the Company provided the Executive with this Agreement by the earlier of (a) the date of a formal offer of employment from the Company or (b) ten (10) business days before the commencement of employment with the Company, (2) the Executive has been and is hereby advised of the Executive’s right to consult an attorney before signing this Agreement, and (3) the Executive has carefully read this Agreement and understands and agrees to all of the provisions in this Agreement.
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]
- 16 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
| US RADIOLOGY SPECIALISTS, INC. | ||||
| By: | /s/ Julie Szeker | |||
| Name: | Julie Szeker | |||
| Title: | Vice President and Secretary | |||
| /s/ Caitlin Zulla | ||||
| Caitlin Zulla | ||||
Exhibit 10.8
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between U.S. Imaging Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Julie Szeker (the “Executive”), effective as of January 1, 2018 (the “Effective Date”).
WHEREAS, the Company is a management services organization, formed to provide management services to various physician groups;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby offers and the Executive hereby accepts continued employment with the Company.
2. Term. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall commence on the Effective Date and continue unless terminated as hereinafter set forth (the “Term”).
3. Capacity and Performance.
(a) Beginning on the Effective Date, the Executive shall serve as Chief General Counsel and Secretary, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with such duties and responsibilities as are customary for such position.
(b) During the Term, the Executive shall be employed by the Company on a full-time basis and shall perform such duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Managers (“Board”) of U.S. Imaging Partners Holdings, LLC (“Parent”) commensurate with the Executive’s title.
(c) During the Term, the Executive shall devote the Executive’s full business time to the advancement of the business and interests of the Company Group as set forth in, and pursuant to, this Agreement, and to the discharge of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall not engage in any other business activity or serve in any industry, trade, professional, governmental or academic position during the Term, except as may be expressly approved in advance by the Board in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, without prior approval from the Board, (i) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards, or committees which are not, and which during the Executive’s service on such boards or committees do not become, engaged in businesses that are competitive with the business of the Company Group, as then constituted, and (ii) invest the Executive’s personal assets; provided the Executive shall use the Executive’s reasonable efforts to pursue such activities in such a manner so that such activities shall not impair the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s obligations to the Company Group hereunder.
(d) The Executive agrees that, during the Term, the Executive will not undertake any outside activity, whether or not competitive with the business of the Company Group, that could reasonably give rise to a conflict of interest or otherwise materially interfere with, or materially impair the Executive’s ability to perform, the Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company Group.
4. Compensation and Benefits. As compensation for all services performed by the Executive:
(a) Base Salary. From and after the Effective Date and continuing until the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated as hereinafter set, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at the rate of $300,000 per fiscal year, prorated for any partial fiscal year, payable in accordance with the payroll practices of the Company and subject to increase from time to time by the Board, in its sole discretion. Such base salary, as from time to time it may be increased, is hereafter referred to as the “Base Salary”.
(b) Bonus. During the Term, the Company may, in its sole discretion, pay to the Executive an annual bonus (such bonus, the “Annual Bonus”). The target Annual Bonus shall be twenty-five percent of the Executive’s Base Salary established by the Board and shall be based on achievement of the Executive and the Company relative to the operating, financial and compliance targets established for each fiscal year by the Board (the “Bonus Criteria”). Performance in excess of the Bonus Criteria may increase the bonus amount as determined by the Board. The Executive must be employed by the Company on the date such Annual Bonus is paid. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid following delivery of the Company’s audited financial statements during the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which any such Annual Bonus is earned.
(c) Equity. Provided Executive executes the applicable award agreement, Executive shall be awarded equity in Parent in an amount equal to 750,000 Incentive Units with a distribution threshold of $1.00 per unit on the terms determined by the Board. Any award shall be subject to the approval of the Board and subject to the terms of the applicable equity plan.
(d) Vacations. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation of 27 days per year. For purposes of this Section 4(c), weekends and federal holidays shall not count as vacation days and the Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays given by the Company to its senior executive officers. Vacation shall otherwise be governed by the policies of the Company applicable to executives, as in effect from time to time.
(e) Other Benefits. During the Term, subject to any contribution therefor generally required of executives of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any and all employee benefit plans from time to time in effect for executives of the Company generally, except to the extent such plans are in a category of benefit specifically otherwise provided to the Executive under this Agreement (e.g., severance pay). Such participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents and generally applicable Company policies, as in effect from time to time. The Company may alter, modify, suspend, add to or terminate employee benefit plans at any time as it, in its sole judgment, determines to be appropriate.
- 2 -
(f) Business Expenses. The Company will pay or reimburse the Executive only for those business expenses incurred or paid by the Executive for travel and entertainment consistent with the Board’s directives, as communicated from time to time, and the expense policies in force for other employees of the Company at the time and in accordance with past practices. Expense reimbursement shall be subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and its implementing regulations.
5. Termination of Employment. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate under the following circumstances (the date of any such termination, hereinafter referred to as the “Termination Date”):
(a) Death. In the event of the Executive’s death during the Term, the Executive’s employment shall immediately and automatically terminate.
(b) Disability. Subject to the requirements of any applicable federal or state law, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment, upon notice to the Executive, in the event that the Executive becomes disabled during the Executive’s employment hereunder through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature and, as a result, is unable to satisfactorily perform the Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder on a full-time basis, with or without reasonable accommodation, for an aggregate of 120 days during any period of three hundred and sixty-five (365) consecutive calendar days (“Disability”). If any question shall arise as to whether during any period the Executive has sustained a Disability, the Executive, at the request of the Company, shall submit to a medical examination by a qualified independent physician selected by the Company (and to whom the Executive has no reasonable objection) to determine whether the Executive has sustained a Disability, and such determination shall be final and conclusive of the issue for all purposes of this Agreement. If the Executive has a reasonable objection to the qualified independent physician selected by the Company, and the Company and the Executive cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, then each shall appoint a physician and those two physicians shall select a third physician who shall make such determination in writing, which determination shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.
(c) By the Company for Cause. Subject to the requirements of any applicable Federal or state law, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment for Cause at any time in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5(c); provided that in the event of a termination for Cause pursuant to clauses (iv) — (vii) below, written notice to the Executive setting for the nature of such Cause shall be delivered to the Executive, and further provided the claimed Cause remains uncured for a period of 30 days following Executive’s receipt of such notice. The following shall constitute Cause for termination: (i) the Executive’s commission of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) the Executive’s fraud, embezzlement, moral turpitude, sexual misconduct, misappropriation of property or other dishonesty committed with respect to the Company Group or any of their respective employees, vendors, suppliers or customers; (iii) the gross negligence, intentional misconduct or unethical conduct by the Executive resulting in harm to any member of the Company Group or their reputation; (iv) material breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this Agreement; (v) the
- 3 -
Executive’s failure to follow any lawful directives of the Board, as may be modified from time to time by the Board or its designee in its reasonable discretion; (vi) the Executive’s gross or persistent negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, including the failure to work to reasonable objectives assigned to the Executive by the Board; or (vii) the Executive’s failure to follow all material policies of the Company Group generally applicable to employees of such entities, as the case may be.
(d) By the Company Other than for Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause (and other than due to Disability) at any time.
(e) By the Executive for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason at any time upon written notice to the Company setting forth the nature of such Good Reason, provided such notice is delivered not more than 30 days following the initial occurrence of the facts claimed to constitute Good Reason, the claimed Good Reason remains uncured for a period of 30 days following the Company’s receipt of such notice, and the Executive’s employment terminates at the end of such cure period. The following actions by the Company without the Executive’s consent shall constitute Good Reason for termination: (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, authorities or responsibilities (excluding for this purpose an insubstantial or inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive); (ii) a material reduction of the Executive’s Base Salary; or (iii) the Company requires that the Executive relocate to a geographical location which is more than 30 miles away from Charlotte, North Carolina.
(f) By the Executive Not for Good Reason. The Executive may terminate his employment at any time upon the provision of 60 days’ advance written notice to the Company. In the event of termination of the Executive pursuant to this Section 5(f), the Board may elect to waive (without economic obligation to the Company Group) the period of notice or any portion thereof.
6. Compensation Upon Termination.
(a) Death or Disability. In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment by reason of death as contemplated by Section 5(a) or by reason of Disability as contemplated by Section 5(b), the Company shall pay to the Executive or the Executive’s estate, as applicable, a lump sum equal to the sum of any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and the Executive or the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive employee benefits pursuant to the terms of the benefit plans, policies and programs applicable to terminated employees (collectively, the “Accrued Rights”).
(b) By the Company for Cause. In the event of any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause as contemplated by Section 5(c), the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive, except that the Executive shall be entitled to the Executive’s Accrued Rights.
- 4 -
(c) By the Company Other Than for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason. In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company other than for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, (i) the Executive shall be entitled to the Executive’s Accrued Rights plus a severance payment equal to 12 times the Executive’s then current monthly Base Salary; and (ii) the Company shall offer the Executive and the Executive’s qualified dependents continued coverage under the Company’s health benefit plans, as provided under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act and any analogous state law obligation (“COBRA”), at the Company’s cost (less the amount of the regular employee contribution) (the “COBRA Benefits”), so long as the Executive or the Executive’s dependents are eligible for COBRA coverage but not exceeding 12 months following the Termination Date. Any obligation of the Company to provide the Executive the benefits set forth in this Section 6(c) is conditioned on Executive’s signing and returning, without revoking, to the Company a timely and effective separation agreement containing a general release of claims and other customary terms in the form provided to the Executive by the Company at the time that the Executive’s employment terminates (the “Separation Agreement”). The Separation Agreement must become effective, if at all, by the sixtieth (60th) calendar day following the date the Executive’s employment terminates. Any benefits to which the Executive is entitled in accordance with clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 6(c) will be payable in the form of salary continuation in substantially equal monthly installments during the 12-month period immediately following the Termination Date in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. The first such payment will be made on the Company’s next regular payday following the expiration of sixty (60) calendar days from the date that the Executive’s employment terminates, but will be retroactive to the day following such date of termination. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, payment of any or all of the benefits set forth in this Section 6(c) are expressly contingent upon the Executive’s continued full compliance with the terms and conditions of Sections 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement.
(d) By the Executive Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive shall terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 5(f), the Executive shall be entitled to the Executive’s Accrued Rights.
(e) Sole Consideration. The Executive recognizes that, except as expressly provided in this Section 6, no compensation or other consideration is owed or will be paid to the Executive by any member of the Company Group after termination of the Executive’s employment.
7. Restricted Activities. The Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that (1) the following restrictions on the Executive’s activities during and after the Executive’s employment are necessary to protect the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company Group, and (2) in the absence of the Executive’s agreement herein to comply with the following restrictions, the Company would not have been willing to enter into this Agreement:
- 5 -
(a) For a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending 12 months following the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”), except with respect to activities performed in furtherance of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, either individually or as a partner, owner, investor, joint venturer, employee, agent, representative, officer, director, or member of any Person: (i) provide Radiology Services anywhere in the United States; (ii) directly or indirectly (A) solicit for employment, or employ or engage any individual who is or was employed by any member of the Company Group during the period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement or, with respect to the portion of the Restricted Period following the Termination Date, during the 12-month period prior to the Termination Date or (B) seek to persuade any such person to discontinue employment with the Company Group; or (iii) directly or indirectly (A) solicit or encourage any Restricted Business Partner, to terminate or diminish its relationship with them or (B) seek to persuade any Restricted Business Partner to conduct with anyone else who provides Radiology Services; provided, however, that these restrictions shall apply (y) only with respect to those Persons who are or have been a Restricted Business Partner at any time within the immediately preceding 12-month period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company Group by any of their officers, employees or agents within such 12-month period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (z) only if the Executive has performed work for or with such Person during the Executive’s employment with the Company Group or been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such Person as a result of the Executive’s employment or other associations with the Company Group, or have had access to Confidential Information which would assist in the Executive’s solicitation of such Person.
(b) If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability will have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid or enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement will be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment may be appealed.
(c) The restrictions set forth in Section 7(a) shall not be deemed to prohibit the ownership by the Executive of not more than one percent (1%) of the shares of corporations which are publicly traded on a national stock exchange or the over-the-counter markets.
(d) The Executive has carefully considered the nature and extent of the restrictions upon the Executive, and the rights and remedies conferred upon the Company Group, under this Agreement, and hereby acknowledges and agrees that the same are reasonable in time and territory, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise would be unfair to the Company Group, are fully required to protect the legitimate interests of the Company Group, and do not confer a benefit upon the Company Group disproportionate to the detriment to the Executive.
- 6 -
8. Confidentiality.
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the success of the Company Group depends upon the continued preservation of the confidentiality of certain information possessed by the Executive, that the preservation of the confidentiality of such information by the Executive is an essential premise of the bargain between the parties hereto, and that the Company Group would be unwilling to enter into this Agreement in the absence of this Section 8. Accordingly, the Executive hereby agrees with the Company Group that the Executive and the Executive’s Representatives will not, and the Executive will cause the Executive’s Affiliates not to, at any time on or after the Effective Date, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Company Group, disclose or use, any Confidential Information (other than in connection with the fulfillment of Executive’s duties hereunder); provided, that the provisions of this Section 8 will not prohibit any retention of copies of records or disclosure required by any applicable Legal Requirement so long as reasonable prior notice is given of such disclosure and a reasonable opportunity is afforded to contest the same. The Executive agrees that the Executive will be responsible for any breach or violation of the provisions of this Section 8 by any of the Executive’s Representatives. The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions in this paragraph (a) shall continue to apply after the Executive’s employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination. Nothing in this Agreement limits, restricts or in any other way affects the Executive communicating with any governmental agency or entity, or communicating with any official or staff person of a governmental agency or entity, concerning matters relevant to the governmental agency or entity, or requires prior notice of the same. The Executive understands that the Executive cannot be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosing a trade secret (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (b) in a complaint or other document filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. Notwithstanding this immunity from liability, the Executive understands that the Executive may be held liable if the Executive unlawfully accesses trade secrets by unauthorized means.
(b) All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description in the possession, custody or control of the Company Group relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company Group and any drafts or copies, in whole or in part, thereof (the “Documents”), whether or not prepared by the Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company Group. The Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time the Executive’s employment terminates, or at such earlier time or times as the Board or its designee may specify, all Documents then in the Executive’s possession or control. For the avoidance of doubt, in order to effectuate the immediately preceding sentence, the Executive agrees that, upon termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall immediately cease use of, and shall return to the Company, any PC’s, laptop computers, personal digital assistants, iPads, cellular telephones, Blackberries, thumb drives and any other device capable of storing information, supplied to the Executive or paid for by any member of the Company Group, the Executive shall provide passwords to any password-protected device, and the Executive shall provide access to the Company’s designees to any such devices otherwise then in the Executive’s possession, custody or control (and any passwords thereto) in order to ensure compliance with such sentence.
- 7 -
9. Assignment of Rights to Intellectual Property. The Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company. The Executive hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company (or as otherwise directed by the Company) the Executive’s full right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property. At the Company’s sole cost and expense, the Executive agrees to execute any and all applications for domestic and foreign patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights, and to do such other acts (including without limitation the execution and delivery of instruments of further assurance or confirmation) requested by the Company to assign the Intellectual Property to the Company and to permit the Company to enforce any patents, copyrights or other proprietary rights to the Intellectual Property. All copyrightable works that the Executive creates shall be considered “work made for hire” for the sole benefit of the Company.
10. Enforcement of Covenants. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restrictions imposed upon the Executive pursuant to Sections 7, 8 and/or 9 hereof and has had ample opportunity to review and discuss this Agreement, including those sections, with an attorney of the Executive’s choice. The Executive agrees that said restrictions are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the Company Group, and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, scope, length of time and geographic area. The Executive further acknowledges that, were the Executive to breach any of Sections 7, 8 and/or 9 hereof, the damage to the Company Group would be irreparable. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company Group, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any breach by the Executive of any of said Sections, without having to post bond. The parties further agree that, in the event that any provision of Sections 7, 8 and/or 9 hereof shall be determined by any court to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area and/or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. So that the Company Group may enjoy the full benefit of the covenants contained in Section 7 above, the Executive further agrees that the Restricted Period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during the period of any breach by the Executive of such covenants. Executive further agrees that each member of the Company Group shall have the right to enforce all of the Executive’s obligations to the Company under this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to Section 7 above. Finally, no claimed breach of this Agreement or other violation of law attributed to the Company Group, or change in the nature or scope of the Executive’s employment or other relationship with any such Person, shall operate to excuse the Executive from the performance of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement.
11. Conflicting Agreements. The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Executive is a party or is bound, and that the Executive is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or any court order or other legal obligation that would affect the performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder. The Executive will not disclose to or use on behalf of the Company Group any proprietary information of a third party without such party’s consent.
- 8 -
12. Definitions. Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or are within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section 12 and as provided elsewhere herein. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Company Group” means (a) the Company; (b) the Company’s Subsidiaries; (c) the Parent; (d) the Subsidiaries of Parent, (d) Affiliated Physician Practices and (e) other controlled Affiliates of Parent.
(b) “Affiliated Physician Practice” means any Person with respect to which any member of the Company Group has entered into a management services agreement, business support services agreement or other similar agreement and any Subsidiary of such person.
(c) “Affiliate(s)” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of the foregoing, (a) a Person shall be deemed to control a specified Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such specified Person, and/or (b) if such other Person is at such time a direct or indirect beneficial holder of at least 10% of any class of the equity interests of such specified Person. Affiliates shall include all Affiliated Physician Practices.
(d) “Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company Group that is not generally known by others, and any and all information which, if disclosed by any member of the Company Group, would assist in competition against them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to the actual or planned, as applicable (i) development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company Group, (ii) Products, (iii) employees, independent contractors, costs, sources of supply, financial performance, budgets, projections, capital structure and strategic plans of the Company Group, (iv) identity and special needs of the customers of the Company Group and (v) people and organizations with whom any member of the Company Group has business relationships and the substance of those relationships; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include any information (1) that has become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of the Executive’s acts or omissions in violation of this Agreement or the acts or omissions of any person with an obligation not to disclose Confidential Information or (2) that was within the Executive’s possession prior to its being obtained by the Executive in the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company Group has received, or may receive hereafter, from others which was received by the Company Group with any understanding or agreement, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed.
(e) “Radiology Services” means (a) the provision of professional radiology and imaging services (including any subspecialty thereof) and radiology and imaging related consulting, management and administrative services and (b) the provision of any professional radiology related consulting, management, business and/or administrative
- 9 -
services, including without limitation, (i) providing business, management and/or administrative services to radiology practices, imaging centers and mammography centers including without limitation, owning, controlling, developing, managing and/or operating radiology medical practices, (ii) providing investment or financial services to radiology practices, imaging centers or mammography centers including without limitation, investing in or providing funding to such practices, (iii) rendering non-medical services for radiology practices, (iv) providing consulting and/or advisory services regarding business practices to radiology practices, imaging centers or mammography centers including without limitation, quality and/or risk management initiatives, financial practices, employment practices, marketing practices, payor practices, billing and collection practices and any other business, management or administrative practices, and/or (v) providing administrative oversight or management of contracts for the services set forth in the preceding clause (a) with hospitals, imaging centers, mammography centers, ambulatory surgery centers or any other healthcare facilities. Where “mammography centers” is used in this Agreement, that term shall also be interpreted to mean mobile mammography vans and similar/related services.
(f) “Restricted Business Partner” means (a) a customer, vendor, supplier, hospital or other Person engaged in business with the Company Group; or (b) a prospective customer, vendor, supplier, hospital or other Person with which the Company Group is intending to conduct business;
(g) “Governmental Entity” means any United States or foreign national, state, county, local, municipal or other government agency, board, commission or other authority or instrumentality, or any court or other tribunal.
(h) “Intellectual Property” means inventions, discoveries, developments, methods, processes, compositions, works, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable or constituting trade secrets) conceived, made, created, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (whether alone or with others and whether or not during normal business hours or on or off the premises of the Company Group) during the Executive’s employment with the Company Group (including prior to the Effective Date) that relate to either the Products or any actual or prospective activity of the Company Group or that make use of Confidential Information or any of the equipment or facilities of the Company Group.
(i) “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, Governmental Entity, unincorporated entity or other entity.
(j) “Products” mean all products planned, researched, developed, tested, manufactured, sold, licensed, leased or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company Group together with all Radiology Services provided or planned by the Company Group, during the Executive’s employment with the Company Group (including prior to the Effective Date).
- 10 -
(k) “Representative” means any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, or other representative, including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.
(l) “Subsidiary” shall mean any Person of which Parent (or other specified Person) shall, directly or indirectly, own beneficially or control the voting of at least a majority of the outstanding capital interests (or other units of beneficial interest) entitled to vote generally or at least a majority of the partnership, membership, joint venture or similar interests, or in which Parent (or other specified Person) or a Subsidiary thereof shall be a general partner or joint venturer without limited liability.
13. Survival. Provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination of employment if so provided in this Agreement or if necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of other surviving provisions, including without limitation certain of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of this Agreement. The obligation of the Company to make payments to the Executive under Section 6(c), and the Executive’s right to retain the same, are expressly conditioned upon Executive’s continued full performance of Executive’s obligations under Sections 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement. Upon termination by either the Executive or the Company, all rights, duties and obligations of the Executive and the Company to each other shall cease, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.
14. Withholding and Code Section 409A.
(a) All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be reduced by any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, all references to “termination of employment” and correlative phrases shall be construed to require a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury regulations after giving effect to the presumptions contained therein).
(c) Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.
(d) If the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A as of the date of the Executive’s or her termination of employment (other than on account of the Executive’s death), then any payments under this Agreement that are due to the Executive upon such termination of employment that are subject to Section 409A and that would otherwise be payable during the first six months following the date of termination of the Executive’s employment, shall be delayed and paid in a lump sun (without interest) on the date which is six months and one day after the date of termination of Executive’s employment.
(e) This Agreement and the payments hereunder are intended to be exempt from, or alternatively to comply with, the requirements of Section 409A and the Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with such intent; provided, however, in no event shall any member of the Company Group have any liability relating to the failure or alleged failure of any payment or benefit under this Agreement to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A.
- 11 -
15. Successors. Neither the Executive nor the Company may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest in it, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the Executive’s consent to any member of the Company Group or to any Person with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate or merger, or to whom the Company shall hereafter transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company, and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.
16. Severability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. No breach or claimed breach of any provision of this Agreement shall excuse or extinguish the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement.
17. Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.
18. Notices. Any notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the following addresses (or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other actually received).
| If to the Company: | U.S. Imaging Partners Holdings, LLC | |
| 700 East Morehead, Suite 300 | ||
| Charlotte, NC 28202 | ||
| Facsimile Number: (704) 943-9358 | ||
| Attention: General Counsel | ||
| Copy: Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe | ||
| 599 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1800 | ||
| New York, NY 10022 | ||
| Attention: Brian Regan | ||
| If to the Executive: | Julie Szeker | |
| ** | ||
- 12 -
19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other plans and documents specifically referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and such other plans and documents, and supersede all prior communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to such subject matter, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement dated as of January 2, 2012 between the Charlotte Radiology, P.A. and Executive. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all written and oral agreements with the Affiliated Physician Practice including Executive’s Employment Agreement and all amendments thereto, are hereby terminated, that Executive’s employment with an Affiliated Physician Practice has terminated as of the Effective Date, that Executive has received all payments and benefits that Executive is entitled to receive by virtue of the Executive’s employment with or termination from such Affiliated Physician Practice, and that the Executive is not entitled to any severance or other post-termination payments or benefits from such Affiliated Physician Practice as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment from the Affiliated Physician Practice and the Executive’s entering into this Agreement. In determining whether to enter into this Agreement, neither party is relying upon any representation or statement made by or on behalf of the other party, except as expressly set forth herein or therein.
20. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by an expressly Board-authorized representative of the Company or Parent.
21. Headings. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.
22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including via facsimile or email attachment), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.
23. Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim with respect to, in connection with or arising out of the negotiation, terms, effect, performance or breach or threatened breach of this Agreement or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant hereto, or any other claim or dispute howsoever arising in connection with the relationship of the parties, whether at law or in equity, whether based in contract, tort, statute or otherwise, shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of North Carolina, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
24. Submission to Jurisdiction: Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a) submits for such party and such party’s property in any action or proceeding asserting any claim within the scope of Section 24 hereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of North Carolina, and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) agrees that any such action or proceeding shall be brought solely in such courts, and waives any objection that such party may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient forum, and agrees not to plead or claim the same to the extent permitted by applicable law or seek transfer to any court other than to such courts;
- 13 -
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by any form of notice authorized under Section 18 hereof (other than by confirmed facsimile), delivered to the party, as the case may be, at such party’s address set forth above or at such other address of which the other party shall have been notified in writing pursuant hereto;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law; and
(e) waives trial by jury, and consents to bench trial, in any such action or proceeding; this waiver is informed and freely made.
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]
- 14 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above,
| U.S. IMAGING PARTNERS, INC. | ||||
| By: | /s/ Mark Jensen | |||
| Name: | Mark Jensen | |||
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |||
| /s/ Julie Szeker | ||||
| Julie Szeker | ||||
Exhibit 10.9
US Radiology Specialists, Inc.
Executive Severance Plan
and Summary Plan Description
January 24, 2024
OVERVIEW OF THE PLAN
This section provides a brief overview of the US Radiology Specialists, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”). These pages are for general reference only. Each executive of US Radiology Specialists, Inc. or its affiliated companies (the “Company”) should read the entire Plan for a full explanation of the terms of the Plan. No executive should rely on the terms of this overview to determine the executive’s rights under the Plan.
Eligibility
Executive employees of the Company who are on the Executive Committee are eligible to participate in this Plan.
Entitlement to Benefits
An eligible executive generally will be entitled to receive severance benefits under this Plan if:
| • | their employment is terminated involuntarily by the Company due to a reduction in force/downsizing, reorganization or job elimination or the executive resigns with “Good Reason” (as defined in the Plan); |
| • | the executive is not otherwise ineligible to receive severance benefits under the Plan; |
| • | the executive continues in active employment and good standing with the Company through a date determined by the Company; and |
| • | the executive signs, delivers to the Company, and does not revoke a Release Agreement as directed by the Company. |
Severance Benefits
The severance benefits that are generally payable to an eligible executive consist of:
| • | A cash severance benefit equal to 52 weeks of Base Pay; and |
| • | A non-cash severance benefit of 12 months of fully subsidized COBRA continuation coverage costs for medical insurance for the executive and his or her covered dependents. |
SECTION I
PURPOSE AND ADOPTION OF PLAN
| 1.1 | Adoption of the Plan. The Company has adopted the Plan to be effective beginning on January 24, 2024. The Plan is an unfunded welfare benefit plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and a severance pay plan within the meaning of United States Department of Labor Regulations. This document serves as both the Plan document and the Summary Plan Description for the Plan. Prior to January 24, 2024, severance benefits for Eligible Executives were provided under the U.S. Radiology Severance Plan (the “Prior Plan”). Effective January 24, 2024 the Prior Plan was amended and restated to spin off the portion of the Prior Plan relating to Eligible Executive severance benefits into a separate “stand-alone” plan, the terms of which are memorialized in this Plan. The Plan supersedes the portion of the Prior Plan as it relates to severance benefits for Eligible Executives and any prior severance plans, programs or policies sponsored by the Company to the extent covering Eligible Executives eligible and entitled to receive benefits under this Plan, both formal and informal. |
| 1.2 | Purpose. The Plan is designed to provide severance benefits to Eligible Executives whose employment terminates under the circumstances set forth herein and who otherwise satisfy the terms for receiving severance benefits under the Plan. |
SECTION II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases used in the Plan with the initial letter capitalized shall have the meanings set forth below.
| 2.1 | “Base Pay” means the rate of base earnings (whether salary or hourly wages and including commissions for a Participant entitled to receive commissions) of a Participant immediately preceding his or her Termination Date: |
| (a) | exclusive of overtime pay, shift differential pay, bonuses, incentive compensation, equity awards, payments for accrued vacation pay or other special payments or ancillary earnings; and |
| (b) | before any deductions, including, but not limited to, any federal, state or other taxes, and salary reduction amounts contributed to benefit plans or programs. |
| 2.2 | “Cause” shall exist where the Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated due to: |
| (a) | the Participant’s misconduct or negligence involving the Company; |
| (b) | the Participant’s repeated failure to comply with the lawful directives of any supervisory personnel; |
1
| (c) | any criminal act or act of dishonesty or willful misconduct by the Participant or any act of fraud, dishonesty or misappropriation by the Participant involving the Company; |
| (d) | the Participant’s indictment, conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving dishonesty; |
| (e) | the material breach by the Participant of the terms of any confidentiality, trade secrets, non-competition, non-solicitation, employment or similar agreement the Participant has with the Company; |
| (f) | acts of malfeasance or negligence by the Participant in a matter involving the Company; |
| (g) | the material failure by the Participant to perform the duties and responsibilities of Participant’s position; |
| (h) | the Participant’s unsatisfactory performance; or |
| (i) | activities of the Participant that are damaging to the property, operations, business or reputation of the Company. |
| 2.3 | “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985. |
| 2.4 | “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. |
| 2.5 | “Committee” means the Benefits Committee which reports to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, and/or its designee(s). |
| 2.6 | “Company” means US Radiology Specialists, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries and their affiliated entities which have common ownership to US Radiology Specialists, Inc. or are affiliated physician practice entities, and its successors in interest resulting from merger, consolidation, or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets. |
| 2.7 | “Disability” means, for any Participant, any injury, illness or sickness that qualifies as a long-term disability within the meaning of the Company’s long-term disability plan or program and on account of which such Participant is entitled to receive long-term disability benefits under such plan or program. |
| 2.8 | “Effective Date” means January 24, 2024. |
| 2.9 | “Eligible Executive” means an Employee of the Company who is a member of the Executive Committee. The Committee in its sole discretion shall determine whether an Employee is considered an Eligible Executive. |
| 2.10 | “Employee” means a full-time or part-time employee of the Company who is denoted as such on the books and records of the Company. Examples of individuals who are not “Employees” for this purpose and who are not eligible to participate in the Plan include: |
2
(1) employees who are employed on a “PRN” basis; (2) consultants; (3) leased employees or workers; (4) individuals providing services to the Company pursuant to a contract with a third party; (5) temporary employees or workers; (6) independent contractors; (7) employees of independent contractors; and (8) interns.
| 2.11 | “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. |
| 2.12 | “Executive Committee” means the group of executive Employees (other than any Radiologists) who report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Executive Chairman. |
| 2.13 | “Good Reason” has the meaning provided in Section 3.2 of this Plan. |
| 2.14 | “Human Resources Department” means the Company’s Human Resources Department. |
| 2.15 | “Participant” means any Eligible Executive who is eligible to receive Severance Benefits under the Plan if his or her employment with the Company terminates under the circumstances set forth herein and he or she otherwise satisfy the terms for receiving Severance Benefits under the Plan. |
| 2.16 | “Plan” means this US Radiology Specialists, Inc. Executive Severance Plan, as set forth in this document and as it may be amended from time to time. |
| 2.17 | “Plan Year” means, for the first Plan Year, January 24, 2024 through December 31, 2024 and thereafter means a twelve (12) month period commencing on each January 1 and ending on each following December 31. |
| 2.18 | “Release Agreement” means the release and waiver agreement to be executed by a Participant in order to be eligible for and receive Severance Benefits under the Plan. |
| 2.19 | “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code. |
| 2.20 | “Separation from Service” means the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company due to death, retirement or other reasons. The Participant’s employment relationship is treated as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence (if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months, or if longer, so long as the Participant’s right to reemployment with the Company is provided either by statute or contract). If the Participant’s period of leave exceeds six (6) months and the Participant’s right to reemployment is not provided either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first day immediately following the expiration of such six-month period. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred will be determined based on all of the facts and circumstances and in accordance with regulations under Section 409A. A Participant’s employment with the Company will be considered to be terminated for purposes of the Plan only if the Participant incurs a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A. |
3
| 2.21 | “Severance Benefits” means the severance pay that a Participant will be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 4.1(a) and COBRA benefits that a Participant may be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 4.1(b). |
| 2.22 | “Termination Date” means the effective date of the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company. |
| 2.23 | “Years of Service” means the cumulative consecutive years of active and continuous employment with the Company or a predecessor of the Company (including approved leaves of absence of six (6) months or less or legally protected leaves of absence), beginning on the date of the Participant’s most recent date of hire with the Company and counting each anniversary thereof. A partial year of employment shall be rounded to the nearest full Year of Service. |
SECTION III
ENTITLEMENT TO SEVERANCE BENEFITS
| 3.1 | Entitlement to Severance Benefits. A Participant will become entitled to receive Severance Benefits under the Plan only if: |
| (a) | the Participant’s employment is terminated involuntarily and without Cause by the Company due to a reduction in force/downsizing, reorganization or job elimination occurring on or after the Effective Date or the Participant resigns with Good Reason as described in Section 3.2 below; |
| (b) | the Participant is not and does not become ineligible to receive Severance Benefits under Section 3.3, below; |
| (c) | the Participant continues in active employment with the Company through a date determined by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4, below; and |
| (d) | the Participant signs, delivers and does not revoke a Release Agreement in accordance with Section 3.5 below. |
| 3.2 | Resignation with Good Reason. In order to resign with Good Reason, a Participant must deliver a written notice to the Chief People Officer of the Company setting forth the facts and circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason not more than sixty (60) days following the initial occurrence of the facts and circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason and the alleged Good Reason must remain uncured by the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following the Company’s receipt of such notice. If that happens, the Participant’s employment will terminate at the end of the cure period. The following facts or circumstances shall constitute Good Reason for a Participant’s resignation, if they occur without the Participant’s consent: |
| (a) | a material diminution in the Participant’s duties, authorities or responsibilities (excluding an insubstantial or inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receiving notice from the Participant of the action); |
4
| (b) | any material reduction of the Participant’s base salary; or |
| (c) | the Company requires that the Participant relocate his or her principal work location to a geographical location which is more than 30 miles away from the Participant’s then-current principal work location. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a resignation while grounds exist for termination for Cause shall not constitute a resignation for Good Reason.
| 3.3 | No Entitlement to Severance Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Participant shall not become entitled to receive Severance Benefits under this Plan if: |
| (a) | the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Executive other than due to a reduction in force/downsizing, reorganization, job elimination or resignation for Good Reason; |
| (b) | the Participant’s employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company with or without Cause and other than due to a reduction in force/downsizing, reorganization, job elimination or resignation for Good Reason; |
| (c) | the Participant retires, resigns or quits for any reason whatsoever other than for Good Reason; |
| (d) | the Participant terminates employment because of the Participant’s Disability or death; |
| (e) | the Participant is offered another position with the Company with the same or higher-level salary or wages that would not require the Participant to report to a new work location more than thirty (30) miles from the Participant’s current work location, whether or not the Participant accepts such offer (unless the Participant also has Good Reason to resign); |
| (f) | in case of a sale of a business operation, or part of a business operation, in which the Participant is employed, the Participant is offered employment with the purchaser or an affiliate of the purchaser, with the same or higher-level salary or wages, whether or not the Participant accepts such offer (unless the Participant also has Good Reason to resign); |
| (g) | the Participant’s employment terminates due to the Company outsourcing that Participant’s job or function, if the Participant is offered employment with the vendor that will continue to provide the job or function that the Participant previously provided, with the same or higher-level salary or wages, whether or not the Participant accepts such offer (unless the Participant also has Good Reason to resign); |
| (h) | the termination of the Participant’s employment entitles the Participant to severance benefits under any agreement between the Company and Participant; or |
5
| (i) | the Plan is terminated pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Plan prior to the date the Participant is notified of his or her termination. |
| 3.4 | Continuation in Active Employment. A Participant shall not become entitled to receive Severance Benefits under the Plan unless he or she remains actively employed by the Company and continues to satisfactorily perform his or her duties until such date as the Company shall direct or, in the case of Good Reason, the last day of the Company’s cure period for which the Company does not cure such event constituting Good Reason. |
| 3.5 | Release Agreement. A Participant shall not become entitled to receive Severance Benefits under the Plan unless he or she executes and delivers to the Company a Release Agreement, in the form described below, and does not revoke such Release, within the time period described below: |
| (a) | The Release Agreement shall be drafted by the Company and shall contain such terms and conditions as are satisfactory to the Company, including, but not limited to, (i) the release of any and all claims that the Participant may then have, as of the signing of such release, against the Company and any of its employees, officers, directors, agents and the like, and (ii) an agreement to keep the confidential information and trade secrets of the Company confidential. |
| (b) | A Participant shall have at least twenty-one (21) days (forty-five (45) days, if it is a group termination or exit incentive) following the date the Release Agreement is given to the Participant to sign and return the Release Agreement to the Human Resources Department. |
| (c) | Within seven (7) days after the Participant signs the Release Agreement, the Participant shall be entitled to revoke the Release Agreement by notifying the Human Resources Department of the revocation in writing. To be effective, such notice of revocation must be received by the Human Resources Department by the close of business on the seventh (7th) day following the date the Participant returned his or her signed Release Agreement. The Release Agreement will not become effective until after the seven (7)-day revocation period expires. The revocation of a previously signed and delivered Release Agreement pursuant to the above shall be deemed to constitute an irrevocable election by the Participant to have declined benefits under the Plan. |
| (d) | Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant must sign and return the Release Agreement to the Human Resources Department and the seven-day revocation period must expire without the Participant having elected to revoke the Release Agreement within the sixty (60) days immediately following the Termination Date. |
The Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive any requirement that the Participant execute a Release Agreement to become entitled to receive Severance Benefits under the Plan.
6
SECTION IV
SEVERANCE BENEFITS
| 4.1 | Severance Benefits. A Participant who satisfies the requirements of Section III of the Plan shall become entitled to receive Severance Benefits, as determined by the administrator of the Plan and subject to the limitations provided below: |
| (a) | Cash Severance Benefits |
| (1) | Amount of Cash Severance Benefits. A Participant entitled to receive Severance Benefits will receive cash Severance Benefits in the amount of fifty-two (52) weeks of Base Pay. |
| (2) | Payment of Cash Severance Benefits. The cash Severance Benefits shall be paid to a Participant in a series of substantially equal installments as were being paid to the Participant in Base Pay prior to the Termination Date (but no less frequently than monthly) beginning on the first payroll period that is sixty (60) days after the Termination Date (provided that the Participant has signed and not revoked the Release Agreement in accordance with Section 3.5) and lasting for fifty-two (52) weeks. |
| (b) | COBRA Severance Benefits. If a Participant (and his/her spouse and/or eligible dependents) is enrolled in medical coverage under the Company’s group health plan as of the Participant’s Termination Date and, as a result of his Separation from Service, is entitled to and timely elects to continue such coverage under COBRA, the Company will pay directly to the third party COBRA administrator, on the Participant’s behalf, the full COBRA costs of coverage for the Participant, his/her spouse and/or eligible dependents calculated based upon applicable monthly premiums as of the Participant’s Termination Date for the first twelve (12) months following the Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company’s subsidy of the Participant’s COBRA under this Section 4.1(b) shall cease prior to the date such subsidy would otherwise end under this section if and when the Participant obtains employment with another employer and becomes eligible for coverage under any substantially similar health plan provided by the Participant’s subsequent employer. The value of COBRA costs paid on behalf of the Participant, his/her spouse and/or eligible dependents for medical coverage shall be added to Participant’s IRS Form W-2. After the COBRA coverage described in this Section ceases, any additional COBRA coverage that might be available to the Participant, his/her spouse and/or eligible dependents will be at their own expense. |
| 4.2 | No Duplication of Benefits. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant’s right to receive any Severance Benefits under the Plan is specifically conditioned upon the Participant either waiving or being ineligible for any and all benefits under any other change in control or severance benefit plans otherwise available to the Participant or any other severance, retention or change in control plan, program or agreement sponsored by the Company. |
| 4.3 | Effect of Rehire. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company may require a Participant to repay some or all of the Severance Benefits as a condition of reemployment. Additionally, all payments hereunder shall cease if the Participant becomes reemployed by the Company. |
7
| 4.4 | Effect of Violation of Release Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines that a Participant has breached any of the terms or conditions of the Release Agreement he or she signed as a condition for receiving Severance Benefits, the Committee may terminate the payment of those Severance Benefits and/or may require the Participant to repay some or all of the gross amount of any of those Severance Benefits. |
SECTION V
SECTION 409A
| 5.1 | Exemption from Section 409A. It is intended that any payment or payments which is or are to be provided to a Participant in connection with this Plan shall be exempt from the applicable requirements of Section 409A, because (i) they will be paid in all events no later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the taxable year of the Participant, or the fiscal year of the Company, in which the Participant’s right to the Severance Benefits are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and/or (ii) satisfy the exemption for exempt separation pay under Section 409A. Accordingly, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event will the aggregate of the weeks of Base Pay to be paid to any Participant under the Plan after the 15th day of the third month following the end of the taxable year of the Participant, or the fiscal year of the Company, in which the Participant’s right to the Severance Benefits are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (i) exceed two times the lesser of (a) the Participant’s annual rate of compensation for the preceding calendar year (adjusted for any increase during that year that was expected to continue indefinitely if the Participant had not terminated employment) and (b) the Code Section 401(a)(17) qualified plan compensation limit for the calendar year in which the Participant terminates employment (i.e., $345,000 for 2024), or (ii) be paid later than December 31 of the second calendar year following the year in which the Participant terminates employment. The Company in its sole discretion will determine what adjustments will be made to comply with the foregoing limitations. Consequently, this Plan shall be operated in compliance with any available exception from Section 409A and each provision of this Plan shall be interpreted, to the extent possible, to qualify for an exception thereto. |
| 5.2 | No Acceleration or Deferral. Neither the Participant nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any monies in any matter which would not be in compliance with, or exempt from, Section 409A. |
| 5.3 | Specified Employee Rule. If a Participant is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (as defined below), any payment in connection with the Participant’s Separation from Service other than the COBRA Severance Benefits shall not be made until six (6) months after the Participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the Participant’s death (the “409A Deferral Period”) as and to the extent required under Section 409A. In the event such payments are otherwise due to be made in installments or periodically during the 409A Deferral Period, the payments which would |
8
| otherwise have been made in the 409A Deferral Period shall be accumulated and paid in a lump sum as soon as, and within thirty (30) days after, the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the payments shall be made as otherwise scheduled. A “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code shall be determined on the basis of the applicable twelve (12)-month period ending on the specified employee identification date designated by the Company consistently for purposes of this Plan and similar agreements or, if no such designation is made, based on the default rules and regulations under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. |
| 5.4 | Separate Payments. For purposes of this Plan, all rights to payments hereunder shall be treated as rights to receive a series of separate payments to the fullest extent allowed by Section 409A. |
| 5.5 | Separation from Service. For purposes of determining time of (but not entitlement to) the payment or provision of non-qualified deferred compensation under this Plan subject to Section 409A in connection with the termination of the Participant’s employment, termination of employment will be construed to mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A where it is reasonably anticipated that the Participant will not perform any further services after that date or that the level of bona fide services that the Participant will perform after that date (whether as an employee or independent contractor) will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services the Participant performed over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period. |
| 5.6 | No Company Liability. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Plan, the Company shall not be liable to the Participant if any payment which is to be provided pursuant to this Plan and which is considered non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A otherwise fails to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A. |
SECTION VI
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
| 6.1 | Plan Administration. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee shall administer the Plan. The Committee shall be the “Named Fiduciary” for purposes of ERISA and shall have the authority to control, interpret and construe the Plan and manage the operations thereof. Any such interpretation and construction of any provisions of the Plan by the Committee shall be final. The Committee shall, in addition to the foregoing, exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as it may deem advisable in the administration of the Plan. The Committee may delegate some (or all) of its authority hereunder to the Human Resources Department. The Committee also may engage agents and obtain other assistance from the Company, including Company counsel. The Committee shall not be responsible for any action taken or not taken on the advice of legal counsel. The Committee is given specific authority to allocate and revoke responsibilities among its members or designees. When the Committee has allocated authority pursuant to the foregoing, the Committee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the party to whom such responsibility has been allocated, except to the extent provided by law. |
9
| 6.2 | Claims Procedures. |
| (a) | Initial Claim. A claim for benefits under the Plan must be submitted, in writing, to the Human Resources Department and must be signed by the Participant or, in the case of a death benefit, by Participant’s Beneficiary or legal representative. Any Participant or Beneficiary who disputes the amount of his or her entitlement to Plan benefits must file a claim in writing within one hundred eighty (180) days of the event that the Participant or Beneficiary is asserting constitutes an entitlement to such Plan benefits or, if later, within ninety (90) days of the date the payment is due. Failure by the Participant or Beneficiary to submit such claim within such time periods shall bar the Participant or Beneficiary from any claim for benefits under the Plan as the result of the occurrence of such event or the failure to make such payment. In no event shall the Participant or other claimant be entitled to challenge a decision of the Committee with respect to a claim unless and until the claims procedures herein have been complied with and exhausted. |
| (b) | Notice of Decision. Written notice of the disposition of the claim shall be furnished to the claimant within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Human Resources Department, unless the Human Resources Department determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Human Resources Department determines that an extension is required, written notice (including an explanation of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Human Resources Department expects to render the benefits determination) shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the original ninety (90) day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of the initial ninety (90) day period. If the claim is denied, the notice required pursuant to this Section shall set forth the following: |
| (1) | The specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination; |
| (2) | Special reference to the specific Plan provisions upon which the determination is based; |
| (3) | A description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and |
| (4) | An explanation of the Plan’s appeal procedure and the time limits applicable to an appeal, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. |
| (c) | Appeal Procedures. Every claimant shall have the right to appeal an adverse benefits determination to the Committee (including, but not limited to, whether the Participant’s termination of employment was for Cause). Such an appeal may be accomplished by a written notice of appeal filed with the Committee within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of the adverse benefits |
10
| determination. Claimants shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. Claimants will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, such relevance to be determined in accordance with Section 6.2(e), below. The appeal shall take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. |
| (d) | Notice of Decision. Notice of a decision on appeal shall be furnished to the claimant within a reasonable period of time, but not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the appeal by the Committee unless the Committee determines that special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing if the Committee determines that a hearing is required) require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Committee determines that an extension is required, written notice (including an explanation of the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefits determination) shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the original sixty (60) day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial sixty (60) day period. The notice required by the first sentence of this Section shall be in writing, shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and, in the case of an adverse benefit determination, shall set forth the following: |
| (1) | The specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination; |
| (2) | Reference to the specific Plan provisions upon which the determination is based; |
| (3) | A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, such relevance to be determined in accordance with Section 6.2(e), below; and |
| (4) | An explanation of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on appeal. |
| (e) | Definition of “Relevant”. For purposes of this Section, a document, or other information shall be considered “relevant” to the claimant’s claim if such document, record or other information: (1) was relied upon in making the benefit determination; (2) was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making the benefit determination, without regard to whether such document, record or other information was relied upon in making the benefit determination; or (3) demonstrates compliance with the administrative processes and safeguards required pursuant to this Section on making the benefit determination. |
11
| (f) | Decisions Final; Procedures Mandatory. To the extent permitted by law, a decision on review or appeal shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons whomsoever. To the extent permitted by law, completion of the claims procedures described in this Section shall be a mandatory precondition that must be complied with prior to commencement of a legal or equitable action in connection with the Plan by a person claiming rights under the Plan. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive these procedures as a mandatory precondition to such an action. |
| (g) | Time For Filing Legal Or Equitable Action. Any legal or equitable action filed in connection with the Plan by a person claiming rights under the Plan must be commenced not later than the earlier of: (1) the shortest applicable statute of limitations provided by law; or (2) one (1) year of the date the written copy of the Human Resources Department’s or Committee’s decision on review is delivered to the claimant in accordance with Section 6.2(b) or (d). |
SECTION VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
| 7.1 | General. The Plan may be amended, in whole or in part, or terminated at any time, by the Company’s Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, subject to the following exceptions: |
| (a) | No amendment or termination of the Plan shall impair or abridge the obligations of the Company that have become vested and payable as the result of the previous termination of a Participant’s employment. |
| (b) | No amendment or termination of the Plan shall affect the rights of a Participant who was notified of his or her termination of employment before the effective date of such amendment. |
| (c) | No amendment may be made if it will result in a violation of Section 409A and any such amendment shall at no time have any legal validity. |
| 7.2 | Amendments to Comply with the Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan may be amended at will at any time and from time to time by the Board to reflect changes necessary due to revisions to, or interpretations of: (1) ERISA; (2) the Code; or (3) any other provision of applicable state or federal law. |
SECTION VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
| 8.1 | Withholding. Any payments or benefits provided for hereunder shall be paid or delivered subject to any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law. |
12
| 8.2 | Binding Agreement / Successors. Subject to the right of the Company to amend or terminate the Plan, and the Committee’s right to interpret the Plan, the Plan shall be for the benefit of and be enforceable by, a Participant’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If a Participant should die after satisfying the requirements for the receipt of benefits hereunder, any amount remaining unpaid to him or her, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the Participant’s spouse or, if there is no such living spouse, to the Participant’s estate. |
| 8.3 | No Right of Assignment. Neither a Participant nor any person taking on behalf of a Participant may anticipate, assign or alienate (either by law or equity) any benefit provided under the Plan and the Company shall not recognize any such anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore, to the extent permitted by law, a benefit under the Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. |
| 8.4 | No Employment Contract. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, by the execution of the Plan, the Company does not intend to change the employment-at-will relationship with any of its employees. Instead, the Company retains its absolute right to terminate any Participant at any time for any reason. |
| 8.5 | Mitigation of Benefits. A Participant shall not be required to mitigate the amount of payment provided for in the Plan by seeking other employment or otherwise, and except as set forth in the Plan, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Participant as the result of employment by another employer, or by retirement benefits received. |
| 8.6 | Notices. For the purpose of the Plan, and except as specifically set forth herein, notices and all other communications provided for in the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when hand-delivered or mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Participant or Employee at his or her last known address, and to the Company at 305 Church at North Hills Street, Suite 1250, Raleigh, NC 27609, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Human Resources Department; or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. |
| 8.7 | Service of Process. The Secretary to the Board of the Company shall be the agent for service of process in matters relating to the Plan. |
| 8.8 | ERISA Plan. The Plan shall be interpreted as, and is intended to qualify as, a severance pay plan under ERISA, and therefore does not constitute an employee pension benefit plan pursuant to Section 3(2) of ERISA. |
| 8.9 | Effect on Other Plans Sponsored by the Company. Nothing in this Plan is intended to or shall be construed to require the Company to establish or continue in effect any particular plan or benefit sponsored by the Company. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate any of its benefit programs at any time under the procedures contained in those plans. |
| 8.10 | Construction. The masculine gender, when appearing in the Plan, shall include the feminine gender (and vice versa), and the singular shall include the plural, unless the Plan clearly states to the contrary. Headings and subheadings are for the purpose of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the Plan. If any provision of the Plan is determined to be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect. |
13
| 8.11 | Governing Law. All of the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina and shall be administered according to the laws of such state, except as otherwise required by ERISA, the Code, or other applicable Federal law. To the extent lawful, the Company and each Participant or person claiming benefits under the Plan consents irrevocably to jurisdiction, service and venue in connection with any claim or controversy arising out of this Plan in the courts of the State of North Carolina and in the federal courts in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan document to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the 24th day of January, 2024.
| US RADIOLOGY SPECIALISTS, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jill Lewandowski | |
| Name: | Jill Lewandowski | |
| Title: | Chief People Officer | |
14
General Plan Information
Plan Name
US Radiology Specialists, Inc. Executive Severance Plan
Plan Sponsor
US Radiology Specialists, Inc.
305 Church at North Hills Street
Suite 1250
Raleigh, NC 27609
Employer Identification Number (EIN)
**
Plan Number
505
Plan Type
The Plan is a welfare benefit plan that provides severance pay.
Plan Administrator
US Radiology Specialists, Inc. Executive Severance Plan
305 Church at North Hills Street
Suite 1250
Raleigh, NC 27609
(919) 763-1100
Agent for Service of Legal Process
The Secretary to the Board of the Company.
Plan Year
The calendar year.
15
ERISA Rights Statement
As participant in this Plan, you are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. ERISA provides that all Plan participants shall be entitled to:
| • | examine, without charge at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan, including collective bargaining agreements, and a copy of the latest Annual Report (Form 5500 series), if any, filed by the Plan with the US Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration (f/k/a the Pension Welfare Benefits Administration). |
| • | obtain copies of all documents governing the operation of the Plan including collective bargaining agreements and copies of the latest Annual Report (Form 5500 series), if any, and an updated summary plan description, by making a written request to the Plan Administrator and paying a reasonable charge for the copies. |
| • | receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each participant under the Plan with a copy of this summary annual report. |
In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the Plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in your interest and in the interest of the other Plan participants and beneficiaries.
No one, including your employer or any other person may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you, in any way solely to prevent you from getting a benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA. If your claim for a benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.
Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents or the latest Annual Report from the Plan and do not receive them within thirty (30) days, you may file suit in federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the documents and pay you up to $110 a day until you receive them, unless they were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.
If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a state or federal court. If it should happen that Plan fiduciaries misuse the Plan’s money, or if you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the US Department of Labor or you may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If your suit is successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.
16
If you have any questions about the Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator. If you have any questions about your rights under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, US Department of Labor listed in your telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, US Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.
17
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. of our report dated June 11, 2025, except for the revision described in Note 12 and the change in composition of reportable segments described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is November 17, 2025, relating to the financial statements of Lumexa Imaging Equity Holdco, LLC, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
November 17, 2025
Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. of our report dated May 9, 2025 relating to the financial statements of BTDI JV, LLP, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Dallas, Texas
November 17, 2025
Exhibit 99.1
Consent of Director Nominee
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. is filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a person who will be appointed to the board of directors of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement and in any registration statement for the same securities offering filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”). I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
| Dated: November 17, 2025 | By: | /s/ Brett Brodnax | ||||
| Name: | Brett Brodnax |
Exhibit 99.2
Consent of Director Nominee
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. is filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a person who will be appointed to the board of directors of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement and in any registration statement for the same securities offering filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”). I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
| Dated: November 17, 2025 | By: | /s/ Bridget Karlin | ||||
| Name: | Bridget Karlin |
Exhibit 99.3
Consent of Director Nominee
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. is filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a person who will be appointed to the board of directors of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement and in any registration statement for the same securities offering filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”). I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
| Dated: November 17, 2025 | By: | /s/ Dr. Matthew Lungren | ||||
| Name: | Dr. Matthew Lungren |
Exhibit 99.4
Consent of Director Nominee
Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. is filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a person who will be appointed to the board of directors of Lumexa Imaging Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement and in any registration statement for the same securities offering filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”). I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
| Dated: November 17, 2025 | By: | /s/ Dr. Robert Mittl | ||||
| Name: | Dr. Robert Mittl |